diff options
Diffstat (limited to '4932-h')
| -rw-r--r-- | 4932-h/4932-h.htm | 15523 |
1 files changed, 15523 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/4932-h/4932-h.htm b/4932-h/4932-h.htm new file mode 100644 index 0000000..83809dd --- /dev/null +++ b/4932-h/4932-h.htm @@ -0,0 +1,15523 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> + +<!DOCTYPE html + PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" + "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd" > + +<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" lang="en"> + <head> + <title> + A Knight of the White Cross, by G.A. Henty + </title> + <style type="text/css" xml:space="preserve"> + + body { margin:5%; background:#faebd0; text-align:justify} + P { text-indent: 1em; margin-top: .25em; margin-bottom: .25em; } + H1,H2,H3,H4,H5,H6 { text-align: center; margin-left: 15%; margin-right: 15%; } + hr { width: 50%; text-align: center;} + .foot { margin-left: 20%; margin-right: 20%; text-align: justify; text-indent: -3em; font-size: 90%; } + blockquote {font-size: 97%; font-style: italic; margin-left: 10%; margin-right: 10%;} + .mynote {background-color: #DDE; color: #000; padding: .5em; margin-left: 10%; margin-right: 10%; font-family: sans-serif; font-size: 95%;} + .toc { margin-left: 10%; margin-bottom: .75em;} + .toc2 { margin-left: 20%;} + div.fig { display:block; margin:0 auto; text-align:center; } + div.middle { margin-left: 20%; margin-right: 20%; text-align: justify; } + .figleft {float: left; margin-left: 0%; margin-right: 1%;} + .figright {float: right; margin-right: 0%; margin-left: 1%;} + .pagenum {display:inline; font-size: 70%; font-style:normal; + margin: 0; padding: 0; position: absolute; right: 1%; + text-align: right;} + pre { font-style: italic; font-size: 90%; margin-left: 10%;} + +</style> + </head> + <body> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + +The Project Gutenberg EBook of A Knight of the White Cross, by G.A. Henty + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + + +Title: A Knight of the White Cross + +Author: G.A. Henty + +Release Date: April 13, 2009 [EBook #4932] +Last Updated: March 11, 2018 + +Language: English + +Character set encoding: UTF-8 + +*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK A KNIGHT OF THE WHITE CROSS *** + + + + +Produced by Martin Robb, and David Widger + + + + + + +</pre> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <h1> + A KNIGHT OF THE WHITE CROSS + </h1> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <h2> + By G.A. Henty + </h2> + <p> + <br /> <br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <br /> <br /> + </p> + <blockquote> + <p class="toc"> + <big><b>CONTENTS</b></big> + </p> + <p> + <br /> <a href="#link2H_PREF"> PREFACE. </a><br /><br /> <a + href="#link2HCH0001"> CHAPTER I. </a> THE KING MAKER <br /><br /> + <a href="#link2HCH0002"> CHAPTER II. </a> THE BATTLE OF + TEWKESBURY <br /><br /> <a href="#link2HCH0003"> CHAPTER III. </a> THE + GRAND MASTER'S PAGE <br /><br /> <a href="#link2HCH0004"> CHAPTER IV. </a> A + PROFESSED KNIGHT <br /><br /> <a href="#link2HCH0005"> CHAPTER V. </a> SCOURGES + OF THE SEA <br /><br /> <a href="#link2HCH0006"> CHAPTER VI. </a> KNIGHTED + <br /><br /> <a href="#link2HCH0007"> CHAPTER VII. </a> A FIRST + COMMAND <br /><br /> <a href="#link2HCH0008"> CHAPTER VIII. </a> AN + EVENING AT RHODES <br /><br /> <a href="#link2HCH0009"> CHAPTER IX. </a> WITH + THE GALLEY SLAVES <br /><br /> <a href="#link2HCH0010"> CHAPTER X. </a> A + PLOT DISCOVERED <br /><br /> <a href="#link2HCH0011"> CHAPTER XI. </a> IN + COMMAND OF A GALLEY <br /><br /> <a href="#link2HCH0012"> CHAPTER XII. + </a> THE BOY GALLEY <br /><br /> <a href="#link2HCH0013"> + CHAPTER XIII. </a> THE FIRST PRIZES <br /><br /> <a + href="#link2HCH0014"> CHAPTER XIV. </a> THE CORSAIR FLEET + <br /><br /> <a href="#link2HCH0015"> CHAPTER XV. </a> A + SPLENDID EXPLOIT <br /><br /> <a href="#link2HCH0016"> CHAPTER XVI. </a> FESTIVITIES + <br /><br /> <a href="#link2HCH0017"> CHAPTER XVII. </a> CAPTURED + <br /><br /> <a href="#link2HCH0018"> CHAPTER XVIII. </a> A + KIND MASTER <br /><br /> <a href="#link2HCH0019"> CHAPTER XIX. </a> ESCAPE + <br /><br /> <a href="#link2HCH0020"> CHAPTER XX. </a> BELEAGUERED + <br /><br /> <a href="#link2HCH0021"> CHAPTER XXI. </a> THE + FORT OF ST. NICHOLAS <br /><br /> <a href="#link2HCH0022"> CHAPTER XXII. + </a> THE STRUGGLE AT THE BREACH <br /><br /> <a + href="#link2HCH0023"> CHAPTER XXIII. </a> THE + REWARD OF VALOUR <br /><br /> + </p> + </blockquote> + <p> + <br /> <br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <br /> <br /> <a name="link2H_PREF" id="link2H_PREF"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <h2> + PREFACE. + </h2> + <p> + MY DEAR LADS, + </p> + <p> + The order of the Knights of St. John, which for some centuries played a + very important part in the great struggle between Christianity and + Mahomedanism, was, at its origin, a semi-religious body, its members + being, like other monks, bound by vows of obedience, chastity, and + poverty, and pledged to minister to the wants of the pilgrims who flocked + to the Holy Places, to receive them at their great Hospital—or guest + house—at Jerusalem, dedicated to St. John the Baptist, and to defend + them on their passage to and from the sea, against attack by Moslems. In a + comparatively short time the constitution of the order was changed, and + the Knights Hospitallers became, like the Templars, a great military Order + pledged to defend the Holy Sepulchre, and to war everywhere against the + Moslems. The Hospitallers bore a leading share in the struggle which + terminated in the triumph of the Moslems, and the capture by them of + Jerusalem. The Knights of St. John then established themselves at Acre, + but after a valiant defence of that fortress, removed to Crete, and + shortly afterwards to Rhodes. There they fortified the town, and withstood + two terrible sieges by the Turks. At the end of the second they obtained + honourable terms from Sultan Solyman, and retiring to Malta established + themselves there in an even stronger fortress than that of Rhodes, and + repulsed all the efforts of the Turks to dispossess them. The Order was + the great bulwark of Christendom against the invasion of the Turks, and + the tale of their long struggle is one of absorbing interest, and of the + many eventful episodes none is more full of incident and excitement than + the first siege of Rhodes, which I have chosen for the subject of my + story. + </p> + <p> + Yours truly, G. A. Henty + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0001" id="link2HCH0001"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER I The King Maker + </h2> + <p> + A stately lady was looking out of the window of an apartment in the Royal + Chateau of Amboise, in the month of June, 1470. She was still handsome, + though many years of anxiety, misfortune, and trouble, had left their + traces on her face. In the room behind her, a knight was talking to a lady + sitting at a tambour frame; a lad of seventeen was standing at another + window stroking a hawk that sat on his wrist, while a boy of nine was + seated at a table examining the pages of an illuminated missal. + </p> + <p> + “What will come of it, Eleanor?” the lady at the window said, turning + suddenly and impatiently from it. “It seems past belief that I am to meet + as a friend this haughty earl, who has for fifteen years been the + bitterest enemy of my House. It appears almost impossible.” + </p> + <p> + “'Tis strange indeed, my Queen; but so many strange things have befallen + your Majesty that you should be the last to wonder at this. At any rate, + as you said but yesterday, naught but good can come of it. He has done his + worst against you, and one can scarce doubt that if he chooses he has + power to do as much good for you, as in past times he has done you evil. + 'Tis certain that his coming here shows he is in earnest, for his + presence,—which is sure sooner or later to come to the ears of the + Usurper,—will cause him to fall into the deepest disgrace.” + </p> + <p> + “And yet it seemed,” the queen said, “that by marrying his daughter to + Clarence he had bound himself more firmly than ever to the side of York.” + </p> + <p> + “Ay, madam,” the knight said. “But Clarence himself is said to be alike + unprincipled and ambitious, and it may well be that Warwick intended to + set him up against Edward; had he not done so, such an alliance would not + necessarily strengthen his position at Court.” + </p> + <p> + “Methinks your supposition is the true one, Sir Thomas,” the queen said. + “Edward cares not sufficiently for his brother to bestow much favour upon + the father of the prince's wife. Thus, he would gain but little by the + marriage unless he were to place Clarence on the throne. Then he would + again become the real ruler of England, as he was until Edward married + Elizabeth Woodville, and the House of Rivers rose to the first place in + the royal favour, and eclipsed the Star of Warwick. It is no wonder the + proud Earl chafes under the ingratitude of the man who owes his throne to + him, and that he is ready to dare everything so that he can but prove to + him that he is not to be slighted with impunity. But why come to me, when + he has Clarence as his puppet?” + </p> + <p> + “He may have convinced himself, madam, that Clarence is even less to be + trusted than Edward, or he may perceive that but few of the Yorkists would + follow him were he to declare against the Usurper, while assuredly your + adherents would stand aloof altogether from such a struggle. Powerful as + he is, Warwick could not alone withstand the united forces of all the + nobles pledged to the support of the House of York. Thence, as I take it, + does it happen that he has resolved to throw in his lot with Lancaster, if + your Majesty will but forgive the evil he has done your House and accept + him as your ally. No doubt he will have terms to make and conditions to + lay down.” + </p> + <p> + “He may make what conditions he chooses,” Queen Margaret said + passionately, “so that he does but aid me to take vengeance on that false + traitor; to place my husband again on the throne; and to obtain for my son + his rightful heritage.” + </p> + <p> + As she spoke a trumpet sounded in the courtyard below. + </p> + <p> + “He has come,” she exclaimed. “Once again, after years of misery and + humiliation, I can hope.” + </p> + <p> + “We had best retire, madam,” Sir Thomas Tresham said. “He will speak more + freely to your Majesty if there are no witnesses. Come, Gervaise, it is + time that you practised your exercises.” And Sir Thomas, with his wife and + child, quitted the room, leaving Queen Margaret with her son to meet the + man who had been the bitterest foe of her House, the author of her direst + misfortunes. + </p> + <p> + For two hours the Earl of Warwick was closeted with the queen; then he + took horse and rode away. As soon as he did so, a servant informed Sir + Thomas and his wife that the queen desired their presence. Margaret was + standing radiant when they entered. + </p> + <p> + “Congratulate me, my friends,” she said. “The Star of Lancaster has risen + again. Warwick has placed all his power and influence at our disposal. We + have both forgiven all the past: I the countless injuries he has inflicted + on my House, he the execution of his father and so many of his friends. We + have both laid aside all our grievances, and we stand united by our hate + for Edward. There is but one condition, and this I accepted gladly—namely, + that my son should marry his daughter Anne. This will be another bond + between us; and by all reports Anne is a charming young lady. Edward has + gladly agreed to the match; he could make no alliance, even with the + proudest princess in Europe, which would so aid him, and so strengthen his + throne.” + </p> + <p> + “God grant that your hopes may be fulfilled, madam,” the knight said + earnestly, “and that peace may be given to our distracted country! The + Usurper has rendered himself unpopular by his extravagance and by the + exactions of his tax collectors, and I believe that England will gladly + welcome the return of its lawful king to power. When does Warwick propose + to begin?” + </p> + <p> + “He will at once get a fleet together. Louis, who has privately brought + about this meeting, will of course throw no impediment in his way; but, on + the other hand, the Duke of Burgundy will do all in his power to thwart + the enterprise, and will, as soon as he learns of it, warn Edward. I feel + new life in me, Eleanor. After fretting powerless for years, I seem to be + a different woman now that there is a prospect of action. I am rejoiced at + the thought that at last I shall be able to reward those who have ventured + and suffered so much in the cause of Lancaster.” + </p> + <p> + “My hope is, madam, that this enterprise will be the final one,—that, + once successful, our dear land will be no longer deluged with blood, and + that never again shall I be forced to draw my sword against my + countrymen.” + </p> + <p> + “'Tis a good and pious wish, Sir Thomas, and heartily do I join in it. My + married life has been one long round of trouble, and none more than I have + cause to wish for peace.” + </p> + <p> + “There is the more hope for it, madam, that these wars have greatly + diminished the number of powerful barons. It is they who are the authors + of this struggle; their rivalries and their ambitions are the ruin of + England. Save for their retainers there would be no armies to place in the + field; the mass of people stand aloof altogether, desiring only to live in + peace and quiet. 'Tis the same here in France; 'tis the powerful vassals + of the king that are ever causing trouble.” + </p> + <p> + “'Tis so indeed, Sir Thomas. But without his feudal lords how could a king + place an army in the field, when his dominions were threatened by a + powerful neighbour?” + </p> + <p> + “Then it would be the people's business to fight, madam, and I doubt not + that they would do so in defence of their hearths and homes. Besides, the + neighbour would no longer have the power of invasion were he also without + great vassals. These great barons stand between the king and his subjects; + and a monarch would be a king indeed were he able to rule without their + constant dictation, and undisturbed by their rivalry and ambitions.” + </p> + <p> + “That would be a good time indeed, Sir Thomas,” the queen said, with a + smile; “but methinks there is but little chance of its coming about, for + at present it seems to me that the vassals are better able to make or + unmake kings, than kings are able to deprive the great vassals of power; + and never since Norman William set foot in England were they more powerful + than they are at present. What does my chance of recovering our throne + rest upon? Not upon our right, but on the quarrel between Warwick and the + House of Rivers. We are but puppets that the great lords play against each + other. Did it depend upon my will, it should be as you say; I would crush + them all at a blow. Then only should I feel really a queen. But that is + but a dream that can never be carried out.” + </p> + <p> + “Not in our time, madam. But perhaps it may come sooner than we expect; + and this long war, which has destroyed many great families and weakened + others, may greatly hasten its arrival. I presume until Warwick is ready + to move naught will be done, your Majesty?” + </p> + <p> + “That is not settled yet. Warwick spoke somewhat of causing a rising in + the north before he set sail, so that a portion at least of Edward's power + may be up there when we make our landing.” + </p> + <p> + “It would be a prudent step, madam. If we can but gain possession of + London, the matter would be half finished. The citizens are ever ready to + take sides with those whom they regard as likely to win, and just as they + shout at present 'Long live King Edward!' so would they shout 'Long live + King Henry!' did you enter the town.” + </p> + <p> + “This may perhaps change the thought that you have entertained, Sir + Thomas, of making your son a Knight of St. John.” + </p> + <p> + “I have not thought the matter over, madam. If there were quiet in the + land I should, were it not for my vow, be well content that he should + settle down in peace at my old hall; but if I see that there is still + trouble and bloodshed ahead, I would in any case far rather that he should + enter the Order, and spend his life in fighting the infidel than in strife + with Englishmen. My good friend, the Grand Prior of the Order in England, + has promised that he will take him as his page, and at any rate in the + House of St. John's he will pass his youth in security whatsoever fate may + befall me. The child himself already bids fair to do honour to our name, + and to become a worthy member of the Order. He is fond of study, and under + my daily tuition is making good progress in the use of his weapons.” + </p> + <p> + “That is he,” the prince said, speaking for the first time, “It was but + yesterday in the great hall downstairs he stood up with blunted swords + against young Victor de Paulliac, who is nigh three years his senior. It + was amusing to see how the little knaves fought against each other; and by + my faith Gervaise held his own staunchly, in spite of Victor's superior + height and weight. If he join the Order, Sir Thomas, I warrant me he will + cleave many an infidel's skull, and will do honour to the langue of + England.” + </p> + <p> + “I hope so, prince,” the knight said gravely. “The Moslems ever gain in + power, and it may well be that the Knights of St. John will be hardly + pressed to hold their own. If the boy joins them it will be my wish that + he shall as early as possible repair to Rhodes. I do not wish him to + become one of the drones who live in sloth at their commanderies in + England, and take no part in the noble struggle of the Order with the + Moslem host, who have captured Constantinople and now threaten all Europe. + We were childless some years after our marriage, and Eleanor and I vowed + that were a son born to us he should join the Order of the White Cross, + and dedicate his life to the defence of Christian Europe against the + infidel. Our prayers for a son were granted, and Gervaise will enter the + Order as soon as his age will permit him. That is why I rejoice at the + grand prior's offer to take him as his page, for he will dwell in the + hospital safely until old enough to take the first steps towards becoming + a knight of the Order.” + </p> + <p> + “I would that I had been born the son of a baron like yourself,” the + prince said earnestly, “and that I were free to choose my own career. + Assuredly in that case I too would have joined the noble Order and have + spent my life in fighting in so grand a cause, free from all the quarrels + and disputes and enmities that rend England. Even should I some day gain a + throne, surely my lot is not to be envied. Yet, as I have been born to the + rank, I must try for it, and I trust to do so worthily and bravely. But + who can say what the end will be? Warwick has ever been our foe, and + though my royal mother may use him in order to free my father, and place + him on the throne, she must know well enough that he but uses us for his + own ends alone, and that he will ever stand beside the throne and be the + real ruler of England.” + </p> + <p> + “For a time, Edward,” the queen broke in. “We have shown that we can wait, + and now it seems that our great hope is likely to be fulfilled. After + that, the rest will be easy. There are other nobles, well nigh as powerful + as he, who look with jealousy upon the way in which he lords it, and be + assured that they will look with a still less friendly eye upon him when + he stands, as you say, beside the throne, once your father is again seated + there. We can afford to bide our time, and assuredly it will not be long + before a party is formed against Warwick. Until then we must bear + everything. Our interests are the same. If he is content to remain a prop + to the throne, and not to eclipse it, the memory of the past will not + stand between us, and I shall regard him as the weapon that has beaten + down the House of York and restored us to our own, and shall give him my + confidence and friendship. If, on the other hand, he assumes too much, and + tries to lord it over us, I shall seek other support and gather a party + which even he will be unable successfully to withstand. I should have + thought, Edward, that you would be even more glad than I that this long + time of weary waiting for action is over, and that once again the banner + of Lancaster will be spread to the winds.” + </p> + <p> + “I shall be that, mother. Rather would I meet death in the field than live + cooped up here, a pensioner of France. But I own that I should feel more + joy at the prospect if the people of England had declared in our favour, + instead of its being Warwick—whom you have always taught me to fear + and hate—who thus comes to offer to place my father again on the + throne, and whose goodwill towards us is simply the result of pique and + displeasure because he is no longer first in the favour of Edward. It does + not seem to me that a throne won by the aid of a traitor can be a stable + one.” + </p> + <p> + “You are a foolish boy,” the queen said angrily. “Do you not see that by + marrying Warwick's daughter you will attach him firmly to us?” + </p> + <p> + “Marriages do not count for much, mother. Another of Warwick's daughters + married Clarence, Edward's brother, and yet he purposes to dethrone + Edward.” + </p> + <p> + The queen gave an angry gesture and said, “You have my permission to + retire, Edward. I am in no mood to listen to auguries of evil at the + present moment.” + </p> + <p> + The prince hesitated for a moment as if about to speak, but with an effort + controlled himself, and bowing deeply to his mother, left the room. + </p> + <p> + “Edward is in a perverse humour,” the queen said in a tone of much + vexation to Sir Thomas Tresham, when Gervaise had left the room. “However, + I know he will bear himself well when the hour of trial comes.” + </p> + <p> + “That I can warrant he will, madam; he has a noble character, frank and + fearless, and yet thoughtful beyond his years. He will make, I believe, a + noble king, and may well gather round him all parties in the state. But + your Majesty must make excuses for his humour. Young people are strong in + their likes and dislikes. He has never heard you speak aught but ill of + Warwick, and he knows how much harm the Earl has done to your House. The + question of expediency does not weigh with the young as with their elders. + While you see how great are the benefits that will accrue from an alliance + with Warwick, and are ready to lay aside the hatred of years and to forget + the wrongs you have suffered, the young prince is unable so quickly to + forget that enmity against the Earl that he has learnt from you.” + </p> + <p> + “You are right, Sir Thomas, and I cannot blame Edward that he is unable, + as I am, to forget the past. What steps would you advise that I myself + should take? Shall I remain passive here, or shall I do what I can to + rouse our partisans in England?” + </p> + <p> + “I should say the latter, madam. Of course it will not do to trust to + letters, for were one of these to fall into the wrong hands it might cause + the ruin of Warwick's expedition; but I should say that a cautious message + sent by word of mouth to some of our old adherents would be of great use. + I myself will, if your Majesty chooses to entrust me with the mission, + undertake to carry it out. I should take ship and land in the west, and + would travel in the guise of a simple country gentleman, and call upon + your adherents in all the western counties. It would be needful first to + make out a list of the nobles who have shown themselves devoted to your + cause, and I should bid these hold themselves and their retainers in + readiness to take the field suddenly. I should say no word of Warwick, but + merely hint that you will not land alone, but with a powerful array, and + that all the chances are in your favour.” + </p> + <p> + “But it would be a dangerous mission, Sir Thomas.” + </p> + <p> + “Not greatly so, madam. My own estates lie in Sussex, and there would be + but little chance of my recognition, save by your own adherents, who may + have seen me among the leaders of your troops in battle; and even that is + improbable. At present Edward deems himself so securely seated on the + throne that men can travel hither and thither through the country without + being questioned, and the Lancastrians live quietly with the Yorkists. + Unless I were so unfortunate as to meet a Yorkist noble who knew that I + was a banished man and one who had the honour of being in your Majesty's + confidence, I do not think that any danger could possibly arise. What say + you, wife?” + </p> + <p> + “I cannot think that there is no danger,” Lady Tresham said; “but even so + I would not say a word to hinder you from doing service to the cause. I + know of no one else who could perform the mission. You have left my side + to go into battle before now, and I cannot think that the danger of such + an expedition can be as great as that which you would undergo in the + field. Therefore, my dear lord, I would say no word now to stay you.” + </p> + <p> + She spoke bravely and unfalteringly, but her face had paled when Sir + Thomas first made the proposal, and the colour had not yet come back to + her cheeks. + </p> + <p> + “Bravely spoken, dame,” the queen said warmly. “Well, Sir Thomas, I accept + your offer, and trust that you will not be long separated from your wife + and son, who will of course journey with me when I go to England, where + doubtless you will be able to rejoin us a few days after we land. Now let + us talk over the noblemen and gentlemen in the west, upon whom we can + rely, if not to join our banner as soon as it is spread, at least to say + no word that will betray you.” + </p> + <p> + Two days later Sir Thomas Tresham started on his journey, while the queen + remained at Amboise eagerly awaiting the news that Warwick had collected a + fleet, and was ready to set sail. Up to this point the Duke of Clarence + had sided with Warwick against his brother, and had passed over with him + to France, believing, no doubt, that if the Earl should succeed in + dethroning Edward, he intended to place him, his son-in-law, upon the + throne. He was rudely awakened from this delusion by Charles of Burgundy, + who, being in all but open rebellion against his suzerain, the King of + France, kept himself intimately acquainted with all that was going on. He + despatched a female emissary to Clarence to inform him of the league + Warwick had made with the Lancastrians, and the intended marriage between + his daughter Anne and the young prince; imploring him to be reconciled + with his brother and to break off his alliance with the Earl, who was on + the point of waging war against the House of York. + </p> + <p> + Clarence took the advice, and went over to England, where he made his + peace with Edward, the more easily because the king, who was entirely + given up to pleasure, treated with contempt the warnings the Duke of + Burgundy sent him of the intended invasion by Warwick. And yet a moment's + serious reflection should have shown him that his position was precarious. + The crushing exactions of the tax gatherers, in order to provide the means + for Edward's lavish expenditure, had already caused very serious + insurrections in various parts of the country, and his unpopularity was + deep and general. In one of these risings the royal troops had suffered a + crushing defeat. The Earl Rivers, the father, and Sir John Woodville, one + of the brothers, of the queen had, with the Earl of Devon, been captured + by the rebels, and the three had been beheaded, and the throne had only + been saved by the intervention of Warwick. + </p> + <p> + Thus, then, Edward had every reason for fearing the result should the Earl + appear in arms against him. He took, however, no measures whatever to + prepare for the coming storm, and although the Duke of Burgundy despatched + a fleet to blockade Harfleur, where Warwick was fitting out his + expedition, and actually sent the name of the port at which the Earl + intended to land if his fleet managed to escape from Harfleur, Edward + continued carelessly to spend his time in pleasure and dissipation, + bestowing his full confidence upon the Archbishop of York and the Marquis + of Montague, both brothers of the Earl of Warwick. + </p> + <p> + The elements favoured his enemies, for early in September the Duke of + Burgundy's Fleet, off Harfleur, was dispersed by a storm, and Warwick, as + soon as the gale abated, set sail, and on the 13th landed on the + Devonshire coast. His force was a considerable one, for the French king + had furnished him both with money and men; on effecting his landing he + found no army assembled to oppose him. A few hours after his + disembarkation, he was joined by Sir Thomas Tresham, who gave him the good + news that the whole of the west was ready to rise, and that in a few days + all the great landowners would join him with their retainers. This turned + out to be the case, and Warwick, with a great array, marched eastward. + Kent had already risen, and London declared for King Henry. Warwick, + therefore, instead of marching thither, moved towards Lincolnshire, where + Edward was with his army, having gone north to repress an insurrection + that had broken out there at the instigation of Warwick. + </p> + <p> + Lord Montague now threw off the mask, and declared for King Henry. Most of + the soldiers followed him, and Edward, finding it hopeless to oppose + Warwick's force, which was now within a short march of him, took ship with + a few friends who remained faithful, and sailed for Holland. Warwick + returned to London, where he took King Henry from the dungeon in the + Tower, into which he himself had, five years before, thrown him, and + proclaimed him king. + </p> + <p> + On the day that this took place Dame Tresham arrived in London with her + son. The queen had found that she could not for the present cross, as she + was waiting for a large French force which was to accompany her. As it was + uncertain how long the delay might last, she counselled her friend to join + her husband. The revolution had been accomplished without the loss of a + single life, with the exception of that of the Earl of Worcester, who was + hated for his cruelty by the people. Edward's principal friends took + refuge in various religious houses. The queen, her three daughters, and + her mother, fled to the sanctuary at Westminster. All these were left + unmolested, nor was any step taken against the other adherents of the + House of York. Warwick was now virtually King of England. The king, whose + intellect had always been weak, was now almost an imbecile, and Margaret + of Anjou was still detained in France. Sir Thomas Tresham went down to his + estates in Kent, and there lived quietly for some months. The Duke of + Clarence had joined Warwick as soon as he saw that his brother's cause was + lost; and as the Duke had no knowledge of his changed feelings towards + him, he was heartily welcomed. An act of settlement was passed by + Parliament entailing the Crown on Henry's son Edward, Prince of Wales, and + in case of that prince's death without issue, on the Duke of Clarence. On + the 12th of March following (1471) Edward suddenly appeared with a fleet + with which he had been secretly supplied by the Duke of Burgundy, and, + sailing north, landed in the Humber. He found the northern population by + no means disposed to aid him, but upon his taking a solemn oath that he + had no designs whatever upon the throne, but simply claimed to be restored + to his rights and dignities as Duke of York, he was joined by a sufficient + force to enable him to cross the Trent. As he marched south his army + speedily swelled, and he was joined by many great lords. + </p> + <p> + Warwick had summoned Henry's adherents to the field, and marched north to + meet him. When the armies approached each other, the Duke of Clarence, who + commanded a portion of Henry's army, went over with his whole force to + Edward, and Warwick, being no longer in a position to give battle, was + obliged to draw off and allow Edward to march unopposed towards London. + The citizens, with their usual fickleness, received him with the same + outburst of enthusiasm with which, five months before, they had greeted + the entry of Warwick. The unfortunate King Henry was again thrown into his + dungeon in the Tower, and Edward found himself once more King of England. + </p> + <p> + Sir Thomas Tresham, as soon as he heard of the landing of Edward, had + hastened up to London. In his uncertainty how matters would go, he brought + his wife and son up with him, and left them in lodgings, while he marched + north with Warwick. As soon as the defection of Clarence opened the road + to London, he left the Earl, promising to return in a few days, and rode + to town, arriving there two days before Edward's entry, and, purchasing + another horse, took his wife and son down to St. Albans, where leaving + them, he rejoined Warwick. In a few days the latter had gathered + sufficient forces to enable him to risk the fortunes of a battle, and, + marching south, he encamped with his army on the common north of Barnet. + Edward had come out to meet him, and the two armies slept on Easter Eve + within two miles of each other. + </p> + <p> + Late in the evening Clarence sent a messenger to the Earl, offering to + mediate, but the offer was indignantly refused by Warwick. + </p> + <p> + In the darkness, neither party was aware of the other's precise position. + Warwick was much stronger than the king in artillery, and had placed it on + his right wing. The king, in his ignorance of the enemy's position, had + placed his troops considerably more to the right than those of Warwick's + army. The latter, believing that Edward's line was facing his, kept up a + heavy cannonade all night upon where he supposed Edward's left to be—a + cannonade which was thus entirely futile. + </p> + <p> + In the morning (April 14th) a heavy mist covered the country and prevented + either force from seeing the other's dispositions. Warwick took the + command of his left wing, having with him the Duke of Exeter. Somerset was + in command of his centre, and Montague and Oxford of his right. + </p> + <p> + Edward placed himself in the centre of his array, the Duke of Gloucester + commanded on his right, and Lord Hastings on his left. + </p> + <p> + Desirous, from his inferiority in artillery, to fight out the battle hand + to hand, Edward, at six o'clock in the morning, ordered his trumpets to + blow, and, after firing a few shots, advanced through the mist to attack + the enemy. His misconception as to Warwick's position, which had saved his + troops from the effects of the cannonade during the night, was now + disadvantageous to him, for the Earl's right so greatly outflanked his + left that when they came into contact Hastings found himself nearly + surrounded by a vastly superior force. His wing fought valiantly, but was + at length broken by Oxford's superior numbers, and driven out of the + field. The mist prevented the rest of the armies from knowing what had + happened on the king's left. Edward himself led the charge on Warwick's + centre, and having his best troops under his command, pressed forward with + such force and vehemence that he pierced Somerset's lines and threw them + into confusion. + </p> + <p> + Just as Warwick's right had outflanked the king's left, so his own left + was outflanked by Gloucester. Warwick's troops fought with great bravery, + and, in spite of the disaster to his centre, were holding their ground + until Oxford, returning from his pursuit of the king's left, came back + through the mist. The king's emblem was a sun, that of Oxford a star with + streaming rays. In the dim light this was mistaken by Warwick's men for + the king's device, and believing that Oxford was far away on the right, + they received him with a discharge of arrows. This was at once returned, + and a conflict took place. At last the mistake was discovered, but the + confusion caused was irreparable. Warwick and Oxford each suspected the + other of treachery, and the king's right still pressing on, the confusion + increased, and the battle, which had been so nearly won by the Earl, soon + became a complete defeat, and by ten in the morning Warwick's army was in + full flight. + </p> + <p> + Accounts differ as to the strength of the forces engaged, but it is + probable that there was no great inequality, and that each party brought + some fifteen thousand men into the field. The number of slain is also very + uncertain, some historians placing the total at ten thousand, others as + low as one thousand; but from the number of nobles who fell, the former + computation is probably nearest to the truth. Warwick, his brother + Montague, and many other nobles and gentlemen, were killed, the only great + nobles on his side who escaped being the Earls of Somerset and Oxford; + many were also killed on Edward's side, and the slaughter among the + ordinary fighting men was greater than usual. + </p> + <p> + Hitherto in the battles that had been fought during the civil war; while + the leaders taken on the field were frequently executed, the common + soldiers were permitted to return to their homes, as they had only been + acting under the orders of their feudal superiors, and were not considered + responsible for their acts. At Barnet, however, Edward, smarting from the + humiliation he had suffered by his enforced flight from England, owing to + the whole country declaring for his rival, gave orders that no quarter was + to be granted. It was an anxious day at St. Albans, where many ladies + whose husbands were with Warwick's army had, like Dame Tresham, taken up + their quarters. It was but a few miles from the field of battle. In the + event of victory they could at once join their husbands, while in case of + defeat they could take refuge in the sanctuary of the abbey. Messengers + the night before had brought the news that the battle would begin at the + dawn of day, and with intense anxiety they waited for the news. + </p> + <p> + Dame Tresham and her son attended early mass at the abbey, and had + returned to their lodgings, when Sir Thomas rode up at full speed. His + armour was dinted and his plume shorn away from his helmet. As he entered + the house he was met by his wife, who had run downstairs as she heard his + horse stop at the door. A glance at his face was sufficient to tell the + news. + </p> + <p> + “We have lost the day,” he said. “Warwick and Montague are both killed. + All is lost here for the present. Which will you do, my love, ride with me + to the West, where Queen Margaret will speedily land, if indeed she has + not landed already, or take sanctuary here with the boy?” + </p> + <p> + “I will go with you,” she said. “I would vastly rather do so.” + </p> + <p> + “I will tell you more on the road,” he said. “There is no time to be lost + now.” + </p> + <p> + The woman of the house was called, and at once set her son to saddle the + other horse and to give a feed to that of the knight. Dame Tresham busied + herself with packing the saddlebags while her husband partook of a hasty + meal; and ten minutes after his arrival they set off, Gervaise riding + behind his father, while the latter led the horse on which his wife was + mounted. A thick mist hung over the country. + </p> + <p> + “This mist told against us in the battle, wife, for as we advanced our + forces fell into confusion, and more than once friend attacked friend, + believing that he was an enemy. However, it has proved an advantage to us + now, for it has enabled great numbers to escape who might otherwise have + been followed and cut down. I was very fortunate. I had left my horse at a + little farmhouse two miles in the rear of our camp, and in the fog had but + small hope of finding it; but soon after leaving the battlefield, I came + upon a rustic hurrying in the same direction as myself, and upon + questioning him it turned out that he was a hand on the very farm at which + I had left the horse. He had, with two or three others, stolen out after + midnight to see the battle, and was now making his way home again, having + seen indeed but little, but having learned from fugitives that we had been + defeated. He guided me to the farmhouse, which otherwise I should + assuredly never have reached. His master was favourable to our party, and + let the man take one of the cart horses, on which he rode as my guide + until he had placed me upon the high road to St. Albans, and I was then + able to gallop on at full speed.” + </p> + <p> + “And Warwick and his brother Montague are both killed?” + </p> + <p> + “Both. The great Earl will make and unmake no more kings. He has been a + curse to England, with his boundless ambition, his vast possessions, and + his readiness to change sides and to embroil the country in civil war for + purely personal ends. The great nobles are a curse to the country, wife. + They are, it is true, a check upon kingly ill doing and oppression; but + were they, with their great arrays of retainers and feudal followers, out + of the way, methinks that the citizens and yeomen would be able to hold + their own against any king.” + </p> + <p> + “Was the battle a hard fought one?” + </p> + <p> + “I know but little of what passed, except near the standard of Warwick + himself. There the fighting was fierce indeed, for it was against the Earl + that the king finally directed his chief onslaught. Doubtless he was + actuated both by a deep personal resentment against the Earl for the part + he had played and the humiliation he had inflicted upon him, and also by + the knowledge that a defeat of Warwick personally would be the heaviest + blow that he could inflict upon the cause of Lancaster.” + </p> + <p> + “Then do you think the cause is lost?” + </p> + <p> + “I say not that. Pembroke has a strong force in Wales, and if the West + rises, and Queen Margaret on landing can join him, we may yet prevail; but + I fear that the news of the field of Barnet will deter many from joining + us. Men may risk lands and lives for a cause which seems to offer a fair + prospect of success, but they can hardly be blamed for holding back when + they see that the chances are all against them. Moreover, as a + Frenchwoman, it cannot be denied that Margaret has never been popular in + England, and her arrival here, aided by French gold and surrounded by + Frenchmen, will tell against her with the country people. I went as far as + I could on the day before I left Amboise, urging her on no account to come + hither until matters were settled. It would have been infinitely better + had the young prince come alone, and landed in the West without a single + follower. The people would have admired his trust in them, and would, I am + sure, have gathered strongly round his banner. However, we must still hope + for the best. Fortune was against us today: it may be with us next time we + give battle. And with parties so equally divided throughout the country a + signal victory would bring such vast numbers to our banners that Edward + would again find it necessary to cross the seas.” + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0002" id="link2HCH0002"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER II THE BATTLE OF TEWKESBURY + </h2> + <p> + Riding fast, Sir Thomas Tresham crossed the Thames at Reading before any + news of the battle of Barnet had arrived there. On the third day after + leaving St. Albans he reached Westbury, and there heard that the news had + been received of the queen's landing at Plymouth on the very day on which + her friends had been defeated at Barnet, and that she had already been + joined by the Duke of Somerset, the Earl of Devon, and others, and that + Exeter had been named as the point of rendezvous for her friends. As the + Lancastrians were in the majority in Wiltshire and Somerset, there was no + longer any fear of arrest by partisans of York, and after resting for a + day Sir Thomas Tresham rode quietly on to Exeter, where the queen had + already arrived. + </p> + <p> + The battle of Barnet had not, in reality, greatly weakened the Lancastrian + cause. The Earl of Warwick was so detested by the adherents of the Red + Rose that comparatively few of them had joined him, and the fight was + rather between the two sections of Yorkists than between York and + Lancaster. The Earl's death had broken up his party, and York and + Lancaster were now face to face with each other, without his disturbing + influence on either side. Among those who had joined the queen was + Tresham's great friend, the Grand Prior of St. John's. Sir Thomas took up + his lodgings in the house where he had established himself. The queen was + greatly pleased at the arrival of Dame Tresham, and at her earnest request + the latter shared her apartments, while Gervaise remained with his father. + </p> + <p> + “So this is the young Knight of St. John,” the prior said, on the evening + of the arrival of Sir Thomas. “I would, Tresham, that I were at present at + Rhodes, doing battle with the infidels, rather than engaged in this + warfare against Englishmen and fellow Christians.” + </p> + <p> + “I can well understand that,” Sir Thomas said. + </p> + <p> + “I could not hold aloof here, Tresham. The vows of our Order by no means + hinder us from taking part in the affairs of our own country. The rule of + the Order is indeed against it, but the rule is constantly broken. Were it + otherwise there could be no commanderies in this or any other country; we + should have, on entering the Order, to abandon our nationality, and to + form part of one community in the East. The Order is true to its oaths. We + cannot defend the Holy Sepulchre, for that, for the present, is hopelessly + lost; but we can and do wage war with the infidel. For this funds are + necessary as well as swords, and our commanderies throughout Europe supply + the funds by which the struggle is maintained, and, when it is needed, + send out contingents to help those fighting in the East. It was from the + neglect of this cardinal point that the Templars fell. Their commanderies + amassed wealth and wide possessions, but unlike us the knights abstained + altogether from fulfilling their vows, and ceased to resist the infidel. + Therefore they were suppressed, and, with the general approval of Europe, + a portion of their possessions was handed over to the knights of St. John. + However, as I understand, it is your wish that as soon as the boy comes of + age to wield arms he shall go to Rhodes and become an active member of the + Order. This is indeed the rule with all neophytes, but having served a + certain time they are then permitted to return and join one of the + commanderies in their native countries.” + </p> + <p> + “I do not wish that for Gervaise,” his father said; “at least, I wish him + to remain at Rhodes until all the civil troubles are absolutely at an end + here. My life has been ruined by them. Loving retirement and quiet, and + longing for nothing so much as a life among my tenantry, I have almost + from a boy been actively engaged in warfare or have been away as an exile. + Here every one of gentle blood has been more or less mixed up in these + civil broils. To few of us does it personally matter whether a member of + the House of York or Lancaster sits on the throne, and yet we have been + almost compelled to take sides with one or the other; and now, in my + middle age I am on the eve of another battle in which I risk my life and + fortune. If we win I gain naught but the satisfaction of seeing young + Edward made King of England. If we lose I am going into exile again, or I + may leave my wife a widow, and my child penniless.” + </p> + <p> + “It is too true, Tresham; and as I am as likely to fall as you are, the + child might be left without a protector as well as fatherless. However, + against that I will provide. I will write a letter to Peter D'Aubusson, + who is the real governor of Rhodes, for the Grand Master Orsini is so old + that his rule is little more than nominal. At his death D'Aubusson is + certain to be elected Grand Master. He is a dear friend of mine. We + entered the Order the same year, and were comrades in many a fight with + the Moslems, and I am quite sure that when I tell him that it is my last + request of him, he will, in memory of our long friendship, appoint your + son as one of the Grand Master's pages. As you know, no one, however high + his rank, is accepted as a novice before the age of sixteen. After a + year's probation he is received into the body of the Order as a professed + knight, and must go out and serve for a time in Rhodes. After three years + of active service he must reside two more at the convent, and can then be + made a commander. There is but one exception to the rule—namely, + that the pages of the grand master are entitled to the privilege of + admission at the age of twelve, so that they become professed knights at + thirteen. Your son is now but nine, you say, and we must remember that + D'Aubusson is not yet Grand Master, and Orsini may live for some years + yet. D'Aubusson, however, can doubtless get him to appoint the boy as one + of his pages. But, in any case, there are three years yet to be passed + before he can go out. Doubtless these he will spend under his mother's + care; but as it is as well to provide against everything, I will furnish + your dame with a letter to the knight who will probably succeed me as + Grand Prior of the English langue, asking him to see to the care and + education of the boy up to the time when he can proceed to Rhodes. We may + hope, my dear Tresham, that there will be no occasion to use such + documents, and that you and I may both be able personally to watch over + his career. Still, it is as well to take every precaution. I shall, of + course, give D'Aubusson full particulars about you, your vow, and your + wishes.” + </p> + <p> + “I thank you greatly, old friend,” Sir Thomas said. “It has taken a load + off my mind. I shall leave him here with his mother when we march forward, + and bid her, if ill befalls me, cross again to France, and then to keep + Gervaise with her until she can bring herself to part with him. She has + her jewels and a considerable sum of money which I accepted from the man + who has been enjoying my estates for the last five years, in lieu of the + monies that he had received during that time. Therefore, she will not lack + means for some years to come. Besides, Queen Margaret has a real affection + for her, and will, doubtless, be glad to have her with her again in + exile.” + </p> + <p> + “When I am old enough,” Gervaise said, suddenly looking up from a missal + of the Grand Prior's which he had been examining, “I will chop off the + head of the Duke of York, and bring mother back to England.” + </p> + <p> + “You will be a valiant champion no doubt, my boy,” the prior said, + laughing. “But that is just what your father does not want. Chop off the + heads of as many infidels as you will, but leave Englishmen alone, be they + dukes or commoners. It is a far more glorious career to be aiding to + defend Europe against the Moslem than to be engaged in wars with your own + countrymen. If the great lords will fight, let them fight it out + themselves without our aid; but I hope that long before you become a man + even they will be tired of these perpetual broils, and that some agreement + may be arrived at, and peace reign in this unhappy land.” + </p> + <p> + “Besides, Gervaise,” his father added, “you must bear in mind always that + my earnest wish and hope is that you will become a champion of the Cross. + I took a solemn vow before you were born that if a son were granted to me + I would dedicate him to the service of the Cross, and if I am taken from + you, you must still try to carry that oath into effect. I trust that, at + any rate for some years after you attain manhood, you will expend your + whole strength and powers in the defence of Christianity, and as a worthy + knight of the Order of St. John. Too many of the knights, after serving + for three years against the infidels, return to their native countries and + pass the rest of their lives in slothful ease at their commanderies, save + perhaps when at any great crisis they go out for a while and join in the + struggle. Such is not the life I should wish you to lead. At the death of + your mother and myself, you will have no family ties in England—nothing + to recall you here. If the House of York succeeds in establishing itself + firmly on the throne, my estates will be forfeited. Therefore, regard + Rhodes as your permanent home, and devote your life to the Order. + Beginning so young, you may hope to distinguish yourself—to gain + high rank in it; but remember that though these are my wishes, they are + not my orders, and that your career must be in your own hands.” + </p> + <p> + “I will be a brave knight, father,” the boy said firmly. + </p> + <p> + “That is right, my boy. Now go upstairs to your bed; it is already late. I + do not regret my vow,” he went on, after Gervaise had left the room, + “though I regret that he is my only son. It is singular that men should + care about what comes after them, but I suppose it is human nature. I + should have liked to think that my descendants would sit in the old house, + and that men of my race and name would long own the estates. But doubtless + it is all for the best; for at least I can view the permanent loss of my + estates, in case the Yorkists triumph, without any poignant regret.” + </p> + <p> + “Doubtless it is for the best, Tresham, and you must remember that things + may not, even now, turn out as you think. A knight who has done a brave + service does not find much difficulty in obtaining from the Pope a + dispensation from his vows. Numbers of knights have so left the Order and + have married and perpetuated their name. It is almost a necessity that it + should be so, for otherwise many princes and barons would object to their + sons entering the Order. Its object is to keep back the irruption of the + Moslems, and when men have done their share of hard work no regret need be + felt if they desire to leave the Order. Our founder had no thought of + covering Europe with monasteries, and beyond the fact that it is necessary + there should be men to administer our manors and estates, I see no reason + why any should not freely leave when they reach the age of thirty or + thirty-five, and indeed believe that it would strengthen rather than + weaken us were the vows, taken at the age of seventeen, to be for fifteen + years only.” + </p> + <p> + “There is something in that,” the knight said thoughtfully. “However, that + is far in the distance, and concerns me but little; still, I agree with + you, for I see no advantage in men, after their time of usefulness to the + Order is past, being bound to settle down to a monastic life if by nature + and habit unsuited for it. There are some spirits who, after long years of + warfare, are well content so to do, but there are assuredly others to whom + a life of forced inactivity, after a youth and manhood spent in action, + must be well nigh unendurable. And now tell me frankly what you think of + our chances here.” + </p> + <p> + “Everything depends upon time. Promises of aid have come in from all + quarters, and if Edward delays we shall soon be at the head of an + overwhelming force. But Edward, with all his faults and vices, is an able + and energetic leader, and must be well aware that if he is to strike + successfully he must strike soon. We must hope that he will not be able to + do this. He cannot tell whether we intend to march direct to London, or to + join Pembroke in Wales, or to march north, and until he divines our + purpose, he will hardly dare to move lest we should, by some rapid + movement, interpose between himself and London. If he gives us a month, + our success is certain. If he can give battle in a fortnight, no one can + say how the matter will end.” + </p> + <p> + Edward, indeed, was losing no time. He stayed but a few days in London + after his victory at Barnet, and on the 19th of April left for Windsor, + ordering all his forces to join him there. The Lancastrians had + endeavoured to puzzle him as to their intended movements by sending + parties out in various directions; but as soon as he had gathered a force, + numerically small, but composed of veteran soldiers, he hurried west, + determined to bring on a battle at the earliest opportunity. The queen's + advisers determined to move first to Wells, as from that point they could + either go north or march upon London. Edward entered Abingdon on the 27th, + and then, finding the Lancastrians still at Wells, marched to the + northwest, by which means he hoped to intercept them if they moved north, + while he would be able to fall back and bar their road to London if they + advanced in that direction. He therefore moved to Cirencester, and waited + there for news until he learned that they had visited Bristol and there + obtained reinforcements of men and supplies of money and cannon, and had + then started on the high road to Gloucester. + </p> + <p> + He at once sent off messengers to the son of Lord Beauchamp, who held the + Castle of Gloucester for him, assuring him that he was following at full + speed, and would come to his aid forthwith. The messengers arrived in + time, and when the queen, after a long march, arrived before Gloucester, + she found the gates shut in her face. The governor had taken steps to + prevent her numerous adherents in the town from rising on her behalf, and, + manning the walls, refused to surrender. Knowing that Edward was coming up + rapidly, it was evident that there was no time to spare in an attempt to + take the town, and the queen's army therefore pressed on, without waiting, + to Tewkesbury. Once across the river they would speedily be joined by the + Earl of Pembroke, and Edward would be forced to fall back at once. + </p> + <p> + By the time they reached the river, however, they were thoroughly + exhausted. They had marched thirty-six miles without rest, along bad roads + and through woods, and were unable to go farther. The queen urged that the + river should be crossed, but the leaders of the force were of opinion that + it was better to halt. Edward would be able to follow them across the + river, and were he to attack them when in disorder, and still further + wearied by the operation of making the passage, he would certainly crush + them. Moreover, a further retreat would discourage the soldiers, and as a + battle must now be fought, it was better to fight where they were, + especially as they could choose a strong position. The queen gave way, and + the army encamped on a large field in front of the town. The position was + well calculated for defence, for the country around was so broken and + intercepted with lanes and deep hedges and ditches, that it was extremely + difficult of approach. + </p> + <p> + In the evening Edward came up, his men having also marched some + six-and-thirty miles, and encamped for the night within three miles of the + Lancastrian position. The queen's troops felt confident of victory. In + point of numbers they were superior to their antagonists, and had the + advantage of a strong position. Sir Thomas Tresham had, as he proposed, + left his wife and son at Exeter when the force marched away. + </p> + <p> + “Do not be despondent, love,” he said to his weeping wife, as he bade her + goodbye. “Everything is in our favour, and there is a good hope of a happy + termination to this long struggle. But, win or lose, be assured it is the + last time I will draw my sword. I have proved my fidelity to the House of + Lancaster; I have risked life and fortune in their cause; but I feel that + I have done my share and more, and whichever way Providence may now decide + the issue of the struggle, I will accept it. If we lose, and I come + scatheless through the fight, I will ride hither, and we will embark at + Plymouth for France, and there live quietly until the time comes when + Edward may feel himself seated with sufficient firmness on the throne to + forgive past offences and to grant an amnesty to all who have fought + against him. In any other case, dear, you know my wishes, and I bid you + carry them out within twenty-four hours of your receiving news of a + defeat, without waiting longer for my appearance.” + </p> + <p> + As soon as it was light, Edward advanced to the attack. The Duke of + Gloucester was in command of the vanguard. He himself led the centre, + while the rear was commanded by the Marquis of Dorset and Lord Hastings. + The most advanced division of Lancastrians was commanded by the Duke of + Somerset and his brother. The Grand Prior of the Order of St. John and + Lord Wenlock were stationed in the centre, the Earl of Devon with the + reserve. Refreshed by their rest, the queen's troops were in good spirits. + While awaiting the attack, she and the prince rode among the ranks, + encouraging the men with fiery speeches, and promising large rewards to + all in case of victory. + </p> + <p> + Gloucester made his advance with great difficulty. The obstacles to his + progress were so many and serious that his division was brought to a halt + before it came into contact with the defenders. He therefore brought up + his artillery and opened a heavy cannonade upon Somerset's position, + supporting his guns with flights of arrows, and inflicting such heavy loss + upon him that the duke felt compelled to take the offensive. + </p> + <p> + Having foreseen that he might be obliged to do so, he had, early in the + morning, carefully examined the ground in front of him, and had found some + lanes by which he could make a flank attack on the enemy. Moving his force + down these lanes, where the trees and hedges completely hid his advance + from the Yorkists, he fell suddenly upon Edward's centre, which, taken by + surprise at the unexpected attack, was driven in confusion up the hill + behind it. Somerset was quick to take advantage of his success, and + wheeling his men round fell upon the Duke of Gloucester's division, and + was equally successful in his attack upon it. Had the centre, under Lord + Wenlock, moved forward at once to his support, the victory would have been + assured; but Wenlock lay inactive, and Somerset was now engaged in + conflict with the whole of Edward's force. But even under these + circumstances he still gained ground, when suddenly the whole aspect of + the battle was changed. + </p> + <p> + Before it began Edward had sent two hundred spearmen to watch a wood near + the defenders' lines, as he thought that the Lancastrians might place a + force there to take him in flank as he attacked their front. He ordered + them, if they found the wood unoccupied, to join in the fight as + opportunity might offer. The wood was unoccupied, and the spearmen, seeing + the two divisions of their army driven backwards, and being thereby cut + off from their friends, issued from the wood and, charging down in a body, + fell suddenly upon Somerset's rear. + </p> + <p> + Astounded and confused by an attack from such a quarter, and believing + that it was an act of treachery by one of their own commanders, Somerset's + men, who had hitherto been fighting with the greatest bravery, fell into + confusion. Edward's quick eye soon grasped the opportunity, and rallying + his troops he charged impetuously down upon the Lancastrians, seconded + hotly by Gloucester and his division. + </p> + <p> + The disorder in Somerset's lines speedily grew into a panic, and the + division broke up and fled through the lanes to the right and left. + Somerset, after in vain trying to stop the panic, rode furiously back into + the camp, followed by his principal officers, and riding up to Lord + Wenlock he cleft his head in two with a battleaxe. His resentment, + although justified by the inactivity of this nobleman at such a crisis, + was yet disastrous, as it left the centre without a leader, and threw it + into a state of disorganization, as many must have supposed that Somerset + had turned traitor and gone over to the enemy. Before any disposition + could be made, Edward and Gloucester poured their forces into the camp, + and the Lancastrians at once broke and fled. Many of their leaders took + refuge in the church, an asylum which they deemed inviolable, and which + the Lancastrians had honourably respected in their hour of triumph. + </p> + <p> + Among them were the Duke of Somerset, the Grand Prior of the Order of St. + John, Sir Humphrey Audely, Sir Gervis of Clifton, Sir William Gainsby, Sir + William Cary, Sir Henry Rose, Sir Thomas Tresham, and seven esquires. + Margaret of Anjou fell into the hands of the victors. As to the fate of + the young prince, accounts differ. Some authorities say that he was + overtaken and slain on the field, but the majority related that he was + captured and taken before Edward, who asked him, “What brought you to + England?” On his replying boldly, “My father's crown and mine own + inheritance,” Edward struck him in the mouth with his gauntlet, and his + attendants, or some say his brothers, at once despatched the youth with + their swords. + </p> + <p> + The king, with Gloucester and Clarence, then went to the church at + Tewkesbury, where the knights had taken refuge, burst open the doors, and + entered it. A priest, bearing the holy vessels, threw himself before the + king, and would not move until he promised to pardon all who had taken + sanctuary there. The king then retired, and trusting in the royal word, + the gentlemen made no attempt to escape, although it is said that they + could easily have done so. Two days later a party of soldiers by the + king's orders broke into the church, dragged them from the foot of the + altar, and beheaded them outside. + </p> + <p> + The news of the issue of the fatal battle of Tewkesbury, the capture of + the queen, and the death of the prince, was borne to Exeter by fugitives + on the following day. Beyond the fact that the Earl of Devon and other + nobles were known to have been killed, and Somerset with a party of + knights had taken sanctuary, they could give no details as to the fate of + individuals. In the deepest distress at the utter ruin of the cause, and + in ignorance of the fate of her husband, who she could only hope was one + of those who had gained sanctuary, Dame Tresham prepared for flight. This + accomplished, she had only to wait, and sit in tearless anguish at the + window, listening intently whenever a horseman rode past. All night her + watch continued. Gervaise, who had cried himself to sleep, lay on a couch + beside her. Morning dawned, and she then knew that her husband would not + come, for had he escaped from the field he would long ere this have been + with her. The messenger with the news had arrived at eight the previous + morning, and, faithful to her husband's wishes, at that hour she ordered + the horses to be brought round, and, joining a party of gentlemen who were + also making for the coast, rode with them to Plymouth. Arrangements were + at once made with the captain of a small ship in the port, and two days + later they landed at Honfleur, where Sir Thomas had enjoined his wife to + wait until she heard from him or obtained sure news of his fate. + </p> + <p> + A week after her arrival the news was brought by other fugitives of the + violation of the sanctuary by the king, and the murder of Somerset and the + gentlemen with him, of whom Sir Thomas Tresham was known to have been one. + </p> + <p> + The blow proved fatal to Dame Tresham. She had gone through many trials + and misfortunes, and had ever borne them bravely, but the loss of her + husband completely broke her down. Save to see his wishes concerning their + son carried out, she had no longer any interest in life or any wish to + live. But until the future of Gervaise was assured, her mission was + unfulfilled. His education was her sole care; his mornings were spent at a + monastery, where the monks instructed the sons of such of the nobles and + gentry of the neighbourhood as cared that they should be able to read and + write. In the afternoon he had the best masters in the town in military + exercises. His evenings he spent with his mother, who strove to instill in + him the virtues of patience, mercy to the vanquished, and valour, by + stories of the great characters of history. She herself spent her days in + pious exercises, in attending the services of the Church, and in acts of + charity and kindness to her poorer neighbours. But her strength failed + rapidly, and she was but a shadow of her former self when, two years and a + half after her arrival at Honfleur, she felt that if she was herself to + hand Gervaise over to the Order of St. John, she must no longer delay. + Accordingly she took ship to London, and landing there made her way with + him to the dwelling of the Order at Clerkenwell. It was in process of + rebuilding, for in 1381 it had been first plundered and then burned by the + insurgents under Wat Tyler. During the ninety years that had elapsed since + that event the work of rebuilding had proceeded steadily, each grand prior + making additions to the pile which, although not yet fully completed, was + already one of the grandest and stateliest abodes in England. + </p> + <p> + On inquiring for the grand prior, and stating that she had a letter of + importance for him, Dame Tresham and her son were shown up to his + apartment, and on entering were kindly and courteously received by him + when informed that she was the widow of the late Sir Thomas Tresham. + </p> + <p> + “I am the bearer of a letter for you, given into my hand by my husband's + dear friend your predecessor,” she said, “a few days before his murder at + Tewkesbury. It relates to my son here.” + </p> + <p> + The grand prior opened the letter and read it. + </p> + <p> + “Assuredly, madam, I will carry out the wishes here expressed,” he said. + “They are, that I should forward at once the letter he has given you to + Sir Peter D'Aubusson, and that until an answer is received from him, I + should take care of the boy here, and see that he is instructed in all + that is needful for a future knight of our Order. I grieve to see that you + yourself are looking so ill.” + </p> + <p> + “My course is well nigh run,” she said. “I have, methinks, but a few days + to live. I am thankful that it has been permitted to me to carry out my + husband's wishes, and to place my boy in your hands. That done, my work on + earth is finished, and glad indeed am I that the time is at hand when I + can rejoin my dear husband.” + </p> + <p> + “We have a building here where we can lodge ladies in distress or need, + Dame Tresham, and trust that you will take up your abode there.” + </p> + <p> + “I shall indeed be thankful to do so,” she replied. “I know no one in + London, and few would care to lodge a dying woman.” + </p> + <p> + “We are Hospitallers,” the grand prior said. “That was our sole mission + when we were first founded, and before we became a military order, and it + is still a part of our sworn duty to aid the distressed.” + </p> + <p> + A few minutes later Dame Tresham was conducted to a comfortable apartment, + and was given into the charge of a female attendant. The next day she had + another interview with the grand prior, to whom she handed over her jewels + and remaining money. This she prayed him to devote to the furnishing of + the necessary outfit for Gervaise. She spent the rest of the day in the + church of the hospital, had a long talk with her son in the evening, + giving him her last charges as to his future life and conduct, and that + night, as if she had now fulfilled her last duty on earth, she passed + away, and was found by her attendant lying with a look of joy and + peacefulness on her dead face. + </p> + <p> + Gervaise's grief was for a time excessive. He was nearly twelve years old, + and had never until now been separated from her even for a day. She had + often spoken to him of her end being near, but until the blow came he had + never quite understood that it could be so. She had, on the night before + her death, told him that he must not grieve overmuch for her, for that in + any case they must have soon been sundered, and that it was far better + that he should think of her as at rest, and happy, than as leading a + lonely and sorrowful life. + </p> + <p> + The grand prior, however, wisely gave him but little time to dwell upon + his loss, but as soon as her funeral had taken place, handed him over to + the knights who had the charge of the novices on probation, and instructed + them in their military exercises, and of the chaplain who taught them such + learning as was considered requisite for a knight of the Order. + </p> + <p> + The knights were surprised at the proficiency the lad had already attained + in the use of his weapons. + </p> + <p> + “By St. Agatha,” one of them exclaimed, after the conclusion of his first + lesson, “you have had good teachers, lad, and have availed yourself rarely + of them. If you go on like this you will become a distinguished knight of + our Order. With a few more years to strengthen your arms I warrant me you + will bear your part well in your first tussle with the Moslem corsairs.” + </p> + <p> + It fortunately happened that a party of knights were starting for Rhodes a + few days after the admission of Gervaise to the Hospital, and the letter + to Sir Peter D'Aubusson was committed to their charge. They were to + proceed to Bordeaux by ship, then to journey by land to Marseilles, and + thence, being joined by some French knights, to sail direct to Rhodes. Two + months later an answer was received. D'Aubusson wrote to the grand prior + saying that he would gladly carry out the last wishes of his dead friend, + and that he had already obtained from the grand master the appointment of + Gervaise Tresham as one of his pages, and begged that he might be sent out + with the next party of knights leaving England. It was three months before + such an opportunity occurred. During that time Gervaise remained at the + house of St. John's studying diligently, and continuing his military + exercises. These were severe; for the scions of noble houses, who hoped + some day to distinguish themselves as knights, were put through many + gymnastic exercises—were taught to spring on to a horse when clad in + full armour, to wield heavy battleaxes, to run and climb, and to prepare + themselves for all the possibilities of the mode of fighting of the day. + </p> + <p> + Gervaise gained the encomiums, not only of his special preceptor, but of + the various knights in the house, and of the grand prior himself, both for + his strength and activity, and for the earnestness with which he worked. + When the time approached for his leaving England, the grand prior ordered + for him the outfit which would be necessary in his position as a page of + the grand master. The dresses were numerous and rich, for although the + knights of St. John wore over their armour the simple mantle of their + order, which was a sleeveless garment of black relieved only by a white + cross on the chest, they indulged in the finest and most costly armour, + and in rich garments beneath their black mantles when not in armour. + </p> + <p> + “I am well pleased with you, Gervaise,” the grand prior said, on the + evening before he was to leave, “and I see in you the making of a valiant + knight of the Order. Maintain the same spirit you have shown here; be + obedient and reverent to your superiors; give your whole mind to your + duties; strive earnestly during the three or four years that your pagedom + will last, to perfect yourself in military exercises, that when the time + comes for you to buckle on armour you will be able to bear yourself + worthily. Remember that you will have to win your knighthood, for the + Order does not bestow this honour, and you must remain a professed knight + until you receive it at the hands of some distinguished warrior. Ever bear + in mind that you are a soldier of the Cross. Avoid luxury, live simply and + modestly; be not led away by others, upon whom their vows may sit but + lightly; keep ever in your mind that you have joined the Order neither to + gain fame nor personal advantage, but simply that you may devote the + strength and the intelligence that God has given you to protect + Christendom from the advance of the infidel. I shall hear of you from time + to time from D'Aubusson, and feel sure that the expectations I have formed + of you will be fulfilled.” + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0003" id="link2HCH0003"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER III THE GRAND MASTER'S PAGE + </h2> + <p> + The grand prior had, in accordance with Dame Tresham's request, sent the + steward of the house to one of the principal jewellers of the city who, as + the Order were excellent customers, paid a good price for her jewels. + After the payment for the numerous dresses required for the service as a + page to the grand master, the grand prior handed the balance of the money + Dame Tresham had brought with her, and that obtained by the sale of her + jewels, to one of the knights under whose charge Gervaise was to travel, + to be given by him to D'Aubusson for the necessities of Gervaise as a + page. During their term of service the pages received no remuneration, all + their expenses being paid by their families. Nevertheless, the post was + considered so honourable, and of such great advantage to those entering + the Order, that the appointments were eagerly sought after. + </p> + <p> + The head of the party was Sir Guy Redcar, who had been a commander in + England, but who was now relinquishing that post in order to take a high + office in the convent at the Island. With him were four lads between + seventeen and twenty who were going out as professed knights, having + served their year of probation as novices at the grand priory. With these + Gervaise was already acquainted, as they had lived, studied, and performed + their military exercises together. The three eldest of these Gervaise + liked much, but the youngest of the party, Robert Rivers, a relation of + the queen, had always shown a very different spirit from the others. He + was jealous that a member of one of the defeated and disinherited + Lancastrian families should obtain a post of such honour and advantage as + that of page to the grand master, and that thus, although five years + younger, Gervaise should enter the Order on an equality with him. + </p> + <p> + In point of strength and stature he was, of course, greatly superior to + Gervaise; but he had been spoilt from his childhood, was averse to + exercise, and dull at learning, and while Gervaise was frequently + commended by his instructors, he himself was constantly reproved, and it + had been more than once a question whether he should be received as a + professed knight at the termination of his year of novitiate. Thus, while + the other lads treated Gervaise kindly, and indeed made rather a pet of + him, Robert Rivers ignored him as much as possible, and if obliged to + speak to him did so with a pointed rudeness that more than once brought + upon him a sharp reproof from his companions. Gervaise himself was but + little affected by Robert's manner. He was of an exceptionally good + tempered nature, and, indeed, was so occupied with his work and so anxious + to satisfy his teachers, that Robert's ill humour passed almost unnoticed. + </p> + <p> + The journey was performed without incident. During their passage across + the south of France, Gervaise's perfect knowledge of the language gained + for him a great advantage over his companions, and enabled him to be of + much use to Sir Guy. They had fine weather during their passage up the + Mediterranean, and in the day their leader gave them their first lessons + in the management and discipline of a ship. + </p> + <p> + “You will be nearly as much at sea as you are on land for the five years + you must stay at the convent,” he said; “and it is essential to the + education of a knight of our Order to know all things connected with the + management of a ship, even to its building. We construct our own galleys + at Rhodes, using, of course, the labour of slaves, but under our own + superintendence; and it is even more essential to us to know how to fight + on sea than on land. There is, too, you see, a rivalry among ourselves, + for each langue has its duties, and each strives to perform more gallant + deeds and to bring in more rich prizes than the others. We of England are + among the smallest of the langues, and yet methinks we do a fair portion + of the work, and gain fully our share of honour. There is no fear of your + having much time on your hands, for it is quite certain that there will + soon be open war between Mahomet and the Order. In spite of the nominal + truce, constant skirmishes are taking place, so that, in addition to our + fights with pirates, we have sometimes encounters with the sultan's + galleys. + </p> + <p> + “Seven years ago, a number of our Order took part in the defence of + Lesbos, and lost their lives at its capture, and we have sure information + that Mahomet is preparing for an attack on the Island. No doubt he thinks + it will be an easy conquest, for in '57 he succeeded in landing eighteen + thousand men on the Island, and in ravaging a large district, carrying off + much booty. Since then, however, the defences of Rhodes have been greatly + strengthened. Zacosta, our last grand master, laboured diligently to + increase the fortifications, and, specially, built on one side of the + entrance to the harbour a strong tower, called Fort St. Nicholas. Orsini + has carried on the works, which have been directed by D'Aubusson, who is + captain general of the forces of the Island, and who has deepened the + ditches and built a wall on the sea front of the town six hundred feet in + length and twenty feet in height, money being found by the grand master + from his private purse. + </p> + <p> + “At present we are not sure whether the great armament that Mahomet is + preparing is intended for the capture of Negropont, which belongs to + Venice, or of Rhodes. Unfortunately Venice and Rhodes are not good + friends. In the course of our war with Egypt in '58 we captured from some + Venetian vessels, in which they were travelling, several Egyptian + merchants with a great store of goods. The Venetians protested that as the + ships were theirs we had no right to interfere with our enemies who were + travelling in them, and, without giving time for the question to be + discussed, at once attacked our galleys, and sent a fleet against Rhodes. + They landed on the Island, and not only pillaged the district of Halki, + but, a number of natives having sought shelter in a cave, the Venetians + blocked up the entrance with brushwood, set it on fire, and suffocated + them all. + </p> + <p> + “Shortly afterwards, another and larger fleet appeared off Rhodes, and + demanded the restitution of the Egyptians and their merchandise. There was + a great division of opinion in the council; but, seeing the great danger + that threatened us both from the Turks at Constantinople and the + Venetians, and that it was madness at such a time to engage in war with a + Christian power, the grand master persuaded the council to accede to their + request. There has never been any friendly feeling between Venice and + ourselves since that time. Still, I trust that our common danger will + reunite us, and that whether Negropont or Rhodes is attacked by the + Moslems, we shall render loyal aid to each other.” + </p> + <p> + There was great excitement among Gervaise and his companions when it was + announced that Rhodes was in sight, and as they approached the town they + gazed with admiration at the castle with its stately buildings, the palace + of the grand master and the Hospital of St. John, rising above the lower + town, the massive walls strengthened by projecting bastions, and the + fortifications of the ports. Of these there were two, with separate + entrances, divided from each other by a narrow tongue of land. At its + extremity stood Fort St. Nicholas, which was connected by a strong wall + running along the promontory to the town. The inner port, as it was + called, was of greater importance, as it adjoined the town itself. It was + defended in the first place by Fort St. Nicholas, and at the inner + entrance stood the towers of St. John and St. Michael, one on either side. + Into this the vessel was steered. There were many craft lying there, among + them eight or ten of the galleys of the Order. + </p> + <p> + “We will go first to the house of our langue,” Sir Guy said, “and tell + them to send down slaves to fetch up our baggage; then I will take you, + Gervaise, to Sir Peter D'Aubusson, and hand you over to his care.” + </p> + <p> + On landing, Gervaise was surprised at the number of slaves who were + labouring at the public works, and who formed no small proportion of the + population in the streets. Their condition was pitiable. They were, of + course, enemies of Christianity, and numbers of them had been pirates; but + he could not help pitying their condition as they worked in the full heat + of the sun under the vigilant eyes of numbers of overseers, who carried + heavy whips, in addition to their arms. Their progress to the upper city + was slow, for on their way they met many knights, of whom several were + acquainted with Sir Guy; and each, after greeting him, demanded the latest + news from England, and in return gave him particulars of the state of + things at Rhodes. + </p> + <p> + At last they arrived at the house of the English langue. The Order was + divided into langues or nationalities. Of these there were eight—Provence, + Auvergne, France, Italy, Germany, England, Aragon, and Castile and + Portugal. The French element was by far the strongest. The Order had been + founded in that country, and as it possessed no less than three langues, + and held the greater part of the high official positions in the Order, it + was only kept in check by the other langues acting together to demand + their fair share of dignities. The grand master's authority was + considerable, but it was checked by the council, which was composed of the + bailiffs and knights of the highest order, known as Grand Crosses. Each + langue had its bailiff elected by itself: these resided constantly at + Rhodes. Each of these bailiffs held a high office; thus the Bailiff of + Provence was always the grand commander of the Order. He controlled the + expenditure, superintended the stores, and was governor of the arsenal. + The Bailiff of Auvergne was the commander-in-chief of all the forces, army + and navy. The Bailiff of France was the grand hospitaller, with the + supreme direction of the hospitals and infirmaries of the Order, a + hospital in those days signifying a guest house. The Bailiff of Italy was + the grand admiral, and the Bailiff of England was chief of the light + cavalry. Thus the difficulties and jealousies that would have arisen at + every vacancy were avoided. + </p> + <p> + In the early days of the Order, when Jerusalem was in the hands of the + Christians, the care of the hospitals was its chief and most important + function. Innumerable pilgrims visited Jerusalem, and these were + entertained at the immense guest house of the Order. But with the loss of + Jerusalem and the expulsion of the Christians from Palestine, that + function had become of very secondary importance although there was still + a guest house and infirmary at Rhodes, where strangers and the sick were + carefully attended by the knights. No longer did these ride out to battle + on their war horses. It was on the sea that the foe was to be met, and the + knights were now sailors rather than soldiers. They dwelt at the houses of + their respective langues; here they ate at a common table, which was + supplied by the bailiff, who drew rations for each knight, and received, + in addition, a yearly sum for the supply of such luxuries as were not + included in the rations. The average number of knights residing in each of + these langues averaged from a hundred to a hundred and fifty. + </p> + <p> + It was not until some hours after his arrival that Sir Guy could find time + to take Gervaise across to the house of the langue of Auvergne, to which + D'Aubusson belonged. It was a larger and more stately pile than that of + the English langue, but the arrangements were similar in all these + buildings. In the English house Gervaise had not felt strange, as he had + the companionship of his fellow voyagers; but as he followed Sir Guy + through the spacious halls of the langue of Auvergne, where no familiar + face met his, he felt more lonely than he had done since he entered the + house at Clerkenwell. + </p> + <p> + On sending in his name Sir Guy was at once conducted to the chamber + occupied by D'Aubusson. The knight was seated at his table, examining some + plans. The room was furnished with monastic simplicity, save that the + walls were hung with rich silks and curtains captured from Turkish + galleys. + </p> + <p> + “Welcome back to us, Sir Guy,” D'Aubusson said, rising, and warmly shaking + his visitor's hand. “I have been looking for your coming, for we need men + with clear heads. Of strong arms and valiant spirits we have no lack; but + men of judgment and discretion, who can be trusted to look at matters + calmly and not to be carried away by passion, are welcome indeed to us. I + was expecting you about this time, and when I heard that a ship had + arrived from Marseilles I made inquiries, and was glad to find that you + were on board.” + </p> + <p> + “I am heartily glad to be back, D'Aubusson; I am sick of the dull life of + a commandery, and rejoice at the prospect of stirring times again. This + lad is young Tresham, who has come out in my charge, and for whom you have + been good enough to obtain the post of page to the grand master.” + </p> + <p> + “And no slight business was it to do so,” D'Aubusson said with a smile. + “It happened there was a vacancy when the letter concerning him arrived, + and had it been one of the highest offices in the Order there could not + have been a keener contention for it. Every bailiff had his candidate + ready; but I seldom ask for anything for members of my langue, and when I + told the other bailiffs that it was to me a matter of honour to carry out + the last request of my dead friend, they all gave way. You see, I am + placed in a position of some little difficulty. The grand master is so + enfeebled and crippled that he leaves matters almost entirely in my hands, + and it would be an abuse of my position, and would excite no little + jealousy, were I to use the power I possess to nominate friends of my own + to appointments. It is only by the most rigid impartiality, and by + dividing as fairly as possible all offices between the eight langues, that + all continue to give me their support. As you know, we have had great + difficulties and heartburnings here; but happily they have to a great + extent been set at rest by forming a new langue of Castile and Portugal + out of that of Aragon. This has given one more vote to the smaller + langues, and has so balanced the power that of late the jealousies between + us have greatly subsided, and all are working well together in face of the + common danger. Well, young sir, and how like you the prospect of your + pageship?” + </p> + <p> + “I like it greatly, sir, but shall like still more the time when I can + buckle on armour and take a share of the fighting with the infidels. I + would fain, sir, offer to you my deep and humble thanks for the great + kindness you have shown me in procuring me the appointment of page to the + grand master.” + </p> + <p> + The knight smiled kindly. “There are the less thanks due, lad, inasmuch as + I did it not for you, but for the dear friend who wrote to me on your + behalf. However, I trust that you will do credit to my nomination by your + conduct here.” + </p> + <p> + “There is a letter from our grand prior which I have brought to you,” Sir + Guy said. “He commended the lad to me warmly, and seems to be greatly + pleased with his conduct.” + </p> + <p> + D'Aubusson cut the silken string that bound the missive together, and read + the letter. + </p> + <p> + “He does indeed speak warmly,” he said, as he laid it down on the table. + </p> + <p> + “He tells me that the lad, young as he was, had been well trained when he + came, and that he worked with great diligence during the five months he + was in the House, and displayed such skill and strength for his age, as to + surprise his preceptors, who prophesied that he would turn out a stout + swordsman, and would be a credit to the Order.” + </p> + <p> + “He is well furnished with garments both for ordinary and state + occasions,” Sir Guy said; “and in this packet are some sixty gold crowns, + which are the last remains of his patrimony, and which I was to hand to + you in order to pay the necessary expenses during his pageship.” + </p> + <p> + “He could have done without that,” D'Aubusson said. “Recommended to me as + he is, I would have seen that he lacked nothing, but was provided with all + necessaries for his position. I will in the future take care that in all + things he is on a par with his companions.” He touched a bell on the + table, and a servitor entered. + </p> + <p> + “Tell Richard de Deauville to come here,” he said. + </p> + <p> + A minute later the hangings at the door were pushed aside, and a lad about + a year older than Gervaise appeared, and, bowing deeply to the knight, + stood in a respectful attitude, awaiting his orders. + </p> + <p> + “Deauville, take this youth, Gervaise Tresham to your room. He is + appointed one of the pages of the grand master. He is English, but he + speaks French as well as you do, having lived in France for some years. + Take him to your apartment and treat him kindly and well, seeing that he + is a stranger and new to all here. Tomorrow he will go to the palace.” + </p> + <p> + Gervaise bowed deeply to the two knights, and then followed the page. + </p> + <p> + “I suppose you arrived in that ship which came in today,” the latter said, + as soon as they had left the room. “You are in luck indeed to have + obtained a pageship at the grand master's. You begin to count your time at + once, while we do not begin to count ours until we are seventeen. Still, + good luck may befall us yet, for if the grand master dies, Sir Peter is + sure to be chosen to succeed him. Then, you see, we too shall be pages of + the grand master.” + </p> + <p> + “How many are there of you?” + </p> + <p> + “Only De Lille and myself. Of course D'Aubusson will take on the grand + master's present pages; but as there are five vacancies on an average + every year, he will be able to find room for us among the number.” + </p> + <p> + “Why, how many pages has the grand master?” Gervaise asked, in surprise. + </p> + <p> + “Sixteen of them, so you may guess the duties are easy enough, as only two + are generally employed, except, of course on solemn occasions.” + </p> + <p> + “Are there any other English besides myself?” + </p> + <p> + The boy shook his head. “There are eight belonging to the French langues; + the others are Spaniards, Italians, or Germans. There, this is our room + and this is De Lille. De Lille, this is the grand master's new page, + Master Gervaise Tresham, and our lord says we are to treat him kindly and + entertain him well until tomorrow, when he will go to the palace. He + speaks our language, and has been some years in France.” + </p> + <p> + “How came you to be there?” De Lille asked Gervaise. + </p> + <p> + “My father was a Lancastrian, and my mother a great friend of our Queen + Margaret of Anjou, and they were with her all the time she was in exile.” + </p> + <p> + “How quarrelsome you English are!” De Lille said. “You seem to be always + fighting among yourselves.” + </p> + <p> + “I don't think,” Gervaise said, with a smile, “there is any love lost + between Louis of France and the Duke of Burgundy, to say nothing of other + great lords.” + </p> + <p> + “No; you are right there. But though we talk a great deal about fighting, + it is only occasionally that we engage in it.” + </p> + <p> + The pages' room was a small one. It contained two pallets, which served as + seats by day, and two wooden chests, in which they kept their clothes. + </p> + <p> + Their conversation was interrupted by the ringing of a bell. + </p> + <p> + “That is supper,” De Lille said, jumping up. “We will leave you here while + we go down to stand behind our lord's chair. When the meal is over we will + bring a pasty or something else good, and a measure of wine, and have our + supper together up here; and we will tell the servitors to bring up + another pallet for you. Of course, you can go down with us if you like.” + </p> + <p> + “Thank you, I would much rather stay here. Every one would be strange to + me, and having nothing to do I should feel in the way.” + </p> + <p> + The boys nodded, and taking their caps ran off, while Gervaise, tired by + the excitement of the day, lay down on the bed which a servant brought up + a few minutes after they had left him, and slept soundly until their + return. + </p> + <p> + “I think I have been asleep,” he said, starting up when they entered the + room again. + </p> + <p> + “You look as if you had, anyhow,” De Lille laughed. “It was the best thing + you could do. We have brought up supper. We generally sit down and eat + after the knights have done, but this is much better, as you are here.” + They sat down on the beds, carved the pasty with their daggers, and after + they had finished Gervaise gladly accepted the proposal of the others to + take a walk round the walls. + </p> + <p> + They started from the corner of the castle looking down upon the spit of + land dividing the two ports. + </p> + <p> + “You see,” De Lille said, “there is a row of small islands across the + mouth of the outer port, and the guns of St. Nicholas, and those on this + wall, would prevent any hostile fleet from entering.” + </p> + <p> + “I hardly see what use that port is, for it lies altogether outside the + town, and vessels could not unload there.” + </p> + <p> + “No. Still, it forms a useful place of refuge. In case a great fleet came + to attack us, our galleys would lay up in the inner port, which would be + cleared of all the merchant craft, as these would hamper the defence; they + would, therefore, be sent round into the outer port, where they would be + safe from any attack by sea, although they would doubtless be burnt did an + army besiege the town.” + </p> + <p> + Passing along the walls of the grand master's palace, which was a strongly + fortified building, and formed a citadel that could be defended after the + lower town and the rest of the castle had been taken, they came to the + western angle of the fortifications. + </p> + <p> + “You must know that each langue has charge of a separate part of the wall. + From the foot of the mole of St. Nicholas to the grand master's palace it + is in charge of France. On the line where we now are, between the palace + and the gate of St. George, it is held by Germany. From that gate to the + Spanish tower Auvergne is posted. England takes the wall between the + Spanish tower and that of St. Mary. You defend only the lower storey of + that tower, the upper part being held by Aragon, whose charge extends up + to the gate of St. John. Thence to the tower of Italy—behind which + lies the Jews' quarter—Provence is in charge, while the sea front + thence to the mole of St. Nicholas, is held by Italy and Castile, each + taking half. Not only have the langues the charge of defending each its + portion of the wall, but of keeping it in order at all times; and I may + say that nowhere is the wall better kept or more fairly decorated with + carvings than where England holds.” + </p> + <p> + “You have not told me who defends the palace itself.” + </p> + <p> + “That is in charge of a force composed of equal numbers of picked knights + from each langue.” + </p> + <p> + Gervaise leant on the battlement and looked with admiration at the scene + beyond. The land side was surrounded by hills, the ground rising very + gradually from the foot of the walls. Every yard of ground was cultivated, + and was covered with brilliant vegetation. Groves and orchards occurred + thickly, while the slopes were dotted with chapels, summer houses—in + which the natives of the city spent most of their time in the hot season—and + other rustic buildings. + </p> + <p> + “What a rich and beautiful country!” he said. + </p> + <p> + “It is very pleasant to look at,” De Lille agreed. “But all this would be + a sore disadvantage to us if the Turks were besieging us, for the groves + and orchards would conceal their approaches, the walls and buildings would + give them shelter, and our cannon would be of little use until they + reached the farther side of the ditch. If the Turks come, I hear it is + decided to level all the buildings and walls, and to chop down every + tree.” + </p> + <p> + “If they were to plant their cannon on the hills they would do us much + harm,” Gervaise remarked. + </p> + <p> + “The Turks are clumsy gunners they say,” Deauville replied, “and they + would but waste their powder and ball at that distance, without making a + breach in our walls.” + </p> + <p> + “Even if they did, they could surely scarce pass that deep fosse,” + Gervaise said, looking down into the tremendous cutting in the solid rock + that ran round the whole circuit of the walls; it was from forty to sixty + feet deep, and from ninety to a hundred and forty feet wide. It was from + this great cutting that the stones for the construction of the walls, + towers, and buildings of the town had been taken, the work having been + going on ever since the knights established themselves at Rhodes, and + being performed by a host of captives taken in war, together with labour + hired from neighboring islands. Upon this immense work the Order had + expended no small proportion of their revenue since their capture of the + island in 1310, and the result was a fortress that, under the conditions + of warfare of that age, seemed almost impregnable; and this without any + natural advantage of position. + </p> + <p> + In addition to the five great towers or bastions, the wall was + strengthened by square towers at short intervals. On looking down from the + wall upon which the three pages were standing, on to the lower town, the + view was a singular one. The houses were all built of stone, with flat + roofs, after the manner of most Eastern cities. The streets were very + narrow, and were crossed at frequent intervals by broad stone arches. + These had the effect, not only of giving shelter from an enemy's fire, but + of affording means by which troops could march rapidly across the town + upon the roofs of the houses to reinforce the defenders of the wall, + wherever pressed by the enemy. Thus the town from above presented the + appearance of a great pavement, broken only by dark and frequently + interrupted lines. + </p> + <p> + “How different to the towns at home!” Gervaise exclaimed, as, after gazing + long upon the beautiful country outside the walls, he turned and looked + inward. “One would hardly know that it was a town at all.” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, it is rather different to the view from the top of the tower of + Notre Dame, which I ascended while I was staying in Paris. But this sort + of building is best here; the thickness of the stone roofs keeps out the + heat of the sun, and it is only when it is almost overhead that it shines + down into the narrow streets. As you can see by the number of the people + on the roofs, they use them as a resort in the evening. Then carpets are + spread, and they receive visitors, and can talk to their neighbours over + the low walls that separate the roofs. You can trace the divisions. Some + of the house roofs are larger than others, but all are upon the same + level; this being the regulation, in order that there might be free + passage everywhere for the troops.” + </p> + <p> + By the time they had made the circuit of the walls darkness had fallen, + and concealed the martial features of the scene. Lights twinkled + everywhere upon the stone terraces; the sound of lutes and other musical + instruments came up softly on the still air, with the hum of talk and + laughter. The sea lay as smooth as a mirror, and reflected the light of + the stars, and the black hulls of the galleys and ships in the harbour lay + still and motionless. + </p> + <p> + Greatly pleased with his first experience of the city that was to be his + future home, Gervaise returned, with his companions, to the auberge of + Auvergne. + </p> + <p> + The next morning the bailiff D'Aubusson bade Gervaise accompany him to the + palace of the grand master. Here he introduced him to Orsini, an old and + feeble man, who, after a few kind words, handed him over to the + chamberlain, who, in turn, led him to the official who was in charge of + the pages. That officer took him down to the courtyard, where four young + knights were engaged in superintending the military exercises of the + pages. The scene was exactly the same as that to which Gervaise had been + accustomed at the House in London. Some of the lads were fighting with + blunted swords, others were swinging heavy bars of iron, climbing ropes, + or vaulting on to the back of a wooden horse. All paused as the official + entered with his charge. + </p> + <p> + “This is your new comrade, boys,” he said—“Master Gervaise Tresham, + a member of the English langue. Be good comrades to him. By the reports I + hear I am sure that you will find him a worthy companion.” + </p> + <p> + The pages had been prepared to like the newcomer, for it was well known + that he owed his appointment to the bailiff of Auvergne, who was the most + popular of the officials of the Order, and who was already regarded as the + grand master. His appearance confirmed their anticipation. His fair + complexion and nut brown hair tinged with gold, cut somewhat short, but + with a natural wave, contrasted with their darker locks and faces bronzed + by the sun. There was an honest and frank look in his grey eyes, and an + expression of good temper on his face, though the square chin and firm + lips spoke of earnestness and resolution of purpose. The official took him + round the circle and presented him first to the knights and then to each + of his comrades. + </p> + <p> + “You may as well join them in their exercises. In that way you will sooner + become at home with them.” + </p> + <p> + Gervaise at once laid down his mantle, removed his doublet, and then + joined the others. There was but one half hour remaining before they broke + off to go to dinner, which was at half past ten, but the time sufficed to + show the young pages that this English lad was the equal of all—except + two or three of the oldest—both in strength and in knowledge of + arms. He could climb the rope with any of them, could vault on to the + wooden horse with a heavy cuirass and backpiece on him, and held his own + in a bout with swords against Conrad von Berghoff, who was considered the + best swordplayer among them. As soon as the exercises were over all + proceeded to the bath, and then to dinner. The meal was a simple one, but + Gervaise enjoyed it thoroughly, for the table was loaded with an abundance + of fruits of kinds altogether novel to him, and which he found delicious. + </p> + <p> + The official in charge of them sat at the head of the table, and the meal + was eaten in silence. After it was over and they had retired to their own + rooms discipline was at an end, and they were free to amuse themselves as + they liked. There were many questions to be asked and answered, but his + display of strength and skill in the courtyard saved Gervaise from a good + deal of the teasing to which a newcomer among a party of boys is always + exposed. + </p> + <p> + He, on his part, learnt that the duties of the pages were very light. Two + only were on duty each day, being in constant attendance on the grand + master, and accompanying him wherever he went. When he dined in public + four of them waited on him at table, and one of them performed the duties + of taster. If he returned to the palace after dark, six others lined the + staircase with torches. On occasions of state ceremony, and at the + numerous religious festivals, all were in attendance. By this time + Gervaise's trunks had been brought over from the English auberge, where + they had been conveyed from the ship, and his garments were taken out and + inspected by his comrades, who all admitted that they were, in point of + beauty of colour and material, and in fashion, equal to their own. + </p> + <p> + “You will have to get one more suit, Gervaise,” one of the lads said. “At + one or two of the grand ceremonies every year we are all dressed alike; + that is the rule. On other occasions we wear what we choose, so that our + garments are handsome, and I think it looks a good deal better than when + we are dressed alike; though no doubt in religious processions that is + more appropriate. De Ribaumont, our governor, will give orders for the + supply of your state costume. He is a good fellow. Of course, he has to be + rather strict with us; but so long as there is nothing done that he + considers discreditable to our position, he lets us do pretty nearly as we + like. + </p> + <p> + “We have four hours a day at our military exercises, and two hours with + the sub-chaplain, who teaches us our books and religious duties. The rest + of our time we can use as we like, except that every day eight of us ride + for two hours and practise with the lance; for although it is at sea we + fight the Moslems, we are expected to become finished knights in all + matters. These eight horses are kept for our service, and such as choose + may at other times ride them. On Saturdays we are free from all our + exercises; then some of us generally go on horseback for long excursions + on the island, while others take boats and go out on the sea; one + afternoon in the week we all make a trip in a galley, to learn our duties + on board.” + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0004" id="link2HCH0004"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER IV A PROFESSED KNIGHT + </h2> + <p> + Gervaise was soon quite at home in the palace of the grand master, and his + companions were, like other boys, of varying characters; but as all were + of noble families, were strongly impressed with the importance of the + Order and the honour of their own position, and were constantly in contact + with stately knights and grave officials, their manners conformed to those + of their elders; and even among themselves there was no rough fun, or loud + disputes, but a certain courtesy of manner that was in accordance with + their surroundings. This came naturally to Gervaise, brought up as he had + been by his father and mother, and having at frequent intervals stayed + with them for months at the various royal castles in which Margaret of + Anjou and her son had been assigned apartments during their exile. Even at + St. John's house the novices with whom he lived were all a good deal older + than himself, and the discipline of the house was much more strict than + that at Rhodes. + </p> + <p> + He enjoyed both his exercises with the knights and the time spent with the + sub-chaplain, no small proportion of the hours of study being occupied in + listening to stories of chivalry; it being considered one of the most + important parts of a knight's education that he should have a thorough + acquaintance, not only with the laws of chivalry, but with the brave deeds + both of former and of living knights, with the relations of the noble + houses of Europe to each other, especially of the many great families + whose members were connected with the Order of St. John. + </p> + <p> + These matters formed, indeed, the main subject of their studies. All were + taught to read and write, but this was considered sufficient in the way of + actual instruction. The rules of the Order had to be committed to memory. + Beyond this their reading consisted largely of the lives of saints, + especially of those who distinguished themselves by their charity or their + devotion to their vows of poverty, to both of which the members of the + Order were pledged. Gervaise, however, could see around him no signs + whatever of poverty on their part. It was true that they all lived and fed + together in the auberges of their respective langues, and that they + possessed no houses or establishments of their own; but the magnificence + of their armour and attire, and the lavish expenditure of some upon their + pleasures, contrasted strangely with the poverty to which they had vowed + themselves. It was true that in many cases the means to support the + expenditure was derived from the shares the knights received of the + plunder acquired in their captures of Moslem ships; but undoubtedly many + must have possessed large private means; the bailiffs, for example, + although only required by the rules to place before the knights at their + auberges the rations they received for them, with such luxuries as could + be purchased by their yearly allowance for that purpose, expended annually + very large sums in addition, and supplied their tables with every dainty, + in order to gain popularity and goodwill among the members of the langue. + </p> + <p> + Not only did the post of bailiff confer upon its owner a very high + position at Rhodes, but it was a stepping stone to the most lucrative + offices in their langues. The bailiffs at Rhodes had the right of claiming + any of the grand priories or bailiwicks at home that might fall vacant, + and the grand master was frequently chosen from among their number, as, by + being present at Rhodes, they had many advantages in the way of making + themselves popular among the electors. The emoluments of some of these + provincial bailiwicks were large; and as the bailiffs at Rhodes were + generally elected by seniority—although younger knights who had + greatly distinguished themselves were sometimes chosen—they were + usually glad to resign the heavy work and responsibility of their position + at Rhodes, and to retire to the far easier position of a provincial + bailiff. In the majority of cases, doubtless, the fortunes of the high + officials were obtained from the money amassed when in possession of rich + commanderies at home; but even this was assuredly incompatible with their + vows of poverty. + </p> + <p> + His hours of leisure Gervaise spent either on the water or in the saddle, + and his love of exercise of all sorts excited the wonder and even the + amusement of his companions, who for the most part preferred spending the + time at their disposal in sleep, in idly looking out from a shaded room at + what was going on outside, or in visits to friends and relations at the + auberges of the langues to which they belonged. The natural consequence + was, that by the time he reached the end of his three years' pageship, + Gervaise was indisputably superior in strength, activity, and skill in + military exercises, to any of his companions. The majority of these, after + completing their time, returned to the headquarters of their langue at + home, to pass their time there, until of an age to be eligible for the + charge of a commandery obtained for them by family influence, which had no + small share in the granting of these appointments. As it was known, + however, that Gervaise intended to remain permanently in the Island, his + progress was watched with particular attention by his instructors; and, + seeing his own earnestness in the matter, they took special pains with his + training. The bailiff of Auvergne continued to take much interest in him, + inquiring often from the officers in charge of the pages, and from his + instructors, of his conduct and progress, and occasionally sending for him + to his auberge and talking with him as to his life and progress. Just + before his pageship terminated, he said to him, “I was rather puzzled at + first, Gervaise, as to what we should do with you when your term of office + concluded, but I am so no longer, for, although you are some two years + younger than the professed knights who come out here, you are better + fitted than the majority to take your place in the naval expeditions, and + to fight the Moslem pirates. I will see that you have your share of these + adventures. All young knights are, as you know, obliged to make three + voyages, but beyond that many of them do not care to share in the rough + life at sea, and prefer the bustle, and, I grieve to say, the gaiety and + pleasures of this city. For one, then, really eager to distinguish + himself, the opportunities are frequent. When danger threatens, or heavy + engagements are expected, every knight is desirous of bearing his part in + the fray; but this is not the case when the work to be done consists of + scouring the sea for weeks, without perchance coming across a single + pirate. Of course, as soon as your pageship is over you will go to the + English auberge, but I shall still keep my eye upon you, and shall do my + best to help you to achieve distinction; and I shall take upon myself the + providing of your arms and armour as a knight.” + </p> + <p> + Accordingly, on the day on which his duties as a page terminated, two + servitors of the auberge of Auvergne brought across to the palace a suit + of fine armour and a sword, a battleaxe, a lance, and a dagger; also three + complete suits of clothes, two of them for ordinary wear, and one for + state occasions. The next day Gervaise took the oaths of the Order in the + Church of St. John. The aged master himself received the vows, and + formally inducted him as a professed knight of the Order, Peter D'Aubusson + and the bailiff of the English langue acting as his sponsors, vouching + that he was of noble blood and in all ways fitted to become a knight of + Justice, this being the official title of the professed knights of the + Order. Ten newly arrived novices were inducted at the same time, and the + ceremony was a stately one, attended by a number of the knights from each + langue, all in full armour. + </p> + <p> + The ceremony over, Gervaise bore the title of Sir Gervaise Tresham; but + this was an honorary rather than a real title, as the Order did not + profess to bestow the honour of knighthood, and it was usual for its + members to receive the accolade at the hands of secular knights. At the + conclusion of the ceremony, he returned with the bailiff of the English + langue to the auberge, and took up his quarters there. By his frequent + visits he was well known to all the members, and in a day or two felt as + much at home as he had done in the pages' room in the palace. A week was + given to him before he was assigned to any special duty, and he was glad + when he was told off as one of the knights who were to take their turn in + superintending the work of the slaves employed in strengthening the + fortifications, although he would rather that any other employment should + have been assigned to him, because he felt deep pity for the unfortunate + men who were engaged in the work. + </p> + <p> + He knew well enough that if he himself were ever made prisoner by the + Turks, his lot would be as hard and as hopeless as that of the Moslem + captives; but this, although he often repeated it to himself in order to + abate his feeling of commiseration, was but a poor satisfaction. He saw + one side of the picture, and the other was hidden from him; and although + he told himself that after slaving in a Turkish galley he would feel a + satisfaction at seeing those who had been his tyrants suffering the same + fate, he was well aware that this would not be the case, and that his own + sufferings would only make him sympathise more deeply with those of + others. He had found, soon after his arrival on the Island, that it was + best to keep his feelings on this subject to himself. While the knights + were bound, in accordance with their vows, to relieve sufferings of any + kind among Christians, they seemed to regard their captives rather in the + light of brute beasts than human beings. The slaves were struck on the + smallest provocation, and even the killing of a slave was considered a + very venial offence, and punished only because the slave was of value to + the Order. + </p> + <p> + It was true that edicts were from time to time published by the council, + enjoining fair treatment of slaves, and it was specially ordered that + those employed as servants in the auberges were not to be struck. The lot + of these servants was, indeed, very much easier than that of those engaged + on the public works, and such occupation was therefore considered a + privilege, the servants being for the most part selected from among the + captives of superior rank. + </p> + <p> + For the next six months Gervaise worked at various duties in the town. He + was employed for a fortnight in the infirmary, then for a while he was + transferred to the galleys; but for the most part he was with the slaves + working on the fortifications. At the end of that time he was, to his + great delight, informed by the bailiff that he was one of the six knights + of the langue told off to join a galley that was on the point of sailing. + Among those going in her was Sir Ralph Harcourt, one of his companions on + the journey from England. + </p> + <p> + “So you are to go with us, Gervaise,” the young knight said, “to try your + luck for the first time against the infidels. This is my third voyage, and + I hope that it will be more fortunate than its predecessors, for, beyond + picking up two or three small craft, which did not venture upon + resistance, we gained neither honour nor booty. I regard you as having + specially good fortune, and besides being glad that we shall be together, + I expect that you will bring good luck to us, and that we shall meet with + foes worth contending with. The corsairs have been very active of late, + and have captured many prizes, while, on the other hand, our galleys have + been unfortunate, and have but seldom come upon the miscreants.” + </p> + <p> + “How many knights will there be on board?” + </p> + <p> + “Forty. Aragon, like us, furnishes five, Germany ten, Portugal five, + Auvergne ten, and Provence five. We shall be commanded by Sir Louis + Ricord, a knight of Auvergne, and we could wish no better, for he has + proved himself a good seaman and a brave captain. Two other galleys are to + start with us. We are to cruise separately unless one gets news of a force + so superior that he will need aid to attack it, when he will meet the + others at a rendezvous agreed upon, and we shall work together.” + </p> + <p> + “Who are the other three Englishmen?” + </p> + <p> + “John Boswell, Marmaduke Lumley, and Adam Tedbond—all, as you know, + brave knights and good companions.” + </p> + <p> + That evening Gervaise received a message from D'Aubusson, requesting him + to call at his auberge. + </p> + <p> + “So you are going to sea, Sir Gervaise? I hear from your bailiff that you + have been working to his satisfaction in the town.” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, sir. I shall indeed be glad to change it for a life at sea. In + truth, it is grievous to me to witness the sufferings of the slaves, and I + would rather do any other work.” + </p> + <p> + “They are far better off than the Christians who fall into the hands of + the Turks,” the bailiff said; “and, moreover, it is because their + countrymen are preparing to attack us that we are forced to use their + labour in strengthening our fortifications. They have naught to complain + of in the way of food. Still, I would myself gladly see their lot + alleviated; but we could not afford to keep so great a number of captives + in idleness; they must work for their living. Had it not been for their + labour we could never have built and fortified the city. After all, they + are little worse off than our serfs at home; they build our castles and + till our land.” + </p> + <p> + “It may be so, sir; but with us in England men are free, and it was, when + I first came, strange to me to see them working under the fear of the + whip. It is necessary, I know, that such work should be done, but I own + that I shall be glad to be away from the sight of the poor wretches, + pirates and enemies of the faith though they be.” + </p> + <p> + “I can understand your feelings, and I too felt somewhat the same when I + first came here. Nevertheless, there is work that must be done if the + Order is not to be crushed by the infidels. Here are captives, for the + most part malefactors, who have to be fed; and there is no injustice in + their having, like all men, to give work for food. I have learnt to see + this and recognise the necessity, though I would that the work could be + obtained without the use of harshness and severity. We ourselves are + prepared at any moment to sacrifice our lives for the good of the Order + and for the great cause, and it would be wrong, nay, sinful, not to use + the means that have been placed ready to our hand. Now, Sir Gervaise, I + wish you a pleasant voyage. You will find the life somewhat hard, after + your three years' residence at the palace, but this I know you will not + mind. I have specially commended you to Ricord as one in whom I am + personally interested, and from whom I hope great things in the future. Be + brave; be resolute. From what you have said I need not say—be + merciful. Fulfill all orders promptly and without question; bear yourself + courteously to all; above all things, remember that you are a soldier, not + only of the Order, but of the Cross.” + </p> + <p> + The next day Gervaise embarked with his companions on board the galley. It + was a long, low boat, similar to those in use by the Venetians and + Genoese. It was rowed by fifty slaves, who slept at night on or beneath + the benches they sat on by day. The knights occupied the great cabins in + the poop. There were two tiers of these; the upper one contained the + little cabin of the commander, while the rest of the space on this deck, + and that below it, was used by the knights in common. In the upper cabin + they took their meals, and a third of their number slept there, the + remainder in the cabin below. A fourth of their number were, however, + always on guard, lest any attempt at a rising or escape should be made by + the galley slaves. + </p> + <p> + On leaving the harbour the galley, with its two consorts, rowed north, and + Gervaise learnt that they were to cruise between the mainland and the + islands. Some of these were in the hands of the Turks, while others were + still occupied by Greeks. + </p> + <p> + Except when there was a formal and actual state of war, the Moslem and + Christian islands remained in a state of neutrality, trading with each + other and avoiding all unfriendly proceedings that would lead to struggles + which would be fatal to the prosperity of both. The Archipelago, and + indeed the whole of the eastern portion of the Mediterranean, was infested + by pirates, fitted out, for the most part, on the mainland. These, when in + force, openly kept the sea, attacking the Christian merchant ships, but + when cruising alone they hid in unfrequented bays, or behind uninhabited + islets, until they could pounce upon a passing ship whose size promised an + easy capture. The Order of St. John furnished a maritime police, earning + thereby the deep gratitude of Spain, France, and Italy. They were aided + occasionally by the Venetians, but these, being frequently engaged in + quarrels with their neighbours, did but a small share of this work, only + sending their fleets to sea when danger threatened some of their + possessions in the Levant. + </p> + <p> + “This is delightful, Ralph,” Gervaise said, as they stood together on the + poop, looking back at the receding city. + </p> + <p> + “What a pleasant change it is from standing in the broiling sun watching + those poor wretches toiling at the fortifications! There is only one + drawback to my pleasure. I wish that we carried sails, and were moved + along by the breeze, instead of by the exertions of the slaves.” + </p> + <p> + “Much chance we should have of catching a pirate under such + circumstances!” Ralph said, laughing. “You might as well set a tortoise to + catch a hare.” + </p> + <p> + “I don't say that we should not be obliged to carry rowers, Ralph; but all + the prizes that have been brought in since I have been at Rhodes carry + masts and sails, as well as oars, and, as I understand, for the most part + cruise about under sail, and only use the oars when chasing or fleeing.” + </p> + <p> + “That is so; because, you see, in most cases the crew themselves have to + row, and I have no doubt if we had no slaves to do the work we should soon + take to masts and sails also; but for speed the rowing galleys are the + best, for unless a brisk wind were blowing, the mast and sails would but + check her progress when the oars were out, and at any rate constrain her + to travel only before the wind. I know your weakness about the slaves, + Gervaise; but as we could neither build our fortifications nor row our + galleys without them, I cannot go as far as you do in the matter, though I + own that I am sometimes sorry for them. But you must remember that it is + the fault of their people, and not of ours, that they are here.” + </p> + <p> + “All that is true enough, Ralph, and I cannot gainsay you. Still I would + rather that we were gliding along with sails instead of being rowed by + slaves.” + </p> + <p> + “At any rate, Gervaise, you will not see them ill treated, for I myself + heard Ricord, just before we were starting, tell the slave overseers that + so long as the rowers did fair work they were not to use their whips, and + that only if we were in chase of a pirate were they to be urged to their + utmost exertions.” + </p> + <p> + “I am right glad to hear it, Ralph, and shall be able to enjoy the voyage + all the more, now you have told me that such orders have been issued.” + </p> + <p> + For a fortnight they cruised about among the islands. Several times boats + rowed out from the shore to the galley with complaints of outrages by + pirates under a notorious corsair named Hassan Ali, who had landed, burnt + villages, killed many of the inhabitants, and carried off the rest as + slaves; but no one could give any clue to aid them in their search for the + corsairs. The time passed very pleasantly. There was no occasion for + speed; often they lay all day in some bay, where they could approach near + enough to the shore to lie in the shade of trees, while two or three of + the knights ascended a hill and kept watch there for the appearance of any + vessels of a suspicious character. One morning, after passing the night at + anchor, Harcourt and Gervaise were despatched just before sunrise to take + a look round before the galley got under way. From the top of the hill + they had an uninterrupted view of the sea, studded with islands on all + sides of them. Beyond a few fishing boats, looking like black specks on + the glassy surface, no craft were in sight. They were about to return to + the galley when, taking a last look round, Gervaise suddenly exclaimed, + “Look, Ralph! There is smoke ascending from that island to the southwest. + There was none just now.” + </p> + <p> + “You mean from that bay, Gervaise? Yes, I see it; it is not more than a + light mist.” + </p> + <p> + “It is growing thicker,” Gervaise said, “and spreading. Maybe it is but a + hut that has accidentally caught fire, but it seems to me that the smoke + is rising from several points.” + </p> + <p> + “I think you are right, Gervaise. Let us hurry down with the news. It may + be that it is a village which has been attacked by pirates who have landed + on the other side of the island during the night, for I can see no ships + in the bay.” + </p> + <p> + A few minutes' run and they stood on the shore. + </p> + <p> + “Quick, men!” Ralph said to the rowers of the boat that had brought them + ashore. “Row your hardest.” + </p> + <p> + The slaves bent to their oars, and they were soon alongside the galley, + which lay two or three hundred yards from the shore. Those on board had + noticed the young knights running down the hill, and, marking the speed at + which the boat was rowing, concluded at once that they must have observed + one of the pirate's ships. + </p> + <p> + “Do you see anything of them, Sir Ralph?” the commander shouted, as they + came close. + </p> + <p> + “We have seen no ships, Sir Louis, but there is smoke coming up from a bay + in an island four or five miles away to the southwest. It seems to us that + it is far too extensive a fire to be the result of an accident, for there + was no smoke until within two or three minutes of the time we left, and + before we started it was rising from several points, and we both think + that it must come from a village that has been attacked by pirates.” + </p> + <p> + The commander rapidly issued his orders, and in two or three minutes the + anchor was weighed, the boat hoisted on deck, and the oars in motion. + </p> + <p> + “Stretch to your oars!” Ricord shouted to the slaves. “Hitherto we have + exacted no toil from you, but you have to work now, and woe be to him who + does not put out his full strength.” + </p> + <p> + Grateful for the unusual leniency with which they had been treated, the + slaves bent to their oars, and the galley sped rapidly through the water. + On rounding the end of the island there was an exclamation of satisfaction + from the knights as they saw wreaths of white smoke rising from the + distant island. + </p> + <p> + “There can be no doubt that it is a village in flames,” Sir Louis said; + “and from the suddenness with which it broke out, it is clear that it must + have been fired at several points. You say you saw no craft near?” he + asked, turning to Harcourt. + </p> + <p> + “There were none there, or from the top of the hill we should assuredly + have made them out, Sir Louis.” + </p> + <p> + “Then the pirates—if this be, as I hope, their work—must have + landed at some other point on the island, and if they catch sight of us + they may make for their ship and slip away, unobserved by us. Instead of + rowing direct, therefore, we will make for that islet to the right, and + row round behind it. There are two others almost adjoining it. Once past + these, 'tis not more than half a mile to that island stretching away + south. Once round that, we shall be beyond the one from which we see the + smoke rising, and can come down on its southern side. The course will be + double the distance that it would be if we took a straight line, but + except when we cross from island to island we shall not be exposed to + their view, and may fall upon their ships before the crews have returned + from their work of plunder.” + </p> + <p> + The knights fully agreed, and orders were given to the helmsman + accordingly. + </p> + <p> + “We must not over fatigue the rowers,” the commander said. “We may have a + long chase if they have started before we get round.” + </p> + <p> + He therefore gave orders to the slaves that, while they were to exert + themselves to the utmost when crossing the open sea, they were to relax + their efforts and to row within their strength while coasting along behind + the islands. On board, everything was made in readiness for a fight: the + knights buckled on their armour, the cooks set cauldrons of pitch over the + fire, the cannoneers loaded her eight guns. It was an hour and a half + after their start before they rounded the end of the last island. It + extended a little farther to the south than did that to which they were + making, and as they rounded the point, eager looks were cast in search of + the pirate ships. No craft were, however, to be seen. + </p> + <p> + “They must be in some bay or inlet,” the commander said; “they can hardly + have left, for it would have taken them half an hour at least to cross the + island with their booty and captives, and even if they made straight away + after having fired the village, their ship could have gone no great + distance, for we must have seen her if she put to sea—unless indeed + they were anchored on the east of the island, and have sailed in that + direction.” + </p> + <p> + “Keep them rowing along steadily,” he said to the overseers of the slaves; + “but do not press them too hard. We may have a chase yet, and need all + their strength, for most of these pirates are fast craft, and if they + should get a start of three or four miles, it will be a long row before we + catch them.” + </p> + <p> + They made straight for the island, and on nearing it coasted along its + southern side. It was some three miles long, the shore being for the most + part steep, but here and there falling gradually to the water's edge. Two + or three little clusters of houses could be seen as they rowed along; one + of these was on fire. + </p> + <p> + “That is good,” Sir Louis exclaimed, as, on turning a point, they saw the + flames. “That cannot have been lighted long, and we are pretty certain to + come upon the vessels before the marauders have set sail.” + </p> + <p> + Several inlets and small bays were passed, but all were empty. A few + fishing boats lay on the shore, but there were no signs of life, as no + doubt the people would, long since, have taken alarm and sought shelter in + the woods. There was a sharp point just before they reached the + southeastern extremity of the island, and as the galley shot past this, a + shout of exultation rose from the knights, for, near the mouth of an inlet + that now opened to their view, there lay four long, low vessels, above + each of which floated the Moslem flag. A number of men were gathered on + the shore near the ships, and heavily laden boats were passing to and fro. + </p> + <p> + A yell of rage and alarm rose from the ships as the galley came into view. + There was a stir and movement on the shore, and numbers of men leapt into + the boats there, and started for the ships. These were some quarter of a + mile away when first seen, and half that distance had been traversed when + a puff of smoke shot out from the side of one of them, followed almost + immediately by a general discharge of their cannon. One ball tore along + the waist of the galley, killing six of the rowers, and several oars on + both sides were broken. Two balls passed through the cabins in the poop. + But there was no pause in the advance of the galley. The whips of the + slave masters cracked, and the rowers whose oars were intact strained at + them. There was no reply from the guns, but the knights raised loud the + war cry of the Order, a war cry that was never heard without striking a + thrill of apprehension among their Moslem foes. + </p> + <p> + As they neared the pirate ships, the helm was put down, and the galley + brought up alongside the largest of them and a broadside poured into her; + then the knights, headed by their commander, leapt on to her deck. + </p> + <p> + Although a number of the crew had not yet come off from shore, the Moslems + still outnumbered their assailants, and, knowing that their consorts would + soon come to their aid, they threw themselves in a body on the Christians. + But in a hand-to-hand conflict like this, the knights of the Hospital were + irresistible. Protected by their armour and long shields from the blows of + their enemies' scimitars and daggers, their long, cross handled swords + fell with irresistible force on turbaned head and coat-of-mail, and, + maintaining regular order and advancing like a wall of steel along the + deck, they drove the Moslems before them, and the combat would soon have + terminated had not a shout been raised by one of the overseers of the + slaves. One of the other ships had rowed alongside the galley, and the + crew were already leaping on board it. At the same moment another ship + came up alongside that they had boarded, while the fourth was maneuvering + to bring up under her stern. + </p> + <p> + “Sir John Boswell,” Sir Louis shouted, “do you and your countrymen, with + the knights of Spain, finish with these miscreants; knights of Germany and + Provence keep back the boarders; knights of Auvergne follow me,” and he + leapt down into the galley. + </p> + <p> + The English and Spanish knights redoubled their exertions. The Moslems + endeavoured to rally, seeing that help was at hand, and that but a small + body were now opposed to them, but their numbers availed little. The ten + knights kept their line, and, hewing their way forward, pressed them so + hotly that the Turks broke and sprang over the bulwarks into the sea. Then + the knights looked round. A fierce fight was going on between those of + Germany and Provence and the enemy, who strove desperately to board from + the ship alongside. The other vessel was now almost touching the stern, + and her crew were swarming to her side in readiness to leap on board as + soon as the vessels touched. + </p> + <p> + “We will keep them at bay there,” Sir John Boswell shouted. “Do you, Don + Pedro, and your comrades, aid Ricord. When his foes are finished with, you + can come back to help us.” + </p> + <p> + Then, with the four English knights, he ran along the deck, and reached + the stern just in time to hurl backwards the Moslems, who had already + obtained a footing. For a time the five knights kept back the surging mass + of their foes. The deck was wide enough for each to have fair play for his + sword, and in vain the pirates strove to obtain a footing. + </p> + <p> + At last Sir Marmaduke Lumley fell, severely wounded by an arrow from a + Moslem marksman, and before the others could close the gap a score of + pirates leapt on to the deck. + </p> + <p> + “Fall back, comrades, fall back; but keep together!” Sir John Boswell + shouted, as he cleft the skull of one of the pirate officers who sprang at + him. “Sir Louis will soon finish his work, and be here to our aid. Ah!” he + exclaimed, looking over his shoulder, as he retired a step, “Provence and + Germany are overmatched too.” + </p> + <p> + This was indeed the case. Stoutly as they fought the knights were unable + to guard the whole of the line of bulwark, and the Moslems had already + obtained a footing on the deck. The discipline of the knights stood them + in good stead. Drawing closely together as they retreated, they made a + stand on the opposite side of the deck, and were here joined by Sir John + Boswell and his companions. They now formed a semicircle, each flank + resting on the bulwark, and the pirates in vain endeavoured to break their + line. Again and again they flung themselves upon the knights, only to be + beaten off with heavy loss. At length a loud cheer arose from the galley, + and Sir Louis Ricord, with the knights of Auvergne and Spain having + cleared the galley of their foes, and carried the pirate that had grappled + with her, sprang on to the deck of the ship, and fell upon the throng that + were attacking the knights there, oblivious of what was going on + elsewhere. At once the English knights and their comrades took the + offensive, and fell upon their assailants who, at the sight of the + reinforcement, for a moment stood irresolute. For a short time there was a + fierce struggle; then the pirates sprang back to their two ships, and + endeavoured to cast off the grapnels. But the knights followed hotly upon + them, and, panic stricken now, the pirates sprang overboard. Many were + drowned, but the greater part managed to swim to shore. + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0005" id="link2HCH0005"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER V SCOURGES OF THE SEA + </h2> + <p> + Breathless and faint from their tremendous exertions, the knights removed + their helmets. + </p> + <p> + “By St. Mary,” Sir Louis said, “this has been as hard a fight as I have + ever been engaged in, and well may we be content with our victory! Well + fought, my brave comrades! Each of these vessels must have carried twice + our number at least, and we have captured four of them; but I fear the + cost has been heavy.” + </p> + <p> + Seven knights had fallen, struck down by sword, arrow, or thrust of spear. + Of the rest but few had escaped unwounded, for, strong as was their + armour, the keen Damascus blades of the Moslems had in many cases cut + clean through it, and their daggers had found entry at points where the + armour joined; and, now that the fight was over, several of the knights + sank exhausted on the deck from loss of blood. + </p> + <p> + But the dressing of wounds formed part of a knight of St. John's training. + Those who were unwounded unbuckled the armour and bandaged the wounds. + Others fetched wine and water from the galley. The chains of the galley + slaves were removed, and these were set to clear the decks of the Moslem + corpses. The anchors were dropped, for what little wind there was drifted + them towards the shore. They had learned from a dying pirate that the + vessels were part of the fleet of Hassan Ali, a fact that added to the + satisfaction felt by the knights at their capture, as this man was one of + the most dreaded pirates of the Levant. They learnt that he himself had + not been present, the expedition being under the command of one of his + lieutenants, who had fallen in the fight. + </p> + <p> + “Now, comrades, let us in the first place take food; we have not broken + our fast this morning. Then let us consider what had best be done, for + indeed we have got as much in our hands as we can manage; but let us leave + that till we eat and drink, for we are faint from want of food and from + our exertions. But we shall have to eat what comes to hand, and that + without cooking, for our servants all joined the pirates when they boarded + us, and are either dead or are ashore there.” + </p> + <p> + A meal was made of bread and fruit, and this with wine sufficed to recruit + their energies. + </p> + <p> + “It seems to me, comrades,” Sir Louis said, when all had finished, “that + the first thing is to search the holds of these vessels and see what + valuables are stored there. These may be all carried on board one ship, + and the others must be burnt, for it is clear that, as there are four of + them, we cannot take them to Rhodes; and even with one and our galley we + should fare but ill, if we fell in with two or three more of Hassan's + ships.” + </p> + <p> + “But how about the pirates on shore, Sir Louis?” a knight asked. “There + were very many who could not get off to their ships during the fight, and + scores must have swum ashore. I should say that there must be full two + hundred, and it will be a grievous thing for the islanders if we leave + them there.” + </p> + <p> + “It is certain,” the commander said, “that we are not strong enough to + attack them, for were we to land, a party would have to be left on board, + or the pirates might elude our search, seize some fishing boats, and + regain possession. Certainly, we are in no position to divide our forces.” + </p> + <p> + “Methinks,” Sir John Boswell said, “that the best plan would be to send a + boat, manned with ten galley slaves, taking two or three of us to the + rendezvous, to fetch hither the other two galleys. With their aid we might + take all the four ships safe into port, after first clearing the island of + these pirates. It is but forty miles away, and eight hours' rowing would + take us there.” + </p> + <p> + There was a general murmur of assent, for all wished that the trophies of + their bravery should, if possible, be carried to Rhodes. + </p> + <p> + “That will certainly be the best plan, Sir John, though it may detain us + here for two or three days, or even more, for it is quite uncertain when + the other two galleys may put in at the rendezvous. Will you yourself + undertake the mission?” + </p> + <p> + “With pleasure.” + </p> + <p> + “How many will you take with you?” + </p> + <p> + “Two will be sufficient, for we shall have no fighting to do, as we shall + have to trust to our speed if we fall in with an enemy. I will take, with + your permission, Sir Ralph Harcourt and Sir Gervaise Tresham, both of whom + have today fought with distinguished bravery. Indeed, I owe my life to + them, for more than once, when I was hotly pressed, they freed me from my + assailants. Truly none bore themselves better in the fray than they did.” + </p> + <p> + Three or four others joined in hearty commendations of the two young + knights. + </p> + <p> + “Indeed,” one said, “I was greatly surprised to see how Tresham bore + himself. He is but a lad, with scarce, one would think, strength to hold + his own in such a fray. It chanced that he was next to me in the circle, + and for a time I kept my eye on him, thinking he might require my aid; but + I soon saw that I need not trouble myself on his account, for he wielded + his weapon as doughtily as the best knight of the Order could have done, + and one of the proofs is that, while most of us bear marks of the + conflict, he has escaped without scratch. I trust, Sir Louis, that when + you give an account of the fighting you will specially mention that this, + the youngest knight of the Order, bore himself as stoutly as any of them. + I say this, Sir John, because, not being of your langue, I can speak more + warmly than you can do of his skill and bravery.” + </p> + <p> + “I thank you, De Boysey,” Sir John Boswell said, “and I am proud that my + young countryman should have so gained your approbation. And now,” he went + on, “while the galley slaves are getting a meal—which they have + right well earned today—I should like to see what there is under the + hatches of these ships, so that I can give our comrades in the other + galleys some idea of the value of this booty we have taken.” + </p> + <p> + They rose from the table, and, going on board the prizes, lifted the + hatches. + </p> + <p> + “Beware!” De Boysey exclaimed, looking down into the hold, when the first + hatch was taken off. “There are people below.” + </p> + <p> + A chorus of cries followed his exclamation. + </p> + <p> + “They are the voices of women and children,” Sir Louis exclaimed. “They + must be captives.” + </p> + <p> + This turned out to be so. In the holds of the four ships were found over a + hundred and fifty women and children; these had been brought on board in + the first boat loads by the pirates, and when the Christian galley had + been seen coming round the point, had been thrust below, and the hatches + thrown over them. They had heard the din of battle above, but knew not how + the conflict had terminated, and, being afraid to cry out, had remained + silent until, on the hatch being lifted, they had seen the figures of + Christian knights standing in the bright sunshine. All had come from the + village on the other side of the island. They related how the pirates had + suddenly burst upon them, had slaughtered all the men, set fire to the + village, and had driven them before them across the island to the ships. + The poor creatures were delighted at their escape from slavery, but at the + same time were full of grief at the loss of husbands, fathers, and sons. + </p> + <p> + Some laughed, others cried; while some thanked God for their rescue others + heaped imprecations upon the authors of their misfortunes. + </p> + <p> + The knights explained to them that for a short time they must remain on + board, as half the pirates were still on shore, but that aid would soon + arrive that would enable them to clear the island. + </p> + <p> + Half an hour later Sir John Boswell, with the two young knights, started + in a rowing boat, manned by ten of the galley slaves. The wind had sprung + up since the fight ceased, and as it was nearly astern, they anticipated + that they would make a good passage, and be at the little islet, named as + the place of rendezvous, before nightfall. + </p> + <p> + Among the many bales of rich merchandise in the hold of the pirate vessels + an abundance of wine had been discovered, and of this a tankard had been + given to each of the slaves, by Sir Louis's orders, as a token of + satisfaction at their work in the morning. + </p> + <p> + They had gone some two miles when, from one of the inlets in the island + they had left a large fishing boat was seen to issue out. + </p> + <p> + “By St. George!” Sir John exclaimed, “that boat must be full of pirates. + And if they see us, which they cannot help doing, and take it in their + heads to chase us, we shall have a hard time of it.” + </p> + <p> + The fishing boat for a few minutes kept along the coast, and then suddenly + her course was altered, and her head directed towards their boat. + </p> + <p> + “Now stretch to your oars,” Sir John, who spoke some Turkish, said to the + slaves. “Keep ahead of that boat, and I promise you, on my honour as a + Christian knight, that I will myself purchase your freedom as soon as we + get to Rhodes.” + </p> + <p> + With a shout of delight, the galley slaves bent to their oars, and the + boat flew along at a greatly increased speed. + </p> + <p> + “There is but small chance of our getting away,” Sir John said quietly. + “At present we must be rowing as fast as they sail; but wind never tires, + while there are limits to the powers of muscle and bone. If those fellows + follow us—and I doubt not that they will, for they must be thirsting + for vengeance—they will overtake us long before we get to the + rendezvous; and even did we reach it, the chances are that we should not + find either of the galleys there. We must hold on as long as we can, and + as a last resource must run ashore. Unfortunately there are no large + islands on our way. Nor have we any hope of assistance from our friends + behind. The inlet looks east, and they will know nothing of our danger; + nor, if they did, could they help us. The galley is short handed now, and + there are the captured ships to look after, and the captives we rescued. + We have only ourselves to depend on.” + </p> + <p> + At the end of an hour's rowing the boat astern had gained little; but the + exertions of the rowers were telling severely upon them. They were still + doing their best, but their breath came in short gasps, the rowing was + getting short and unsteady, and there was a sensible decrease in the speed + of the boat. Three miles ahead of them was an islet about half a mile in + diameter. In some parts it was covered with foliage, but elsewhere it was + bare rock. + </p> + <p> + “That must be our goal,” Sir John said. “They will be close to us by the + time we get there.” Then he said to the rowers, “Stop for a minute to get + breath. We will land at that islet ahead, and I shall hold to my promise + if we get there in time. Those of you who like can remain in the boat + until your countrymen come up; those who choose can leave the boat and + hide yourselves as best you may. I leave the choice to yourselves. If we + are overtaken and fall, I cannot keep my promise, and it will be best then + for you to remain in the boat.” + </p> + <p> + For three or four minutes the slaves bent forward over their oars; but as + soon as Sir John gave the word they straightened themselves up and began + rowing again. The rest had done them good, and they again fell into a + long, steady stroke. + </p> + <p> + “Shall we buckle on our armour again?” Sir Ralph Harcourt asked; for they + had not put it on when they left the ship, as the heat was very great. + </p> + <p> + “I think we had better don our mail shirts only. In climbing about that + rock ahead of us, the less weight we carry the better, and with this heat + I would rather fight unprotected than in casque and armour. Besides, there + can be little doubt that, if they come upon us, it will be our last + battle. That craft behind is crowded with men, and, armour or no armour, + it will come to the same in the end. If it were not that we have a mission + to fulfil, and that it is of all things important to send the galleys to + aid our friends, I would say let us choose a spot at the foot of the rocks + there, where they cannot attack us in the rear, and there fight it out as + becomes knights of the Cross; but as it is our duty above all things to + carry this message, we must strive to preserve our lives, and must, if we + can, conceal ourselves from these paynims.” + </p> + <p> + “What are you going to do?” Sir John asked the slaves, when they were + within a quarter of a mile of the islet. “I should think, after we have + left the boat, it will be best for you to sit quietly on your benches till + our pursuers arrive.” + </p> + <p> + “They would cut our throats at once, Sir Knight; they will be furious at + our having given them so long a chase. Hassan Ali's men care little whom + they slay, and, irritated by their misfortune, it will be naught to them + whether we are Moslem or Christian. I, for one, shall take to the woods, + and hide.” + </p> + <p> + There was a chorus of assent among the other rowers. + </p> + <p> + “I trust that you may escape,” the knight said. “It is for us they will be + hunting, and if they catch and slay us they will not trouble to search the + island further.” + </p> + <p> + “It seems to me, Sir John,” Gervaise said, “that with the aid of these + good fellows we may yet have a chance of escape.” + </p> + <p> + “What is your plan, Sir Gervaise?” + </p> + <p> + “I think, Sir John, that if, when we land, we climb straight up that hill, + in full sight of the shore, the pirates, when they see us, will follow at + once. The slaves should, therefore, be safe for a time if they hide in + that wood to the left of the spot we are making for. Will you tell them to + keep down by the water's edge among the bushes, and that after crossing + that crest, we will try to make a dash round, so as to join them there. + 'Tis probable that most of the pirates will start in pursuit of us, and if + we and the slaves make a rush for the shore we may seize our boat, push + off, and capture their craft, if there are but a few left on board, knock + out a plank and scuttle her, and then row away.” + </p> + <p> + “By St. George, your plan is a good one, Tresham! A right good scheme, and + we will try it.” + </p> + <p> + He at once translated what Gervaise had said to the rowers, by whom it was + received with short exclamations of approval, for they were too breathless + and exhausted for talk. Already they could hear the yells of the pirates, + who, as the boat ran up on the beach were but a quarter of a mile behind. + </p> + <p> + “Now, away for that wood!” Sir John cried, as he leapt ashore. “Now, + comrades, for a climb up the hill!” + </p> + <p> + It was a steep ascent, and more than once one had to be helped up by the + others, and then in turn to assist them to get up beside him. Louder and + louder rose the shouts of the pirates, but the knights did not glance back + until they reached the top of the hill; then they turned and looked round. + A swarm of men were climbing after them, and were already halfway up the + cliff. + </p> + <p> + “Heave them down!” Sir John exclaimed, pointing to some loose rocks, and + set the example by lifting a great stone and hurling it over the edge. + Harcourt and Gervaise at once did the same, and twenty or thirty rocks + were speedily sent rolling down the steep ascent, and yells, shouts, and + cries were heard below. + </p> + <p> + “That will check them a bit. Now let us be off,” Sir John Boswell said, + and they at once started. After crossing a hundred yards of bare rock they + stood at the edge of another slope into a deep valley, beyond which rose + the central hill of the island. The valley ran right across, and was + filled with trees extending to the sea at either end. Running rapidly + down, the knights were within the shelter of the wood before the Moslems + had reached the brow behind them. A minute later they heard the shouts of + their enemies. Once in the wood they turned to the left, and in a few + minutes stood on the sea shore. It was a little bay some two hundred yards + across, and at either point the cliffs rose abruptly from the water. + </p> + <p> + “We shall have to swim round the point,” Sir John said. + </p> + <p> + “Take off your mail shirts. We will make our way along the rocks as far as + we can, and then drop them into the sea, otherwise they will know that we + have taken to the water.” + </p> + <p> + They hurried along the rocks, and were able to make their way to within + fifty yards of the point; then, throwing their mail shirts into the sea, + they plunged in. All knew the importance of getting round before any of + the pirates, who would be searching the valley, came down on the shore, + and they swam their hardest until they rounded the corner. The wood rang + with the shouts of their pursuers, but no yell had risen from the water's + edge. A hundred yards farther, and they were able to land, and were in a + short time in the shelter of the trees that fringed the water to the point + where they had left the boat. There was no longer any occasion for speed, + and they made their way through the thick bushes and undergrowth quietly, + until they recovered breath after their exertions. They had gone a few + hundreds yards when from the bushes the slaves suddenly rose up. + </p> + <p> + “All has gone well,” Sir John said to them in their own language. “The + pirates are searching for us on the other side of the hill. There are not + likely to be many of them left here. We shall soon be in possession of our + boat again.” + </p> + <p> + Followed by the slaves, they made their way forward until they stood at + the edge of the wood. Five or six pirates were standing on the shore. + </p> + <p> + “I expect they have been left there,” Harcourt said, “to prevent the + slaves from carrying off the boat. They must have seen them run into the + wood. They won't reckon on our being with them.” + </p> + <p> + Drawing their swords, the three knights rushed out, followed by the + slaves. They had but a hundred yards to run. The pirates, on seeing them, + raised a yell and drew their scimitars; but the sight of the knights + rushing upon them, when they had expected but a few unarmed rowers, was + too much for their courage, and when their assailants were still fifty + yards away they turned and fled. The fishing craft had been run ashore but + a few yards from their boat. + </p> + <p> + “Get her afloat, Harcourt, and bring her to the stern of the fisherman. + Now, Tresham, follow me.” + </p> + <p> + Sir John Boswell climbed up on to the fishing boat, which was a craft of + some fifteen tons burden. She was entirely deserted, but the sail still + hung from the yard, and a fire was burning on a stone hearth, raised on + some logs of wood in the centre of the deck. + </p> + <p> + “Look for something to stave in a plank, Tresham.” + </p> + <p> + Gervaise leapt down into the hold. There were some nets and spare sails + lying there, but nothing that would answer the purpose. He examined the + planks. The boat was very strongly and roughly built. + </p> + <p> + “There is nothing here, Sir John, that will do, and nothing short of a + heavy sledge hammer would suffice to smash one of these planks.” + </p> + <p> + “There are a lot of them coming down the hill, Tresham. We have not many + minutes to spare, but we must disable the craft. They will soon be after + us again; they have run her hard and fast here, but when they all come + back they will soon get her off. Let us try one of these sweeps.” + </p> + <p> + He lifted one of the heavy oars, and holding it upright he and Gervaise + together tried to drive the handle through the bottom. Again and again + they raised it and drove it down; but the plank was too strong, and too + securely fastened to the timbers. + </p> + <p> + “We must give it up,” the knight said, with a sigh. “Fortune has + befriended us so far, Tresham, but she has deserted us at last. Another + three minutes, and we shall have thirty or forty of them upon us.” + </p> + <p> + At this moment the lad's eye fell upon the fire. + </p> + <p> + “We shall manage yet,” he exclaimed, and, seizing a blazing brand, he + jumped below and set fire to the sails stowed there; they were as dry as + tinder, and the flame shot up at once. + </p> + <p> + “That is good, Tresham,” the knight said; “but they will put it out before + it has caught the boat.” + </p> + <p> + “Not before it has burnt the sails,” Gervaise replied. “Now for this one,” + and he applied the brand to the lower edge of the great sail. Without a + word Sir John seized another brand, and fired the sail on the other side + of the deck. The flames flashed up, and a wild yell of rage and alarm + broke from the pirates, who were now rushing down towards the beach. + </p> + <p> + “Now to the boat, Tresham; we have no time to lose if we would avoid being + pounded with stones.” + </p> + <p> + They dropped over the stern into the boat. The galley slaves dipped their + oars into the water, and she shot away just as the foremost of the pirates + reached the edge of the water. A few stones were thrown; but the pirates + were so anxious about the craft, by which alone they could escape from the + island, that the majority at once climbed on board. + </p> + <p> + At a word from the knight, the slaves stopped rowing a hundred yards from + the shore. The sail was already consumed, and the yard and the upper part + of the mast were in flames. A dense smoke was rising from the hold, and + the pirates were throwing buckets of water down into it. In a few minutes + the smoke decreased. + </p> + <p> + “I thought that they would be able to put it out; but, as far as we are + concerned, it matters little. They have lost their sails, and as I saw but + four sweeps, we can travel five miles to their one. If we find the galleys + we will look in here on our way back, and if they have not left we will + fire that craft more effectually, and then the pirates will be trapped, + and we can leave them till we have fetched off Sir Louis and his prizes, + and then have a grand hunt here. We took no prisoners before, and a + hundred slaves will be a useful addition to our wall builders. Now, + Tresham, I have to thank you warmly, for Harcourt and I doubly owe our + lives to you. It was thanks to your quickness of wit that we regained our + boat, for I would not have given a ducat for our chances had you not + thought of that scheme. In the second place, we should assuredly have been + overtaken again had it not been for your happy thought of crippling them + by burning their sails. By St. George, Harcourt, this young countryman of + ours is as quick and as ready of wit as he has shown himself a brave and + gallant fighter! We have no lack of sturdy fighters; but the wit to devise + and to seize upon the right thing in the moment of danger is vastly more + rare. As for myself, I have no shame that this lad, who is young enough to + be my son, should have thus, twice in a single hour, pointed out the way + to safety. With sword and battleaxe I can, I trust, hold my own with any + man; but my brain is dull when it comes to hatching schemes. If we live, + we shall see Sir Gervaise one of the most distinguished knights of the + Order.” + </p> + <p> + “While I feel gratified indeed, as I may well be by your commendation, Sir + John, I must, under your favour, say that you have given me a far greater + degree of credit than is my due. There was the fire, and there was the + sail, and the thought that the one would destroy the other was simply a + natural one, which might have occurred to a child. As to the plan about + the boat, seeing that there was the hill and the wood, it flashed upon me + at once that we might make a circuit and come back to her.” + </p> + <p> + “Just so, lad; but those thoughts did not flash upon my mind, nor upon + that of Harcourt. It is just because those sort of ideas do flash upon the + minds of some men, and not of others, that the first rise to the rank of + distinguished commanders, while the others remain simple knights who would + play their part in a charge or in the defence of a breach, but would be of + no account as leaders. + </p> + <p> + “Now row along steadily, men,” he went on, speaking to the slaves. “We are + still in good time, for it was not an hour from the moment we touched the + island to our departure from it, and much of that time we have gained by + the speed with which you rowed before. At any rate, we shall make out the + island before sunset, and whether we arrive there a little sooner or later + matters little. Harcourt, hand me that wineskin and a goblet. A draught + will do us good after our climb and swim, and these good fellows will be + none the worse for a cup also.” + </p> + <p> + Inspired with the hope of freedom, the slaves rowed steadily, and the sun + had just set when they entered a little inlet in the rocky isle that was + their place of rendezvous. + </p> + <p> + “Thanks be to the saints!” Sir John exclaimed, as they reached the + entrance. “There is Santoval's galley.” + </p> + <p> + There was a stir on board the galley as the boat was seen approaching. The + knights had put on their armour, which they had found still lying in the + boat, the pirates, in their haste to pursue, having left her unexamined, + while those who had remained on guard had abstained from touching anything + until the return of their captain and comrades. + </p> + <p> + “Whence come you, Sir John, and what is the news? No misfortune has + befallen Ricord's galley, I hope?” the Spanish knight in command shouted, + as the boat came near enough for him to recognize the features of its + occupants. + </p> + <p> + “All is well,” Sir John shouted back; “but we have taken more prizes than + we can manage, though not without hard fighting. Seven knights have + fallen, and at least ten others will not be able to buckle their armour on + again for some time to come, so I have been sent here to beg your + assistance; and it is well that it should be given speedily, for if more + pirate vessels come up before you join, Ricord and his companions will be + in a sorry plight.” + </p> + <p> + By this time the boat had reached the side of the galley, and as Sir John + and his two companions stepped on board, the knights crowded round to hear + the details of the news. Exclamations of approval and satisfaction arose + when Sir John related the incidents of the fight, and told them that the + four vessels that had fallen into their hands formed part of Hassan Ali's + fleet. + </p> + <p> + “That is good news indeed, Boswell,” Don Santoval said; “and I would I had + been there to take part in so gallant a fight. It is well you found us + here, for with four prizes on hand, and with half his strength dead or + disabled, Ricord must be in sore need of aid. We will start tomorrow + morning at daybreak. As all the ships were taken, there is little fear of + any of the other pirates hearing news of what has happened.” + </p> + <p> + “I don't know,” Sir John replied. “There were, as I told you, some two + hundred pirates left on the island. About half those, we know, seized a + fishing boat and escaped, for they chased us, and we have had as narrow an + escape from death as has ever fallen to my lot, though I have been in over + a score of hard fought battles. The rest may well have taken another + fishing boat and made off also, for we saw several craft along the shores + of the island. If so, they may have made for Hassan Ali's rendezvous, + wherever that may be, just as I made here, and by this time some of his + ships may be on the way there.” + </p> + <p> + “By St. Anthony, this alters the situation gravely!” Don Santoval said. + “Fellow knights, we must lose no time in going to Ricord's assistance. The + slaves have had a long row today, but they must start on another. Let them + have a good meal to strengthen them, and a cup of wine each. Whatever + their scruples at other times, they never refuse wine when there is heavy + work to be done, knowing full well that a draught of it helps them + mightily in their labours. Your men must have rowed well, Sir John, to + have brought you here so quickly?” + </p> + <p> + “I have promised them their freedom,” Sir John said; “and they shall have + it, even if I have to pay their value into the treasury. As I told you, we + were hotly pursued, for the craft with her sail went faster than we with + our oars; and, knowing the importance of bringing the news here, I + encouraged them by promising them their freedom, should we get away. Not + only did they row right manfully, but they proved faithful in our + extremity, and, when all seemed lost, stuck to us instead of deserting and + joining the pirates.” + </p> + <p> + “But how did you get away, Sir John, if their craft outsailed you?” + </p> + <p> + “I owe my life entirely to the quick wit of my young countryman, Sir + Gervaise Tresham here.” And Sir John then related the incidents of their + adventure on the island, his narrative eliciting warm expressions of + approval from the knights. + </p> + <p> + “Of course, you will go with us, Boswell?” Don Santoval said, when the + master of the slaves announced that these had eaten their meal, and were + ready. + </p> + <p> + “I must do so,” Sir John replied. “I want you, on your way, to look in at + that island where we had so narrow an escape, and if we find their craft + still there we can destroy it. The place is directly in our course; we + shall, therefore, lose but little time in looking in. Of course, they may + have gone as soon as they got their vessel afloat, but it is hardly + likely. They would have no idea of my returning with a galley so soon, and + will probably set to to make a dozen more oars before they start, for she + had but four on board, which will scarce suffice to send her a mile an + hour through the water. Therefore, I fancy they will not put off until + tomorrow morning. If that is so, and we destroy their craft, they will be + trapped in the islet, and on our return we can capture them all. I think + of leaving Harcourt and Tresham in the boat, in order that when + Piccolomini's galley comes in, they may direct him also to join us.” + </p> + <p> + “He may be in at any moment; we met him three days since. He had captured + a pirate, and sent her off under charge of ten of his knights. We agreed + to meet him this evening; and as he is not here, he will probably be in + the first thing in the morning.” + </p> + <p> + Gervaise and Harcourt took their places in the boat again. The galley got + up its anchor and started. Just as she reached the mouth of the inlet + another galley rounded the point and nearly ran into her. + </p> + <p> + “I am going to Ricord's assistance, Piccolomini,” Don Santoval shouted. + </p> + <p> + “Is it urgent?” the commander of the galley shouted back. “We have had a + very long row, and can go no farther, unless his strait is a very sore + one.” + </p> + <p> + “No. Come on in the morning. You will hear all the news from a boat lying + two hundred yards astern. Two young English knights are waiting in her to + give you the news. Ricord has made a fine capture. Row on, men.” And the + galley proceeded on her way, while the newcomer proceeded up the harbour. + </p> + <p> + Harcourt and Gervaise at once went on board, and the former gave the + Italian commander an account of the battle that had taken place, and the + capture of the four pirate vessels. After the exclamations of satisfaction + by the knights had ceased, he recounted their own adventures, which were + heard with lively interest. + </p> + <p> + “I hope indeed that Santoval will burn that fishing boat, and that we + shall capture the pirates,” the commander said. “We have need of more + slaves to carry out the works at Rhodes. Now, let us to supper, gentlemen, + and then to sleep. In six hours we will be off again, for if some more of + these villains have escaped and carried the news to Hassan Ali, our swords + may be sorely needed by Ricord and Santoval tomorrow.” + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0006" id="link2HCH0006"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER VI KNIGHTED + </h2> + <p> + At three in the morning all on board the galley were astir. A ration of + bread and meat was served out to the slaves, and the boat was soon + afterwards under way. The rowers of the English knight's boat had been + warmly commended by the commander and placed in charge of the overseer, + with instructions that they were to be treated as free men. As soon as the + galley slaves set to work, however, they seated themselves on the benches + and double banked some of the oars, anxious to please the knights. With + the exception of those whose turn it was to be on watch, most of the + knights slept until daybreak. + </p> + <p> + “At the rate we are rowing, Gervaise,” Harcourt said, as they went up on + to the poop together, “it will not take us very long to join our friends. + We are going through the water at fully six miles an hour; and as we have + already been two hours under way, in another three we shall be there.” + </p> + <p> + An hour and a half later they passed the island where they had landed. The + two young knights pointed out to the others the valley into which they had + descended, and the point round which they had swum. In a few minutes they + caught sight of the landing place. + </p> + <p> + “Look, Gervaise, there is something black showing just above the water.” + </p> + <p> + “I see it. I think it is a line of timbers. There were certainly no rocks + there when we ran ashore.” + </p> + <p> + “Then Santoval must have found the craft still there and burnt her,” one + of the knights standing by remarked, “and the pirates are caged up. It + will take them some time to make a raft that will carry them to the next + island, and before they can do that we shall be back again. I shall be + sorry if they escape, for they are as ruthless a set of villains as sail + the seas.” + </p> + <p> + The galley had traversed half the remaining distance when the sound of a + gun was faintly heard. For a moment there was an absolute hush on the + poop; then three or four shots in rapid succession were heard. + </p> + <p> + “Some more pirate ships must have come up,” the commander exclaimed. Then + he shouted down to the slaves, “Row, men—row for your lives! + Overseer, do not spare your lash if any hang back from their work.” + </p> + <p> + The galley had been travelling fast before, but her speed greatly + increased as the slaves rowed their hardest. Fast as she was travelling, + the impatience of the knights was extreme. They walked up and down the + deck, making vows of candles that should be burnt at the shrine of St. + John if they arrived in time to take a share in the fight, stopping at + times to listen to the sound of artillery, which was now so frequent as to + show that a severe engagement was being fought. Many of the younger + knights ran down to the waist and double banked the oars, and in a shorter + time than it seemed possible the galley arrived at the mouth of the bay. + </p> + <p> + A desperate fight was going on. Ricord's ship lay, idle and deserted, at + anchor. Five pirate crafts surrounded Santoval's galley. Two of them were + alongside of her; the others were raking her fore and aft with their shot. + The young knights left the oars, sprang up to the poop and joined in the + shout of encouragement raised by the others, and then, resuming their + helmets and armour, stood ready to leap on board an enemy as soon as they + reached her. Piccolomini directed the helmsman to lay him alongside one of + the ships grappling with Santoval. As they came up, their galley's cannon + poured their fire into her, and a moment later the knights sprang on + board. + </p> + <p> + In the din of battle their shout had been unheard. The pirates thronging + the other side of their ship were intent only on overcoming the resistance + of the knights, and even the discharge of cannon had not called their + attention to their foe, until the latter, shouting the war cry of the + Order, fell suddenly upon them. A panic at once seized them. Some were cut + down almost unresistingly, but the great majority, running to the bow or + stern, threw themselves overboard and swam to the other ships. The pirate + ship on the other side of Santoval's galley instantly threw off the + grapnels and thrust off from her side, and, immediately hauling in the + sheets of the big sail, began at once to draw away, while her three + consorts made for the mouth of the bay. + </p> + <p> + “Back to your galley, comrades,” Piccolomini shouted, “or with this brisk + wind they will escape us.” + </p> + <p> + The knights at once crossed on to their own craft, the oars were got out, + and the chase began. A minute or two later Don Santoval followed them, but + soon gave up, as so large a number of the oars had been broken when the + two pirate ships ran alongside him, that it would have been hopeless to + pursue. The wind was blowing freshly, and was rapidly increasing in + strength, so that, in spite of the efforts of the galley slaves, the + pirates gradually drew away, running straight before the wind, and aiding + the effects of the sails with oars. Seeing the hopelessness of the chase, + Piccolomini abandoned it, after rowing for two miles, and returned to the + island. The other two galleys were lying beside each other, and + Piccolomini had his craft steered alongside them. + </p> + <p> + “Thanks, Piccolomini, for arriving so opportunely,” Santoval, who was + seated on the deck leaning against the bulwarks, said, as his fellow + commander leapt on board, and came towards him. + </p> + <p> + “Would that I had arrived sooner, Santoval, for I see that you have been + grievously wounded!” + </p> + <p> + “Ay. One of the paynims' cannonballs has carried off both my legs below + the knee. The leech has been searing the wounds with a hot iron, and says + that he thinks I shall get over it; but if so I fear that my fighting days + are past, unless, indeed, I fight seated on a chair. However, I ought not + to grumble. I have lost many brave comrades, and others are wounded more + sorely than I am.” + </p> + <p> + Sir Louis Ricord now joined them. He embraced Piccolomini warmly. + </p> + <p> + “I never heard a more welcome shout, Piccolomini, than that which you gave + when you fell upon the Moslems, for in truth the issue of the conflict was + doubtful. I was delighted when this morning at daybreak Santoval's galley + rowed in. We had all kept watch during the night, thinking the pirates + might obtain boats and make an attack upon us; and, with but twenty of us + fit to wield a sword, our position would have been a bad one, and at any + rate they might have recaptured the prizes. We agreed that Santoval and + his knights should land at once. This they did. Sir John Boswell had of + course told me how his boat had been chased by a fishing craft, manned by + a large number of the pirates, and that he feared the rest might similarly + have escaped, and might have gone to bring some more of Hassan Ali's ships + upon us. + </p> + <p> + “As soon as Santoval landed, some of the natives came down and told him + that there was not a pirate remaining there, the rest having started in + another boat a few minutes after the one that had chased Boswell. Santoval + left two of his men with orders to ascend to the highest spot on the + island, and to keep watch, and then brought the rest off to his galley. + Our first step was, of course, to send all the women and children ashore. + Then we consulted as to what had best be done if the pirates should come + back in force. We hoped, at any rate, that this would not happen until you + arrived. We expected that you would be here before noon; but we decided + that, should they get here before you, we from our galley would embark on + Santoval's, as it was better to fight in one strongly manned boat than to + divide our forces. + </p> + <p> + “It was scarce half an hour after Santoval came down before the men left + on the lookout appeared on the beach. On fetching them off, they told us + that as soon as they reached the top of the hill they saw five vessels + approaching with sails and oars, and that they would be here in half an + hour at the outside. We at once abandoned my galley, brought the rowers + and the wounded here, and prepared for the fight. As you saw, they ran + their two biggest ships alongside us, and for two hours the fight went on. + They were crowded with men, who in vain strove to get a footing on our + decks. Had we only had these two to deal with, we should have had nothing + to fear, heavily manned though they were; but the other three kept sailing + backwards and forwards, discharging their guns into us as they passed, + firing not only shot, but bags of bullets. + </p> + <p> + “Their gunners were skilful, and, as you see, they have completely riddled + our poop. Twenty knights have been killed, and eleven others are sorely + wounded. Scarce one has escaped unscathed. You may guess, then, how + welcome was your aid, which we had not expected for another three hours. + We were on the point of abandoning the waist and gathering on the poop, + which we could still have defended for a considerable time, when, as if + dropped from the skies, you fell upon the pirates, and turned the tables. + How is it that you were here so early?” + </p> + <p> + “We started at three o'clock, instead of waiting for daybreak. It seemed, + from the story of the two young knights, that it was possible you might be + attacked early, and, crippled as your command was, and with four prizes on + your hands, I deemed it best to come on as soon as the rowers had had a + few hours' rest.” + </p> + <p> + “It is well that you did so; it would have been a grievous affair had two + of our galleys been captured by the pirates. It would have been a blow to + the prestige of the Order, and would have brought such strength to Hassan + Ali and other pirate leaders that nothing short of sending out a fleet + would have recovered our ascendancy; and as every ducat we can spare has + to be spent on the fortifications, it would have been a misfortune indeed + had we been obliged to fit out such an expedition at present.” + </p> + <p> + “Who have fallen, Sir Louis?” + </p> + <p> + “Five more of the knights of my galley—Pierre des Vignes, Raoul de + Montpelier, Ernest Schmidt, Raymond Garcia, and Albert Schenck. Here is + the list of the knights of Santoval's galley.” + </p> + <p> + “'Tis a long list, and a sad one,” Piccolomini said, after reading the + names. “With the seven who fell in your first fight, twenty-seven knights + have fallen, all brave comrades. Truly, we can ill spare such a loss. It + is true there are five prizes to show for it, and we have struck Hassan + Ali a blow that will resound through the Levant; but the cost is heavy.” + </p> + <p> + “It is indeed,” Ricord agreed. “The four vessels are well filled with rich + spoil that the scoundrels had gathered, and I doubt not the one you + captured is equally rich. Still, had they been ten times as valuable, the + booty would be dearly purchased at such a price.” + </p> + <p> + There was now a consultation among the leaders, and it was agreed that six + knights should be placed in each of the captured ships, with ten of the + galley slaves to work the sails, the others being equally divided between + the three galleys. They were, in the first place, to row to the island + where the pirates were imprisoned, and to slay or capture the whole of + them; afterwards they were to make direct for Rhodes; with so numerous a + fleet there was no fear of their being attacked. The arrangements took but + a short time to complete. An hour later they left the port, the three + galleys rowing ahead, while the five prizes, under easy sail, followed + them. + </p> + <p> + Sir John Boswell had been wounded, but not so seriously as to altogether + disable him, and he was in command of one of the prizes, having Sir Adam + Tedbond, Harcourt, Gervaise, and a German knight, with him. Sir Marmaduke + Lumley, who, after the first fight was over, was found, to the surprise + and pleasure of his comrades, to be still living, was, with the rest of + the wounded, on board one of the galleys. Two of the pirates had fallen + dead across him, and in the ardour of their attack on the knights, he had + lain there unnoticed until the return of Sir Louis and his comrades had + driven the pirates overboard. The leech was of opinion that he might yet + recover from his wound. + </p> + <p> + On arriving at the island, sixty of the knights disembarked. The woods + near the shore were first searched, but were found untenanted. They were + about to advance up the hill when a man appeared on the crest above them + waving a white flag. He was told to come down, and on his arrival said + that he was sent by his companions to offer to surrender, on the promise + that their lives should be spared. The knights were well pleased to be + saved the trouble of a long search through the woods, and the messenger + left at once to acquaint the pirates that their terms were accepted. In a + short time some eighty men made their way down the hill. On reaching the + beach they were disarmed, divided equally between the galleys, and + distributed among the rowers, filling up the places of those who had been + killed by the fire of the Moslems, and of the men drafted into the prizes. + They begged for food and water before they began work, and, on being + questioned, admitted that their surrender was due principally to the fact + that they had been unable to find food of any sort on the island, and that + after searching all over it no spring of water could be discovered. + </p> + <p> + “In that case,” Sir John Boswell said, “I have no doubt they have all + surrendered. I before thought it probable that a good many of them would + have remained hidden, trusting to be able to make a raft after we had + left, and so get away, believing rightly enough that we should be + disinclined to search every foot of the island for them. As it is, I doubt + not, all are here.” + </p> + <p> + The little fleet anchored that night at the rendezvous, and after two more + days' rowing reached Rhodes, where the appearance of the three galleys, + followed by their five prizes, was greeted with great acclamation. The + news, however, that twenty-seven knights had fallen, and that thirteen or + fourteen others were very gravely wounded, damped the satisfaction that + every one had at first felt. D'Aubusson came down as soon as they reached + the mole, and was greatly affected when he received Ricord's report. + </p> + <p> + “It is an unfortunate loss indeed, Sir Louis,” he said, “though it may be + that the victory is not too dearly purchased. I do not speak of the + captured ships, nor of the spoil they contain, nor even of the slaves you + have brought us, welcome though all may be, but of the effect that the + defeat and capture of these craft of Hassan Ali's will have. It is plain + that the preparations the sultan is making, and the belief that Rhodes is + doomed, have so encouraged the infidels that they are becoming really + formidable at sea. This blow will show them that the Order has yet power + to sweep the sea of pirates. Since, however, this adventure has taught us + that a single leader like Hassan sails with at least nine ships under his + orders, it is clear that in future our galleys must not adventure singly + among the islands. It was fortunate indeed that first Santoval, and then + Piccolomini, arrived to your assistance. How was it that they happened to + come up so opportunely?” + </p> + <p> + “Sir John Boswell, with Ralph Harcourt and Gervaise Tresham; went in a + boat to the rendezvous we had arranged, and reached it after an adventure, + which I will leave Sir John to tell himself. I may say that the two young + knights named had in our encounter both obtained very high credit amongst + us all for the valour with which they fought. No one bore himself more + stoutly, and I am glad to take this early opportunity of bringing their + conduct before your notice. As you will learn from Sir John, Gervaise + Tresham afterwards showed a quickness of wit that was the means of saving + the lives of those with him, and I may say also of all with me, for had + they failed to reach the rendezvous we should have fallen easy victims to + the five ships Hassan Ali brought against us.” + </p> + <p> + Sending for Sir John Boswell, the grand prior heard from him the details + of his adventure in the boat. + </p> + <p> + “I am right glad to hear you speak so warmly of Tresham, Sir John, for I + regard him as my special protege, and am pleased indeed to find that at + this outset of his career he has proved himself not only a brave knight, + but full of resource, and quick at invention. I think, Sir John, that + these two young knights have shown themselves well worthy of receiving the + honour of secular knighthood.” + </p> + <p> + “Assuredly they have,” Sir John agreed. + </p> + <p> + “Then, Sir John, will you bestow it upon them? The Order, as an Order, + does not bestow the honour, but its members do not forfeit their right as + knights to bestow it individually, and none among us are more worthy of + admitting them to your rank than yourself.” + </p> + <p> + “I would gladly do it, Sir Peter; but the honour would come far better + from yourself, and would not only be more highly prized by them, but would + be of greater value in the eyes of others. I am but a simple knight + commander of the Order, and my name would scarce be known beyond its + ranks. But to be knighted by one whose name is known and honoured + throughout Europe would give them a standing wherever they went, and place + them on a level with the best.” + </p> + <p> + “If that is your opinion, Boswell, I will myself undertake it, and will do + it at once; it were better done here than at a conclave of the Order—now, + when they are fresh from the battle. Let the knights be summoned from the + other galleys at once.” + </p> + <p> + In a few minutes the whole of the knights were assembled on the poop of + the galley. + </p> + <p> + “Friends, and brother knights,” D'Aubusson said. “First, in the name of + the Order, I have to thank you all most heartily for the brave deeds that + you have performed, and for the fresh honour you have won for it. Every + man has, as I learn from the three commanders, borne himself as a true and + valiant knight, ready to give his life in the cause of the Order and of + humanity. Two names have been specially brought before me by commander + Ricord, and by the good knight Sir John Boswell; they are those of two + young companions who, though knights of our Order, have not yet received + secular knighthood, and this, in the opinion of these two knights, they + have right worthily won. Sir Ralph Harcourt and Sir Gervaise Tresham, step + forward.” + </p> + <p> + The two young knights, colouring with pleasure at this unexpected honour, + removed their helmets, and stood with bowed heads before the grand prior. + D'Aubusson went on, turning to the knights around him, “I am about, + comrades, to undertake the office of knighting them. Sir Louis Ricord and + Sir John Boswell stand as their sponsors. But before I proceed I would ask + you all whether you, too, approve, and hold that Sir Ralph Harcourt and + Sir Gervaise Tresham have proved themselves worthy of the honour of + secular knighthood at my hands?” + </p> + <p> + There was a general reply in the affirmative, the answer of the survivors + of Ricord's crew being specially emphatic. The grand prior drew his sword, + and the two young knights knelt before him, their sponsors standing beside + them. + </p> + <p> + “Sir Ralph Harcourt, you have now been four years a knight of this Order, + but hitherto you have had no opportunity of drawing sword against the + infidels. Now that the chance has come, you have proved yourself a true + and valiant brother of the Order, and well worthy of the secular accolade. + It is in that capacity that I now knight you. It is not the grand prior of + Auvergne, but Sir Peter D'Aubusson, of the grand cross of St. Louis, who + now bestows upon you the honour of secular knighthood.” He touched him + lightly with the sword. He then turned to Gervaise. + </p> + <p> + “You, Sir Gervaise Tresham, are young indeed to receive the honour of + secular knighthood; but valour is of no age, and in the opinion of your + commanders, and in that of your comrades, you have proved yourself worthy + of the honour. You have shown too, that, as Sir John Boswell has related + to me, you are not only brave in action, but able, in the moment of + danger, to plan and to execute. You were, he tells me, the means of saving + his life and that of your comrade, and, by thus enabling him to bear to + the place of rendezvous the news of Sir Louis's danger, were also the + means of saving the lives of Sir Louis and his companions, and of bringing + home in safety the prizes he had taken. With such a beginning it is easy + to foresee that you will win for yourself some day a distinguished + position in the ranks of the Order, and are most worthy of the honour I + now bestow upon you.” And he touched him with his sword. + </p> + <p> + The two young knights rose to their feet, bowed deeply to D'Aubusson, and + then retired, with their sponsors. They were at once surrounded by the + knights, who shook them by the hand, and warmly congratulated them upon + the honour that had befallen them, receiving equally warm congratulations + on their arrival at the auberge of the langue. + </p> + <p> + The five prizes turned out, when their cargoes were landed, to be much + more valuable than the cursory examination made by the knights had + warranted them in expecting. They contained, indeed, an accumulation of + the most valuable contents of the prizes taken by the pirates for a long + time previously; and as these desperadoes preyed upon Turkish commerce as + well as Christian, the goods consisted largely of Eastern manufactures of + all kinds. Costly robes, delicate embroidery, superb carpets, shawls, + goldsmiths' work, and no small amount of jewels, were among the spoil + collected, and the bulk of the merchandise captured was, two days later, + despatched in galleys to Genoa and Marseilles, to be sold for the benefit + of the Order. + </p> + <p> + D'Aubusson without hesitation carried out Sir John Boswell's promise to + the slaves who had rowed his boat. They were not only set at liberty, but + were each presented with a sum of money, and were placed on board a + galley, and landed on the mainland. + </p> + <p> + The English knights were all proud of the honour that had been won by + their young countrymen, the only exception being Robert Rivers, who was + devoured with jealousy at their advancement. He did not openly display his + feelings, for the reports not only of Sir John Boswell, but of the other + two English knights, were so strong that he dared not express his + discontent. He himself had twice been engaged with pirates, but had gained + no particular credit, and indeed had, in the opinion of his comrades, been + somewhat slack in the fray. He was no favourite in the auberge, though he + spared no pains to ingratiate himself with the senior knights, and had a + short time before been very severely reprimanded by the bailiff for + striking one of the servants. + </p> + <p> + “I have more than once had to reprove you for your manners to the + servants,” the bailiff said. “You will now be punished by the septaine; + you will fast for seven days, on Wednesday and Friday you will receive + bread and water only, and will be confined to the auberge for that period. + The next time that I have reason to complain of you, I shall bring the + matter before the grand master, and represent to him that it were best to + send you home, since you cannot comport yourself to the servants of the + auberge as befits a knight of the Order. We have always borne the + reputation of being specially kind to our servants, and it is intolerable + that one, who has been but a short time only a professed knight, should + behave with a hauteur and insolence that not even the oldest among us + would permit himself. There is not one of the servants here who was not in + his own country of a rank and station equal, if not superior, to your own; + and though misfortune has fallen upon them, they are to be pitied rather + than condemned for it. In future, you are to give no order whatever to the + servants, nor to address them, save when at meals you require anything. If + you have any complaints to make of their conduct to you, you will make + them to me, and I will inquire into the matter; and if I find they have + failed in their duty they will be punished. I shall keep my eye upon you + in the future. There are other faults that I have observed in you. More + than once I have heard you address Sir Gervaise Tresham in a manner which, + were not duelling forbidden by our rules, might bring about bloodshed; and + from what I have seen when I have been watching the exercises, he is as + much your superior in arms as he is in manner and disposition.” + </p> + <p> + This reproof had greatly subdued Robert Rivers; and as he felt that any + display of his jealousy of Gervaise would be resented by the other + knights, and might result in serious consequences to himself, he abstained + from any exhibition of it when they returned to the auberge, although he + could not bring himself to join in the congratulations offered to them. + The next day, however, when he was talking to Ralph Harcourt, he remarked, + “From what I hear, Harcourt, D'Aubusson praised young Tresham very highly. + It seems to me that there was nothing at all out of the way in what he + did, and it was very unfair that he should be selected for higher praise + than yourself.” + </p> + <p> + “It was not unfair at all,” Ralph said warmly, for he was of a generous + nature, and incapable of the base feeling of envy. “Tresham did a great + deal more than I did. When we saw the pirate boat gaining so fast upon us, + it seemed to Sir John Boswell, as well as to myself, that there was scarce + a chance of escape, and that all we could do was to choose a spot on which + to make a stand, and then to sell our lives as dearly as we could. I could + see that Sir John was scanning the hill for a spot where we could best + defend ourselves. As to hiding on so small an island, with a hundred men + eager for our blood searching for us, it was well nigh impossible. It was + Tresham's suggestion alone that saved our lives and enabled us to fetch + succour to Sir Louis. Sir John, who is an old and tried soldier, said that + for quickness and merit of conception, the oldest knight in the Order + could not have done better; and he is not one to praise unduly. I am four + years older than Gervaise Tresham, but I tell you that were he named + tomorrow commander of a galley, I would willingly serve under him.” + </p> + <p> + “Well, well, you need not be angry, Harcourt, I have nothing to say + against Tresham. No doubt he had a happy thought, which turned out well; + but I cannot see that there was anything wonderful in it, and it seemed to + me unfair that one who is a mere boy should receive higher praise than + yourself, who, as I heard Sir John and Sir Adam Tedbond say last night at + the refectory, bore yourself right gallantly.” + </p> + <p> + “I did my best,” Ralph said shortly; “but there was small credit in that + when we were fighting for our lives. The most cowardly beast will fight + under such circumstances. When you see a Moslem rushing at you, scimitar + in hand, and know that if you do not cut him down he will cut you down, + you naturally strike as hard and as quickly as you can. You have never + liked Gervaise, Rivers. I am sure I don't know why, but you always speak + in a contemptuous sort of tone about him. True, it does him no harm, but + it certainly does you no good. For what reason should you feel a contempt + for him? Although so much younger, he is a better swordsman and a better + rider than you are. He is liked by every one in the auberge, which is more + than can be said of yourself; he is always good tempered, and is quiet and + unassuming. What on earth do you always set yourself against him for?” + </p> + <p> + “I do not know that I do set myself against him,” Rivers said sullenly. “I + own to having no great liking for him, which is natural enough, seeing + that his father was a Lancastrian, while we are Yorkists; but it is not + pleasant to see so much made of a boy, merely because D'Aubusson has + favoured him.” + </p> + <p> + “I am certain,” Harcourt said hotly, “that such an idea has never occurred + to any one but yourself. Sir Peter is a great man and will soon be our + grand master, but at present he is but grand prior of the langue of + Auvergne, and whether he favours Tresham or not is a matter that concerns + none of us. Gervaise is liked by us for his own good qualities. He bears + himself, as a young knight should do, respectfully towards his seniors, + and is ever ready to do a service to any one. No one has ever seen him out + of temper; he is always kind and considerate to the servants, and when in + command of parties of slaves at the public works never says a harsh word + to them, but treats them as if they were human beings, and not brute + beasts. Besides, though he is more skilful than any of us with his sword, + or indeed at any of the military exercises, he is unassuming, and has no + particle of pride or arrogance. It is for all these things that he is + liked, and the friendship of D'Aubusson has naught whatever to do with it. + It is not only D'Aubusson who has prophesied that he will rise to a + distinguished rank in the Order. Boswell and Ricord both said the same, + and I for one thoroughly believe it. Is there one among us under the age + of twenty—and I might go farther—who has already won such + credit for himself? One who when but sixteen can make his mark in an Order + like ours is certain to rise to high office, and you and I may, before + many years are over, be proud to serve under him.” + </p> + <p> + “That I will never do,” Rivers said fiercely. “I would rather go and bury + myself for life in the smallest commandery in England.” + </p> + <p> + “That may be,” Harcourt retorted, his temper also roused, “But possibly + you might prefer that to fighting under any other leader.” + </p> + <p> + “That is a reflection on my courage, Sir Ralph Harcourt, I shall lay this + matter before the bailiff.” + </p> + <p> + “You can do as you like,” Harcourt said disdainfully, “But I don't think + you will benefit by your pains.” + </p> + <p> + When his temper cooled down Rivers acknowledged to himself the truth of + what Harcourt said. He was not in the favour of the bailiff, while both + Harcourt and Tresham stood at the present moment high in his estimation. + Any complaint would lead to an inquiry into the matter that had led to the + former's words, and even if Harcourt were reprimanded for using them, he + himself would assuredly not gain in the estimation of the knights. + Harcourt himself thought no more of the matter, though he laughingly told + Gervaise that Rivers was by no means gratified at their both attaining the + honour of secular knighthood, which virtually placed them over his head. + </p> + <p> + “He is not a nice fellow,” Gervaise said. “But naturally it must be + galling to him, and to a good many others who have not yet had the chance + of distinguishing themselves. I think it is very good of them that they + are all so kind and cordial. Of course it is otherwise with you, who are + as old as most of the other professed knights serving here; but with me it + is quite different, and as Rivers, somehow, has never been very friendly + with me, of course it is doubly galling to him. I hope he will soon get an + opportunity of winning his spurs too.” + </p> + <p> + “That is just like you, Tresham. If I were in your place, I should have no + good wishes for a fellow who has never lost an opportunity of annoying me, + and that without the smallest cause of offence on my part.” + </p> + <p> + “I am sure you would not wish him ill, Harcourt. You would make allowance + for him just as I do, and feel that if he had had the same opportunities + he would have obtained the same credit and honours.” + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0007" id="link2HCH0007"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER VII A FIRST COMMAND + </h2> + <p> + The first news that the knights heard on their return from their + expedition was that the Grand Master Orsini was seriously ill, and that, + at his advanced age, the doctors feared there was little hope of his + rallying. Gervaise felt a keen regret on hearing that the kind and gentle + old man, who had been for three years his master, was at the point of + death. Nevertheless, it was generally felt among the knights that, in view + of the dangers that threatened Rhodes, it was for the good of the Order + that a strong and capable man, whom all respected, and who possessed their + entire confidence, should at such a time be invested with absolute power. + </p> + <p> + D'Aubusson had, indeed, for some years been the real head of the + community, but every question had, if only as a matter of form, to be + referred to the grand master, in order to obtain his approval and + signature. In the state of feebleness to which he had for some months past + fallen, much time was frequently lost before he could be made to + understand the questions referred to him. Moreover, orders of D'Aubusson + could be appealed against, his views thwarted, and his authority + questioned; and it was therefore felt that, much as they all respected the + old grand master, it would be an advantage to the Order when the supreme + authority passed into the hands of D'Aubusson. + </p> + <p> + Four days after the return of the expedition Orsini died. A few hours + later the grand council was convened, and D'Aubusson unanimously elected + grand master of the Order. The ceremony of the funeral of his predecessor + was an imposing one. Every knight of the Order in Rhodes was present, + together with a number of the leading natives of the Island; and although + Gervaise had, since his arrival on the Island, seen many stately + ceremonies, this far surpassed anything he had previously beheld. + </p> + <p> + Gervaise had, at one of his first interviews with D'Aubusson after his + arrival at the Island, been advised by him to acquire some knowledge of + Turkish. + </p> + <p> + “There are but few knights of the Order who speak the language,” he said. + “As a rule, while young men are ready to devote any amount of time to + acquiring dexterity in all martial exercises, they will bestow no labour + in obtaining knowledge that may be fully as useful to them as skill in + arms. In our dealings with the Turks, one or other party has to employ an + interpreter, and it is often by no means certain that these men convey the + full meaning of the speeches they translate. Again, we have large numbers + of Turkish slaves, and it is highly to be desired that the knights should + be able to give their orders to these men in their own language. Lastly, a + knight who has been taken prisoner by the Turks—and even the bravest + might meet with such a misfortune—would find it an alleviation of + his lot, and might be able to plan and carry out his escape, did he speak + Turkish well. I should strongly counsel you to acquire a knowledge of the + tongue.” + </p> + <p> + Gervaise had intended to follow the advice of the grand prior, but the + duties of his office as page, and the time required for his military + exercises and his studies with the chaplain, had rendered it well nigh + impossible, during the first three years, to turn his attention to + learning Turkish. As soon as his pageship was at an end, and he found that + his duties included supervision of Turkish slaves, he felt the want of a + knowledge of the language, and from that time devoted an hour a day to its + study, employing one of the servants of the auberge, who was a man of rank + and education at home, to instruct him. + </p> + <p> + While he conscientiously spent this amount of time at the work, it was the + most disagreeable portion of this day's labour. The events, however, that + had taken place during the expedition had impressed him greatly with the + utility of a knowledge of Turkish, for had it not been for Sir John + Boswell's possessing some acquaintance with the language, it would have + been impossible to communicate with the rowers of their boat, or to have + arranged the plan by which they had escaped the pirates. He had then and + there determined that as soon as he returned to Rhodes he would take the + matter up in a very different spirit to that in which he before approached + it. He had on the way home spoken to Sir John, who had highly approved of + the determination. + </p> + <p> + “I myself, when I was a young knight of eighteen, was taken captive, + twenty-six years ago, at the time when the Egyptian fleet appeared before + Rhodes. Our galleys advanced to attack them, but under cover of night they + retired, and proceeding to the mainland took shelter under the guns of a + Turkish fort. We attacked them there; it was a desperate engagement, but + without any decisive advantage on either side. We lost no less than sixty + knights, the Egyptians seven hundred men; and their fleet returned to + Egypt. I and three others who were left wounded on the deck of one of + their ships we had boarded, but failed to capture, were carried to Egypt, + and remained there captive for six months, when we were ransomed by the + Order. + </p> + <p> + “During that time I learnt enough of their language, which is akin to + Turkish, to be able to make myself understood and to understand what was + said to me. I have kept up that much for intercourse with the slaves and + servants at Rhodes, and have found it very useful. I consider, then, that + you will do well to acquire their tongue; it will be useful not only to + yourself, but to others, and when we get back I will, if you like, ask the + bailiff to free you from all duty in order that you may devote yourself to + it.” + </p> + <p> + The head of the langue at once granted Sir John's request. + </p> + <p> + “I would,” he said, “that more of our young knights would give a portion + of their time to study; but most of them look to returning home when their + term of service here has expired. Many think only of amusement, and all + imagine that advancement is best achieved by valour. Tresham has already + distinguished himself very greatly; so much so, that I think it would be + well if he did not go on another expedition for a time, but stayed here + while others have the opportunity of doing the same. Were we to send him + out with the next galleys that start, I should be accused of favouritism, + and the lad, who is now deservedly popular with all, would be regarded + with envy, and possibly even with dislike. + </p> + <p> + “At the same time, after what he has done I should have difficulty in + refusing, were he to volunteer to sail in the next galley that sets out. + The desire, then, on his part to learn Turkish is in all ways opportune. + It will, too, in the long run be of great advantage to him in the Order, + will give him weight, and bring him into prominence. I do not think there + are six in the Order who can fairly translate a Turkish document; there + are but two who could write a reply in the same language. Inform him, + then, that from the present time he will be excused from all work, except, + of course, to join in ceremonials when all are required to be present; and + if you, Sir John, will pick out from among the servitors here one who is + well instructed and educated, and capable of writing as well as reading + his language, I will similarly relieve him of all other work, and place + him at the disposal of young Tresham. Tell the lad that I hope he will + persevere until he obtains a complete knowledge of the tongue. You can + mention to him what I have said as to my opinion of the advantage the + knowledge of it will be to him in the Order.” + </p> + <p> + Gervaise accordingly devoted himself to study. His instructor was a Turk + of fine presence. He had been a large landowner in Syria, and held a high + official position in the province, but had been captured in a galley on + his way to Constantinople, whither he was proceeding on an official + mission. He was delighted with his new post. Gervaise, both as the + youngest member of the community, and from the kind manner in which he + always spoke to the servants,—all of whom had acquired some + knowledge of English,—was a general favourite among them, and the + Turk was glad that he was to be thrown with him. Still more he rejoiced at + being appointed his instructor, as it relieved him from all menial work + which, although preferable to that to which the bulk of the slaves were + condemned, yet galled his spirit infinitely. + </p> + <p> + Now that he had entered upon the work with the approbation of his + superior, and a conviction of its great utility, Gervaise set to work with + the same zeal and ardour which he had exhibited in his military exercises. + During the heat of the day he sat in the shade reading and writing with + his instructor. In the cool of the morning and afternoon he walked with + him on the walls, or in the country beyond them. After sunset he sat with + him in an unfrequented corner of the roof, all the time conversing with + him, either of his own country, or that of his instructor. + </p> + <p> + At first this was difficult, and he had to eke out the Turkish words he + had acquired with English; but it was not long before there was no + necessity for this. His intercourse for ten or twelve hours a day with + this Turk, and the pains taken by his instructor, caused him to acquire + the language with extreme rapidity. Of course, he had to put up with a + great deal of banter from the younger knights upon his passion for study. + Sometimes they pretended that his mania, as they considered it, arose from + the fact that he was determined to become a renegade, and was fitting + himself for a high position in the Turkish army. At other times they + insisted that his intention was to become a Turkish dervish, or to win a + great Turkish heiress and settle in Syria. But as he always bore their + banter good temperedly, and was ready occasionally to join them in the + sport when assaults-at-arms were carried on, they soon became tired of + making fun of him. + </p> + <p> + After nine months' constant work, the young knight's studies were abruptly + stopped by the receipt of a letter from the Pasha of Syria, offering a + considerable sum for the ransom of his instructor. The request was at once + acceded to, as it was the policy of the knights to accept ransoms for + their prisoners, both because the sums so gained were useful, and because + they were themselves compelled sometimes to pay ransom for members of the + Order. Suleiman Ali was, it was arranged, to be put on board an Egyptian + craft bound for Acre, a safe conduct having been sent for the vessel and + her crew, and for a knight, who was to receive the ransom from the pasha. + </p> + <p> + “At any rate, Sir Gervaise,” the Turk said, when the young knight + expressed great regret at his leaving them, “our position as instructor + and pupil would have come to an end shortly. For the last three months + there has been but little teaching between us; we have talked, and that + has been all, save that for a short time each day you read and wrote. But + there has been little to teach. You speak the native language now as + fluently as I do, and would pass anywhere as a Syrian, especially as there + are slight differences of speech in the various provinces. I believe that + in Syria you would not be suspected of being anything but a native, and + assuredly you would be taken for a Syrian elsewhere. You have learnt + enough, and it would be but a waste of time for you, a knight and a + soldier, to spend another day in study.” + </p> + <p> + On the following day Gervaise was, to his surprise, sent for by the grand + master. Except on the occasion of a few public ceremonies, he had not seen + D'Aubusson since he had been elected to his present high dignity, and the + summons to attend at the palace therefore came unexpectedly. + </p> + <p> + “We have become quite strangers, Tresham,” the grand master said cordially + when he entered. “I have not forgotten you, and have several times + questioned your bailiff concerning you. He tells me that you have become + quite an anchorite, and that, save at your meals and for an occasional + bout-at-arms, you are seldom to be seen. I was glad to hear of your + devotion to study, and thought it better to leave you undisturbed at it. + Yesterday evening I sent for your instructor. He is a man of influence in + Syria, and I wished to learn how he was affected towards us, now that he + is about to return there. We talked for some time, and I then asked him + what progress you had made, and was surprised and pleased to find that in + his opinion you could pass anywhere as a native, and that you were + perfectly capable of drawing up and writing any document I might desire to + send to the sultan or any of his generals. This is far more than I had + expected, and shows how earnestly you must have worked. Your knowledge may + prove of much assistance to the Order, and believe me, the time you have + spent in acquiring it may prove of much greater advantage to you in your + career than if you had occupied it in performing even the most valiant + deeds, and that at some future time it will ensure your appointment to a + responsible office here. It was partly to assure you of my approbation + that I sent for you, partly to inform you that I have appointed you to + proceed with Suleiman Ali as the knight in charge of the vessel, and to + receive the ransom agreed on, upon your handing him over. The office is an + honourable one and one of trust, and it is the first fruits of the + advantages you will gain by your knowledge of Turkish. No, do not thank + me. I am selecting you because you are better fitted than any knight I can + spare for the mission, and also, I may say, because the choice will be + pleasing to Suleiman Ali, whose goodwill I am desirous of gaining. Before + now Turkish provinces have thrown off their allegiance to the sultan. They + have, I must admit, been usually reconquered, but such might not be always + the case; and if such an event happened in Syria, this man's influence and + goodwill might be of great advantage to us, as it might well suit us to + ally ourselves with Syria against Constantinople. I am glad to say that I + found him at least as well disposed as any man could be who had been some + years in slavery. He admitted that, for a slave, he had been kindly and + gently treated, and added that any unpleasant memories he might have + retained had been obliterated by the nine months of pleasant companionship + spent with you.” + </p> + <p> + When Gervaise returned to dinner at the auberge, and informed Ralph + Harcourt and the other young knights that he had been appointed to take + charge of the vessel in which Suleiman Ali was to be conveyed to Acre, the + statement was at first received with incredulity. It seemed incredible + that the youngest knight in the langue should be chosen for such a + mission, involving as it did a separate command. Even the older knights, + when the news was passed down the table, were surprised. + </p> + <p> + “I must say that I am astonished at the grand master's choice. Sir + Gervaise Tresham doubtless distinguished himself greatly some months + since, but from that time he has not been out with the galleys, or, + indeed, done anything that would seem to recommend him for so marked a + favour as a separate command.” + </p> + <p> + “I don't know, Wingate,” Sir John Boswell said. “It seems to me that when + a young knight of seventeen eschews all pleasure, refrains from + volunteering for service at sea, and spends his whole time in study, he + does distinguish himself, and that very greatly. Of the three or four + hundred young knights here I doubt if one other would have so acted. + Certainly, none to my knowledge have done so. Yet I do not suppose that + D'Aubusson selected him for this duty as a reward for so much self denial + and study, but because by that self denial and study he is more fitted for + it than any of us here, save some three or four knights in the other + langues, all of whom are in too high a position to be employed in so + unimportant a duty. He can speak Turkish—not a few score of words + and sentences such as I can, but, as Suleiman Ali tells me, like a native. + Were one of us chosen for this mission, it would be necessary to send an + interpreter with him; and every one knows how hard it is to do business in + that manner. It seems to me that the grand master has acted wisely in + putting aside all question of seniority, and employing the knight who is + better suited than any other for it.” + </p> + <p> + “You are right, Boswell,” the bailiff said. “I really have been astonished + at the manner in which Tresham has given himself up to study. It would + have been a natural thing had he, after gaining so much credit, been + anxious and eager to gain more. When you spoke to me about his + determination to learn Turkish, I thought he would speedily tire of it, + and that when the next galley sailed, his name would be among the list of + volunteers for the service. I am sure, comrades, that there are few, if + any, among us who would not infinitely prefer fighting the Moslems to + spending our whole time in learning their language; and I for one consider + the fact that he has for nine months laboured so incessantly and + assiduously that he has come, as Boswell says, to speak it like a native, + is even more to his credit than the deed for which he was knighted.” + </p> + <p> + This conversation took place at the upper end of the table, and was not + heard at the lower end where the younger knights were seated. + </p> + <p> + “I am not chosen from favour,” Gervaise said hotly, to one of his + companions who had asserted that this was so. “I am simply chosen because + I can speak Turkish.” + </p> + <p> + “How much Turkish can you speak?” one of them laughed. Gervaise turned to + the Turkish servant behind them, and said, in his language, “Hassan, Sir + Giles Trevor wishes to know how well I speak Turkish. You have heard me + talking with Suleiman Ali. Will you give him your opinion about it?” + </p> + <p> + The man turned gravely to Sir Giles Trevor. + </p> + <p> + “My lord,” he said, in English, “Sir Gervaise Tresham, he speaks Turkish + same as I do. If he dress up in Turk clothes I suppose him Turk, not know + he Christian by his speech.” + </p> + <p> + Exclamations of surprise broke from the young knights. + </p> + <p> + “Well, you have earned the appointment, Tresham,” Ralph Harcourt said + heartily. “You always told me when I asked you that you were getting on, + but I had not the least idea that you were getting on like this. And can + you read and write the Turkish language?” + </p> + <p> + “Well enough for practical purposes, Ralph. At any rate, I wrote a + complimentary letter this morning from the grand master to the governor of + Syria, and the bailiff of Spain, who was, as you know, for ten years a + prisoner among the Turks, read it through at D'Aubusson's request, to see + that there was no error in it, and was good enough to pass it without + alteration.” + </p> + <p> + “I would give a good deal,” Sir Giles Trevor said, “if I could follow your + example, and shut myself up for nine months with an infidel to study his + language; but I could not do it if my life depended on it. I should throw + myself off the wall at the end of the first fortnight.” + </p> + <p> + “I don't pretend that I can do what Tresham has done,” Ralph Harcourt + said. “I always hated our lessons with the chaplain, who gave me the + character of having the thickest head of any of his pupils; but I vow”—and + he kissed the handle of his dagger—“I will spend half an hour a day + in trying to learn something of Turkish. Of course, I know that such time + will not be enough to learn a great deal; but if one could get up just + enough to be able to give orders to the slaves, to question the captain of + a vessel one has captured, and to make them understand a little, if by bad + luck one fell into their hands, it would be quite enough for me. I am sure + sometimes one is quite at a loss how to pass the hours when the sun is at + its hottest, and if one tried one ought to be able to pick up a little + without much trouble. Look at the servants; there is not one of them but + speaks a little English. And if an infidel can learn enough English to get + on with, without any regular study, I can't see why we shouldn't be able + to learn enough Turkish in the same way.” + </p> + <p> + Two or three of the other young knights declared that they too would + devote a short time during the heat of the day to learning Turkish, and + they agreed to begin together forthwith with one of the servants, who + spoke English most fluently. Robert Rivers was not present, for he had + returned to England six months before, to take up his residence at the + House in Clerkenwell, in order that he might bring to bear the interest of + his many powerful friends to secure for him an appointment as commander of + one of the estates of the Order in England. His departure had caused + general satisfaction among the other knights, whom his arrogance and ill + temper had frequently irritated. Gervaise especially was glad at his + leaving the Island, for after he received the honour of knighthood, Rivers + made a point of always addressing him with an affectation of deference and + respect that often tried his temper to the utmost. + </p> + <p> + “It is well that Rivers has gone,” Ralph said, laughing, “for I don't know + how he would have supported the chagrin your appointment would have given + him. He was devoured with jealousy as it was, but this would have been a + trial beyond bearing.” + </p> + <p> + “I am heartily glad he has gone,” Gervaise said gravely. “I have put up + with a great deal from him, but I don't think I could have stood much + more. If our vows had not forbidden our fighting I should have called him + to account long ago; but the only thing else to do was for me to lodge a + formal complaint before the bailiff, of his continually offensive bearing + and manner, which I could not bring myself to do, and indeed there was no + special matter that would have seemed to justify me, no single speech that + in itself would warrant such grave action on my part. I used to wish over + and over again that we could but meet in some quiet spot in England, both + unarmed, and could there settle the matter in good English fashion, with + our fists, or even with a couple of quarterstaffs.” + </p> + <p> + The others laughed. + </p> + <p> + “That would be a very unknightly form of contest.” + </p> + <p> + “I care not for that,” Gervaise replied. “It would be a very satisfactory + one anyhow, and quite serious enough for the occasion. His sneers and + petty insults were not sufficient to justify the drawing of blood, and + there has been enough of that shed for the last twenty years in England + without two brother knights betaking themselves to their swords against + each other. But a sound thrashing would have done neither of us harm, and + if it had fallen to his lot to get the largest share of it, it might have + done him some good.” + </p> + <p> + “He thinks he is sure of an appointment,” one of the others said, “but he + has been so frequently in trouble here that it is likely that the official + report, which is always sent home to the grand prior when the knights + return to England, will be so unfavourable that even the most powerful + influence will fail to obtain him a post. If so, we may have him back here + again, especially if the Turks carry out their threat of assailing us, for + an appeal will be made to all the grand priors for knights to aid in the + defence.” + </p> + <p> + That evening Gervaise went again to the palace to receive final + instructions. + </p> + <p> + “The craft in which you are to travel is an Egyptian trader. As at present + war has not been formally declared between us and the sultan, peaceful + traders, as you know, carry on their avocations unmolested either by the + warships of the Turks or by ours; they do not enter our ports without a + special permit, and the crews are never allowed to land, in order that no + detailed account of our fortifications may be taken to the sultan. + Moreover, brawls might arise between them and the native population, or + they might aid slaves to escape. However, you will be altogether safe from + interference from Turkish war vessels, and if overhauled by one of them + the safe conduct will be sufficient to prevent interference with you. But + it is not so with pirates. They will plunder their own countrymen as + readily as they will Christians, and the safe guard of the governor of + Syria will be of no use whatever to you. In this consists the danger of + your mission. I cannot send one of our war galleys on such an errand, and + if there are not enough knights on board to beat off any pirate, the fewer + there are the better. I hear that the craft is a fast sailor, and as the + crew will be as anxious to avoid pirates as you, they will do their best + to escape. I leave it to you to take any route. You can either sail hence + direct for Acre, or you can coast along the shores of Anatolia and Syria, + lying up at night in bays. + </p> + <p> + “Should you be overtaken I do not think it would be of any use for you to + disguise yourself, for some of the crew would be sure to denounce you. + Should the worst happen, and you are captured by pirates, you will of + course in the first place show them your safe conduct, and if I find that + you do not return I shall send at once to the governor of Syria, + complaining of your capture when furnished with his safeguard, and + requesting him to order a search for you to be made at every port on the + coast, with instructions that you are to be at once released, and either + sent to him for return hither, or placed on board a craft bound for any + Christian port; while you, on your part, will endeavour to acquaint the + Turkish authorities with the fact that you have been seized while + travelling with a safe conduct from the governor of Syria. + </p> + <p> + “But, more than from any efforts on your part or mine, I rely upon + Suleiman Ali, who will, I am sure, as soon as he is set on shore, lose no + time in acquainting the pasha of your capture, and in calling upon him to + interfere in your favour. In that case, the worst that could befall you + would be a temporary detention, unless, indeed, the pirates should take + you to Egypt. As that country is friendly with us at present, since Egypt + dreads the ever increasing power of the Turks, it will be but a question + of ransom, for I have secret agents there who will inform me without delay + of the arrival of a Christian captive.” + </p> + <p> + “I understand, sir, and will do my best in the matter. If I am captured I + trust that an opportunity of escape will soon present itself, for I + should, if taken, conceal from my captors the fact that I understand their + language, and should thus, if I could evade my guard, have every chance of + escaping, as in a native dress I could meet and converse with those + hunting for me, without their having a suspicion of my being the white + slave for whom they were in search.” + </p> + <p> + “Once at Acre you will be safe. But do not land unless it is absolutely + necessary, for you might fall a victim to the fanaticism of its + inhabitants, and no knight has ever set foot on shore there since the ill + fated day when the Moslems wrested it from us, bathed the ruined walls + with the best blood of our Order and the Templars', and destroyed the last + hope of our ever recovering the Holy Sepulchre.” + </p> + <p> + The next morning at daybreak Gervaise and Suleiman Ali went on board the + Egyptian trader, and sailed for Acre. The current of opinion had changed + at the auberge when the knights came to think over the mission on which + Gervaise was about to start, and the slight feeling of jealousy with which + the younger knights had received the news was entirely dissipated. While + it did not seem to them that there was any chance of his distinguishing + himself, they perceived, as they thought it over, the considerable danger + there was of capture by pirates, and Ralph and some of his companions came + down to the mole to see him off, with feelings in which envy bore no part + whatever. + </p> + <p> + “I see now, Gervaise, that it is truly no holiday excursion on which you + are starting. I should envy you greatly were you going in command of an + armed galley, prepared to beat off any craft that might try to overhaul + you; but, going alone as you are, it is a very different thing. Should + pirates meet you, you could offer no resistance, and your position would + be a perilous one indeed. However, I think you are born to good luck, and + am confident that your patron saint will look after you, and therefore + expect to see you back here in a fortnight's time at the outside.” + </p> + <p> + “I hope so with all my heart, Ralph. It will be no fault of mine if I + tarry.” + </p> + <p> + “Will you keep the open sea, or skirt the land, Tresham?” one of the + others asked. + </p> + <p> + “I shall keep the open sea. The grand master left me to choose my course; + but I think there is more danger by the coast—where pirates may be + hiding in unfrequented bays, in readiness to pounce upon a passing craft—than + in the open sea, where we should have at least the advantage that we could + not be taken by surprise, and might make a race of it. But the sun will be + up in a few minutes, and my orders were to set out at sunrise, so I must + say goodbye at once.” + </p> + <p> + As soon as the vessel was under way, Gervaise took a seat on the poop by + the side of Suleiman Ali, and related to him the conversation he had had + with the grand master. + </p> + <p> + “The risk that you will run has not escaped me,” the Turk said, “and + indeed, I now regret that you were chosen as my escort. I almost wish that + my son had not purchased my freedom at the present time, since it involves + the risk of you losing yours. There is no doubt that the sea swarms with + pirates; the sultan is too busy with his own struggles for Empire to + bestow any attention upon so small a matter. The pashas and the officers + of the ports have not the power, even had they the will, to put down + piracy in their districts, and indeed are, as often as not, participators + in the spoils. Your Order, which, years back, scoured the seas so hotly + that piracy well nigh ceased, have now for forty years been obliged to + turn their attention chiefly to their own defence. They possess a + comparatively small fleet of galleys, and their wealth is expended on + their fortress. + </p> + <p> + “What with Egypt and the sultan their hands are too full for them to act + as the police of the sea, and the consequence is that from every port, + bay, and inlet, pirate craft set out—some mere rowboats, some, like + those under the command of Hassan Ali, veritable fleets. Thus the humblest + coasters and the largest merchant craft go alike in fear of them, and I + would that the sultan and Egypt and your Order would for two or three + years put aside their differences, and confine their efforts to sweeping + the seas of these pests, to storming their strongholds, and to inflicting + such punishment upon them as that, for a very long time to come, peaceful + merchants might carry on their trade without fear. + </p> + <p> + “I heard you tell the captain that he was to steer straight for Acre, and + I think you are right in avoiding the coast, where the most harmless + looking fishing boat may carry a crowd of pirates hidden in her hold. At + the same time, if you will take my advice you will head much more to the + south, so as to be out of the regular track of ships making from + Constantinople or the islands to Acre. You may meet pirates anywhere, but + they are assuredly thicker along the more frequented routes. The safest + plan of all would probably be to bear south, and strike the Egyptian coast + well to the east of the mouth of the Nile. Thence, till you get to + Palestine, the country is utterly barren and uninhabited, while, running + up the coast to Palestine, there are, save at Jaffa, no ports to speak of + until you arrive at Acre; and besides, the inhabitants there, even if + pirates, would not venture to disregard the pasha's safe conduct. I do not + by any means say that such a course would be absolutely safe. You may meet + with vessels on your way south, and doubtless some of them cruise off the + barren coast I speak of, to intercept traders to and from Egypt and Acre, + and other Syrian ports; for the trade carried on is considerable, and, + although of the same religion, the Turks are disposed to view the + Egyptians as enemies rather than as friends, and would have even less + hesitation in plundering them than in robbing their own countrymen.” + </p> + <p> + “I think that your suggestion is a good one, and will follow it, at any + rate. The course is a good deal longer, but that is comparatively of + little moment. The great thing is to carry you safely to Acre.” + </p> + <p> + “And to get back with equal safety,” Suleiman said, with a smile. + </p> + <p> + “That is quite as important in my eyes; in fact, of the two, I would far + rather that we were captured on our voyage thither, for in that case I + might be able to arrange for the ransom of both of us.” + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0008" id="link2HCH0008"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER VIII AN EVENING AT RHODES + </h2> + <p> + Suleiman Ali's advice was carried out. It added considerably to the length + of the voyage; but they saw only one doubtful craft. She was lying close + inshore under the shadow of the sand hills, and they did not see her until + she hoisted her sails and shot out from the land. They were, however, + three miles distant from the land at the time, and the wind was blowing + from the north; consequently the pirate was dead to leeward. Every sail + was set at once on board the trader, and, being a fast sailor, she + maintained her position until nightfall. The wind then dropped, and just + as the light faded they could see that the vessel behind them had put out + her sweeps. The trader kept up her sails until certain that she could be + no longer seen; then the canvas was lowered, and the crew took to the + boats and towed her due north. + </p> + <p> + The night was fortunately a dark one, and those watching anxiously from + the deck of the trader were unable to discern her pursuer as she passed + behind them. As soon as they were well assured that she must have gone on, + the boats were got in, the sails hoisted again, and, taking advantage of + every light flaw of wind, they proceeded on their course. In the morning + the sails of the galley could be seen on the horizon, but the distance was + too great for her to take up the pursuit again with any chance of success, + and the trader continued her course to Acre without seeing more of her. + </p> + <p> + As soon as the trader entered the port, the Egyptian captain went on + shore, taking with him a copy of the safe conduct and the letter from the + grand master to the pasha. Going to the residence of the governor, he + handed these to him, saying that he had on board Aga Suleiman Ali, and a + knight who was charged to deliver him up on payment of the ransom. + </p> + <p> + “I have been expecting you,” the governor said. “I have received a letter + from the pasha, stating that he had written to the grand master respecting + the ransom of the aga, and sending me the amount which Suleiman's son had + offered. The young man was not of age when his father was captured, but he + is so now, and was therefore able to raise the sum required. I will go + down to the port with you myself, hand over the ransom, and welcome + Suleiman, whom I know well, back from his captivity.” + </p> + <p> + The transfer was speedily made; a heavy purse was handed to Gervaise, and + Suleiman was a free man. + </p> + <p> + “Send me word, if you can, when you return to Rhodes,” the latter said, as + he bade farewell to the young knight. “I shall be anxious until I hear. + Fortune was with us as we sailed hither, but it may desert you on your + return. Should aught befall you, tell your captors that if they bring you + to me I will pay any ransom that they could, in fairness, require. Should + they refuse to do this, send, if possible, a messenger to me, and on + receipt of your message I will send a trusty man to purchase your freedom. + You have treated me as a friend and an equal, and a friend I shall always + remain.” + </p> + <p> + The vessel was to remain four days in port, to discharge her cargo and + take in another, and Suleiman had talked of remaining at Acre until she + sailed, but Gervaise protested strongly against this. + </p> + <p> + “You have your family, from whom you have been so long separated, awaiting + your return with anxiety, and I pray you to make no stay on my account. I + am well content to remain on board here, and to look at the city which has + so often been the theatre of great deeds—which Richard the Lion + Heart captured, and which so many of the Hospitallers died to defend. I + was charged by the grand master not to land, and indeed I feel myself that + it would be an act of folly to do so. There are doubtless many on shore + who have relatives and friends now working as slaves among us, and some of + these might well seek to avenge them by slaying one of the Order. I feel + your kindness, but it would be a pain to me to know that you were + lingering here on my account, when you must be longing to embrace your + children.” + </p> + <p> + The four days passed rapidly. Gervaise had, at the suggestion of the + governor, laid aside the mantle and insignia of the Order. + </p> + <p> + “If you do not do so,” he said, “I must place a strong guard of soldiers + on board, in order to ensure that the pasha's safeguard is not violated. + Sailors are a turbulent race, and were you recognised here they might make + a tumult, and slay you before a word of what was going on reached me. In + any case I shall place two soldiers on board until you leave the port.” + </p> + <p> + On the morning of the fifth day the sails were got up, and the vessel + sailed out from the port. Fortune again favoured them, and they reached + Rhodes without any adventure. Gervaise went at once to the palace, and + handed over the purse of gold to the treasurer. He then sent up his name + to the grand master, and was immediately conducted to his room. + </p> + <p> + “I am glad to see you back, Tresham. I have been uneasy about you. Have + you fulfilled your mission without adventure?” + </p> + <p> + “Without any adventure, sir, save that we were once chased by a pirate on + our way east, but escaped in the darkness. Save for that, the voyage has + been wholly uneventful. I have received the ransom, and handed the purse + to your treasurer.” + </p> + <p> + “I am glad that your first command has turned out so well. I will see that + you do not lack employment; and the fact that you are able to act as + interpreter will ensure you a welcome on any galley. At present, however, + it is not my intention to send out many cruisers. Every life now is + precious, and no amount of spoil that can be brought in will counter + balance the loss of those who fall. However, I may find some mission on + which you can be employed. I know that you love an active life; and as, + for nine months, you have put a rein on your inclinations, and have + devoted yourself wholly to study, so that you might be of greater use to + the Order, you have a good right to any employment in which your knowledge + can be utilised.” + </p> + <p> + On his arrival at the auberge, Gervaise was very heartily greeted by the + younger knights. + </p> + <p> + “I told you you were born lucky, Gervaise,” Ralph Harcourt said. “There + has been more than one wager made that you would be captured; but I, for + my part, was confident that your good fortune would not desert you. Still, + though not surprised, we are delighted to see you again. Now tell us about + your voyage.” + </p> + <p> + Gervaise gave a brief account of the adventure with the pirate, and then + described the visit of the governor to the ship. + </p> + <p> + “Did he say anything to you?” + </p> + <p> + “He was courteous and solemn; just the sort of man you would fancy a + Turkish governor should be. He looked a little surprised when I accosted + him in Turkish, but asked no questions at the time, though I daresay he + inquired afterwards of Suleiman how I came to speak the language. The only + time he actually said anything was when he requested that I would not wear + the mantle of the Order while in port, as sailors were a turbulent race, + and it might lead to an attack upon me; and as he was responsible to the + pasha that his safe conduct should be respected, it would be necessary, if + I declined to follow his advice, to keep a strong body of soldiers on + board. As this would have been a horrible nuisance, especially as I wanted + to enjoy in quiet the view of the city, with its castle and walls, I + acceded at once to his request, which seemed to me a reasonable one. He + did send two soldiers on board, but they remained down in the waist, and + did not interfere with my pleasure in any way.” + </p> + <p> + “Next to Jerusalem, how I should like to see Acre!” Ralph Harcourt + exclaimed. “It is, of all other cities, the most closely connected with + our Order. We helped to win it, and we were the last to defend it. We have + heard so much about the fortress, and it has been so often described to + me, that I know the situation of every bastion—at least, as it was + when we left it, though I know not what changes the Turks may since have + made.” + </p> + <p> + “That I know not, Ralph. Of course, I only saw the seafront, and it was + upon the land side that the attack was made. We know that the breaches + were all repaired long ago, and it is said that the place is stronger than + ever. From the port all was solid and massive. It is indeed a grand and + stately fortress. Here we have done all that was possible to make Rhodes + impregnable, but nature did nothing for us; there nature has done + everything, and the castle looks as if it could defy the assaults of an + army, however large. And indeed, it was not wrested from us by force. The + knights, when the city walls were stormed and the town filled with their + foes fought their way down to the water's edge and embarked there, for + they were reduced to a mere handful; and however strong a castle may be, + it needs hands to defend it. Still, it well nigh moved me to tears to see + the Turkish banner waving over it, and to think how many tens of thousands + of Christian soldiers had died in the effort to retain the holy places, + and had died in vain.” + </p> + <p> + “I wonder whether the Turks will ever be forced to relinquish their hold + of the holy places?” + </p> + <p> + “Who can tell, Sir Giles?” the bailiff, who had come up to the group + unobserved, said quietly. “Certainly not in our time—not until the + Moslem power, which threatens not only us, but all Europe, has crumbled to + dust. So long as Acre remains in their power there is no hope. I say not + but that by a mighty effort of all Christendom, Palestine might be wrested + from the infidels, as it was wrested before; but the past shows us that + while men or nations can be stirred to enthusiasm for a time, the fire + does not last long, and once again the faithful few would be overwhelmed + by the odds that would be brought against them, while Europe looked on + impassive, if not indifferent. No, knights; the utmost that can be hoped + for, is that the tide of Moslem invasion westward may be stayed. At + present we are the bulwark, and as long as the standard of our Order waves + over Rhodes so long is Europe safe by sea. But I foresee that this cannot + last: the strongest defences, the stoutest hearts, and the bravest of + hearts, cannot in the long run prevail against overpowering numbers. As at + Acre, we may repel assault after assault, we may cause army after army to + betake themselves again to their ships; but, as a rock is overwhelmed by + the rising tide, so must Rhodes succumb at last, if left by Europe to bear + alone the brunt of Moslem invasion. All that men can do we shall do. As + long as it is possible to resist, we shall resist. When further resistance + becomes impossible, we shall, I trust, act as we did before. + </p> + <p> + “We were driven from Palestine, only to fortify ourselves at Rhodes. If we + are driven from Rhodes, we shall, I feel assured, find a home elsewhere, + and again commence our labours. The nearer we are to Europe the more hope + there is that Christendom will aid us, for they will more generally + understand that our defeat would mean the laying open of the shores of the + Mediterranean, from Turkey to Gibraltar, to the invasion of the Moslems. + However, comrades, this is all in the future. Our share is but in the + present, and I trust the flag of the Order will float over Rhodes as long, + at least, as the lifetime of the youngest of us, and that we may bequeath + the duty of upholding the Cross untarnished to those who come after us; + and we can then leave the issue in God's hands.” + </p> + <p> + All listened respectfully to the words of their leader, although his + opinion fell like cold water upon the fiery zeal and high hopes of his + hearers. The possibility of their losing Rhodes had never once entered + into the minds of the majority of them. It was likely that ere long they + might be called upon to stand a siege, but, acquainted as they were with + the strength of the place—its deep and seemingly impassable moat, + its massive walls, and protecting towers and bastions—it had seemed + to them that Rhodes was capable of withstanding all assaults, however + numerous the foe, however oft repeated the invasion. The bailiff was, as + all knew, a man of dauntless courage, of wide experience and great + judgment, and that he should believe that Rhodes would, although not in + their time, inevitably fall, brought home to them for the first time the + fact that their fortress was but an outpost of Europe, and one placed so + distant from it that Christendom, in the hour of peril, might be unable to + furnish them with aid. As the bailiff walked away, there was silence for a + short time, and then Sir Giles Trevor said cheerfully, “Well, if it lasts + our time we need not trouble our heads as to what will take place + afterwards. As the bailiff says, our duty is with the present, and as we + all mean to drive the Turks back when they come, I do not see that there + is any occasion for us to take it to heart, even if it be fated that the + Moslems shall one day walk over our tombs. If Christendom chooses to be + supine, let Christendom suffer, say I. At any rate, I am not going to weep + for what may take place after I am turned into dust.” + </p> + <p> + “That sounds all very well, Sir Giles,” Ralph Harcourt said, “and I have + no argument to advance against it, though I am sure there is much to be + said; but if the bailiff, or the chaplain, or indeed any of the elders, + had heard you say so, I have no doubt you would have had a fitting reply.” + </p> + <p> + Sir Giles tossed his head mockingly. “I shall fight neither better nor + worse, friend Harcourt, because it may be that someday the Moslems are, as + the bailiff seems to think, destined to lord it here. I have only promised + and vowed to do my best against the Moslems, and that vow only holds good + as long as I am in the flesh; beyond that I have no concern. But what are + we staying here for, wasting our time? It is the hour for those of us who + are going, to be starting for the ball given by Signor Succhi; as he is + one of the richest merchants in the town, it will be a gay one, and there + is no lack of fair faces in Rhodes. It is a grievous pity that our elders + all set their will against even the younger members of the community + joining in a dance. It was not one of the things I swore to give up. + However, here in Rhodes there is no flying in the face of rules.” + </p> + <p> + Three or four of the other young knights were also going. + </p> + <p> + “What are you thinking of doing, Gervaise?” Harcourt asked. + </p> + <p> + “I have nothing particular to do, Ralph, except that, first of all, I must + write a letter to Suleiman Ali and hand it to the bailiff, praying him to + send it off by the first vessel that may put in here on her way to Acre. + If I do not do it now it may be neglected, and I promised to write + directly I got here. I will not be half an hour, and after that I shall be + ready to do anything you like.” + </p> + <p> + In less than that time, indeed, he rejoined Ralph. “Now what shall we do + with ourselves? What do you say to a stroll through the streets? I am + never tired of that.” + </p> + <p> + “I like better to go by way of the roofs, Gervaise. The streets are badly + lit, and although they are busy enough in some quarters, they are so + narrow that one gets jostled and pushed. On the terraces everything is + quiet. You have plenty of light and music, and it is pleasant to see + families sitting together and enjoying themselves; and if one is disposed + for a cup of wine or of cool sherbet, they are delighted to give it, for + they all are pleased when one of us joins a group. I have quite a number + of acquaintances I have made in this way while you have been working away + at your Turkish.” + </p> + <p> + “Very well,” Gervaise said. “If such is your fancy, Ralph, let us take one + of the paths across the roofs. I might walk there twenty years by myself + without making an acquaintance, and I do not pledge myself to join in + these intimacies of yours. However, I shall be quite content to amuse + myself by looking on at the scene in general, while you are paying your + visits and drinking your sherbet.” + </p> + <p> + “There are plenty of fair girls among the Rhodians,” Ralph said, with a + smile; “and though we are pledged to celibacy we are in no way bound to + abstain from admiration.” + </p> + <p> + Gervaise laughed. + </p> + <p> + “Admire as much as you like, Ralph, but do not expect me to do so. I have + scarcely as much as spoken to a woman since I entered the House in London, + and I should have no idea what to say to a young girl.” + </p> + <p> + “But it is part of the education of a true knight to be courteous to + women. It is one of the great duties of chivalry. And you must remember + that we are secular knights, as well knights of the Order.” + </p> + <p> + “The work of the Order is quite sufficient for me at present, Ralph. In + time I may come to like the society of women, to admire their beauty, and + possibly even to wear the colour of some one, for that seems to be the + fashion; though why we, who are bound to celibacy, should admire one woman + more than another I cannot understand.” + </p> + <p> + They had by this time descended from the castle, and were taking their way + along one of the broad paths that led over the flat roofs of the houses by + means of the bridges thrown across the streets. + </p> + <p> + “These are some acquaintances of mine,” Ralph said, stopping at one of the + walls, some three feet high, that bordered the path. + </p> + <p> + Beyond was an enclosure of some fifty feet square. Clumps of shrubs and + flowers, surrounded by stonework some eight or ten inches high enclosing + the earth in which they grew, were scattered here and there. Lamps were + hung to cords stretched above it, while others were arranged among the + flowers. In the centre a large carpet was spread, and on this some eight + or ten persons were seated on cushions. A girl was playing a lute, and + another singing to her accompaniment. She stopped abruptly when her eye + fell upon the figures of the two young knights. + </p> + <p> + “There is Sir Ralph Harcourt, father!” she exclaimed in Italian, which was + the language most used on the Island, and spoken with more or less fluency + by all the knights, among whom it served as a general medium of + communication. “Are you waiting to be invited in, Sir Knight?” she went on + saucily. “I thought that by this time you would know you were welcome.” + </p> + <p> + “Your tongue runs too fast, child,” her father said, as he rose and walked + across to Ralph. “You are welcome, Sir Ralph, very welcome. I pray you + enter and join us.” + </p> + <p> + “I will do so with pleasure, Signor Vrados, if you will also extend your + hospitality to my friend Sir Gervaise Tresham.” + </p> + <p> + “Most gladly,” the merchant said. “I pray him to enter.” + </p> + <p> + The two knights passed through the gate in the wall. All rose to their + feet as they went up to the carpet, and greeted Ralph with a warmth which + showed that he was a favourite. He introduced Gervaise to them. + </p> + <p> + “I wonder that I do not know your face, Sir Knight,” the merchant's wife + said. “I thought I knew all the knights of the Order by sight, from seeing + them either at the public ceremonies, or observing them pass in the + streets.” + </p> + <p> + “For the last nine months Sir Gervaise has been an anchorite. He has been + learning Turkish, and has so devoted himself to the study that even I have + scarce caught sight of him, save at meals. As for walking in the streets, + it is the last thing he would think of doing. I consider myself a good and + conscientious young knight, but I am as nothing in that respect to my + friend. I used to look upon him as my little brother, for we were at the + House of the Order in London together. He is four years younger than I am, + and you know four years between boys makes an immense difference. Now the + tables are turned, and I quite look up to him.” + </p> + <p> + “You will believe as much as you like, Signora, of what Sir Ralph says,” + Gervaise laughed. “As you have, he says, known him for some time, you must + by this time have learnt that his word is not to be taken literally.” + </p> + <p> + “We learned that quite early in our acquaintance,” the girl who had first + noticed them said, with an affectation of gravity. “I always tell him that + I cannot believe anything he says, and I am grateful to you, Sir Knight, + for having thus borne evidence to the quickness of my perception.” + </p> + <p> + By this time the servants had brought some more cushions, and on these + Ralph and Gervaise seated themselves. Wine, sherbet, and cakes, were then + handed round. The master of the house placed Gervaise on his right hand, + as a stranger. + </p> + <p> + “You have been among our islands, Sir Gervaise? But indeed, I need not ask + that, since I know that you and Sir Ralph were knighted together for your + valour in that affair with the ships of Hassan Ali. We come from Lesbos. + It is now eighty years since my family settled in Rhodes, and we have seen + it grow from a small place to a great fortress.” + </p> + <p> + “'Tis a wonderful place,” Gervaise said. “I know nothing of the fortresses + of Europe, but it seems to me that no other can well be stronger than this—that + is, among places with no natural advantages.” + </p> + <p> + “The knights have always had an abundance of slaves,” the merchant said; + “so many that they have not only had sufficient for their work here, but + have been able to sell numbers to European potentates. Yes, Rhodes is + wonderfully strong. That great fosse would seem as if it could defy the + efforts of an army to cross; and yet the past has shown that even the + strongest defences, held with the greatest bravery, can be carried by + generals with immense armies, and careless how they sacrifice them so that + they do but succeed. Look at Acre, for example.” + </p> + <p> + “I was looking at it five days ago,” Gervaise said, “and thinking that it + was beyond the might of man to take.” + </p> + <p> + “Do you mean that you were at Acre?” the merchant asked, with surprise. + </p> + <p> + “Yes. I went there to hand over a captive who had been ransomed. Of course + I had a safe conduct, and I was glad indeed of the opportunity of seeing + so famous a fortress.” + </p> + <p> + “You were fortunate indeed, Sir Knight, and it was, if you will pardon my + saying so, singular that so young a knight should have been chosen. + Assuredly, even the senior knights of the Order would rejoice at the + opportunity of beholding a fortress so intimately connected with the past + history of the Order.” + </p> + <p> + “It was due entirely to my being able to speak Turkish,” Gervaise said. + “As my friend Sir Ralph was mentioning, I have been studying hard, and can + now speak the language fluently; and as this was a necessity on such a + mission, and the few knights who can so speak it are all in high office, + and could hardly be asked to undertake so unimportant a service, I was + selected.” + </p> + <p> + “And you really speak Turkish well? It is an accomplishment that few, save + Greeks subject to Turkey, possess. Do you intend, may I ask, to make + Rhodes your home? I ask because I suppose you would not have taken this + labour had you intended shortly to return to England.” + </p> + <p> + “Yes; I hope to remain here permanently. I know that the first step + towards promotion here is generally a commandery at home, but I did not + enter the Order with any idea of gaining office or dignity. I desire + simply to be a knight of the Cross, and to spend my life in doing faithful + service to the Order.” + </p> + <p> + “A worthy ambition indeed, and one that, so far as my experience goes, + very few knights entertain. I see yearly scores of young knights depart, + no small proportion of whom never place foot on Rhodes again, although + doubtless many of them will hasten back again as soon as the danger of an + assault from the Turks becomes imminent. You see, we who dwell here under + the protection of the Order naturally talk over these things among + ourselves; and although, in the matter of fortifications, all will admit + that enormous efforts have been made to render the town secure, it is + clear that in the matter of knights to defend them there is very much left + to be desired. It is all very well to say that the knights from all parts + of Europe would flock hither to defend it; but the journey would be a long + one, and would occupy much time, and they would probably not receive news + that the Turks had sailed until the place was already invested. Then it + would be difficult, if not altogether impossible, for ships with + reinforcements to make their way through the Turkish fleet, and to enter + the port. To man the walls properly would need a force five times as + numerous as that which is now here. I recognise the valour of your + knights; they have accomplished wonders. But even they cannot accomplish + impossibilities. For a time they could hold the walls; but as their number + became reduced by the fire of the Turkish cannon and the battles at the + breaches, they would at last be too weak any longer to repel the + onslaughts of foes with an almost unlimited supply of soldiers.” + </p> + <p> + “That is true enough,” Gervaise admitted; “and to my mind it is shocking + that four-fifths at least of the Order, pledged to oppose the infidels, + should be occupied with the inglorious work of looking after the manors + and estates of the society throughout Europe, while one-fifth, at most, + are here performing the duties to which all are sworn. Of the revenues of + the estates themselves, a mere fraction finds its way hither. Still, I + trust that the greater part of the knights will hasten here as soon as + danger becomes imminent, without waiting for the news that the Turkish + armament has actually set forth.” + </p> + <p> + For an hour the two young knights remained on the roof, Gervaise talking + quietly with the merchant, while his companion laughed and chatted with + the ladies and friends of their host. After they had left, with the + promise that it would not be long before they repeated their visit, Ralph + bantered Gervaise on preferring the society of the merchant to that of his + daughters. + </p> + <p> + “I found him a pleasant and very well informed man, Ralph, and enjoyed my + talk with him just as you enjoyed talking nonsense to his daughters and + listening to their songs. Who was the man sitting next to the eldest + daughter?” + </p> + <p> + “He doesn't belong to Rhodes, but is a Greek from one of the islands, + though I did not catch from which. I don't know whether he is a relative + of the family, or a business connection of the merchant's, or a stranger + who has brought a letter of introduction to him. Nothing was said on that + head; why do you ask?” + </p> + <p> + “I don't like the man's face; he is a handsome fellow, but has a crafty + expression. He did not say much, but it seemed to me that at times, when + he appeared to be sitting carelessly sipping his sherbet, he was really + trying to listen to what Vrados was saying to me. He could not do so, for + we were on the other side of the circle, and were speaking in somewhat low + tones, while the rest of you were chatting and laughing.” + </p> + <p> + “What should he want to listen for, most sapient knight?” + </p> + <p> + “That I can't tell, Ralph; but I am certain that he was trying to listen.” + </p> + <p> + “Well, as you were no doubt both talking more sensibly than most of us,” + Ralph laughed, “he certainly showed his discernment.” + </p> + <p> + “I daresay I am wrong,” Gervaise said quietly; “but you know we have our + spies at Constantinople, and probably the sultan has his spies here; and + the idea occurred to me that perhaps this man might be one of them.” + </p> + <p> + “Well, I am bound to say, Gervaise,” Ralph said, a little irritably, “I + have never heard so grave an accusation brought on such insufficient + evidence—or rather, as far as I can see, without a shadow of + evidence of any kind. We drop in upon a man who is one of our most + respected merchants, whose family has been established here many years, + whose interests must be the same as those of the Order; and because a + guest of his does not care to take any active part in my joking with the + girls, and because you imagine that there is a cunning expression on his + face, you must straightway take it into your head that he must be a spy.” + </p> + <p> + “Excuse me, Ralph, I simply said that the idea occurred to me that he + might be a spy, which is a very different thing to my accusing him of + being one. I am ready to admit that the chances are infinitely greater + that he is an honest trader or a relation of the merchant, and that his + presence here is perfectly legitimate and natural, than that he should be + a spy. Still, there is a chance, if it be but one out of a thousand, that + he may be the latter. I don't think that I am at all of a suspicious + nature, but I really should like to learn a little about this man. I do + not mean that I am going to try to do so. It would be an unworthy action + to pry into another's business, when it is no concern of one's own. Still, + I should like to know why he is here.” + </p> + <p> + Ralph shrugged his shoulders. + </p> + <p> + “This comes of living the life of a hermit, Gervaise. Other people meet + and talk, and enjoy what society there is in the city, without troubling + their heads for a moment as to where people come from or what their + business is here, still less whether they are spies. Such ideas do not so + much as occur to them, and I must say that I think the sooner you fall + into the ways of other people the better.” + </p> + <p> + “There is no harm done,” Gervaise said composedly. “I am not thinking of + asking our bailiff to order him to be arrested on suspicion. I only + remarked that I did not like the man's face, nor the way in which, while + he pretended to be thinking of nothing, he was trying to overhear what we + were saying. I am quite willing to admit that I have made a mistake, not + in devoting myself to Turkish, but in going to the merchant's with you + this evening. I have had no experience whatever of what you call society, + and, so far from it giving me pleasure to talk to strangers, especially to + women, it seems to me that such talk is annoying to me, at any rate at + present. When I get to your age, possibly my ideas may change. I don't for + a moment wish to judge you or others; you apparently enjoy it, and it is a + distraction from our serious work. I say simply that it is an amusement + which I do not understand. You must remember that I entered the Order in + consequence of a solemn vow of my dead father, that I regard the + profession we make as a very serious one, and that my present intention is + to devote my life entirely to the Order and to an active fulfilment of its + vows.” + </p> + <p> + “That is all right, Gervaise,” Ralph said good temperedly. “Only I think + it would be a pity if you were to turn out a fanatic. Jerusalem and + Palestine are lost, and you admit that there is really very little chance + of our ever regaining them. Our duties, therefore, are changed, and we are + now an army of knights, pledged to war against the infidels, in the same + way as knights and nobles at home are ever ready to engage in a war with + France. The vow of poverty is long since obsolete. Many of our chief + officials are men of great wealth, and indeed, a grand master, or the + bailiff of a langue, is expected to spend, and does spend, a sum vastly + exceeding his allowance from the Order. The great body of knights are + equally lax as to some of their other vows, and carry this to a length + that, as you know, has caused grave scandal. But I see not that it is in + any way incumbent on us to give up all the pleasures of life. We are a + military Order, and are all ready to fight in defence of Rhodes, as in + bygone days we were ready to fight in defence of the Holy Sepulchre. Kings + and great nobles have endowed us with a large number of estates, in order + to maintain us as an army against Islam; and as such we do our duty. But + to affect asceticism is out of date and ridiculous.” + </p> + <p> + “I have certainly no wish to be an ascetic, Ralph. I should have no + objection to hold estates, if I had them to hold. But I think that at + present, with the great danger hanging over us, it would be better if, in + the first place, we were all to spend less time in idleness or amusement, + and to devote all our energies to the cause. I mean not only by fighting + when the time comes for fighting, but by endeavouring in every way to ward + off danger.” + </p> + <p> + “When I see danger, I will do my best to ward it off, Gervaise; but I + cannot go about with my nose in the air, snuffing danger like a hunting + dog in pursuit of game. At any rate, I will not bother you to accompany me + on my visits in future.” + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0009" id="link2HCH0009"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER IX WITH THE GALLEY SLAVES + </h2> + <p> + Gervaise, on consideration, was obliged to own to himself that Ralph was + right in saying that he had no ground whatever for suspicion against the + Greek he had met at Signor Vrados's; and he could see no means of + following the matter up. It would not, he felt, be honourable to go again + to the merchant's house, and to avail himself of his hospitality, while + watching his guest. He determined to dismiss the matter from his mind, and + had, indeed, altogether done so when, a week later, it suddenly recurred + to his memory. + </p> + <p> + A party of slaves, under the escort of overseers and in charge of a knight + who had been with them at their work on the fortifications, were passing + along the street on their way back to barracks. It was already dusk, and + as Gervaise was going the same way as they were, he stood aside in a + doorway to let them pass. He was on the point of stepping out to follow + them, when he saw a man, who had been standing in the shadow of the wall, + fall in with their ranks, and, as he walked engaged in an earnest + conversation with one of the slaves. He kept beside him for a hundred + yards or so, then passed something into the slave's hand, and turned + abruptly down a side opening. There were but few people about, and in the + growing darkness the action of the man passed unobserved by the overseers. + Gervaise, thinking the occurrence a strange one, turned down the same lane + as the man. + </p> + <p> + He slackened his pace until the latter was fifty yards ahead, so that he + would not, had he looked round, have been able to perceive that it was a + knight who was behind him. After passing through several streets, the man + turned into a refreshment house. The door stood open, and as the place was + brightly lit up, Gervaise, pausing outside, was able to see what was going + on inside. The man he had followed was on the point of seating himself at + one of the tables, and as he did so Gervaise recognised him as the Greek + he had met at the merchant's house. He at once walked on a short distance, + and then paused to think. + </p> + <p> + The vague suspicions he had before entertained as to the man now recurred + with double force; he was certainly in communication with one or more of + the slaves, and such communication, so secretly effected, could be for no + good purpose. So far, however, there was nothing he could tax the man + with. He would probably deny altogether that he had spoken to any of the + slaves, and Gervaise could not point out the one he had conversed with. At + any rate, nothing could be done now, and he required time to think what + steps he could take to follow up the matter. He resolved, however, to wait + and follow the Greek when he came out. After a few minutes he again + repassed the door, and saw that the man was engaged in earnest + conversation with another. After considering for a time, Gervaise thought + that it would be best for him to follow this other man when he left, and + ascertain who he was, rather than to keep a watch on the movements of the + Greek, who, as likely as not, would now return to the merchant's. + </p> + <p> + He walked several times up and down the street, until at last he saw the + two men issue out together. They stopped for a moment outside, and then, + after exchanging a few words, separated, the Greek going in the direction + of the quarter in which lay the house of Vrados, while the other walked + towards Gervaise. The latter passed him carelessly, but when the man had + gone nearly to the end of the street, he turned and followed him. He could + see at once that he was a lay brother of the Order. This class consisted + of men of an inferior social position to the knights; they filled many of + the minor offices, but were not eligible for promotion. Following for ten + minutes, Gervaise saw him approach one of the barracks, or prisons, + occupied by the slaves. He knocked at the door, and, upon its being + opened, at once entered. + </p> + <p> + The matter had now assumed a much more serious aspect. This young Greek, a + stranger to Rhodes, was in communication not only with some of the slaves, + but with a prison official, and the matter appeared so grave to Gervaise + that, after some deliberation, he thought it was too important for him to + endeavour to follow out alone, and that it was necessary to lay it before + the bailiff. Accordingly, after the evening meal he went up to Sir John + Kendall, and asked if he could confer with him alone on a matter over + which he was somewhat troubled. The bailiff assented at once, and Gervaise + followed him to his private apartment. + </p> + <p> + “Now, what is this matter, Sir Gervaise?” he asked pleasantly. “Nothing + serious, I trust?” + </p> + <p> + “I don't know, Sir John. That is a matter for your consideration; but it + seems to me of such importance that it ought to be brought to your + knowledge.” + </p> + <p> + The face of the bailiff grew more grave, and, seating himself in a chair, + he motioned to Gervaise to do the same. + </p> + <p> + “Now, let me hear what it is,” he said. + </p> + <p> + Gervaise told his story simply. A slight smile passed across the bailiff's + face as he mentioned that he had met the Greek on the roof of the house of + Signor Vrados, and had not liked the expression of his face. + </p> + <p> + “Vrados has some fair daughters, has he not?” he asked. + </p> + <p> + “Yes, sir; but I know little of them. That is the only visit that I ever + paid there, or, indeed, to the house of any one in the town.” + </p> + <p> + Sir John's face grew grave again as Gervaise recounted how he had seen the + man enter into communication with a slave; and he frowned heavily when he + heard of his meeting afterwards with one of the prison officers. + </p> + <p> + “In truth, Sir Gervaise,” he said, after a pause, “this seems to be a + right serious matter, and you have done wisely in informing me of what you + have seen. Assuredly there is mischief of some sort in the wind. The + question is how to get to the bottom of it. Of course, the grand master + might order the arrest of this Greek and of the prison officer, but you + may be sure that neither would commit himself unless torture were applied; + and I, for one, have no belief in what any man says under such + circumstances. The most honest man may own himself a traitor when racked + with torture, and may denounce innocent men. It is at best a clumsy + device. What think you of the matter?” + </p> + <p> + “I have hardly thought it over yet, Sir John; and certainly no plan has + yet occurred to me.” + </p> + <p> + “Well, think it over, Sir Gervaise. It is not likely that a few days will + make any difference. But I will take measures to see that this Greek does + not sail away from the Island at present, and will speak to the port + master about it. I will myself give the matter consideration, but as you + have shown yourself so quick witted in following up the matter so far, I + rely upon you more than myself to carry it farther. There may possibly be + some simple explanation of the matter. He may come from an island where + the Turks are masters, and has, perhaps, brought a message from some + relatives of a slave; as to the talk with the prison officer, it may be + wholly innocent. If we should find that it is so we will keep this matter + to ourselves, if possible, or we shall get finely laughed at by our + comrades for having run upon a false scent. If, on the other hand, the + matter should turn out to be serious, you will assuredly get great credit + for having discovered it. Therefore, turn it over in your mind tonight, + and see if you can arrive at some scheme for seeing further into it before + we take any steps.” + </p> + <p> + In the morning Gervaise again called upon Sir John Kendall. + </p> + <p> + “Well, Sir Gervaise, I hope that you have hit upon some scheme for getting + to the bottom of this matter. I confess that I myself, though I have had a + sleepless night over it, have not been able to see any method of getting + to the root of the affair, save by the application of torture.” + </p> + <p> + “I do not know whether the plan I have thought of will commend itself to + your opinion, sir, but I have worked out a scheme which will, I think, + enable us to get to the bottom of the matter. I believe that a galley is + expected back from a cruise today or tomorrow. Now, sir, my idea is that I + should go on board a small craft, under the command of a knight upon whose + discretion and silence you can rely, such as, for example, Sir John + Boswell, and that we should intercept the galley. Before we board her I + should disguise myself as a Turkish slave, and as such Sir John should + hand me over to the officer in command of the galley, giving him a letter + of private instructions from you as to my disposal. If they have other + slaves on board I would ask that I should be kept apart from them, as well + as from the rowers of the galley. On being landed I should be sent to the + prison where I saw the officer enter last night, and the slaves and rowers + should be distributed among the other prisons. Thus, then, the slaves I + should be placed with would only know that I had arrived in the galley + with other slaves captured by it. I have no doubt I should be able to + maintain my assumed character, and should in a short time be taken into + the confidence of the others, and should learn what is going on. It would + be well, of course, that none of the officials of the prison should be + informed as to my true character, for others, besides the one I saw, may + have been bribed to participate in whatever plot is going on.” + </p> + <p> + “And do you mean to say, Sir Gervaise, that you, a knight of the Order, + are willing to submit to the indignity of being treated as a slave? To + keep up the disguise long enough to be taken into the confidence of the + plotters, you might have to stay there for some time; and if the prison + officials believe you to be but an ordinary slave, you will be put to work + either on the walls or in one of the galleys.” + </p> + <p> + “I am ready to do anything for the benefit of the Order, and the safety of + Rhodes, that will meet with your approval,” Gervaise replied. “It will no + doubt be unpleasant, but we did not enter the Order to do pleasant things, + but to perform certain duties, and those duties necessarily involve a + certain amount of sacrifice.” + </p> + <p> + “Do you think you would be able to maintain the character? Because you + must remember that if detected you might be torn in pieces by the slaves, + before the officers could interfere to protect you.” + </p> + <p> + “I feel sure that I can do so, Sir John.” + </p> + <p> + “What story would you tell them?” + </p> + <p> + “I would say that I had come from Syria, and sailed from Acre in a trader, + which is perfectly true, and also that I was taken off the ship I was on + by a galley—which would not be altogether false, as I crossed one as + I landed. I think there would be very little questioning, for I should + pretend to be in a state of sullen despair, and give such short answers to + questions that I should soon be left alone.” + </p> + <p> + “The scheme is a good one, Sir Gervaise, though full of danger and + difficulty. If you are ready to render this great service to the Order, I + willingly accept the sacrifice you offer to make. I will send one of my + slaves down into the town to buy garments suitable for you, and also + stains for your skin. It will, of course, be necessary for you to shave a + portion of your head in Turkish fashion. I will also see Sir John Boswell, + and ask him to arrange for a craft to be ready to start at noon. The + galley is not expected in until evening, but of course she may arrive at + any moment now. Come here again in an hour's time, and I will have the + clothes ready for you.” + </p> + <p> + “May I suggest, sir, that they should be those appropriate to a small + merchant? This might seem to account for my not being placed with the + other slaves who may be on board the galley, as it would be supposed that + I was set apart in order that I should be sent to one of the auberges as a + servant; and my afterwards being herded with the others would be explained + by its being found that there was no opening for me in such a capacity. I + should think there would be no difficulty in obtaining such a suit, as + garments of all kinds are brought here in prizes, and are bought up by + some of the Greek merchants, who afterwards find opportunities of + despatching them by craft trading among the islands.” + </p> + <p> + Just before noon Gervaise walked down to the port with Sir John Boswell, a + servant following with a bundle. + </p> + <p> + “It seems to me a hare brained scheme, lad,” Sir John, who had just joined + him, said, as they issued from the auberge; “though I own, from what the + bailiff tells me, that there must be some treacherous plot on hand, and + when that is the case it is necessary that it should be probed to the + bottom. But for a knight to go in the disguise of an infidel slave seems + to me to be beyond all bounds.” + </p> + <p> + “If one is ready to give one's life for the Order, Sir John, surely one + need not mind a few weeks' inconvenience. I shall, at any rate, be no + worse off than you were when serving as a Turkish slave.” + </p> + <p> + “Well, no, I don't know that you will,” Sir John replied doubtfully. “But + that was from necessity, and not from choice; and it is, moreover, an + accident we are all exposed to.” + </p> + <p> + “It is surely better to do a thing of one's own free will than because one + is forced to do it, Sir John?” + </p> + <p> + The knight was silent. He was a stout fighting man, but unused to + argument. + </p> + <p> + “Well,” he said, after a long pause, “I can only hope that it will turn + out all right, and promise that if you are strangled in prison, I will see + that every slave who had a hand in it shall be strung up. I have told + Kendall frankly that if I were in his place I would not permit you to try + such a venture. However, as I could think of no other plan by which there + would be a chance of getting to the bottom of this matter, my words had no + effect with him. I should not have so much cared if the officers of the + gaol knew who you were; but I can see that if there is treachery at work + this would defeat your object altogether. What do you suppose this rascal + Greek can be intending?” + </p> + <p> + “That I cannot say, Sir John. He may be trying to get an exact plan of the + fortifications, or he may be arranging some plan of communication by + which, in case of siege, news of our condition and of the state of our + defences may be conveyed to the Turkish commander.” + </p> + <p> + By this time they had reached the port, and embarked at once on a trading + vessel belonging to one of the merchants, from whom Sir John had readily + obtained her use for a day or two. Her sails were hoisted at once, and she + rowed out from the port. Having proceeded some three or four miles, they + lowered her sails, and lay to in the course a galley making for the port + would take. A sailor was sent up to the masthead to keep a lookout. Late + in the afternoon he called down that he could make out a black speck some + twelve miles away. She carried no sails, and he judged her to be a galley. + </p> + <p> + “It will be dark before she comes along,” Sir John Boswell said. “You can + hoist your sails, captain, and return to within half a mile of the port, + or she may pass us beyond hailing distance.” + </p> + <p> + Gervaise at once retired to the cabin that had been set aside for their + use, and proceeded to disguise himself. An hour later Sir John came down. + He looked at Gervaise critically. + </p> + <p> + “You are all right as far as appearances go. I should take you anywhere + for a young Turk. Your clothes are not too new, and are in accordance with + the tale you are going to tell, which is that you are the son of a Syrian + trader. If, as Suleiman says, you speak Turkish well enough to pose as a + native, I think you ought to be able to pass muster. How long will that + dye last? Because if it begins to fade they will soon suspect you.” + </p> + <p> + “It will last a fortnight; at least, so Sir John Kendall says. But he has + arranged that if at the end of ten days I have not succeeded in finding + out anything, he will send down to the prison, and under the pretence that + he wants to ask me some questions about what ransom my father would be + likely to pay for me, he will have me up to the auberge, and there I can + dye myself afresh.” + </p> + <p> + “How are you to communicate with him in case of need?” + </p> + <p> + “His servant Ahmet, who got the things for me, is to come down every + morning, and to be near the door of the prison at the hour when the slaves + are taken out to work. If I have aught to communicate I am to nod twice, + and Sir John Kendall will send down that evening to fetch me, instead of + waiting until it is time for me to renew my dye.” + </p> + <p> + “What is going to be said to Harcourt and the others to account for your + absence?” + </p> + <p> + “The bailiff will merely say that he has suddenly sent me away by ship, on + a private mission. They may wonder, perhaps, but none of them will venture + to ask him its nature.” + </p> + <p> + “Well, I must say that you seem to have made all your arrangements + carefully, Tresham, and I hope it will turn out well. I was against the + scheme at first, but I own that I do not see now why it should not + succeed; and if there is any plot really on hand, you may be able to get + to the bottom of it.” + </p> + <p> + It was an hour after darkness had completely fallen when the regular beat + of oars was heard. The ship's boat was already in the water, and Gervaise, + wrapped up in his mantle, followed Sir John out of his cabin and descended + with him into the boat, which was at once rowed towards the approaching + galley. Sir John hailed it as it came along. + </p> + <p> + “Who is it calls?” a voice said. + </p> + <p> + “It is I—Sir John Boswell. Pray take me on board, Sir Almeric. It is + a somewhat special matter.” + </p> + <p> + The order was given, the galley slaves ceased rowing, and the boat ran + alongside. Gervaise unclasped his mantle and gave it to Sir John, and then + followed him on board. + </p> + <p> + “I congratulate you on your return, and on your good fortune in having, as + your letter stated, made a prosperous voyage,” Sir John said, as he shook + hands with the commander of the galley. + </p> + <p> + “I would speak a word with you aside,” he added in a low voice. + </p> + <p> + Sir Almeric moved with him a few paces from the other knights. + </p> + <p> + “I am sent here by our bailiff, Sir Almeric. I have a Turkish prisoner + here with me who is to be landed with those you have taken. There are + special reasons for this, which I need not now enter into. Will you let + him sit down here by the helm? My instructions are that he is not to + mingle with the other slaves; and as there are reasons why it is wished + that his coming on board in this manner shall not be known to them, I + myself am to take him up to one of the prisons, or at least to hand him + over to the officer sent down from that prison to take up the captives + allotted to it. The matter is of more importance than it seems to be, or, + as you may imagine, I should not be charged to intercept you on such an + errand.” + </p> + <p> + “Of course, I don't understand anything about it, Sir John, but will do as + you ask me.” + </p> + <p> + He went to where Gervaise had crouched down by the bulwark, beckoned him + to follow, and, walking aft, motioned to him to sit down there. Then he + returned to Sir John, and joined the other knights, who were all too + anxious to learn the latest news—who had left the island, and who + had come to it since they sailed—to interest themselves in any way + with the figure who had gone aft, supposing him, indeed, to be Sir John's + servant, the lantern suspended over the poop giving too feeble a light for + his costume to be noted. + </p> + <p> + A quarter of an hour later they anchored in the harbour. Some of the + knights at once went ashore to their respective auberges, but Sir Almeric + and a few others remained on board until relieved of their charge in the + morning, an account being sent on shore of the number of captives that had + been brought in. No thought was given to Gervaise, who slept curled up on + the poop. Sir John Boswell passed the night on board. In the morning an + officer came off with a list of the prisons to which the slaves were to be + sent. Sir John Kendall had seen the officer charged with the distribution, + who had, at his request, not included the prison of St. Pelagius in the + list. + </p> + <p> + A message, however, had been sent to that prison, as well as to the + others, for an officer to attend at the landing stage. In the morning Sir + John went ashore in one of the boats conveying the slaves, of whom some + forty had been captured. Gervaise followed him into the boat, and took his + seat by the others, who were too dispirited at the fate which had befallen + them to pay any attention to him. + </p> + <p> + When he landed, Sir John asked which was the officer from St. Pelagius. + One stepped forward. + </p> + <p> + “This is the only slave for you,” he said, pointing to Gervaise. “He is of + a better class than the rest, and in the future may be he will do for a + servitor at one of the auberges, but none have at present occasion for + one, and so he is to go to you. He says that his father is a merchant, and + will be ready to pay a ransom for him; but they all say that, and we must + not heed it overmuch. As he seems a smart young fellow, it may be that he + will be sent to one of the auberges later on; but at present, at any rate, + you can put him with the rest, and send him out with the gangs.” + </p> + <p> + “He is a well built young fellow, Sir John,” the officer remarked, “and + should make a good rower in a galley. I will put him in the crew of the + St. Elmo. Follow me,” he said, in Turkish, to Gervaise, and then led the + way up to the prison. On entering he crossed a courtyard to a door which + was standing open. Within was a vaulted room, some forty feet long by + twenty wide; along each side there were rushes strewn thickly. + </p> + <p> + “The others have just started to their work,” he said, “so that for today + you can sleep.” + </p> + <p> + After he had left, Gervaise looked with some disgust at the rushes, that + had evidently been for weeks unchanged. + </p> + <p> + “I would rather have the bare stones, if they were clean,” he muttered to + himself. “However, it can't be helped.” + </p> + <p> + He presently strolled out into the courtyard, where some other slaves, + disabled by illness or injuries, were seated in the sun. Gervaise walked + across to them, and they looked listlessly up at him as he approached. + </p> + <p> + “You are a newcomer,” one said, as he came up. “I saw you brought in, but + it didn't need that. By the time you have been here a week or two, your + clothes will be like ours,” and he pointed to his ragged garments. “When + did you arrive? Are there no others coming up here?” + </p> + <p> + “The galley came in last night,” Gervaise said, “but they did not land us + until this morning. I wish they had killed me rather than that I should + have been brought here to work as a slave.” + </p> + <p> + “One always thinks so at first,” the man said. “But somehow one clings to + life. We shall die when Allah wills it, and not before.” + </p> + <p> + “What is the matter with your foot?” Gervaise asked. + </p> + <p> + “I was with the gang quarrying stones, and a mass of rock fell upon it. I + have been in the infirmary for weeks, and I own that the Christian dogs + treated me well. A slave has his value, you see. I am nearly cured now, + but I shall never walk well again. I expect they will put me in one of + their accursed galleys.” + </p> + <p> + “How long have you been here?” + </p> + <p> + “Seven years; it seems a lifetime. However, there is hope yet. They don't + tell us much, but we hear things sometimes, and they say that the sultan + is going to sweep them out of Rhodes as they were swept out of Acre. When + will it be?” + </p> + <p> + “I know not. I am from Syria, but even there they are making preparations. + The sultan has had troubles in the East, and that has delayed him, but he + will be here before long, and then we shall see. It will be our turn + then.” + </p> + <p> + “It will, indeed!” one of the others exclaimed. “Oh, to see these dogs + brought down, and suffering as we have suffered, toiling at oars in one of + our galleys, or at the fortifications of one of our castles! It will make + amends for all our suffering. Had you a hard fight with them?” + </p> + <p> + “No. We were but a small craft, and it was vain to attempt resistance. I + would gladly have fought, but the sailors said it would only throw away + their lives. There was but little on board, and they allowed the vessel to + go free with those of the sailors who were too old to be made useful for + hard work.” + </p> + <p> + No further questions were asked. The men seemed to have no interest save + in their own misery, and Gervaise soon left them, and, sitting down in a + shady corner, presently dropped off to sleep. + </p> + <p> + In the evening all came in from their various work. The officer man who + had brought Gervaise in went up to the overseer of the galley slaves and + informed him that he had told off the new slave—pointing to Gervaise—to + his gang. + </p> + <p> + “He was brought in by the galley that arrived last night,” he said; “he + was the only slave sent up here. I hear that he had been set aside to be + appointed a servitor, but there are no vacancies, so they sent him here + till one should occur; and I was ordered to make him useful in other ways + in the meantime.” + </p> + <p> + “I am two or three hands short,” the overseer said. “I wish now I had sent + in an application yesterday, for if I had done so, no doubt they would + have sent me some more men. However, this fellow will make up an even + number, and he is strong and active, though at present he looks sulky + enough under his bad fortune.” + </p> + <p> + A few of the slaves spoke to Gervaise as they were waiting for food to be + brought them, but the majority dropped upon the rushes, too exhausted with + toil and heat to feel an interest in anything. The food consisted of rye + bread, with thin broth, brought in a great iron vessel. Each slave had a + horn, which was used for soup or water, and which, when done with, he had, + by the rule enforced among themselves, to take out to the fountain in the + courtyard and wash, before it was added to the pile in the corner of the + room. + </p> + <p> + The cool of the evening aided the meal in restoring the energies of the + slaves. Several gathered round Gervaise, and asked questions as to what he + knew of the prospects of an early invasion of Rhodes; but as soon as the + officer left the room, closing and locking the door after him, the slaves + became for the most part silent. A few men sat in groups together, talking + in undertones, but the greater number threw themselves down on the rushes, + either to sleep or to think alone. Gervaise was struck by the manner in + which most of them lay, without making the slightest movement, so long as + there was light to enable him to make out their figures. He himself + addressed two or three of them, as they lay with their eyes wide open, + asking questions with reference to the work; but in no case did he receive + any reply. The men seemed altogether unconscious of being addressed, being + absorbed in the thought of their far distant homes and families which they + might never see again. + </p> + <p> + Gervaise walked a few times up and down the room, and as he approached a + silence fell each time upon the groups of men talking together. More than + once a figure rose soon afterwards from the ground, and, as he came along + again, asked him a few questions about himself. As soon as it was dark, he + lay down in a vacant space on the rushes. Shortly afterwards talking + ceased altogether, and there was quiet in the vaulted room. With the first + gleam of daylight they were astir, and, when the doors were opened, poured + out into the courtyard, where all had a wash at the fountain. Half an hour + later, a meal, precisely similar to that of the previous evening, was + served out; then the overseers called over the muster roll, the gangs were + made up, and each, under its officer, started for its work. + </p> + <p> + Gervaise, with the men of his room, proceeded down to the port, and at + once took their seats on the benches of the galley, one foot being chained + to a ring in the deck, the other to that of a companion at the oar. The + slaves were more cheerful now. As there was no work to do at present, they + were allowed to talk, and an occasional laugh was heard, for the sun and + brightness of the day cheered them. Many, after years of captivity, had + grown altogether reckless, and it was among these that there was most + talking; the younger men seemed, for the most part, silent and moody. + </p> + <p> + “You will get accustomed to it,” the man next to Gervaise said cheeringly. + “When I first came here, it seemed to me that I could not support the life + for a month—that the fate was too dreadful to be borne, and that + death would be most welcome; but, like the rest, I became accustomed to it + in time. After all, the work is no harder than one would do at home. There + is no stint of food, and it is no worse than one would have, were one + labouring in the fields. Were it not for the loss of those we love, it + would be nothing; and in time one gets over even that. I have long ago + told myself that if they are not dead, at least they are dead to me. They + have their livings to get, and cannot be always mourning, and I have tried + to forget them, as they must have forgotten me.” + </p> + <p> + “Do you work hard?” Gervaise asked. + </p> + <p> + “No. We who are in the galleys are regarded by the others with envy. + Sometimes—often, indeed—we have naught to do all day. We bask + in the sun, we talk, we sleep, we forget that we are slaves. But, + generally, we go out for an hour or two's exercise; that is well enough, + and keeps us strong and in health. Only when we are away on voyages is the + work hard. Sometimes we row from morning to night; but it is only when + they are in chase of another craft that we have really to exert ourselves + greatly. Then it is terrible. We may be doing our best, our very best, and + yet to the impatient knights it seems that we might do more. Then they + shout to the overseer, and he lays his whip on our backs without mercy. + Then we row until sometimes we drop, senseless, off the benches. But this, + you understand, is not very often; and though the work on a cruise is + long, it is not beyond our strength. Besides, when we are away in the + galley there is always hope. The galley may meet with four or five of our + ships, and be captured, or a storm may arise and dash her upon the shore; + and though many would lose their lives, some might escape, and each man, + in thinking of it, believes that he will be one of the fortunate ones. + </p> + <p> + “Take my advice: always look cheerful if you can; always put your hand on + the oar when the order is given, and row as if you were glad to be at work + again; and always make a show, as if you were working your hardest. Never + complain when you are struck unjustly, and always speak respectfully to + the overseer. In that way you will find your life much easier than you + would think. You will be chosen for small boat service; and that is a + great thing, as we are not chained in the small boats. Some men are + foolish and obstinate, but, so far from doing any good, this only brings + trouble on themselves; they come in for punishment daily, they are closely + watched, and their lives made hells for them. Even as a help to escape it + pays best to be cheerful and alert. We all think of escape, you know, + though it is seldom indeed that a chance ever comes to any of us. It is + the one thing except death to look forward to, and there is not a man + among us who does not think of it scores of times a day; but, small as the + chance is, it is greatest for those who behave best. For instance, it is + they only who man small boats; and when a small boat rows ashore, it is + always possible that the guard may be careless—that he will keep the + boat at the landing place, instead of pushing off at once into deep water, + as he ought to do—and that in this way a chance will, sooner or + later, come for springing ashore and making a dash for liberty.” + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0010" id="link2HCH0010"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER X. A PLOT DISCOVERED. + </h2> + <p> + The conversation between Gervaise and his fellow slave was interrupted by + the arrival at the side of the quay of a party of knights. Silence + instantly fell upon the slaves; all straightened themselves up to the + oars, and prepared for a start. Among the knights who took their places on + the poop Gervaise saw with amusement his friend Ralph. He had no fear of a + recognition, for the darkly stained skin and the black hair had so + completely altered him that when he had looked at himself in a mirror, + after the application of the dye, he was surprised to find that he would + not have known it to be his own face. Ralph was in command of the party, + which consisted of young knights who had but recently arrived at Rhodes; + and as it was the first time he had been appointed as instructor, Gervaise + saw that he was greatly pleased at what he rightly regarded as promotion. + </p> + <p> + The galley at once pushed off from the wharf, and rowed out of the port. + The work was hard; but as the slaves were not pressed to any extraordinary + exertions, Gervaise did not find it excessive. He congratulated himself, + however, that the stain was, as he had been assured, indelible, save by + time, for after a few minutes' exercise he was bathed in perspiration. As + the galley had been taken out only that instruction might be given to the + young knights, the work was frequently broken. + </p> + <p> + Sometimes they went ahead at full speed for a few hundred yards, as if to + chase an adversary; then they would swerve aside, the slaves on one side + rowing, while those on the other backed, so as to make a rapid turn. Then + she lay for a minute or two immovable, and then backed water, or turned to + avoid the attack of an imaginary foe. Then for an hour she lay quiet, + while the knights, divesting themselves of their mantles and armour, + worked one of the guns on the poop, aiming at a floating barrel moored for + the purpose a mile out at sea. At eleven o'clock they returned to the + port. Bread and water were served out to the slaves, and they were then + permitted to lie down and sleep, the galley being moored under the shadow + of the wall. + </p> + <p> + At four o'clock another party of knights came down, and the work was + similar to that which had been performed in the morning. At seven o'clock + the slaves were taken back to their barracks. + </p> + <p> + “Well, what do you think of your work?” one of the slaves asked Gervaise, + as they ate their evening meal. + </p> + <p> + “It would not be so bad if it was all like that.” + </p> + <p> + “No. But I can tell you that when you have to row from sunrise to sunset, + with perhaps but one or two pauses for a few minutes, it is a different + thing altogether, especially if the galley is carrying despatches, and + speed is necessary. Then you get so worn out and exhausted, that you can + scarce move an oar through the water, until you are wakened up by a smart + as if a red hot iron had been laid across your shoulders. It is terrible + work then. The whip cracks every minute across some one's back; you are + blinded by exhaustion and rage, and you feel that you would give the world + if you could but burst your chain, rush on your taskmasters, and strike, + if only one blow, before you are killed.” + </p> + <p> + “It must be terrible,” Gervaise said. “And do you never get loose, and + fall upon them?” + </p> + <p> + The man shook his head. + </p> + <p> + “The chains are too strong, and the watch too vigilant,” he said. “Since I + came here I have heard tales of crews having freed themselves in the + night, and fallen upon the Christians, but for my part I do not believe in + them. I have thought, as I suppose every one of us has thought, how such a + thing could be done; but as far as I know no one has hit on a plan yet. + Now and then men have managed to become possessed of a file, and have, by + long and patient work, sawn through a chain, and have, when a galley has + been lying near our own shore, sprung overboard and escaped; but for every + attempt that succeeds there must be twenty failures, for the chains are + frequently examined, and woe be to the man who is found to have been + tampering with his. But as to a whole gang getting free at once, it is + altogether impossible, unless the key of the pad locks could be stolen + from an overseer, or the man bribed into aiding us.” + </p> + <p> + “And that, I suppose, is impossible?” Gervaise said. + </p> + <p> + “Certainly, impossible for us who have no money to bribe them with, but + easy enough if any one outside, with ample means, were to set about it. + These overseers are, many of them, sons of Turkish mothers, and have no + sympathy, save that caused by interest, with one parent more than another. + Of course, they are brought up Christians, and taught to hold Moslems in + abhorrence, but I think many of them, if they had their free choice, would + cross to the mainland. Here they have no chance of ever being aught but + what they are—overseers of slaves, or small prison officials. They + are despised by these haughty knights, and hated by us, while were they to + reach the mainland and adopt their mothers' religion, everything would be + open to them. All followers of the Prophet have an equal chance, and one + may be a soldier today, a bey tomorrow, and a pasha a year hence, if he be + brave, or astute, or capable in any way beyond his fellows. Men like these + warders would be sure to make their way. + </p> + <p> + “They cannot have gathered much during their service, therefore the offer + of a large sum of money would find plenty among them eager to earn it. + But, you see, they are but the inferiors. On our voyages on board the + galley, the knights inspect our fetters twice a day, and the keys are kept + in the commander's cabin. For an hour or two, when we are not on a long + passage, the padlocks are unfastened, in order that we may jump over and + bathe, and exercise our limbs; but at this time the knights are always on + guard, and as we are without arms we are altogether powerless. It is the + same thing here. The senior warders, who all belong to the Order, although + of an inferior grade, come round, as you have seen, to examine our + fetters, and themselves lock and bar the doors. If one or two of these + could be corrupted, escape would be easy enough.” + </p> + <p> + “But is it impossible to do this?” Gervaise asked eagerly. “My father has + money, and would I know be ready, if I could communicate with him, to pay + a handsome sum, if sure that it would result in my obtaining my freedom.” + </p> + <p> + The man nodded significantly. + </p> + <p> + “There may be other means of doing it,” he said. “Perhaps it will not be + long before you hear of it. You seem a stout fellow, and full of spirit, + but, as yet, anything that may be going on is known but to a few, and will + go no further until the time comes that all may be told. I think not so + badly of men of our faith as to believe that any one would betray the + secret for the sake of obtaining his own freedom and a big reward; but + secrets, when known by many, are apt to leak out. A muttered word or two + in sleep, or the ravings of one down with fever, might afford ground for + suspicion, and torture would soon do the rest. I myself know nothing of + the secret, but I do know that there is something going on which, if + successful, will give us our freedom. I am content to know no more until + the time comes; but there are few, save those engaged in the matter, that + know as much as this, and you can see that it is better it should be so. + Look at that man opposite; he has been here fifteen years; he seldom + speaks; he does his work, but it is as a brute beast—despair has + well nigh turned him into one. Think you that if such a man as that were + to know that there is hope, he would not be so changed that even the + dullest would observe it? I see you are a brisk young fellow, and I say to + you, keep up your courage. The time is nearer than you think when you will + be free from these accursed shackles.” + </p> + <p> + Each morning, as he went out to work with his gang, Gervaise saw the + servant from the auberge standing near; but he made no sign. He was + satisfied that his suspicions had been justified, and that he was not + leading this life in vain, but he thought it better to wait until the week + passed, and he was taken away to have his colour renewed, than to make a + sign that might possibly rouse the suspicions of his comrades. On the + eighth morning, when the door of the room was unlocked, the overseer said—“Number + 36, you will remain here. You are wanted for other work.” + </p> + <p> + After the gang had left the prison, the overseer returned. + </p> + <p> + “I am to take you up to the English auberge. The knight who handed you + over to me when you landed, told me that you might be wanted as a + servitor; and as it is he who has sent down, it may be that a vacancy has + occurred. If so, you are in luck, for the servitors have a vastly better + time of it than the galley slaves, and the English auberge has the best + reputation in that respect. Come along with me.” + </p> + <p> + The English auberge was one of the most handsome of the buildings standing + in the great street of the Knights. Its architecture was Gothic in its + character, and, although the langue was one of the smallest of those + represented at Rhodes, it vied with any of them in the splendour of its + appointments. Sir John Boswell was standing in the interior courtyard. + </p> + <p> + “Wait here for a few minutes,” he said to the overseer. “The bailiff will + himself question the slave as to his accomplishments; but I fancy he will + not be considered of sufficient age for the post that is vacant. However, + if this should not be so, I shall no doubt find a post to fit him ere + long, for he seems a smart young fellow, and, what is better, a willing + one, and bears himself well under his misfortunes.” + </p> + <p> + Then he motioned to Gervaise to follow him to the bailiff's apartments. + </p> + <p> + “Well, Sir Gervaise,” Sir John Kendall exclaimed, as the door closed + behind him, “have you found aught to justify this cruel penance you have + undertaken?” + </p> + <p> + “As to the penance, Sir John, it has been nothing unsupportable. The + exercise is hard enough, but none too hard for one in good health and + strength, and, save for the filth of the chamber in which we are shut up + at night, and the foul state of the rushes on which we lie, I should have + naught to complain of. No, I have as yet heard nothing of a surety—and + yet enough to show me that my suspicions were justified, and that there is + a plot of some sort on foot,” and he related to the two knights the + conversation he had had with the galley slave. + </p> + <p> + “By St. George!” the bailiff said, “you have indeed been justified in your + surmises, and I am glad that I attached sufficient importance to your + suspicions to let you undertake this strange enterprise. What think you, + Sir John Boswell?” + </p> + <p> + “I think with you, that Sir Gervaise has fully justified his insistence in + this matter, which I own I considered to be hare brained folly. What is to + be done next, Sir Gervaise?” + </p> + <p> + “That is what I have been turning over in my mind. You see, I may have + little warning of what is going to take place. I may not hear of it until + we are locked up for the night and the affair is on the point of taking + place, and it will, of course, be most needful that I shall be able to + communicate with you speedily.” + </p> + <p> + “That, of course, is of vital importance,” the bailiff said. “But how is + it to be managed?” + </p> + <p> + “That is what I cannot exactly see, Sir John. An armed guard remains in + our room all night. But, in the first place, he might be himself in the + plot, and if not, the slaves would almost certainly overpower him and kill + him, as a preliminary to the work of knocking off their chains.” + </p> + <p> + “Is there a window to the room? At least, of course there is a window, but + is it within your reach?” + </p> + <p> + “There are six small loopholes—one on each side of the door, and two + in each of the side walls; they are but four inches across and three feet + in length, and there are two crossbars to each; they are four feet from + the floor.” + </p> + <p> + “At any rate, they are large enough for your arm to pass through, Sir + Gervaise, and you might drop a strip of cloth out.” + </p> + <p> + “Certainly I could, Sir John. I could easily hide a piece of white cotton + a yard or so long in my clothes, scanty as these are, and could certainly + manage, unobserved, to drop it outside the window.” + </p> + <p> + “Then the rest is for us to contrive, Boswell. We must have some one + posted in the yard of the prison, with instructions to go every ten + minutes throughout the night to see if a strip of white cotton has been + dropped out. When he finds it he must go at once to William Neave, the + governor. He is a sturdy Englishman, and there is no fear of his having + been bribed to turn traitor; but it were well to take no one into our + confidence. I think we cannot do better than employ Ahmet on this + business, as he already knows that Sir Gervaise is masquerading there. We + will have William Neave up here presently. Tell him that for certain + reasons we wish Ahmet to pass the night for the present in the prison, and + arrange with him on what excuse we can best bestow him there without + exciting suspicion. At any rate, Sir Gervaise, that is our affair.” + </p> + <p> + He went to a closet and took out a white mantle, tore a strip off the + bottom, and gave it to Gervaise. + </p> + <p> + “It would be best not to keep you here any longer,” he said, “so renew + your stain while I speak. As soon as you learn the details of the plot, + you will drop this out from the loophole on the right hand side of the + door; that is to say, the one on your right, standing inside. If the + affair is not to come off at once, it were best for you to proceed as + before. Ahmet will be outside when you go out with your gang, and on your + nodding to him we will make some excuse to take you away on your return. I + say this because if you see that the affair, whatever it is, is not + imminent, you might think it better to remain with them longer, so as to + learn their plans more fully, instead of having the thing put a stop to at + once.” + </p> + <p> + “I understand, Sir John; but, as I have said, I do not think we should all + be told until the blow is ready to be struck, as they would be afraid that + some one might inform against them, if time and opportunity were granted + them.” + </p> + <p> + “I think so too, Sir Gervaise. This afternoon we will call upon the grand + master, for we have no means of knowing how serious or how extended this + plot may be; it may include only the crew of a single galley, and, on the + other hand, the whole of the slaves may be implicated in it. It is + evident, therefore, that the matter is too serious to be kept any longer + from his knowledge.” + </p> + <p> + Three more days passed. On the third evening, after the allowance of broth + and bread had been consumed, and the door was closed and locked upon them + for the night, three or four of the galley slaves, after talking eagerly + together, beckoned to the others to gather round them at the end of the + room farthest from the door. Two of them took up arms full of the bedding, + and stuffed it into the side windows. Gervaise saw, in the dim light, a + look of intense excitement on the faces of the slaves. It had been vaguely + known among them that a plot was in hand, although but few had been + admitted into the confidence of the leaders. Hitherto all had feared that + it concerned only a small number, but the preparations now made to insure + that they should not be overheard, showed that, whatever the plan might + be, all were to share in it. + </p> + <p> + “Thanks be to Allah, the All Powerful,” one of the men began, “my lips are + unsealed, and I can tell you the great news that our hour for escape from + bondage is at hand! We need not fear the warder there,” he went on, as + several eyes were turned apprehensively towards the guard, who, with his + spear beside him, was leaning carelessly against the wall at the farther + end, looking through the window into the courtyard; “he is with us. You + must know that for the last two months an agent from Constantinople has + been on the Island, and has been engaged in arranging this affair. Two of + our taskmasters belonging to the Order have been bribed by large sums of + money, and several of the overseers, who are half of our blood, have + eagerly embraced the prospect of returning to their mothers' country, and + of avowing openly their belief in our religion. These, again, have bought + over many of the guards, ours included, and tonight all will be ready for + action. Those not of our party will be killed without ceremony. Duplicate + keys have been made of all the padlocks of the fetters; the guards who are + with us have each one of them, the others will have been slipped into the + hands of one man in each gang as they returned tonight from work. The + overseers who are in the plot will, at midnight, go quietly round and + unlock the doors, and remove the bars from the outside. We have, + therefore, only to overcome the eight or ten men who patrol the prison; + and as we shall have the arms of the guards, some thirty in number, we + shall make quick work of them. + </p> + <p> + “The two guards at the outside gates must, of course, be killed. + Duplicates of the keys have been made, and will be hidden in a spot known + to some of our party, close to the gate. Thus we have but to issue out and + rush down, in a body, to the port. I and another are to take the arms of + our guard, and two others are told off in each room to do the same. That + will give us sixty armed men. We shall make very short work of the guards + at the gate leading into the port. Then twenty of us are to run along the + mole to Fort St. Nicholas, twenty to the Tower of St. Michael, and twenty + to that of St. John. There will be, at the most, but three or four men + keeping watch at each fort, and thus we shall have in our possession the + three forts commanding the entrance to the harbour. There are, as you + know, six galleys manned by crews from our prison there. The crew of each + galley will embark upon it, and man the oars; the rest will divide + themselves among the galleys. Before starting, we shall seize and set fire + to all other galleys and ships in the port. The gangs in four of the rooms + have been told off specially for this duty. Before firing them, they are + to take out such provisions as they may find, and transport them to the + galleys. We who take the forts are provided with hammers and long nails, + to drive down the vent holes of the cannon; when we have done this, we are + to wait until one of the galleys fetches us off. Ten minutes should be + ample time for all there is to be done, and even if the alarm is given at + once, we shall be away long before the knights can be aroused from sleep, + buckle on their armour, and get down to the port.” + </p> + <p> + Exclamations of delight and approbation burst from his hearers. + </p> + <p> + “Then it is only we of this prison who are in the plot?” one said. + </p> + <p> + “Yes. In the first place, it would have been too dangerous to attempt to + free all. In the second, the galleys would not carry them; we shall be + closely packed as it is, for there are over a thousand here. I hear that + there was a talk of freeing all, and that we, instead of embarking at + first, should make for the other prisons, burst open the doors, and rescue + the others; but by the time we could do so the knights would be all in + arms, and our enterprise would fail altogether, for as but a small + proportion of us can obtain weapons, we could not hope to overcome them. + Were it not for the strong wall that separates their quarter from the + town, we might make straight for their houses and slay them before the + alarm could be given. As it is, that would be impossible, and therefore + the plan will be carried out as I have told you. The loss of all their + galleys and of over one thousand slaves will be a heavy blow for them. + Great pains have been taken to prevent confusion when we reach the port. + The men in each room have been instructed as to the galleys on which they + are to embark. As for you, you know precisely what is to be done; you will + simply take your places, and then wait until all are on board. No galley + is to push out from the wharf until the last man of those employed in + burning the ships has returned, with the provisions found in them. Then + the order will be given by the man who has arranged all this, and the six + galleys will put out together. + </p> + <p> + “One is to row to each of the forts to carry off the party that will have + been engaged in silencing its cannon. Our galley is to row to St. + Nicholas, and take off the twenty men I shall lead there. There is no + possibility of failure. Everything has, you see, been arranged. One of the + overseers who is in the plot walked by my side as we returned from the + port, and gave me the instructions, and all the others will have been told + in the same way, or else by the guards in charge of them.” The gang now + broke up into little groups, talking excitedly over the unlooked for news, + and exulting over the speedy advent of liberty. Gervaise strolled + carelessly to the window, and dropped out the white strip of stuff. It was + now quite dark, and there was no fear of any one observing the movement. + Then he joined the others. After an hour and a half had passed he heard + footsteps approaching the door. There was a pause; then the outside bars + were taken down, and a key turned in the lock. A deep silence fell on the + slaves. Then a voice called, “Number 36!” + </p> + <p> + “What is it?” replied Gervaise, without raising himself from his seat on + the bedding. “I have done my share of work today, and earned my night's + sleep.” + </p> + <p> + “It is a knight from the English auberge; he has come to fetch you. It + seems that you are to go there as a servitor.” + </p> + <p> + “What a cursed fortune,” Gervaise muttered, in Turkish, “just when a road + to freedom is open! I have a good mind to say I am ill, and cannot go till + the morning.” + </p> + <p> + “No, no!” one of the others exclaimed. “They would only drag you out, and + when they saw that there was naught the matter with you, would suspect + that there must be some reason why you did not want to go, when, as every + one knows, the position of the servitors is in every way preferable to + ours.” + </p> + <p> + “Now then, why are you delaying?” a voice said sharply, and a warder + entered with a lighted torch. “Get up, you lazy hound! It will be worse + for you if I have to speak again.” + </p> + <p> + “I am coming,” Gervaise grumbled. “I was just asleep.” + </p> + <p> + He rose, as if reluctantly, and went forward. The warder gave him an angry + push, followed him out, and locked and barred the door after him. + </p> + <p> + “I suppose this is the right man?” Sir John Boswell said. + </p> + <p> + “This is Number 36, Sir Knight, the same who was taken over to your + auberge the other day,” and he held the light close to Gervaise's face. + </p> + <p> + “Yes, that is the man. Follow me,” he added, in Turkish. The gate of the + courtyard was unbarred, and they passed out unquestioned. Sir John + strolled on ahead. Gervaise followed him a pace or two behind. Not until + they had passed through the gate of the castle did Sir John turn. + </p> + <p> + “I have not spoken to you,” he said, “as we may have been watched. Keep + your news until we reach the auberge.” + </p> + <p> + Upon entering it they went up at once to Sir John Kendall's apartments. + </p> + <p> + “Well, Sir Gervaise, the strip of cotton was brought to us safely. What is + your news?” + </p> + <p> + “It is very serious, Sir John, and I have been in terrible anxiety since I + dropped it out, lest it should not come to hand in time. As it is, you + have till midnight to make your preparations.” He then repeated the + statement made by the galley slave. + </p> + <p> + “By my faith,” Sir John Kendall exclaimed, “this is a pretty plot indeed! + And had it succeeded, as it certainly would have done but for your + vigilance, it would have been a heavy blow to us. The burning of all our + galleys would have crippled us sorely, and the loss of over a thousand + slaves would have been a serious one indeed, when we so urgently require + them for completing our defences. Get rid of those clothes at once, Sir + Gervaise, and don your own. We must go straight to the grand master. You + will find your clothes and armour in the next room. I had them taken there + as soon as your token was brought me.” + </p> + <p> + In a few minutes Gervaise returned in his usual attire, and with his + armour buckled on. The two knights were already in their coats of mail, + and leaving the auberge they went to the grand master's palace. A servitor + had already been sent to D'Aubusson to inform him that they were coming, + and he advanced to meet them as they entered. + </p> + <p> + “Welcome, Sir Gervaise!” he said. “Whether your news be good or bad, + whether you have found that it is a general rising of the slaves that is + intended, or a plot by which a handful of slaves may seize a boat and + escape, the gratitude of the Order is no less due to you for the hardships + and humiliations you have undergone on its behalf.” + </p> + <p> + “It concerns but one prison: that of St. Pelagius.” + </p> + <p> + “The largest of them,” the grand master put in. + </p> + <p> + “The whole of the slaves there are to be liberated at twelve o'clock + tonight, are to seize the three water towers and to spike the guns, to + burn all the shipping in the harbour, to make off with six galleys, and + destroy the rest.” + </p> + <p> + “By St. John!” D'Aubusson exclaimed, “this is indeed a serious matter. But + tell me all about it. There must be treachery indeed at work for such a + scheme to be carried out.” + </p> + <p> + Gervaise now told him all the details he had learned. + </p> + <p> + “So two of the Order, though but of the inferior grade, are in the plot?” + the grand master said; “and several of the overseers? One of the villains + is, of course, the man you saw this Greek talking with. We must get hold + of the other if we can. As to the slaves, now that we have warning, there + is an end of the matter, though without such warning they would surely + have succeeded, for the plans are well laid, and they would have been at + sea before we could have gathered in any force at the port. If it were not + that it would cost the lives of many of the warders and of the prison + guards, I should say we ought to take post outside the gate, for we should + then catch the traitors who are to accompany them. As it is, we must be + beforehand with them. A hundred men will be more than ample for our + purpose. Do you take fifty of your knights, Sir John Kendall, and I will + draw fifty of those of Auvergne. At eleven o'clock we will meet at the + gate leading down into the town, and will march to the private entrance of + the governor's house. I will go in first with a few of you, tell him what + we have discovered, and post guards to prevent any one from leaving his + house. Then, having admitted the others, we will go quietly out and place + a party at each door of the overseers' house, with orders to seize any who + may come out. The rest, in small parties, will then go round the prison, + and, entering each room, show the slaves that their plot has been + discovered. This we must do to save the lives of the guards who may be + faithful to their trust. As to the higher officials engaged in the affair, + we must obtain their names from the overseers or slaves. It is not likely + that the two traitors will quit their houses, as they will leave the + matter in the hands of the overseers, who, as you say, intend to first + open the doors, and then to accompany the slaves in their escape. Do not + warn the knights until it is nearly time to start, Sir John. The less stir + made the better, for no one can say whether they may not have suborned + some of the servitors to send instant news of any unusual movements in any + of the auberges.” + </p> + <p> + At half past ten Sir John Kendall went round among the knights and bade + fifty of them arm themselves quietly, and proceed, one by one, down to the + gate, and there await orders. Up to this time Gervaise had remained in the + bailiff's room, so as to avoid the questioning that would take place, and + he went down to the gate with the bailiff and Sir John Boswell. + </p> + <p> + The knights assembled rapidly. None were aware of the reason for which + they had been called out at such an hour, and there was a buzz of talk and + conjecture until Sir John Kendall arrived. He was followed by four of the + servants, who at once lighted the torches they carried, when he proceeded + to go through the roll, and found that the muster was complete. Many of + the knights had gazed in some surprise at Gervaise, whose dark complexion + altogether concealed his identity, and it was supposed that he must be + some newly arrived knight, though none had heard that any ship had entered + the harbour that day. + </p> + <p> + Two or three minutes later fifty knights of the langue of Auvergne came + down, headed by the grand master himself, whose appearance greatly + heightened the surprise of the English knights. The torches were now + extinguished, the gate thrown open, and the party descended into the town. + Gervaise had purposely fallen in by the side of Harcourt. + </p> + <p> + “You are but newly arrived, Sir Knight?” the latter said, as they moved + off. + </p> + <p> + “Not so very newly, Ralph,” Gervaise replied. + </p> + <p> + “What! is it you, Gervaise?” Harcourt exclaimed, with a start of surprise. + “Why, I did not know you, though I looked hard at you in the torch light. + What have you done with yourself? Where have you been? Do you know what + all this is about?” + </p> + <p> + “I cannot tell you now, Ralph. You must be content to know that I have + been in prison, and working in the galleys.” + </p> + <p> + “The saints defend us! Why, what on earth had you done to entail such + punishment as that? It is an outrage. The grand master and the council + have the right to expel a knight from the Order after due trial and + investigation, but not to condemn him to such penalties as the galleys. It + is an outrage upon the whole Order, and I would say so to the grand master + himself.” + </p> + <p> + “There was no outrage in it, Ralph. Wait until you hear the whole story. + That I have not disgraced you, you may judge from the fact that I am in + the armour and mantle of the Order, and that, as you saw, I came down with + Sir John Kendall himself.” + </p> + <p> + There were no people about in the streets, though the lights still burned + on a few of the roofs. For a short distance the knights marched down + towards the port, and then turned down a street to the right. After a few + minutes' marching they halted under a high wall which all knew to be that + of the prison of St. Pelagius. Six knights were posted at the main + entrance, with orders that none should be allowed to leave the prison, and + that any persons who came up to the gate were to be at once seized and + made prisoners. + </p> + <p> + The rest marched on to a small door leading into the governor's house. + Here they were halted, and told to wait till called in; six knights of + England, and as many of Auvergne, being told off to accompany the grand + master and Sir John Kendall. A note had been sent to the governor, + informing him that the grand master intended to visit the prison at eleven + o'clock, but that the matter was to be kept an absolute secret; and that + the governor himself was to be down at the gate to admit him. + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0011" id="link2HCH0011"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER XI IN COMMAND OF A GALLEY + </h2> + <p> + William Neave, the governor of the prison, looked astonished indeed when, + upon his opening the door, the grand master and the bailiff of the English + langue, with the twelve knights behind them, entered. He had been puzzled + when, four days before, he had received an order from the grand master + that Ahmet, a servitor in the auberge of the English langue, should be + permitted to pass the night in his house, with authority to move freely + and without question, at any hour, in the courtyard of the gaol, and to + depart at any hour, secretly and without observation, by the private gate. + Still more had he been surprised when he received the message that the + grand master would pay him a secret visit at eleven o'clock at night. + </p> + <p> + “Let no word be spoken until we are in your apartments,” D'Aubusson said + in a low voice, as he entered. “But first lead four of these knights and + post them so that none can enter the gaol from the house. If there are + more than four doors or windows on that side, you must post a larger + number. It is imperative that there shall be no communication whatever + between your servants and the gaol.” + </p> + <p> + As soon as this was done, the rest of the party were taken to the + governor's rooms. + </p> + <p> + “I can now explain to you all,” the grand master said, “the reason of our + presence here. I have learned that at twelve tonight there will be a + general rising of the slaves in this prison, and that, aided by treachery, + they will free themselves from their fetters, overpower and slay such of + the guards in their rooms as have not been bribed, throw open the gates, + make their way down to the port, burn all the shipping there, and make off + in the six galleys manned by them, having first overpowered the sentries + in the three forts commanding the entrance, and spiked the guns.” + </p> + <p> + Exclamations of astonishment burst from the knights, who now, for the + first time, learnt the reason of their being called out. The governor + listened with an expression of stupefaction. + </p> + <p> + “With all deference to your Highness,” he said hesitatingly, “it seems to + me that some one must have been deceiving you with this tale. It is + altogether incredible that such a plot should have been hatched without a + whisper of the matter coming to my ears. It could only be possible were + there, not one but many, traitors among the officials; if this is so, then + indeed am I a dull ass, and unfit for my duty here, of which I shall pray + you to relieve me, and to order such punishment as the council may deem + just to be allotted to me for having so signally been hoodwinked.” + </p> + <p> + “My news is sure,” the grand master said; “but I deem not that you are in + any way to blame in the matter. The plot has been matured, not as a + consequence of any laxity of discipline in the prison, but from deliberate + treachery, against which no mortal being can guard. The traitors are two + of the officials who, being members of the Order, none would suspect of + connivance in such a deed. With them are several—I know not how many—under + officials, warders, and guards; all these have been bribed by an emissary + from Constantinople, now in the town, and who is doubtless furnished with + large means. It is well, indeed, for the Order, that this terrible act of + treachery has been discovered in time to prevent the plot from coming to a + head, for the loss of all our galleys, to say nothing of the disgrace of + having been thus bearded by slaves, would be a very heavy blow to it. + </p> + <p> + “Now that the house is safely guarded, William Neave, you can admit the + rest of the knights, who are waiting outside. Then you will, in the first + place, conduct a party, and post them so that they may arrest, as they + come out to perform their share of the work, all officials, warders, and + guards, of whatever rank. When you have posted knights to carry out this—and + I need not say that the operation must be performed as silently as + possible, for it is above all things necessary that the men concerned + shall have no suspicion that their plot has been discovered—you will + conduct other parties to the various rooms occupied by the slaves. The + guards on duty inside will be made prisoners. The doors will then be + locked and barred as before. The appearance of the knights and the arrest + of the guards will be sufficient to show the slaves that their plot has + been discovered, and there will be no fear of their making any attempt to + carry it into execution. I will myself post the main body of the knights + in the courtyard. The arrest of the guards is to be carried out at once, + as all those not concerned in the plot would be killed when the hour comes + for the rising. Therefore this part of the business must be carried out + immediately. I should not, however, lead the guards away to a cell, for + the less tramping of feet the better. Therefore I shall place two knights + in each room, and beg them to remain inside in charge until the traitors + outside are secured.” + </p> + <p> + The knights outside were now marched up. The grand master ordered half + those of Auvergne to go round to the main gate, which would be opened for + them by the governor; they were to enter quietly, and remain in a body + close to it until they received further orders. Sir John Kendall told off + the rest of the knights to the various duties of watching the houses + occupied by the officials and warders, and of entering the prison rooms + and remaining in them on guard. The governor, with his private servants, + bearing a supply of torches, was to lead them to the various cells, and + unlock the doors. The knights were enjoined to move as noiselessly as + possible, and to avoid all clashing of arms against armour. + </p> + <p> + The governor produced a number of cloths intended to be served out to the + slaves. Strips of these were cut off and wrapped round the feet of the + English knights, so as to deaden the sound of their boots on the stone + pavement. Then, accompanied by the grand master and Sir John Kendall, he + went the round of the cells. + </p> + <p> + In some of these the slaves were found standing up in an attitude of eager + expectation, which, as the door opened, and the light of the torches + showed a party of knights, changed into one of terror and consternation. + Scarce a word was spoken. The guard was ordered to lay down his arms, and + to take one of the torches. Two knights placed themselves, one on each + side of him, with drawn swords. The door was again locked and barred, and + the party proceeded to the next cell. In less than a quarter of an hour + this part of the work was finished, and D'Aubusson, Sir John Kendall, and + the governor, then took up their station with a party of knights who, + concealed behind a buttress, were watching the doors of the officials' + houses. + </p> + <p> + Ten minutes later one of these doors was heard to open, and five dark + figures came noiselessly out. They were allowed to go a short distance, in + order to see if any others followed; but as no others came out, the + governor stepped forward. + </p> + <p> + “Whither are you going, at this time of night?” he asked. There was a + momentary pause, a few hasty words were exchanged, then the five men + rushed towards him with bared swords or knives; but before they reached + him the knights poured out from their hiding place. + </p> + <p> + “We are betrayed,” one of the men shouted in Turkish. “Fight to the last. + Better be killed than tortured and executed.” With a yell of fury and + despair, they rushed upon the knights. So desperate was their attack that + the latter were forced to use their swords, which indeed, burning with + rage at the treachery of these men, they were not backward in doing, and + in less than a minute the five traitors lay, with cloven heads, dead on + the pavement. + </p> + <p> + “It is as well so,” D'Aubusson said, looking sternly down upon them; + “perhaps better so, since it has saved us the scandal of their trial. We + might have learned more from them, but we have learnt enough, since, + doubtless, they have no accomplices among the warders, or they would have + been with them. Now we will deal with the arch traitors. There is no need + for further concealment; the noise of this fray will assuredly have been + heard by them, for they will be listening for the sounds that would tell + them the slaves had been liberated.” + </p> + <p> + Followed by the knights, he went to the door of the house occupied by the + overseers, all of whom were members of the lower branch of the Order. It + was indeed evident that an alarm had been given there, for lights appeared + at the windows. As they opened the door and entered the hall, several + half-dressed men rushed down the stairs with drawn swords, two of them + carrying torches in their left hands. As the light fell upon the figures + of the grand master and the knights, they paused in astonishment. + </p> + <p> + “There is treachery at work in the prison,” D'Aubusson said quietly. “I + pray you to collect your comrades and to assemble here at once.” + </p> + <p> + In a minute or two some twenty officials were gathered in the hall. + </p> + <p> + “Are all here?” D'Aubusson asked the governor. + </p> + <p> + The latter counted the men. + </p> + <p> + “There are two short,” he said—“Pietro Romano and Karl Schumann. + They occupy the same room. Go and fetch them down, four of you.” + </p> + <p> + The four men nearest to the stairs at once went up with two torches. They + returned in a minute. + </p> + <p> + “The door is fastened on the inside, and we can obtain no response.” + </p> + <p> + “Fetch an axe and break it in,” the grand master ordered. “Sir John + Boswell, do you, with some other knights, take post without; they may + attempt to escape by the window, though, as we hold the gates, it would + avail them little. Sir Gervaise Tresham, do you follow us.” + </p> + <p> + Gervaise, who had been placed with the party watching the house, followed + the grand master and governor upstairs. A few blows with an axe splintered + the door; its fastenings gave way, and they entered the room. The window + was open, and two figures lay prostrate on the ground near it. + </p> + <p> + “I half expected this,” the grand master said. “They were listening there. + The conflict in the yard told them that the plot had been discovered, and + as they saw us approaching the house, they dared not meet the punishment + of their crimes, and have fallen by their own daggers. Put a torch close + to their faces. Sir Gervaise, do you recognise in either of these men the + official you saw in conversation with the Greek?” + </p> + <p> + Gervaise stepped forward and examined the men's faces. + </p> + <p> + “This is the man,” he said, pointing to one of them. “I marked him so + closely that I cannot be mistaken.” + </p> + <p> + “That is Pietro Romano,” the governor said; “he was an able officer, but + discontented with his position and given to quarrelling with his + comrades.” + </p> + <p> + “Have a hole dug and bury them in the prison,” D'Aubusson said; “they have + been false to their vows, and false to their religion. They have chosen + their own mode of death; let them be buried like dogs, as they are. But + let a careful search be made of their garments and of this room. It may be + that they have some documents concealed which may be of use to us.” + </p> + <p> + The grand master then descended to the hall. + </p> + <p> + “Members of the Order,” he said to the overseers, “your guilty companions + have met death by their own hands, as the others concerned in this plot + have met theirs by the swords of the knights. It were well that this + matter were not spoken of outside the prison. The attempt has been + detected, and has failed; but were it talked of, it might incite others to + repeat the attempt, and possibly with better success. Now,” he went on, + turning to the governor, “our work is done here. Call up the other + warders. Let them take the men now prisoners in the rooms, and place them + in a dungeon. Let fresh men be placed on guard, and let all the knights + gather in the courtyard.” + </p> + <p> + When this was done, and all the knights again assembled, D'Aubusson said, + “Our work is nearly done, brothers. The traitors are all dead, and the + revolt is at an end. It remains but to capture the author of this attempt; + but I believe he is already in our hands. I have given an accurate + description of him to Da Veschi, who has taken four knights with him, and + they probably will catch him down at the port; if not, he will be arrested + the first thing in the morning. As to the slaves, they will be so utterly + cowed by the discovery, that there will be no fear of their repeating the + attempt. I have ordered the officials of the prison to say naught in the + town of what has taken place. There can, however, be no concealment among + ourselves. I shall, of course, lay the whole matter before the council. + The fact that a strong body of knights has, at so late an hour, started on + some unknown mission is, of course, already known in the auberges of + Auvergne and England. No concealment of the facts is therefore possible. + It is the most serious attempt at a revolt of the slaves that has ever + taken place, and will be a warning to us that more vigilance must be + exercised. As it is, we have only been saved from the loss of our galleys + and slaves by the acuteness of one of the youngest of our knights, who, in + the first place, noted a suspicious occurrence which would have been + passed by without attracting a moment's thought by ninety-nine out of a + hundred men. He laid the matter before his bailiff, Sir John Kendall, who + accepted his offer to disguise himself as a slave, to enter the prison + under circumstances that would excite no suspicions among the others, and + to live and work among them in order to ascertain whether there was any + plot on hand. This task—a painful one, as you may imagine—he + carried out, and for two weeks he rowed as a galley slave. His lot was as + hard as that of the others, for, as he had reason to believe that some of + the officials were concerned in the plot, it was necessary that all should + be kept in ignorance that he was other than he seemed to be. Thanks to his + perfect knowledge of Turkish, he was able to carry his mission through + with complete success, and to obtain full particulars of the plot we have + tonight crushed. The knight who has performed this inestimable service is + Sir Gervaise Tresham, of the English langue. The action he has performed + will be noted in the annals of the Order as an example of intelligence and + of the extreme of self sacrifice, as well as of courage; for his life + would have been assuredly forfeited had the slaves entertained the + slightest suspicion of his real character.” + </p> + <p> + There was a murmur of acclamation among the knights. Not one of them but + would have freely risked his life in the service of the Order, but there + were few who would not have shrunk from the idea of living as a slave + among the slaves, sharing their tasks, and subject to the orders of men of + inferior rank and often brutal manners. + </p> + <p> + The knights now returned to their auberges. It was past midnight, but at + the English house the lamps and flambeaux were lighted in the great hall. + The servitors were called up, wine placed on the table, and the knights + discussed the incidents of the evening. + </p> + <p> + When the meal had concluded, Sir John Kendall said, “Brother knights, when + the grand master bestowed the honour of secular knighthood upon this young + comrade of ours, he predicted that he would rise to high distinction in + the Order. I think you will all agree with me that the prediction is + already in a fair way of being fulfilled, and that the services he has + rendered to the Order justify us, his comrades of the English langue, in + feeling proud of him. I drink, brothers, to his health.” + </p> + <p> + A loud shout rose from the assembled knights, for upon the return of the + party who had been away, the rest of those at the auberge had hastily + robed themselves and descended to the hall to gather the news. When the + shout had died away, and the wine cups were emptied, Gervaise, who was + sitting on Sir John Kendall's right hand, would gladly have retained his + seat, but the bailiff told him that he must say a few words, and after + standing in embarrassed silence for a minute he said, “Sir John Kendall, + and brother knights, I can only say that I am very sensible of the + kindness with which you have been pleased to regard what seems to me after + all to have been a very ordinary affair. I saw a man, whom I knew to be a + stranger in the Island, speaking surreptitiously to a slave, and + afterwards saw him conversing with a prison officer. That naturally struck + me as curious, and I followed the officer, to see to which prison he + belonged. Any one would have thought, as I did, that such a thing was + strange, if not suspicious, and the only way to find out whether there was + anything in it was to mix with the slaves; as I spoke Turkish well enough + to do so I asked Sir John Kendall's permission to disguise myself. He gave + me every assistance, and I shared their lot for a fortnight. There was no + very great hardship in that—certainly nothing to merit the praise + that Sir John Kendall has been kind enough to bestow on me. Nevertheless, + I am very glad to have gained your good opinion and very grateful to him + and to you for drinking to my health.” + </p> + <p> + Then he sat down abruptly. + </p> + <p> + Sir John Kendall now rose, and the knights, following his example, betook + themselves to their dormitories. + </p> + <p> + The next morning notices were sent by the grand master to the bailiffs of + the auberges, and the knights of the grand cross who happened to be in the + Island, to assemble in council. Messages were also sent to Gervaise, + requesting him to repair at the same hour to the palace, as the council + would probably require his attendance. + </p> + <p> + “Oh dear! I wish this was all over,” he said to Ralph, as the latter + assisted him to buckle on his armour. + </p> + <p> + “I don't see anything to sigh about,” Ralph said. “I think that you are + the most fortunate fellow in the world. I do not say that you have not + well deserved it, because it is the tremendous way you worked at Turkish + and gave up everything else that has enabled you to do this. Still, there + was luck in your noticing that villain talking to the galley slaves, and + then to one of the officers of the prison. Of course, as the grand master + said last night, it isn't one in a thousand who would have thought + anything more about it, and I am sure I shouldn't; so that, and all the + rest, is entirely your own doing. Still, it was a piece of luck that you + noticed him talking with a slave. Don't think I envy you, Gervaise; I + don't a bit, and I feel as much as any one that you have well deserved the + honour you have obtained. Still, you know, it is a sort of consolation to + me that luck had a little—just a little—to do with it.” + </p> + <p> + “In my opinion luck had everything to do with it,” Gervaise said heartily, + “and I feel downright ashamed at there being such a fuss made over it. It + was bad enough before, merely because I had hit on a plan for our escape + from those pirates, but this is worse, and I feel horribly nervous at the + thought of having to appear before the grand master and the council.” + </p> + <p> + “Well, that brown dye will hide your blushes, Gervaise. I can only say I + wish that I was in your place. By-the-bye, have you heard that they caught + that rascal Greek last night?” + </p> + <p> + “No, I have not heard anything about it.” + </p> + <p> + “Yes. The knights hid themselves behind a pile of goods on the wharf. + There was no one about, so far as they could see, but soon after twelve + they saw a figure come up on to the deck of a fishing boat moored by the + quay. It was the Greek; he stood there for a minute or two listening, and + then went down again; he did this five or six times, and at one o'clock + they saw him throw up his arms, as if in despair; he stepped ashore, and + was about to make his way up into the town when they rushed out and seized + him. There is no doubt as to what his fate will be. I am sorry to say that + I hear my friend Vrados has been arrested; but there can be no doubt about + his loyalty, and he will assuredly be able to explain to the satisfaction + of the council how this man became a resident at his house.” + </p> + <p> + “I am sorry I met him there, Ralph. It is a very unpleasant thing to have + gone to a house, to have been received kindly, and then to be the means of + bringing trouble upon it.” + </p> + <p> + “Yes. I feel that a little myself, because I took you there; and yet I + cannot regret it, for if you had not seen him and taken an objection to + him, you might not have noticed him particularly when he spoke to one of + the galley slaves. It is certainly curious that you should have doubted + the man, for I have met him there several times, and even after your visit + with me I could see nothing in him to justify your dislike.” + </p> + <p> + Gervaise went up to the palace, and while waiting in the great hall until + summoned before the council he was warmly accosted by several knights,—some + of whom were quite strangers to him,—who all joined in + congratulating him on the immense service he had done to the Order. It was + upwards of an hour before he was called in. + </p> + <p> + “The council have received, Sir Gervaise Tresham,” the grand master said, + “full details from Sir John Kendall of the manner in which you first + discovered, and have since followed up the daring plot by which the slaves + at St. Pelagius were to have risen, slain the guards who were faithful, + spiked the cannon in the three water forts, burnt the merchant shipping, + carried off six galleys and burnt the rest, and in their name I thank you + for having saved the Order from a great calamity. The members of the + council agree with me that you have shown an amount of discernment of the + highest kind, and that you are worthy of exceptional favour and reward for + your conduct. I therefore in my own name appoint you to the commandery of + our manor of Maltby in Lincolnshire, which, having fallen vacant, is in my + gift; and I release it from the usual payment of the first year's revenue. + Knowing that you desire to establish yourself here, the council have, at + my request, decided to make an exception to the general rule that a + knight, on promotion to a commandery, must return and take charge of it in + two years from the time the grant is made to him. The commandery will + therefore be administered by the senior of the knights attached to it. + </p> + <p> + “The council, on their part, have requested the bailiff of Auvergne, as + grand master of the Fleet, to appoint you to the command of the galley now + building, and approaching completion. This he has consented to do, + feeling, as we all feel, that although such an appointment is + unprecedented for a young knight, yet in the present case such an + exception may well be made. I may add that the Admiral has—in order + that no knight greatly your senior should be placed under your command—determined + that he will appoint to it only young knights, who will, we are assured, + gladly serve under one who has so distinguished himself, feeling certain + that, under his command, they will have ample opportunities against the + infidels to prove themselves worthy of the Order. I may add, also, that + the bailiffs of all the langues promise that they will select from among + the young knights such as may seem best fitted for such service, by their + skill in warlike exercises, by their ready obedience to orders, and good + conduct. And I foresee that the spirit of emulation, and the desire to + show that, though still but professed knights, they are capable of + performing as valiant deeds as their elders, will make the galley under + your command one of the most successful in the Order. + </p> + <p> + “As you are aware, it is a stringent rule, which even in so exceptional a + case we should not be justified in breaking, that a knight must reside in + the Island for five years previous to being promoted to a commandery. It + is now two months more than that time since you were received as page to + the late grand master, and in promoting you to a commandery I have not, + therefore, broken the rule. You may retire, Sir Gervaise.” + </p> + <p> + Gervaise, overwhelmed by the unlooked for honours thus bestowed upon him, + bowed deeply to the grand master and the members of the council, and then + retired from the chamber. He passed out of the palace by a side door, so + as to avoid being accosted by the knights in the great hall, and took his + way out on to the ramparts, where he walked up and down for a considerable + time before returning to the auberge. He felt no hilarity at his + promotion. He had never entertained any ambition for rising to high office + in the Order, but had hoped only to perform his duty as a true knight, to + fight against the infidels, and some day, if need be, to die for the + Order. The commandery was, he knew, a rich one, and as its chief he would + draw a considerable revenue from the estate. This afforded him no pleasure + whatever, except inasmuch as it would enable him, in his new command of + the galley, to keep a handsome table, and to entertain well the knights + who served under him. + </p> + <p> + It seemed to him, however, that the reward and honours were so far beyond + his deserts that he felt almost humiliated by their bestowal. The + responsibility, too, was great. Would these young knights, the youngest of + whom could be but a year his junior, serve willingly under his orders? + And, above all, would they be able to emulate the deeds of experienced + warriors, and would the galley worthily maintain the fame of the Order? + </p> + <p> + At the end of two hours he was joined by Ralph Harcourt. + </p> + <p> + “I have been looking for you everywhere, Gervaise. You seemed to have + disappeared mysteriously. None had marked you leave the council chamber, + or knew where you had gone; and after searching everywhere I remembered + your fondness for walks upon the walls, so I climbed to the top of St. + John's tower and thence espied you. Well, I congratulate you most heartily + on the honours that have fallen to your share, especially that of the + command of a new galley.” + </p> + <p> + “It is too much altogether, Ralph. I feel ashamed at being thus thrust + into a post that ought to be given to a knight of age and experience. How + can I expect a number of young knights, of whom well nigh all must be my + seniors in age, to obey me as they would an older man?” + </p> + <p> + “What has age to do with it?” Ralph said. “You have shown that you have a + head to think, and, as you before proved, you have an arm to strike. Why, + every young knight in the Order must feel proud that one of their own age + has gained such honour. It raises them all in their own esteem, and you + will see that you will get the pick among all the professed knights, and + of a good many who have finished their profession, and are serving here in + the hope of some day getting promotion to a commandery. Not such an one as + you have got; that, in the ordinary course of things, does not fall to a + knight until he is well on in years, and has served in many commanderies + of smaller value. I can tell you, directly Sir John Kendall came back and + told us that you had been appointed commander of the new galley, and that + it was to be manned wholly by young knights, there was not one of those + serving their profession in the auberge who did not beg Sir John to put + down his name for it; and ten or twelve others, myself among them, who + have obtained full knighthood also.” + </p> + <p> + “You don't mean to say that you have put down your name to serve under me, + Ralph? It would be monstrous.” + </p> + <p> + “I see nothing monstrous in it, Gervaise. As I said just now, years have + nothing to do with it, and, putting aside our friendship, I would rather + serve under you than under many knights old enough to be your father. I + don't know whether I shall have the luck to be one of the chosen, as Sir + John said that there were to be only seven from each langue, which will + make forty-nine—with yourself fifty. If I am chosen—and, + knowing our friendship, I hope that the bailiff will let me go with you—it + is likely enough I may be named your lieutenant, as I shall be the only + one beside yourself who is a secular knight, and am, therefore, superior + in rank to the rest.” + </p> + <p> + “That would be pleasant indeed, Ralph, though I would rather that you had + been made commander and I lieutenant; but at any rate, with you to support + me, I shall feel less oppressed by the thought of my responsibility.” + </p> + <p> + As Ralph had declared would be the case, the young knights in the other + auberges were as anxious as those of England to be enrolled among the crew + of the new galley, and the bailiffs had some trouble in choosing among the + aspirants. Very few were selected outside the rank of professed knights, + and as great pains were taken to comply with the grand master's wishes + that only young knights of good conduct and disposition, and distinguished + by their proficiency in warlike exercises, should be chosen, the crew was + in every way a picked one. Most of them had made one or two of the three + months' voyages in the galleys, though comparatively few had had the good + fortune to be absolutely engaged with the Moslem pirates. + </p> + <p> + To the great satisfaction of himself and Gervaise, Ralph Harcourt was + nominated lieutenant of the galley. The fact that so many had volunteered + impressed all those who were chosen with the sense that it was at once an + honour and a piece of good fortune to be selected, and all were determined + that the boy galley, as the elder knights laughingly termed it, should do + honour to the Order. + </p> + <p> + It was a fortnight before she was launched. Gervaise had heard, with great + satisfaction, that it had been decided by the council that no punishment + should be inflicted upon the slaves for their share in the intended rising + at St. Pelagius. All were guilty, and there was no means of saying who had + taken prominent parts in the plot. The council felt that it was but + natural that they should grasp at the prospect of freedom, for they + themselves would have done the same had they been captives of the + infidels. Even the warders and guards were allowed to go unpunished, + although their offence was a much more serious one. Those who could have + named the men who had accepted bribes were dead, and the lesson had been + so severe a one that there was no probability of any again turning + traitors. The author of the rising had been publicly executed. Seeing the + hopelessness of denial, he had boldly avowed his share in the matter, and + had acknowledged that he was acting as agent for the sultan, and had been + supplied with ample funds before leaving Constantinople. + </p> + <p> + He declared that he was absolutely unable to give any names whatever of + those concerned in the plot, save those of the two overseers, as these had + undertaken the work of suborning the warders and guards, though he + admitted that he had on several occasions spoken to slaves as the gangs + were on their way back to the prison, and had told them to be prepared to + take part in a plan that was on foot for their rescue from slavery. The + torture had not been, as was then the usual custom, applied to extort + information; partly because his story was probable, still more because the + grand master and council did not wish that more publicity should be given + to the affair, and were glad that it should be allowed to drop without any + further trial of the delinquents. In the city generally it was only known + that a plot had been discovered for the liberation and escape of some of + the slaves; and, outside the members of the Order, none were aware of its + extent and dangerous character. To the satisfaction of Gervaise and Ralph, + Vrados was able to produce letters and documents that satisfied the + council that he had been deceived as to the character of the Greek, and + was wholly innocent in the matter. + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0012" id="link2HCH0012"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER XII THE BOY GALLEY + </h2> + <p> + Among those most pleased at the appointment of Gervaise to the command of + the galley was Sir John Boswell. Ever since the adventure with the + pirates, the knight had exhibited an almost fatherly interest in him; had + encouraged him in his studies, ridden with him on such occasions as he had + permitted himself a short holiday, and had, whenever they were together, + related to him stories of war, sieges, battles, and escapes, from which he + thought the young knight might gain lessons for his future guidance. + </p> + <p> + “I doubt, Gervaise,” he said one day, as they were riding quietly along + the road, “whether our plan of life is altogether the best. We were + founded, you know, simply as a body of monks, bound to devote ourselves + solely to the care of the sick, and to give hospitality to pilgrims in + Palestine. Now this was monkish work, and men who devoted themselves + solely to such a life of charity as that in our Hospital at Jerusalem, + might well renounce all human pleasures; but when the great change was + made by Master Raymond du Puy, and from a nursing body we became a + brotherhood in arms, it seems to me that the vows of celibacy were no + longer needful or desirable. The crusaders were, many of them, married + men, but they fought no worse for that. It would have been far better, + methinks, had we been converted into an Order pledged to resist the + infidel, but without the vows of poverty and of celibacy, which have never + been seriously regarded. + </p> + <p> + “The garrison here might be composed, as indeed it is now, principally of + young knights, of those who have not cared to marry, and of the officers + of the Order whose wives and families might dwell here with them. This + would have many advantages. Among others, the presence of so many ladies + of rank would have the excellent effect of discountenancing and repressing + extravagances and dissolute habits, which are but too common, and are a + shame to the Order. Knights possessing commanderies throughout Europe + would be no worse stewards for being married men, and scandals, such as + contributed largely to the downfall of the Templars, would be avoided. + </p> + <p> + “The sole vow necessary, so far as I can see, would be that knights should + remain unmarried and disposable at all times for service until ten years + after making their profession, and that afterwards they should ever be + ready to obey the summons to arms, on occasions when the safety of Rhodes, + or the invasion of any Christian country by the Moslems, rendered their + services needful, when they would come out just as the knights of Richard + the Lion Heart went out as crusaders. I have spent half my life since I + joined the Order in commanderies at home, and a dull life it was, and I + was glad enough to resign my last command and come out here. Had I been + able to marry, I might now have had a son of your age, whose career I + could watch and feel a pride in. My life would have been far happier in + England, and in all respects I should be a better man than I am now. + Methinks it would strengthen rather than weaken the Order. As a fighting + body we should be in no way inferior to what we are now, and we should be + more liked and more respected throughout Europe, for naturally the sight + of so many men leading a luxurious life in commanderies causes a feeling + against them.” + </p> + <p> + “But I suppose, Sir John, that there is no great difficulty in obtaining a + dispensation from our vows?” + </p> + <p> + “In this, as in all other matters, everything depends upon interest or + money. Of course, dispensations are not common; but doubtless any knight + when he had served his term of active service could, especially if his + request were backed by the grand master, obtain from the Pope a + dispensation of his vows. If he had a commandery it would make a vacancy, + and give the grand prior, or the grand master, or the council, in + whosoever's gift it might be, an opportunity of rewarding services or of + gratifying some powerful family.” + </p> + <p> + “I agree with you that it would have been much better, Sir John. I can + understand that monks, ever living a quiet life apart from the world, + should be content so to continue; but among a body of warlike knights + there must be many who, in time, must come to regret the vows they took + when boys. The cadet of a noble family might, by the death of elder + brothers, come to be the head of a great family, the ruler over wide + domains. Surely it would be desirable that such a man should be able to + marry and have heirs.” + </p> + <p> + “Doubtless it could be managed in such cases, Gervaise, but it is a pity + that it should have to be managed. I can see no reason in the world why a + knight, after doing ten years of service here, should not be free to + marry, providing he takes a vow to render full service to the Order + whenever called upon to do so. Already the vow of poverty is everywhere + broken. Already, in defiance of their oaths, too many knights lead idle + and dissolute lives. Already, knights, when in their own countries, + disregard the rule that they shall draw sword in no cause save that of the + Holy Sepulchre, and, like other knights and nobles, take part in civil + strife or foreign wars. All this is a scandal, and it were better by far + to do away with all oaths, save that of obedience and willingness to war + with the infidel, than to make vows that all men know are constantly and + shamelessly broken. + </p> + <p> + “I am fond of you, Gervaise. I am proud of you, as one who has brought + honour to our langue, and who, in time, will bring more honour. I am glad + that, so far as there can be between a young knight and one of middle age, + there is a friendship between us. But see what greater pleasure it would + give to my life were you my son, for whom I could lay by such funds as I + could well spare, instead of spending all my appointments on myself, and + having neither kith nor kin to give a sigh of regret when the news comes + that I have fallen in some engagement with the infidels. I often think of + all these things, and sometimes talk them over with comrades, and there + are few who do not hold, with me, that it would be far better that we + should become a purely military Order, like some of the military Orders in + the courts of the European sovereigns, than remain as we are, half monk, + half soldier—a mixture that, so far as I can see, accords but badly + with either morality or public repute. + </p> + <p> + “However, I see no chance of such a change coming, and we must be content + to observe our vows as well as may be, so long as we are willing to remain + monks and try to obtain dispensation from our vows should we desire to + alter our mode of life. We ought either to have remained monks pure and + simple, spending our lives in deeds of charity, a life which suits many + men, and against which I should be the last to say anything, or else + soldiers pure and simple, as were the crusaders, who wrested the Holy + Sepulchre from the hands of the infidels. At present, Gervaise, your + vocation lies wholly in the way of fighting, but it may be that the time + will come when you may have other aims and ambitions, and when the vows of + the Order will gall you.” + </p> + <p> + “I hope not, Sir John,” Gervaise said earnestly. + </p> + <p> + “You are young yet,” the knight replied, with an indulgent smile. “Some + day you may think differently. Now,” he went on, changing the subject + abruptly, “when will your galley be ready?” + </p> + <p> + “This is my last ride, Sir John. The shipwrights will have finished + tomorrow, and the next day we shall take possession of her, and begin to + practise, so that each man shall know his duties, and the galley slaves + learn to row well, before we have orders to sail. I wish you were going + with us, Sir John.” + </p> + <p> + “I should like it, lad, in many respects. It does one good to see the + enthusiasm of young men, and doubtless you will be a merry party. But, on + the other hand, unless I mistake, you will be undertaking wild adventures, + and my time for these is well nigh passed. When the Turk comes here, if he + ever comes—and of that I have little doubt—I shall be ready to + take my full share of the fighting; but I shall seek adventures no longer, + and shall go no more to sea. Next only to the bailiff, I am the senior of + our auberge, and—but this is between ourselves, lad—am like to + succeed to the grand priory of England when it becomes vacant, and if not + I shall, as the grand master has told me, have the offer of the next high + office vacant in the palace.” + </p> + <p> + Two days later Gervaise and his company of young knights went down to the + port to take part in the launch of the new galley. This was the occasion + of a solemn ceremony, the grand master and a large number of knights being + present. A religious service first took place on her poop, and she was + named by the grand master the Santa Barbara. When the ceremony was over, + Gervaise was solemnly invested with the command of the galley by the grand + marshal of the navy; then the shores were struck away, and the galley + glided into the water, amid the firing of guns, the blowing of trumpets, + and the cheers of the spectators who had gathered at the port to witness + the ceremony. + </p> + <p> + The next morning a gang of galley slaves were marched down. A third of + these had been drawn from the crews of other galleys, their places being + supplied by new hands. The remainder were taken from the men employed on + the fortifications. Three weeks were occupied in teaching the rowers their + work, and getting them well together. They were a fine crew, for the + governor of St. Pelagius, grateful to Gervaise for the discovery of the + plot, had ordered the overseers to pick out from the various gangs men + specially suited by age and strength for the work. + </p> + <p> + The dye by this time had entirely worn off his face, and although his hair + was still several shades darker than of old, it differed even more widely + from the ebon hue that it had been when he was in prison. Thus, although + he recognised three or four men upon the benches who had been fellow + occupants of his cell, he had no fear whatever of their detecting in the + commander of the galley their late companion in misfortune. + </p> + <p> + Only a portion of the knights had been out each day while the crew were + learning to row, as there was but little for them to learn. The galley + carried no sails, and the knights were soldiers rather than sailors, and + fought on the deck of their ship, as if defending a breach, or storming + one held by the enemy. Moreover, as all of them had already made one or + more voyages, they were accustomed to such duties as they would have to + discharge on board. + </p> + <p> + All were glad when an order was published for the galley to sail. On the + eve of departure Gervaise was sent for by the grand master. The general of + the galleys was with him when Gervaise entered the room. The bailiff of + Auvergne always held the position of grand marshal, and the bailiff of + Italy that of second in command, with the title of grand admiral. These + officials, however, as heads of their respective langues, had many other + duties to perform, and it was only on great occasions that they took any + practical share in the work of which they were nominally heads. The real + control in all naval questions rested with the general of the galleys, who + was elected by the council, but on the nomination of the grand master. + </p> + <p> + His power when at sea with the fleet was absolute. He could suspend any + officer from duty, and had unquestioned power of life and death over the + crews. He had been frequently on board the galley since she had been + launched, and had been pleased with the attention paid by Gervaise to his + duties, and with the ready manner in which the young knights carried out + his orders. + </p> + <p> + “Sir Gervaise Tresham,” he said, “it is usual, as you know, to appoint + each galley to a certain cruising ground, to which it is confined during + its three months' absence. At present there is a galley on each of these + stations, and as the last relief took place but a month since, it is + better that they should remain at the stations allotted to them. I have + therefore, after consultation with his Highness the grand master, decided + to give you a free hand. You are as likely to meet with pirates in one + quarter as in another, and you will pick up from vessels you may overhaul + news of their doings, which will enable you to direct your course to the + point where you will be most useful.” + </p> + <p> + “In the first place, however, you will proceed to the coast of Tunis. + Visconti's galley is already there, but the coast swarms with corsairs, + and we have had many complaints as to their depredations. The Court of + Spain has twice represented to us lately that the pirates have grown so + bold that vessels have been carried off, even when coasting from one + Spanish port to another. Visconti is specially watching the coast near + Tunis, and you will therefore perhaps do better to proceed farther west, + for every village from Tunis to Tangier is little better than a nest of + pirates. I should imagine that you will find ample employment there during + your three months' cruise. When I say that you are free to choose your own + cruising ground, I do not mean that you should go up the Levant, or to the + east of the Mediterranean, but that you are not bound to keep close along + the African coast, but may, should you obtain any information to warrant + your doing so, seek the pirates along the shores of Spain, Sardinia, + Corsica, or Sicily. + </p> + <p> + “I need not warn you to act with prudence as well as courage, for you have + proved that you possess both qualities. Do not allow yourself to be + carried away by the impetuosity of your knights; it is more often the duty + of a commander to restrain than to encourage his crew, and with such young + blood as you have under your command the necessity will be greater than + usual. Be kind to your slaves, but be ever watchful; yet this I need not + tell you. Maintain a strict but not over severe discipline. You are all + knights and comrades of the Order, and equals when on shore, but on board + you are the captain and they are your soldiers. I have this afternoon had + a meeting of your knights, and have urged upon them very strongly that, + having volunteered to serve under you, they must obey your orders as + promptly and willingly as if you were the senior knight of the Order, and + that it behooves them specially upon the present occasion, when the crew + is composed entirely of young knights, to show themselves worthy of the + honour that has been done to them by entrusting a galley of the Order to + their charge. I told them I should regard your report of their individual + conduct with the same attention and respect with which I should that of + any other commander, and that they might greatly make or mar their future + prospects in the Order by their conduct during the cruise. I am convinced, + from what I know of you, that you will exercise no undue harshness, but + will act with tact and discretion, as well as firmness.” + </p> + <p> + “I will try to do so, your Excellency. I feel that it is a heavy + responsibility and will spare no pains to justify the unmerited honour + that has been bestowed upon me.” + </p> + <p> + “You have seen that the taking in of stores is complete, and that nothing + is wanting for the voyage?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, sir. I stood by while the overseer of stores checked off every sack + and barrel as it came on board. The water is to be brought off this + evening, and as I was unable to be present, Sir Ralph Harcourt is there to + count the barrels and see that all are full.” + </p> + <p> + “Goodbye, Sir Gervaise,” the grand master said, as the interview + terminated. + </p> + <p> + “Hitherto you have given me, from the time you reached the Island, naught + but reason for satisfaction at my nomination of you as page, and I have no + fear that you will fail this time. Remember that valour, however great, + cannot prevail against overpowering odds. You had a lesson of that when + you served under Ricord, though finally the affair turned out well. I do + not say, don't attempt desperate undertakings, but don't attempt + impossible ones. Be careful of the lives of your knights. Remember that + ere long every sword may be of the utmost consequence in the defence of + Rhodes, and that even the capture of pirates may be too dearly purchased; + but that, at the same time, the honour of the flag of the Order must be + upheld at all hazards. Ah!” he broke off, seeing a slight smile on the + young knight's face, “you think my orders contradictory? It may be so; but + you know what I mean, and I fear not that you will blunder in carrying + them out. Be prudent, and yet not over prudent. I mean, be not rash, + unless there are such benefits to be obtained as would justify great risk + in obtaining them.” + </p> + <p> + On returning to the auberge, Gervaise had a long chat with Ralph. + </p> + <p> + “I think the admiral's talk with us this afternoon had an excellent + effect, Gervaise. I do not say that every one was not before disposed to + obey you in all things, willingly and cheerfully; but he put it so + strongly to them that they had volunteered specially for service in this + galley, knowing well who was to be its commander, and the circumstance + that the crew was to consist solely of young knights, and had therefore + specially pledged their honour so to act that the enterprise should be in + all respects a successful one. To render it so, obedience was even a + greater necessity than valour. This was the most important of all the vows + taken by the knights of the Order, and it was only by the strictest and + most unquestioning obedience on the part of all to the orders of their + superiors, that the work of a vast community could be carried on. Passing + over the fact that you were their superior in rank, both as being a + secular knight and a knight commander of the Order, you had been specially + appointed by the grand master and council, as well as by himself, and that + they bestowed upon you while at sea, and in the absence of any officers of + superior rank, their full powers and authority. You were, in fact, their + representative and agent, and therefore to be regarded with the same + deference and respect that would be due to the oldest knight similarly + placed. 'Lastly,' he said, in a less serious tone, 'you must remember that + this is an experiment, and, as some think, a somewhat rash one. Never + before did a galley, manned entirely from among the youngest of our + knights, put to sea; and you may be sure that, unless successful, the + experiment is not likely to be ever repeated. You have been selected from + among many other candidates, and you have not only to justify the choice, + but to uphold the reputation and honour of the young knights of your + Order, by all of whom your doings will be regarded with special interest, + as reflecting credit not only upon yourselves individually, but as + representatives and champions of them all.' + </p> + <p> + “I could see that his words had a great effect. He had placed me beside + him, and I marked their faces as he spoke. Each face lit up at his appeal, + and I do not think there was one but silently registered a vow to do all + in his power to prove himself worthy of the confidence placed in him and + his companions by the grand master and admiral. I had before no shadow of + fear that everything would not go well. I knew almost all of them + personally, and if I myself had had the selection from among the whole + body of knights in the convent, I could not have made a choice that would + have suited me better. It seems to me that in each auberge the bailiff has + endeavoured to pick out the seven young knights whom he considered would + most worthily support the honour of the langue. Still, confident as I was + before, I feel more so now, after the admiral's address to us.” + </p> + <p> + “I had no fear either, Ralph, though doubtless the admiral's words will + carry great weight with them. It was thoughtlessness rather than anything + else that I dreaded; but now that the admiral himself has spoken to them, + there is no fear that anything will occur to give us trouble. I have + particularly noticed that when we have been on board, and have been + laughing and chatting together before we got under way, their manner + changed directly the first order was given, and that all the commands were + carried out with as much goodwill and alacrity as if they were under + Ricord himself.” + </p> + <p> + On the following morning the knights all went on board the Santa Barbara. + Their baggage was carried down by slaves, and by the personal servants + from each auberge who were to go as their attendants during the voyage. + The grand master had advanced Gervaise a sum equal to half a year's income + of his commandery, and with this he had purchased a stock of the best + wines, and various other luxuries, to supplement the rations supplied from + the funds of the Order to knights when at sea. Gervaise had to go round + early to the admiral to sign the receipt for stores and to receive his + final orders in writing. All were, therefore, on board before him and, + when he arrived, were drawn up in military order to receive him. + </p> + <p> + Every knight was in full armour, and as, at a word from Ralph, they drew + their swords and saluted the young commander, Gervaise felt with a thrill + of pleasure and of confidence that with such a following he need not fear + any encounter with a pirate force, unless in overwhelming numbers. + </p> + <p> + The young knights were all, with the exception only of Ralph Harcourt, + between the ages of seventeen and nineteen, and their young faces, free in + most cases even from the suspicion of a moustache, looked almost those of + boys. But there was no mistaking the ardour and enthusiasm in their faces, + and the lack of breadth and weight, that years alone would give to them, + was compensated by skill in their weapons, acquired by long and severe + training, and by the activity and tireless energy of youth. + </p> + <p> + “Knights and comrades,” Gervaise said as, after walking through the double + line to the end of the poop he turned and faced them, “I am proud indeed + to command so gallant a body of knights. The success of our expedition + depends upon you rather than upon me, and as I feel assured of your warm + cooperation I have no fear as to what the result will be, if Dame Fortune + will but favour us by throwing in our way some of those scourges of the + sea in search of whom we are about to set out. Many of us have already + encountered them, and, fighting side by side with older knights, have + borne our share of the work, while those who have not done so will, I am + sure, do equally well when the opportunity arrives. We shall not this + voyage have the encouragement and confidence inspired by the presence of + those who have long and valiantly borne the standard of the Order; but, on + the other hand, we have to show that we are worthy of the confidence + reposed in us, and that the young knights of the Order can be trusted to + emulate the deeds of those who have rendered the name of the Hospitallers + a terror to the infidel.” + </p> + <p> + A shout of approbation greeted the close of his address. Gervaise then + walked forward to the end of the poop, and looked down upon the slaves, + who, with their oars out, were awaiting the order to row. + </p> + <p> + “Men,” he said in Turkish, “it is my desire that, while it is necessary + that you should do your work, your lot shall be no heavier than can be + avoided. You will not be taxed beyond your powers, save when the enemy is + in sight, or there is supreme need for haste, but then you must be called + upon for your utmost exertions. I wish your work to be willing. I abhor + the use of the lash, and so long as each man does his fair quota of work, + I have given the strictest orders that it shall never be used. I have, at + my own cost, made provision that your daily rations shall be improved + while under my command. Meat will be served out to you daily, when it can + be obtained, and for those of you who hold that the strict tenets of your + religion may be relaxed while engaged in such severe labour, a ration of + wine will also be served out; and such other indulgences as are compatible + with the discipline and safety of the ship, will also be granted to you.” + </p> + <p> + There was a murmur of gratitude among the slaves. Gervaise then gave the + order to row, and the galley started on her voyage. The knights had now + fallen out from their ranks, and were soon laughing and talking gaily. + Being all of noble families and knightly rank, there was, except when on + actual duty, a tone of perfect equality and good fellowship prevailing + among them. French was the common language, for as the Order was of French + foundation, and three of the seven langues belonged to that country, most + of the high dignitaries being chosen from their ranks, it was natural that + the French language should be the general medium of communication between + them. + </p> + <p> + Until noon the slaves rowed steadily and well. Work was then stopped, for + there was scarce a breath of wind stirring the water. Even under the + awning that had, as the sun gained power, been erected over the poop, the + heat was oppressive. The knights had all divested themselves of their + armour, and most of them retired below for a siesta. As soon as the slaves + stopped rowing, an awning, which Gervaise had purchased, and which was + rolled up under the break of the poop, was, to their astonishment, drawn + over them. + </p> + <p> + “Don't you think you are spoiling your slaves, Sir Gervaise?” one of the + Spanish knights asked doubtfully. + </p> + <p> + “On the contrary, Sir Pedro, I hope that I am improving them. You have not + worked as a galley slave, but I have, and I can assure you that I used to + feel the hours when we were lying broiling in the sun, doing nothing, much + more trying than those during which I was at work. I used to be quite + giddy and sick with the heat, and on getting out the oars again had scarce + strength to work them. But this is not the most important point. In port + the slaves always sleep in the prison, but at sea they must rest on their + benches; and to do so with clothes soaked with the heavy dew must be a + severe trial, and most prejudicial to the health. The awning cost but a + few ducats, and I reckon that, putting aside the comfort to the slaves, it + will be very speedily repaid by their better health and capacity for + labour. When away in the galley with Sir Louis Ricord, I used to feel the + greatest pity for the unfortunate wretches when at daybreak, in their + drenched clothes, and shivering with cold and wet, they rose to commence + their work. I then took a vow that if ever I should come to command a + galley I would provide an awning for the slaves.” + </p> + <p> + Two or three of the knights standing by expressed their warm approval of + what Gervaise said. There was, in those days, but little of that sentiment + of humanity that is now prevalent, and slaves were everywhere regarded as + mere beasts of burden rather than as human beings. When, however, they had + the question put to them, as Gervaise had done, they were ready to give a + hearty agreement, although it was the utilitarian rather than the + humanitarian side of the question that recommended it to them. After three + hours' rest the journey was renewed, and just at nightfall the galley + anchored off an islet lying to the north of Carpathos. + </p> + <p> + While the servants were laying the tables along the poop for the evening + meal, Gervaise went down to see that his orders were carried out regarding + the food for the slaves. They were already eating their bread and meat + with an air of satisfaction that showed how warmly they appreciated the + unusual indulgence, while there were few indeed who did not hold up their + drinking horns as a servant passed along between the benches with a skin + of wine. Gervaise spoke to many of them. + </p> + <p> + “Ah, my lord,” one of them said, “if we were always treated like this, + slavery would be endurable. For ten years have I rowed in Christian + galleys, but never before has an awning been spread to keep off the sun or + the dew. We shall not forget your kindness, my lord, and will row our + hardest right cheerfully when you call upon us for an effort.” + </p> + <p> + There was a murmur of assent from the galley slaves around. + </p> + <p> + “May Allah be merciful to you, as you are merciful to us!” another slave + exclaimed. “The blessing of those whom you regard as infidels can at least + do you no harm.” + </p> + <p> + “On the contrary, it can do me good,” Gervaise said. “The God you Moslems + and we Christians worship is, I believe, the same, though under another + name.” + </p> + <p> + Gervaise had, indeed, during his long conversations with Suleiman Ali, + often discussed with him the matter of his faith, and had come, in + consequence, to regard it in a very different light to that in which it + was viewed by his companions. There was faith in one God at the bottom of + both Mohammedanism and Christianity. The Mohammedans held in reverence the + lawgivers and prophets of the Old Testament, and even regarded Christ + Himself as being a prophet. They had been grievously led away by Mahomet, + whom Gervaise regarded as a false teacher; but as he had seen innumerable + instances of the fidelity of the Moslems to their creed, and the + punctuality and devotion with which the slaves said their daily prayers, + exposed though they were to the scorn and even the anger of their + taskmasters, he had quite lost, during his nine months of constant + association with Suleiman Ali, the bigoted hatred of Mohammedanism so + universal at the time. He regarded Moslems as foes to be opposed to the + death; but he felt that it was unfair to hate them for being hostile to + Christianity, of which they knew nothing. + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0013" id="link2HCH0013"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER XIII THE FIRST PRIZES + </h2> + <p> + After leaving the slaves, Gervaise joined his companions on the poop. They + were engaged in an animated discussion as to whether it was advisable to + grant indulgences to slaves. The majority approved of the steps Gervaise + had taken, but some asserted that these concessions would only lead them + to look for more, and would create discontent among the crews of other + galleys not so favoured. + </p> + <p> + “Well, comrades,” said Gervaise, “I think that so far I am better + qualified than any of you to give an opinion; but it may be that it will + fall to the lot of some of you to be a slave in Turkish hands. In that + case, I can affirm with certainty, that you will keenly appreciate any + alleviation, however small, of your lot. You must remember that the one + feeling of the slave is dull despair. Death is the only relief he has to + look forward to. Do you think that a man so feeling can do his best, + either at an oar or at any other kind of work? I am sure it would not be + so in my case. But if you brighten his life a little, and show him that he + is not regarded as merely a brute beast, and that you take some interest + in him, he will work in a different spirit. Even viewed from a merely + monetary point of view it must pay well to render him as content as + possible with his lot. You know how great is the mortality among the + slaves—how they pine away and die from no material malady that can + be detected, but simply from hopelessness and weariness of life, aided, + undoubtedly, in the case of the galley slaves, by sleeping in the damp + night air after an exposure all day to the full heat of the sun. This + brings an answer to your second objection. Undoubtedly it might cause + discontent among the slaves of other galleys when they hear that others + are treated better than themselves. But I hope that if, on our return, we + bring back all our slaves in good condition and health, the contrast + between their appearance and that of the slaves in most other galleys will + be so marked that the admiral may consider it would be well to order + awnings to be fixed to all the vessels of the Order, and even to grant to + all slaves, when away on voyages, the little indulgences I have given them + here. The expense would be very trifling, and it would certainly add a + great deal to the average life of a slave, and would render him capable of + better work. There is another advantage. If the Turks learn that their + countrymen in our hands are treated with a certain amount of kindness and + consideration, it might lead them to act similarly to those of our Order + who may be unfortunate enough to fall into their hands.” + </p> + <p> + “There is a great deal in what you say, Sir Gervaise,” one of the knights, + who had before taken the opposite point of view, said. “There is no reason + why our galley should not be a model one, and though, like enough, the + seniors will laugh at our making innovations, D'Aubusson is a reformer, + and will certainly support anything that he sees to be beneficial, from + whatever quarter it comes.” + </p> + <p> + Supper was now served, and the young knights were well pleased with the + entertainment provided for them. It was the principal meal of the day. + Their fast was broken by a glass of wine, a manchet of bread, and fruit + soon after rising. At eleven o'clock they sat down to a more substantial + meal; but in that climate the heat was at that hour considerable, and as + there were duties to be performed, there was no sitting long at table. At + supper the day's work was over, their appetite was sharpened by the cool + evening breeze, and the meal was hearty and prolonged. After it was + concluded, several of the knights brought up from below viols and other + instruments of music; for the ability to accompany the voice with such an + instrument was considered an essential part of the education of a knight. + </p> + <p> + For some hours the songs and romances, so popular at the time, were sung + in the various languages represented on board; then the knights, one by + one, went down to their sleeping places, until only the seven knights of + the langue of Auvergne, who were to watch the first night, remained on + deck. Five of these wrapped themselves in their mantles and lay down on + the benches. One of the others descended to the waist, walked along the + plank between the lines of sleeping slaves, and took up his place in the + bow, while the other paced up and down the poop, the fall of his footsteps + being the only sound to break the silence that reigned throughout the + ship. + </p> + <p> + In the morning, as soon as the knights had all taken a plunge in the sea, + the oars were got out, and the galley proceeded on her way. Passing + through the islands and skirting the southern shore of Greece, she + continued her course west. Malta was sighted, but they did not put in + there. Pantellaria was passed, and in a fortnight after leaving Rhodes, + Cape Bon, at the entrance to the bay of Tunis, was sighted. Until Greece + was left behind them, the nights had generally been spent in small ports, + where supplies of fresh meat, fish, and fruit, were obtainable. So far no + incident had marked the voyage. The weather had continued fine, and they + had heard nothing, from ships they had fallen in with, of any Moslem + pirates having been seen. A few hours, however, after sighting the coast + of Africa, a dark object was seen ahead. + </p> + <p> + “It is a ship of some sort,” Ralph said; “but her masts have gone. It may + be that she is a merchantman that has been captured and sacked by the + Moorish pirates.” + </p> + <p> + Orders were given to the rowers to quicken their pace, and in little over + an hour they were alongside the hull. As soon as the vessels were close + enough for those on the poop of the galley to look down on to the deck of + the other craft, it was seen that Ralph's suppositions were correct. Two + bodies lay stretched upon it. One was crushed under the fallen mast; the + other lay huddled up in a heap, a cannon ball having almost torn him + asunder. The knights leapt on to the deck as soon as the galley ran + alongside. Gervaise made first for the man lying beneath the mast; as he + came up to him, the sailor opened his eyes and murmured, “Water!” Gervaise + called out to one of the servants to bring water from the galley, and, as + soon as it came, poured some between the man's lips, and the knights by + their united efforts lifted the mast from across his body. It was evident, + however, that he had but a short time to live, and the dew of death was on + his face. After a few minutes he rallied a little, and looked gratefully + at his rescuers. + </p> + <p> + “You have been attacked by pirates,” Gervaise said. “Was there one galley, + or two?” + </p> + <p> + “Three galleys,” the man replied in a faint whisper. + </p> + <p> + “Do you know where they were from?” + </p> + <p> + “Tripoli.” + </p> + <p> + “How long ago?” + </p> + <p> + “It was about three hours after sunrise when we saw them coming up,” the + man said, his voice gaining in strength, as some wine they gave him took + effect. “It was useless to fight, and I hauled down our flag, but in spite + of that one of the pirates fired a broadside, and one of the shot hit the + mast and brought it down, and I was crushed under it. They boarded us, + took off all the crew as captives, and emptied the hold; I knew that I was + done for, and begged them to kill me; but they paid no attention. I know a + little of their language, and as I lay there I caught something of what + they were saying; they are bound for the Island of Sardinia, where they + have a rendezvous, and are to join a great gathering of their consorts. I + don't know the name of the place, but it is on the east coast. More + water!” + </p> + <p> + Gervaise knelt to pour some water between his lips, when he gave a sudden + cry, a shudder ran through his frame, and he was dead. + </p> + <p> + “Let us return on board, gentlemen,” Gervaise said, rising to his feet. + “We can do nothing here.” + </p> + <p> + As soon as he regained the deck of the galley, he signed to Ralph to + follow him below. + </p> + <p> + “Now, Ralph,” he said, “this is one of those cases in which we have to + decide whether we ought or ought not to be prudent. From what that poor + fellow said, the pirates have about five hours' start of us, and as they + can have no idea that they are pursued, we can doubtless overtake them + before they reach Sardinia. The question is, ought we to pursue them at + once, or ought we to coast along until we find Visconti's galley? Three of + these Tripoli pirates, crowded as they always are with men, would prove + serious opponents, yet we might engage them with a fair hope of victory. + But we may be seriously disabled in the fight, and should be, perhaps, + unable to carry the news to Genoa that there are many pirate ships + gathering on the coast of Sardinia to prey upon their commerce.” + </p> + <p> + “We might be days, or even weeks, before we light upon Visconti's galley, + Gervaise, and even when we found it, he might not consider himself + justified in leaving the coast where he is stationed. Besides, while we + are spending our time looking for him, the pirates will be committing + terrible depredations. It must be a big expedition, under some notorious + pirate, or they would never venture so far north.” + </p> + <p> + “Then you think that I should be justified in pursuing them alone. It is a + fearful responsibility to have to decide.” + </p> + <p> + “I think so, Gervaise. There is no saying what misfortunes might happen if + we did not venture to do so.” + </p> + <p> + “Very well then, so be it. But before deciding finally on so grave a + matter, I will lay it before the company.” + </p> + <p> + “There is no doubt as to what their decision will be,” Ralph said, with a + smile. + </p> + <p> + “Perhaps not, Ralph; but as they will be called upon to risk their lives + in a dangerous enterprise, it is as well that they should have a say in + the matter.” + </p> + <p> + When they returned on to the poop, there was an expression of eagerness + and excitement on the faces of the young knights which showed how + anxiously they had been awaiting the result of the conference below. + Gervaise stepped on to a bench, and motioned to them to close up round + him. + </p> + <p> + “Comrades,” he said, “although the responsibility of whatever course may + be taken must rest upon my shoulders, yet I think it but right that, as a + general before a battle often calls a council of war to assist him with + its advice, so I should lay before you the two courses open to us, and ask + your opinion upon them. Sir Ralph Harcourt and I are of one mind in the + matter, but as the decision is a grave one we should be loath to act upon + it without your concurrence.” + </p> + <p> + He then repeated the alternatives as he had laid them before Ralph. “Now,” + he went on, “as you see, there is grave danger, and much risk in the one + course; but if successful its advantages are obvious. On the other hand, + the second plan is more sure, more prudent, and more in accordance with + the instructions I have received. I ask you to let me know frankly your + opinion on the subject. If your view agrees with ours, although it will + not relieve me from the responsibility of deciding, it will at least, in + the event of things turning out badly, be a satisfaction to know that the + course had your approval, and that it was your desire, as well as ours, + that we should undertake it. First, then, let all who are in favour of + following the pirates go to the starboard side of the deck, while those + who are in favour of joining Visconti, and laying this serious matter we + have discovered before him, move to the larboard side.” + </p> + <p> + There was a rush of the knights to the right, and not one moved to the + other side. + </p> + <p> + “Your decision is the same as ours,” Gervaise said. “To the north, then! + If there is great peril in the adventure, there is also great honour to be + gained.” + </p> + <p> + The knights gave a shout of satisfaction at finding that their choice was + also that of the officers. + </p> + <p> + “Lay her head to the north,” Gervaise said to the pilot. Then he went to + the end of the poop, and ordered the slaves to row on. “Row a long, steady + stroke, such as you can maintain for many hours. We have a long journey + before us, and there is need for haste. Now is the time for willing work.” + </p> + <p> + The oars dipped into the water, and the galley was soon moving along at a + much faster pace than that at which they had performed the journey from + Rhodes. The slaves had not, from their benches, been able to see what had + passed on board the dismantled vessel, but from the order and the change + of course, they had no doubt that the knights had obtained some clue to + the direction taken by the corsairs who had captured and sacked the ship. + </p> + <p> + “There is but little wind,” Gervaise said to Ralph, “and their sails will + be of slight use to them; therefore we shall go fully three feet to their + two. It is quite possible that we may not catch sight of them, for we + cannot tell exactly the course they will take. We shall steer for Cape + Carbonara, which is some hundred and thirty miles distant. If we do not + see them by the time we get there, we shall be sure that we have passed + them on the way, unless, indeed, a strong wind should spring up from the + south. However, I hope that we shall catch sight of them before that, for + we shall be able from our lookout to discover their masts and sails some + eight or ten miles away, while they will not be able to see us until we + are within half that distance. They cannot be more than twenty miles away + now, for the light breeze will aid them but little, and as they will see + no occasion for haste, they will not be rowing at their full power, with + so long a passage before them.” + </p> + <p> + Already, indeed, one of the knights had perched himself on the seat at the + top of a low mast some fifteen feet above the poop, that served as a + lookout. + </p> + <p> + “You can see nothing yet, I suppose, Cairoli?” + </p> + <p> + “No; the line of sea is clear all round.” + </p> + <p> + It was indeed some four hours before the knight on the lookout cried that + he could make out three dark specks on the horizon. Gervaise at once + ascended to the lookout, by the ladder that was fixed against the post. + </p> + <p> + “They are making to the left of the course we are taking. Turn her head + rather more to the west. That will do. They are directly ahead now.” He + then came down to the deck again. “I would that we had seven or eight more + hours of daylight, Ralph, instead of but three at the outside. However, as + we know the course they are taking, we are not likely to miss them, for as + we shall not be near enough for them to make us out before the sun sets, + there will be no chance of their changing it. Do you think they will row + all night?” + </p> + <p> + “I should not think so. If the land were nearer they might keep on until + they make it, but as they have had no wind since daylight, they will lie + on their oars until morning. You see, at sunset they will still be some + eighty miles from Cape Carbonara, and the slaves could not possibly row + that distance without rest; so that if we keep on we may take them by + surprise.” + </p> + <p> + “That is what I have been thinking, Ralph, but it would be well not to + attack them until nearly daybreak. We should capture one galley easily + enough; but the others, being ignorant of our force, might make off in + different directions, and we might lose both of them. If, on the other + hand, we could fall upon them a short time before daylight, we should be + able to keep them in sight, and, even if they separated, they would soon + come together and continue their course, or, as I hope, when they see that + we are alone, bear up and fight us. I think that our best plan will be to + row on until it is dark, then give the slaves six hours' rest, and after + that go on quietly. If we can make them out, which we may do if they have + lights on board, we will stop, and wait until it is the hour to attack + them. If we miss them, we will row on to Sardinia and lie up, as we + proposed, until they come along.” + </p> + <p> + “I think that will be a very good plan, Gervaise.” + </p> + <p> + Before sunset the three pirate ships could be clearly made out from the + deck, but the pilot judged them to be fully ten miles away. Half an hour + later the slaves were told to cease rowing. Gervaise had ordered the cooks + to prepare them a good meal, and this was at once served, together with a + full ration of wine. As soon as they had consumed it, they were told to + lie down and sleep, as at one o'clock the galley would be again under way. + </p> + <p> + The knights' supper was served below, as lights on the poop might be made + out, should a lookout be placed by the corsairs in their tops. + </p> + <p> + “We had better follow the example of the galley slaves,” Gervaise said, + rising as soon as the meal was finished, “and, with the exception of + Spain, who is on watch, turn in to sleep till we are off again. All of you + will, of course, don your armour on rising.” + </p> + <p> + At the appointed hour the galley was again under way. There was not a + breath of air, and before starting, pieces of cloth were wrapped round the + oars at the rowlocks to deaden the sound, which might otherwise have been + heard at a considerable distance on so still a night. After an hour and a + half's rowing, the knight on the lookout said that he could see a light + some distance ahead. The pilot, an experienced old sailor, joined him, and + speedily descended to the poop again. + </p> + <p> + “It is a ship's light,” he said. “I should say that it was a lantern on + board the ship of the captain of the expedition, and is shown to enable + the other two to keep near him. I cannot say how far it is away, for I do + not know at what height it hangs above the water; but I should imagine, + from the feebleness of the light, that it must be some two miles distant.” + </p> + <p> + As soon as the light had been noticed, the slaves had been ordered to + cease rowing, and they were now told that they would not be required again + for fully two hours. When the first gleam of dawn appeared in the east + they were called to their work again. The lantern was still burning, and, + in a quarter of an hour, the knights on the poop were able, in the + broadening light, to make out three shadowy forms some two miles ahead of + them. They decreased this distance by more than half before they could + discern any signs of life or motion on board. Then a sudden stir was + apparent; they could hear shouts from one vessel to another, oars were + thrust out, and an effort made to get the heads of the ships in the same + direction, so as to catch the light breeze that had just sprung up. + </p> + <p> + The moment he saw that the galley was discovered, Gervaise shouted down to + the slaves to row their hardest, and told the pilot to steer for the ship + farthest to the east. She was some four or five hundred yards from her + nearest consort, and the same distance separated that vessel from the + third craft. + </p> + <p> + “We shall have time to carry her, Ralph, before the others come to her + assistance, and they will only arrive one at a time. If we were to lie + alongside the middle craft, which is probably that of the chief, as it is + she that has the light burning, we might have the other two upon us before + we had done with her, for she is evidently the largest, and most likely + the strongest handed, of them.” + </p> + <p> + The leader of the pirates evidently saw that there was no chance of + evading the fight. A flag was run up to the masthead of his ship, and the + three vessels began to endeavour to turn, so as to meet the galley. The + operation, however, took some time. In the confusion, orders were + misunderstood, and instead of all the slaves on one side rowing whilst + those on the other side backed, all order was lost, and long before the + craft for which the galley was making had got round, the latter was upon + her. + </p> + <p> + “Shall I ram her, Sir Gervaise?” the pilot asked. + </p> + <p> + “No; we might damage ourselves; besides, I do not want to sink her. Sheer + away the oars on one side!” + </p> + <p> + The galley carried eight guns—three on each side of the poop, and + two forward; and these had been loaded with small pieces of iron. A few + shots had been fired by the pirates, but, owing to the confusion that + prevailed on board, the guns were discharged so hurriedly that the shot + either flew overhead or passed wide of the galley. Excited as the young + knights were, and eager for the fray, a general laugh broke out as the + galley swept along by the pirate ship, breaking many of her oars, and + hurling all the slaves who manned them backwards off their benches. A + moment later the guns poured their iron contents among the pirates who + clustered thickly on the forecastle and poop, and as the vessels grated + together the knights sprang on board the corsair. + </p> + <p> + The members of the English langue had each been provided with short pieces + of rope, and before joining their companions in the fray they lashed the + vessels together, side by side. The fight was a very short one. France and + Auvergne, led by Ralph Harcourt, boarded at the bow, the other five + langues at the poop; and so impetuous was their onset that the pirates, + who had still scarce recovered from their surprise at being hastily + aroused from sleep to repel the attack of the foe who had so suddenly + sprung out from the darkness upon them, offered but a feeble resistance. + Many threw themselves overboard, and swam to the ship nearest to them; + others were cut down; and the rest flung away their arms, and cried for + quarter. + </p> + <p> + All who did so were, without the loss of a minute's time, thrown down into + the hold of their ship, and the hatches secured over them. It had before + been arranged that Ralph should take the command of the corsair, having + with him France, Auvergne, and Germany. As soon, therefore, as the + captives were fastened below, Gervaise called the knights of the other + four langues back to the deck of the galley. The lashings were cast off, + she was pushed from the side of the prize, and the oars were got out. + There was no time to be lost, for the largest of the three pirate ships, + which had, directly it was seen that her consort was captured, poured two + heavy broadsides into the prize, was now approaching—rowing but + slowly, however, for the third vessel to come up. + </p> + <p> + She was but a hundred yards away when the galley swept round the bow of + the prize and advanced to meet her. As she did so, Ralph discharged the + eight guns of the prize, which he had at once reloaded, into the bow of + the corsair, the shot raking the crowded deck from end to end. When but a + few yards distant, the two bow guns of the galley poured in a shower of + missiles, and a moment later she ran alongside the pirate, the poop guns, + as before, preparing the way for the boarders. But no sooner had they + leapt on deck than they were met by the pirates, headed by their captain. + </p> + <p> + Gervaise had specially charged the knights not to allow themselves to be + carried away by their ardour. “We are sure to be greatly outnumbered, and, + when we first spring on board, we must cut our way across the deck, and + then form ourselves in a double or treble line across it, and, so + fighting, gradually force them before us.” + </p> + <p> + This, in spite of the efforts of the pirates, was accomplished, and, once + formed, the corsairs strove in vain to break through the wall of steel. + For a time, however, no forward movement could be made, so furious were + the attacks upon them, led by the pirate chief. Several times breaches + were made in the front rank, but the knights behind each time bore back + the assault, and restored the line. The knights had won their way half + along the poop when a yell of exultation rose from the corsairs as the + third of their vessels rowed up on the other side of the galley, and her + crew sprang on board it. Gervaise called the knights of the second line + from their places, and ranged them along the bulwark, to prevent the Moors + from boarding from the poop of the galley. + </p> + <p> + Then for a moment he looked round. The prize was creeping up, and was a + length or two away, coming up alongside. Its approach was also noticed by + the pirates, who, with wild shouts, flung themselves upon their opponents. + Gervaise sprang forward to take the place of a young Italian knight, who + staggered back, with his helmet cleft by a heavy blow from the keen + yataghan of the pirate captain. The corsair, shouting his war cry of + “Allah!” sprang with the bound of a wild cat upon Gervaise; his weapon + descended on his uplifted guard, and shore right through the stout blade. + With a shout of triumph, the corsair raised his arm to repeat the blow; + but Gervaise in turn sprang forward, and struck with all his force with + the pommel of his sword on the forehead of his opponent. The latter fell + as if shot, his weapon dropping from his hand beside him. + </p> + <p> + Dismayed at the fall of their leader, his followers recoiled for a moment. + Another tall pirate sprang forward to take his place, and, shouting to + them to follow, was about to throw himself upon Gervaise, when a gun + crashed out close alongside. A storm of iron swept away the front line of + Moors, and the shout of “St. John!” “St. John!” rose above the din. It was + one of the bow guns of the prize, and as she swept along gun after gun + poured its contents among the pirates. + </p> + <p> + “Do you clear the galley, Ralph. We can manage here now,” Gervaise said, + as Ralph leapt on board. The latter, followed by his party of knights, + rushed across the poop, and sprang on to the galley among the pirates, who + had been striving in vain to break through the line of defenders. Gervaise + called to his party to follow him, and, taking the offensive, fell upon + the remnant of the corsairs who still held the forward end of the poop. + </p> + <p> + The discharge of the cannon at such close quarters had wrought terrible + havoc among them, and the pirates, with but slight resistance, turned, and + either ran down the ladder or leapt into the water. The knights followed + them forward among the benches of the rowers, who cheered loudly in many + tongues as they passed them. At the forecastle the Moors made another + stand, but the knights forced their way up, and in two minutes all was + over. + </p> + <p> + “Now to the aid of our comrades!” Gervaise shouted, as the last of the + corsairs was struck down. + </p> + <p> + Ralph's party had indeed cleared the poop of the galley, but they in vain + endeavoured to climb up on to that of the third pirate ship, whose + superior height gave a great advantage to its defenders. Gervaise leapt + down on to the bow of the galley, followed by the knights, and then ran + aft until he could climb into the waist of the pirate. So intent were the + corsairs upon defending the poop that they did not see what was going on + elsewhere, and Gervaise had obtained a fair footing before he was noticed. + Then a number of men ran down and attacked his party. But it was too late, + for the whole of the knights had, by this time, leaped on board. Their + assailants were forced back, and, pressing close upon them, the knights + gained the poop before the main body of the pirates were aware of their + coming. + </p> + <p> + Warned by the shouts and shrieks of their comrades that they had been + taken in the rear, the Moslems who were defending the side of the poop + wavered for a moment. Ralph took advantage of their hesitation, and sprang + on board, his companions pouring in after him. There was a stern and + desperate fight. The Moslems fought with the fury of despair, disdaining + to ask or accept quarter. A few leapt overboard, preferring death by + drowning to that by the swords of the Christians; but the great majority + died fighting to the last. A shout of triumph rose from the knights as the + last of the Moslems fell. + </p> + <p> + The first impulse of all of them was to take off their helmets in order to + breathe the fresh air, and for a while they all stood panting from their + exertions. + </p> + <p> + “Nobly and gallantly done, comrades!” Gervaise exclaimed. “This is indeed + a victory of which we have all a right to be proud. Now, the first thing + is to free the slaves of their shackles; there are many white faces among + them. Let our langue look after the wounded, while the released captives + clear the decks of the bodies of the fallen pirates.” + </p> + <p> + It took an hour's hard work to knock off the chains of the slaves. The + greater portion of them were Christians—Greeks, Italians, Spaniards, + and French, who had been captured in various raids by the corsairs; and + among them were the crew of the ship that had been overhauled by the + galley on the previous day. Besides these, there were a few Moslems who + had been sentenced to labour in the galleys for various crimes. + </p> + <p> + Among the Christians, the joy at their liberation was intense. Some + laughed, some cried, others were too overcome to speak coherently. Among + the rest were found, to the intense pleasure of their rescuers, three + knights of the Order who had for years been missing. They had been taken + prisoners on an island at which the galley to which they belonged had + touched. Many of the knights had landed, and three of them, all belonging + to the langue of Italy, had wandered away from the rest, and had not + returned. A search had been made for them, and it was discovered that a + struggle had taken place. As there were no marks of blood, it was supposed + that they were suddenly pounced upon by a party of hidden marauders, who + had been watching them from some hiding place, and had thrown themselves + upon the knights before they had had time to draw their swords. Following + the trail by bushes broken down, and plants crushed under foot, it was + found to lead to a creek on the other side of the island. Here there were + signs that a craft had been anchored, as there were the ashes of fires, + fragments of food, and other matters, scattered about on the shore. Hours + had passed before the knights had been missed, and therefore the craft in + which they had been carried off was long out of sight. Letters were + written by the grand master to the Pasha of Syria, to the Emperor of + Egypt, and to the Bey of Tunis, offering to ransom the knights, but all + replied that they were unaware of any such captives having been landed. + </p> + <p> + An attempt had then been made to ascertain whether they had been carried + to Tripoli; but the bey had little authority over the various tribesmen + along the coast, and only replied that no such captives had been sold in + the city. Thus all hope of ransoming them had died away, and their names + were inscribed in the list of those who had fallen into the hands of the + infidels, but of whose subsequent fate no clue could be obtained. + </p> + <p> + All were greatly emaciated, and their faces showed signs of the sufferings + they had undergone. The young knights were all familiar with their names, + but personally none had known them, for they had been carried off two or + three months before Gervaise and Ralph Harcourt had arrived at Rhodes. + </p> + <p> + All three had struggled desperately to break their chains while the fight + was going on, and had, as soon as the contest was decided, risen to their + feet and shouted the battle cry of the Order; then, overcome by their + emotions, they sank down upon their benches, and remained as if in a + stupor until the knights, who had hurried first to them, struck off their + fetters. Then the three men grasped each other's hands, while tears + streamed down their cheeks. + </p> + <p> + “It is no dream, comrades,” one of them said, in a hoarse voice. “We are + free again. Let us first return thanks to God for our release, and then we + can thank these our brothers.” + </p> + <p> + The three knights knelt at the benches where they had toiled and suffered, + and hid their faces in their hands. No sounds came from their lips, but + their stifled sobs and the heaving of their naked shoulders, seamed and + scarred by the strokes of their taskmasters' whips, told the young + knights, who stood unhelmeted and silent around, how deep was their + emotion. Then they rose. + </p> + <p> + “I am Fabricius Caretto,” one said; “this is Giacomo Da Vinci; this Pietro + Forzi: all knight commanders of the Order, and now for six years prisoners + in the hands of these corsairs. Assuredly no one would know us, so changed + are we.” He looked round inquiringly for a familiar face. “Your commander + must surely be a comrade of ours?” + </p> + <p> + “We know all your names,” Gervaise said, coming forward, “though none of + us reached the convent until after your capture. I have the honour to + command this galley. My name is Gervaise Tresham, and I have for my + lieutenant Sir Ralph Harcourt. All of us, glad as we are at the capture we + have effected of these three corsairs, are still more pleased that we + should have been the means of rescuing three noble knights of our Order + from captivity. Now, I pray you first of all to accompany me on board the + galley, where we will do all we can to make you forget the sufferings you + have gone through. After you have bathed, and reclad yourselves, I will + present to you the knights my comrades, amongst whom are seven of your own + langue. Three of these I will tell off to see to your comfort, for, as you + will understand, I have my hands full indeed at present.” + </p> + <p> + “First, before all things, Sir Knight, let me express to you all our deep + gratitude and our admiration of the gallant deed that you have + accomplished in thus, single handed, capturing three vessels belonging to + the fiercest and most dreaded of the corsairs of Tripoli. God bless you + all, sirs”—and his voice broke again—“for the deed you have + done, and for bringing us out of this living hell!” + </p> + <p> + Gervaise called to three of the Italian knights, and, followed by them and + the released captives, led the way to the galley. Here he left them in + charge of their countrymen. “Give them each a draught of old Cyprus, and + something to eat,” he said aside to one of the knights; “they sorely need + refreshment before aught else, for, as you see, they are well nigh dazed + with this unlooked for change. I will put out clothes enough for one of + them; the others you must supply for the present from your stores. Now I + must be off.” + </p> + <p> + There was indeed much to be done. Four of the knights were told off to + attend upon the most urgent cases among their own wounded. Only two of + their number had been killed outright, but there were four serious cases + among the wounded, while eight or ten others had received wounds that + required bandaging and attending to. As fast as the slaves' fetters were + struck off, food and wine were given to them, together with such garments + as could be found at the moment. Then the bodies of the fallen pirates + were thrown overboard, while the wounded were attended to, and the + released Christians were divided equally between the three prizes. To each + of these the knights of one of the langues were told off, the seniors + being appointed to the command. There were in all some ninety Christian + captives on board the three ships. Thus each vessel had a complement of + seven knights and thirty Christians, and to these were added ten of the + thirty Moslems found at the oars, and fifteen of the pirates to whom + quarter had been given. + </p> + <p> + It was past noon before all these arrangements had been made, and during + the time so occupied, the ships lay idly side by side, drifting slowly + before the wind, the sails having been lowered as soon as the struggle was + over. Up to this time, the knights had been too busily engaged to think of + food, but they were right glad when they were summoned to a meal on board + the galley. + </p> + <p> + Gervaise found the three knights in the cabin, dressed in the usual attire + of the Order. They presented a very different appearance, indeed, to that + which they wore when he had first seen them. They had bathed, and combed + their matted hair, which was alone sufficient to transform them, but the + feeling that they were once more free men, and knights of an honoured + Order, had done even more to effect the change; and although they looked + thin and worn, the martial bearing had come back naturally as they donned + their knightly robes and buckled on swords. + </p> + <p> + “I am glad to see that you are better,” Gervaise said, as he went up to + greet them. “Twenty years seem to have dropped off your shoulders since + this morning.” + </p> + <p> + “We are not the same men, Sir Gervaise. We were slaves, and are now free. + We were Christian dogs; now we are Christian knights. We were subject to + scoffs and blows; now, thank God, we have swords to strike with, and + though as yet our arms may not have regained their full strength, we could + at least bear a share in a fray. Our comrades have been telling us + somewhat of how this wonderful thing has come about, and have been + explaining what at first filled us with surprise, that a galley should be + manned solely by young knights, of whom their commander is one of the + youngest. We can testify, at least, that had the grand master been himself + in command, and his crew composed of veteran knights, he could have done + no better.” + </p> + <p> + “We were fortunate in taking them so much by surprise that the first of + their ships fell into our hands before her consorts could come to her + assistance; and her guns did us good service in our struggle with the + others.” + </p> + <p> + “The matter was well arranged, as well as gallantly fought,” one of the + other knights said. “Had you first fallen foul of the chief's galley, it + would have gone hard with you, for his crew were so strong that you could + scarce have overcome them before the other two vessels came up to his + assistance.” + </p> + <p> + “Now let us to our meal,” Gervaise said. + </p> + <p> + The three knights were placed at the head of the table by him, and it was + pleasant to see how they enjoyed their food. + </p> + <p> + “I can scarce persuade myself that I am not dreaming,” Caretto said. + “Sometimes, when lying at night, wet through with the damp air, I have + wondered to myself whether I could ever have lived thus, and whether I + should ever exchange my hard bread and water for what seemed to me + fabulous luxuries, though at the time one had taken them as a matter of + course. You cannot tell how strange it feels to me to come back to the old + life again.” + </p> + <p> + “You will soon be accustomed to it,” Gervaise said, with a smile, “and + then you will look upon your captivity as a dream, just as you then + regarded your past life.” + </p> + <p> + “I suppose, Sir Gervaise,” Pietro Forzi said, “that you will sail direct + for Rhodes with your prizes?” + </p> + <p> + “No indeed,” Gervaise replied. “At the same time that we learned, from a + dying man left on board the ship the pirates captured yesterday, of the + course they had taken, and were so enabled to follow them, we also learned + that they were on their way to join a corsair fleet that was collecting at + some point on the eastern side of Sardinia, with the intention of sweeping + the coast of Italy. It was this, rather than the capture of these three + vessels, that induced us to disobey the general instructions we had been + given to cruise along the northern coast of Africa, and determined us to + push north to give warning along the coast from Naples to Genoa of the + danger that threatened, and, if possible, to enable Genoa to fit out her + galleys to encounter the corsairs. That duty has still to be fulfilled, + though I fear that Genoa will be able to do little, for of late she has + been engaged in a long civil struggle between her great families, and has + taken but a small part in maritime affairs. However, we can at least warn + her, as well as Naples, Pisa, and other towns, and may possibly find some + opportunity for ourselves striking another blow against the pirates.” + </p> + <p> + “If so, certainly we shall be glad to accompany you, if you will allow us + to serve under you; for nothing would please us so much as the opportunity + of paying off a small share of the vengeance we owe them. But of course, + if you would rather, we will sail for Rhodes in the prizes.” + </p> + <p> + “I am not thinking of sending them to Rhodes at present,” Gervaise said. + “It seems to me that we may be able, in some way, to utilise them to + advantage. They have their sails, and rowers for the oars. There will be, + in each, besides seven knights of the Order, thirty men who, like + yourselves, must feel willing to strike a blow at their late oppressors. I + need hardly say that I shall be glad indeed to have the company and aid of + three such well known knights of the Order, and would, could I do so, + gladly resign my command into your experienced hands. But this I cannot + do, and, anticipating that you would be willing to join us in this + expedition, I have been thinking how I could best utilise your aid. I have + thought that, if you would accept the positions, I would appoint one of + you to each of the prizes, to act, not as its commander, but as the leader + of the band of released captives. Most of them are sailors, of course, and + with them you could work the guns and give effective aid to the little + party of knights in any actual fight.” + </p> + <p> + The three knights all exclaimed that they would gladly accept the posts he + offered them. + </p> + <p> + “The idea is a capital one, Sir Gervaise; and, as long as it does not come + to close fighting, the three ships should be able to render efficient aid + to your galley in any encounter. They will be, at any rate, a match for + their own number of pirate ships,” Caretto said. + </p> + <p> + As soon as the meal concluded, the Moslem captives were questioned one by + one as to the rendezvous at which the pirate fleet was to assemble; all, + however, protested that the place was known only to the three commanders, + all of whom had fallen in the fight. + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0014" id="link2HCH0014"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER XIV THE CORSAIR FLEET + </h2> + <p> + An hour later all was ready for a start. The knights of the langues of + France, Germany, and Spain went on board their respective ships, as did + the three parties of released captives, with the knights who were to + command them, while the rowers took their seats on the benches, shackled + with the chains that had recently held the Christians. The wind was from + the south, and with sails and oars the prizes were able to keep fairly + abreast of the galley. With a few short intervals of rest, the slaves + continued their work all night, until, shortly before daybreak, land was + seen ahead, and the pilot at once pronounced it to be Cape Carbonara. + </p> + <p> + “A good landfall, Gervaise,” Ralph said. “The pilot has done right well. I + suppose you mean to anchor when you get there?” + </p> + <p> + “Certainly, Ralph. The slaves will have rowed nearly eighteen hours, with + only two hours' rest. They must have some hours, at least, of sleep before + we go on. As you and I have been up all night, we will turn in also. We + will send a boat ashore to try and find out from the natives they may come + across whether any vessels, bearing the appearance of Moorish corsairs, + have been seen passing up the coast, and also to find out what bays and + inlets there are where they would be likely to anchor. Some of the Italian + knights had best go with the boat, for though I believe these people speak + a different dialect to those of the mainland, they would have more chance + of understanding them than any of the others.” + </p> + <p> + The sun had risen when the little fleet came to an anchor close to the + cape. A boat was at once prepared to go ashore, and Gervaise begged + Fabricius Caretto, the senior of the rescued Italian knights, to endeavour + to find out whether a swift sailing craft of some kind could be hired. If + so, he was to secure her on any terms, and come off in her at once to the + galley. + </p> + <p> + Gervaise had already talked the matter over with Ralph, and they agreed + that a strongly manned craft of this kind would go faster than any of + those they had taken, and that, moreover, it would be a pity to weaken + their force by sending one of the prizes away. Having seen them off, + Gervaise retired to the cabin and threw himself down for a short sleep, + leaving the knights who had been off watch during the night, to see that + all went well. In two hours he was roused. A native craft had come + alongside with Sir Fabricius Caretto. + </p> + <p> + “I think she is just the craft for us,” the knight said, as Gervaise came + on deck. “She belongs to a large fishing village just round the point to + the left. There were several boats there, but the villagers all said that + this was the speediest vessel anywhere along the coast. She belongs to two + brothers, who, with four men, constitute her regular crew; but I have + arranged for twelve others to go in her, in order that they may row her + along at a good pace if the wind falls light.” + </p> + <p> + “Are your companions come off yet?” + </p> + <p> + “No; but we can hoist a flag for their recall.” + </p> + <p> + “Do so. I shall be greatly obliged if you will undertake this mission to + the seaports. It needs one of name and rank to speak with the nobles and + officials authoritatively.” + </p> + <p> + “I will gladly do so, Sir Gervaise. Give me your instructions, and you can + rely upon my carrying them out.” + </p> + <p> + “I thank you greatly, Sir Fabricius, and shall be glad if you will take + with you any two of the knights you may select. I have to write letters + for you to deliver to the authorities at Naples, Pisa, and Genoa. I shall + write but briefly, and leave you to explain matters more fully. I shall + merely say that I have intelligence of the arrival here of a fleet of + Moorish corsairs, of whose strength I am ignorant, but that assuredly + their intention is to make a raid on the commerce of the coast, and + perhaps to land at unprotected places. At Ostia, after warning the + authorities to send orders along the coast for the inhabitants to be on + their guard, pray them to carry word at once to Rome, and request his + Holiness the Pope to order some armed galleys to put to sea as soon as + possible. Beg them at Naples and Pisa to do the same thing. But of course + it is from Genoa that we must hope for the most assistance. + </p> + <p> + “In each place you will, if possible, see the syndic himself, and such of + his council as can be got quickly together. The moment you have done all + you can at Genoa sail for the Island of Madalena, which lies off the + northeastern point of the island. There you will either find us, or a boat + with a message where to direct your course. I think perhaps it will be + best to omit Naples—it will save you fully a day, if not two, to do + so. Pray them at Ostia to send off news down the coast, or to request the + papal authorities to despatch mounted messengers. 'Tis likely that, at + first, at any rate, the corsairs will try the narrower waters to the + north. From here to Ostia is nigh two hundred miles, and if the wind is + brisk you may arrive there tomorrow afternoon, and start again at night, + arriving at Pisa before noon on the following day; while, allowing for + four or five hours to ascend the river there, you may be at Genoa next + morning. + </p> + <p> + “Three hours should suffice to gather from the authorities what force they + can despatch, and as soon as you have learned this, embark again and sail + south. You may reach Madalena in two days. Thus, at the earliest, it must + be from six to seven days before you can bring us the news there; if you + meet with calms or foul winds you may be well nigh double that time. If at + Ostia you can get a faster craft than this, hire it, or take a relay of + fresh rowers. I will furnish you with means when I give you the letters.” + </p> + <p> + In less than half an hour Gervaise was on deck again. The boat had + returned with the other Italian knights. An ample store of provisions had + been placed on board the Sperondra, both for the crew and for the three + knights, and, without a minute's delay, these took their places on board, + the great sails were hoisted, and the craft glided rapidly away. + </p> + <p> + “The villagers spoke truly as to her speed,” Ralph said, as they looked + after her. “Even with this light wind, she is running fully six miles an + hour, and as, by the look of the sky, there will be more of it soon, she + will make the run to Ostia well within the time we calculated.” + </p> + <p> + Gervaise now questioned the other Italian knights as to what information + they had gained. + </p> + <p> + They said the peasants had told them that several strange craft, using + both oars and sails, had been noticed passing northwards, and that so + strong was the opinion that these were either Algerines or Tunisians that, + for the last three or four days, none of the fishing craft had ventured to + put to sea. They were able to tell but little as to the bays along the + coastline, which they described as very rugged and precipitous. Five or + six little streams ran, they knew, down from the mountains. They thought + the most likely places for corsairs to rendezvous would be in a deep + indentation north of Cape Bellavista, or behind Cape Comino. If not at + these places, they might meet in the great bay at whose entrance stands + Tavolara Island, and that beyond, there were several deep inlets on the + northeastern coast of the Island. Gervaise had a consultation with Ralph. + </p> + <p> + “The first thing is to find out where these corsairs have their meeting + place, Ralph; and this must be done without their catching sight of the + galley or of the prizes, which some of them would be sure to recognise.” + </p> + <p> + Ralph nodded. + </p> + <p> + “It is a difficult question, Gervaise. Of course, if we had a boat speedy + enough to row away from the corsairs it would be easy enough; but with + wind and oars they go so fast that no boat could escape them.” + </p> + <p> + “That is quite certain, Ralph; and therefore, if it is done by a boat, it + must be by one so small and insignificant that they would pay but little + attention to it if they caught sight of it. My idea is that we should take + our own little boat, which is a fast one, paint it black, to give it the + appearance of a fisherman's boat, and hire a couple of good rowers from + the village. This, with one knight dressed as a fisherman, should go ahead + of us, and explore every inlet where ships could be sheltered. We would + follow ten miles behind. When we get near the places where the natives + think the fleet is likely to be, the boat must go on at night, while we + anchor. In that way they ought to be able to discover the corsairs, while + themselves unseen, and to gain some idea of their numbers and the position + in which they are anchored, and bring us back news.” + </p> + <p> + “Shall I go myself, Gervaise?” + </p> + <p> + “I could not spare you, Ralph. The risk of capture does not seem to me to + be great, but there certainly is a risk, and I dare not part with you. It + had better be an Italian, because there will doubtless be an opportunity + of landing at villages and questioning the inhabitants, therefore we will + send Fosco. If there are some eight or ten corsairs gathered in any of + these bays the news is sure to travel along the shore, and we may get some + tidings in that way. The first thing is to send off to the village again + to fetch two young fishermen; they must be active fellows, strong, and + possessed of some courage. I will ask da Vinci to go himself and select + them. While he is away we will paint our boat black, and make ready for + her to start at once; the sooner she is off the better.” + </p> + <p> + The Italian knight at once undertook the mission, and started for the + shore. Fosco, who had been chosen principally because he was light of + frame, as well as very shrewd and intelligent, was then called up, and his + mission explained to him. He was delighted at having been selected. + Gervaise took him down to the cabin, and they consulted the maps with + which the galley was furnished. + </p> + <p> + “You will row on to Muravera; it is some twenty miles from here. You see, + the village lies at the mouth of a river. As soon as you arrive there, you + will land and find out whether there is any report of Moorish pirates + having been seen along the coast. We shall be there this evening, and you + will come on board and report. Next day you will get to Lunasei, which is + about five miles on this side of Cape Bellavista, and they will certainly + know there if the pirates are lying behind the cape. If they are so, you + will row back to meet us; if they are not, you will remain there until we + come up in the evening. Remember that, should you on either day be seen + and chased, and you find they are overtaking you, you will make for the + shore, land, and conceal yourselves. We shall keep along near the coast, + and as we pass you can come down to the water's edge and signal to us to + take you off. Now you had better disguise yourself, so as to be in + readiness to start as soon as da Vinci comes off with the men. You will + only need to take a small stock of provisions, as each night you can + replenish them here.” + </p> + <p> + An hour later da Vinci came off with two stalwart young fishermen. The + little boat had already been painted, and it was lowered at once; Fosco + stepped into it, and started. + </p> + <p> + Two hours later the prizes got up sail, and, accompanied by the galley, + coasted quietly along the shore, arriving, late in the afternoon, at + Muravera. Fosco at once came on board. + </p> + <p> + “There is no news here beyond that which we gained this morning, Sir + Gervaise,” he said. “Strange ships have certainly been seen sailing north, + but they did not approach the coast.” + </p> + <p> + A similar report was given at Lunasei; there were certainly no corsairs + lying behind Cape Bellavista, or news would assuredly have reached the + village. At Orosei, next day, the report was the same; there were no + strange ships at Cape Comino. They had been warned overnight that the + coast beyond the cape was so precipitous, that there would be no villages + at which to make inquiries, and arranged with Fosco that the ships should + anchor north of the cape, and that he should go on at once to inspect the + next bay. If he found ships there, he was to return at once; if not, he + was, at daybreak, to land at one of the villages in the bay, and to make + inquiries. + </p> + <p> + No news was brought in by him during the night. + </p> + <p> + “It is evident the pirates are not in the bay, Gervaise,” Ralph said, as + they came on deck at daybreak. + </p> + <p> + “Yes; and I am glad of it. It is a large bay, and if the Genoese send half + a dozen galleys, some of the pirates might still escape, while the next + bays are deeper and narrower, and it would be more easy to entrap them + all. I have all along thought it most probable that they would rendezvous + there. The maps show no villages for many miles round, and they might lie + there for weeks without so much as a shepherd getting sight of them from + the cliffs. Moreover, it is the nearest point for cutting off ships coming + down between Corsica and the mainland, and they can, besides, snap up + those proceeding from the south to Marseilles, as these, for the most + part, pass between Sardinia and Corsica.” + </p> + <p> + At eight o'clock the boat was seen coming round the point. + </p> + <p> + “Any news, Fosco?” Gervaise asked, as it approached the galley. + </p> + <p> + “None, Sir Gervaise. They have heard nothing of pirates, nor seen anything + of them.” + </p> + <p> + Exclamations of disappointment broke from the knights. + </p> + <p> + “That makes it all the more likely,” Gervaise said, “that they are lying + in one of the inlets to the north. You see, lower down they kept + comparatively close to the shore, being careless who might notice them; + but as they approached their rendezvous, they would be more careful, and + might either pass along at night, or keep far out. If they had not been + anxious to conceal their near presence, they would have been likely to put + into this bay in search of plunder and captives; for Tempe, one of the + largest of the Sardinian towns, lies but a short distance away, and there + must be a considerable amount of traffic.” + </p> + <p> + “There are four or five small craft lying there,” Fosco, who had by this + time stepped on board, put in, “and a considerable number of fishing + boats. When I came upon the ships in the dark, I thought at first that I + had lighted on the pirates, but on letting the boat drift closely by them + I soon saw they were not corsair galleys.” + </p> + <p> + “Shall we get up anchor and go into the bay?” Ralph asked. + </p> + <p> + “It were safer not to do so, Ralph. Possibly one of the craft lying there + might be presently captured by them, and they might learn from her crew of + the presence of a galley of the Order there. Therefore I think it best to + remain where we are till nightfall, and then to proceed and anchor on the + north side of the Island of Madalena, if we can find a sheltered cove + where we could not be seen either from the land or by passing ships.” + </p> + <p> + During the day there was a good deal of discussion among the knights as to + whether the corsairs might not already have sailed away. It was evident + that if all their ships had arrived, there would be no motive for delay. + Three ships they knew would never join them, and others might have been + detained, from some cause or another. There could be no doubt that the + pirates had already ample force for capturing as many merchant vessels as + they might come across. But it might be intended to carry out some more + daring project—to sack and burn towns along the coast, carry off the + leading people for ransom, and fill the vessels with slaves—the + attack being made simultaneously on several unprotected towns. A vast + amount of plunder could thus be reaped, together with captives of even + greater money value. Were this their plan, they would doubtless delay + until all those who had promised to join in the expedition had arrived. + The balance of opinion, then, was that the corsairs were still in hiding. + </p> + <p> + By daybreak next morning they were moored in a sheltered little bay to the + north of Madalena, the galley lying inside the prizes, so as to be + concealed as much as possible from view of any craft that might happen to + pass the mouth of the bay. Fosco started as soon as darkness fell in the + evening, and returned early in the morning. + </p> + <p> + “They are there,” he shouted, as he neared the galley, “hidden in a deep + inlet that runs into one of the narrow bays.” + </p> + <p> + “How many are there of them?” + </p> + <p> + “Seventeen or eighteen, I could not say which. They are all moored side by + side.” + </p> + <p> + By this time Fosco's boat had reached the galley. + </p> + <p> + “You have done well indeed,” Gervaise said, as the young knight ascended + to the poop. “Now give us a full account of what you have seen.” + </p> + <p> + “As you know, Sir Gervaise, the bay opposite this island splits up into + two, running a long way inland, like the fangs of a great tooth. I had, of + course, no difficulty in finding the entrance to the bay itself, as it is + but a short distance across the strait. I steered first for the left hand + shore, and kept close along under the shadow of the cliffs, which, in many + cases, rise almost straight out from the water. We rowed very quietly, + fearing to run against a rock; for although it was light enough to see + across the water, and to make out any craft that might be anchored there, + it was very dark along the foot of the cliffs. There was no need for + haste, as I knew I had plenty of time to explore both arms of the bay, and + to be back here before day began to break. + </p> + <p> + “We rowed up to the end of the inlet, and then, having assured ourselves + that it was empty, came down the other side, and turned up the western + arm. We had got some distance along when I fancied I heard voices, and so + let the boat drift along, only dipping the oars in the water occasionally. + I could make out no signs whatever of the corsairs, when suddenly we came + upon a break in the cliffs. It was only some fifty yards across, and here + a creek came in at right angles to the shore. I could have given a shout + of pleasure as I looked up it, for there a score of lights were burning + above a dark mass, and we could hear the sound of talking and laughter. It + was but a glimpse I caught, for the men at once backed water, and we were + soon round the corner again. + </p> + <p> + “Up till then the fishermen had been ready enough to go where I wanted, + but the sight of that clump of galleys regularly scared them, and they + wanted to row straight away; but of course I pointed out to them that they + had taken pay to do this thing, and that they had to do it. They said that + if caught they would be either killed or made slaves of, and I could not + contradict them, but said that, in the first place, as I was ready to run + the risk, there was no reason why they shouldn't do so, and in the second, + there was no chance whatever of their being taken, as, if discovered, we + should get so long a start that we could either escape them altogether or + run the boat ashore at some point where the trees came down to the water's + edge, carry the boat up and hide it, and then move up into the hills until + the corsairs had gone. + </p> + <p> + “We waited there three or four hours, looking round the point + occasionally. At the end of that time all was quiet. Two or three of the + lanterns still burned, but there was no sign of life or movement on their + decks. After waiting another half hour to ensure the crews being asleep, + we rowed quietly up the creek, keeping within an oar's length of the + rocks. There was not much to see; the galleys lay two abreast, and as + there was no space between them, I supposed the whole were lashed + together. There were eight of them on the side we went along, but I think + there were only seven on the other side. As I thought it did not much + matter whether there were fifteen or sixteen, and as the men were in a + state of horrible fright, we turned and went back again, and I own I felt + very glad myself when we got round the point without an alarm being given. + We came quietly out, and it was fortunate we did so, for we had not gone a + quarter of a mile when we heard the sound of oars, and, lying silently + under the cliff, we saw two large galleys row past us.” + </p> + <p> + “It is a strong force, Gervaise,” Ralph said, as they paced up and down + the poop together. “Probably in each of those galleys are eighty or a + hundred men, in addition to the rowers. It is evident that unless Genoa + sends us help we shall not be able to interfere with their plans.” + </p> + <p> + “I don't know, Ralph. I think we may injure them sorely, though we might + not be able to defeat them altogether. I want you tonight to take one of + the prizes, and row round to the bay we passed, and there to buy three + coasting vessels and six or eight fishing boats. Get as much pitch, oil, + and other combustibles, as you can purchase in the villages on the shore. + If you can engage a score of fishermen to man them, all the better. My + idea is that if Caretto returns with news that the Genoese have no galleys + ready for sea, we must do what we can to injure these corsairs. If we + smear these craft you are going to fetch with pitch and oil, and fill the + holds with combustibles, and so turn them into fire ships, we may at least + do the pirates a tremendous lot of harm. When we get to the mouth of this + inlet, we could have the fire ships rowed in by three or four men in each, + they having a boat behind in which to escape as soon as the boats are + lighted. The sight of a dozen craft coming down on them in flames would + cause a terrific panic, for, moored closely together, as they are, if one + took fire there would be little chance of the others escaping. Of course, + we should add to the confusion by opening a fire with all our guns, and + could hope to capture some at least of them as they tried to make their + way out.” + </p> + <p> + “It is a grand idea, Gervaise; a splendid idea! It would be a terrific + blow to the Moors, and would make the sea safe from them for a long time.” + </p> + <p> + “When you buy the other things, Ralph, get a quantity of black cloth—it + matters not how coarse, or of what material; and also some white. As soon + as you come back with it, all hands shall set to work to make the stuff up + into mantles of the Order, with the white cross. We will put these on to + the Christians in the prizes, and the Moors will suppose that they are + attacked by four of the galleys of the Order. If you can get some more + arms and some iron headpieces, all the better.” + </p> + <p> + “I will do what I can, Gervaise; the arms will certainly be wanted, for + those we found on the decks were sufficient only to arm half the + Christians. As to the steel caps, that will not matter so much, as in the + darkness and confusion the sight of the mantles will be quite enough to + convince the corsairs that we are all knights of the Order. By the way, + Gervaise, we have not yet looked into the holds of the prizes.” + </p> + <p> + “That is so, Ralph; we knew, of course, that as the ships had but just + started we should find nothing in them save the cargo of that unfortunate + craft they captured.” + </p> + <p> + On searching they found, as they had expected, that the cargo of the + captured ship had been of no great value. It consisted of wine, olive oil, + and grain. These were all useful, for the number of mouths to be fed was + considerable, and heavy inroads had already been made on the stores of the + galley. The rowers of the four vessels were at once set to work to crush + the grain between flat stones brought from the shore, and an ample supply + of coarse flour for their use for at least a fortnight was obtained before + sunset. + </p> + <p> + As soon as darkness fell, Ralph and two of the French knights started in + one of the prizes. Late on the following afternoon a sail was seen coming + from the north, and before the sun set they were able to make her out to + be the craft in which Caretto had sailed. The anchor of the galley was at + once got up, and she rowed out to meet the boat and conduct her into the + little bay. It was almost dark when they came within hailing distance. + </p> + <p> + “What news do you bring, Sir Fabricius?” + </p> + <p> + “Bad news, I regret to say. I do not think that Genoa will be able to send + out any galleys for at least a fortnight. There have been civil + dissensions, and fighting between rival factions, and in consequence her + ships are all dismantled and laid up. Crews will have to be collected for + them, repairs executed, and officers chosen; a fortnight will be the + earliest time in which they can be here. Pisa has no war galleys, and + unless the Pope sends some out directly he gets the news, the corsairs + will have it their own way. Have you discovered them?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes; they lie but a few miles from here. There were fifteen or sixteen of + them two days ago, and two others joined them that night. You have lost no + time indeed. We had scarce begun to expect you, Sir Fabricius,” he added, + as the knight and his two comrades stepped on board. + </p> + <p> + “I have done my best,” the knight said angrily. “But I am in a rage with + my ill success. All I have accomplished is that no merchant vessels will + put to sea at present. At Ostia they would only send off a message to + Rome, to ask for orders. At Pisa the authorities at first treated my story + as a fiction, and, I believe, took me for an impostor; but on the news + spreading, some knights came forward and recognised me. Then we had a + meeting of the council. All talked, wrangled, and protested. They said + that it was absurd to suppose that they could, at a moment's notice, fit + out ships to cope with a fleet of corsairs; and their sole idea was to man + the forts, and to repel an attack. However, mounted messengers were sent + off at once, up and down the coast, to give warning to the inhabitants of + the towns to put themselves into a posture of defence, and to the + villagers to fly with their wives and families into the interior as soon + as they saw galleys of doubtful appearance approaching. I was there but + four hours, and then started for Genoa.” + </p> + <p> + “There was almost a panic there too, as the members of the council were + mostly merchants, and were filled with dismay for the safety of their + ships and goods at sea. Of course, there was no thought that the corsairs, + however strong, would venture an attack upon Genoa itself. I told them + that you had captured three of the corsairs with a single galley, and that + if they could send you ten others you would probably be able to make head + against the pirates; but, as I have told you, Genoa is at peace with all + the world; her war galleys are laid up, and most of them would need repair + and recaulking before they would be fit to send to sea. Although they + maintained that no more than a week should elapse before they would be + ready to sail I am right sure that it will be double that time before they + are fitted out. + </p> + <p> + “Of course, in Genoa I was well known, though my family estates lie near + Mantua, and my acquaintances flocked round me and urged me to stay until + the galleys were ready for sea. This I would not hear of, and, six hours + after my arrival, started again. We made the voyage to Corsica at a good + speed, but since then we have had the oars constantly out to help the + sails. The men have well earned their pay, I can assure you. It is enough + to make one mad with rage to think that these pirates will be able to + harry the coast of Italy at their pleasure; for there can be little chance + that they will abide quiet much longer at this rendezvous.” + </p> + <p> + “It is annoying, indeed,” Gervaise agreed; and a murmur of disappointment + ran round the assembled knights. “However, we have the consolation that we + have done all we could, and I am sure that we shall do so in the future.” + </p> + <p> + Gervaise had charged Ralph to say nothing about the object of his mission, + and the general supposition was that he had sailed to endeavour to + purchase some bullocks, as the supply of meat was nearly exhausted. Ralph + himself had let drop a few words to this effect, and had indeed been + charged by Gervaise to bring off a few oxen if they could be obtained + without loss of time. Gervaise was on deck at midnight, and soon + afterwards the beat of oars was heard. It was a still night, and one of + the knights on watch remarked to him, “It seems to me, Sir Gervaise, that + the sound is a confused one, and that there must be several vessels + rowing. Shall I call up our companions? It may be that it is the pirate + fleet coming out.” + </p> + <p> + “You need not do that,” Gervaise replied. “I am expecting Sir Ralph to + bring back with him some fishing boats, for which I think I can find a + use. We should have heard before this if the corsairs had been putting + out. Fosco is in his boat watching the mouth of the inlet, and would have + started with the news had there been any stir on board their galleys.” + </p> + <p> + It was a quarter of an hour before a number of dark objects entered the + little bay. As soon as they did so, they ceased rowing, and the splashes + of the anchors as they fell into the water were heard. Then came the sound + of a boat's oars, and Ralph was soon alongside. + </p> + <p> + “I see that you have succeeded, Ralph.” + </p> + <p> + “There is no fear of failing when one is ready to pay the full value of + what one wants to get. I have bought three coasters and eight fishing + boats, and have a sufficient store of pitch and oil, with plenty of straw + and faggots. There was no difficulty in getting men to come with me. As + soon as they heard that a fleet of eighteen Moorish galleys was in the + next bay, they were ready enough to aid in any plan for their destruction, + for they knew well enough that some of them would be sure to make raids + all along the coast, sacking and burning, and carrying off men, women, and + children, as slaves. I said I only wanted two men for each craft, but so + many were willing to come that I have some thirty more than the number I + asked for, and we can divide these among us. They are strong, active + looking fellows.” + </p> + <p> + “We will keep them here then, Ralph. You see, there are one-and-twenty of + our knights in the three prizes, and as we lost two in the capture, and + four others are not fit to put on armour, we have but six-and-twenty, and + the addition will be very welcome. What are they armed with?” + </p> + <p> + “They have bows and arrows, and long pikes and axes.” + </p> + <p> + “Good. Have you managed to collect any more arms?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes. The people are all charcoal burners and woodmen in winter, and I was + therefore able to get together some thirty or forty axes and hatchets, + which will be ample, with the arms we took from the Moors, to equip the + ninety Christians.” + </p> + <p> + “I think we can depend upon these for fighting, Ralph.” + </p> + <p> + “I don't think there is any doubt about that. A few of them are pretty + well worn out with labour and suffering, but all have gained strength and + spirits greatly in the past week, and you may be sure that they will fight + to the death rather than run the risk of another turn in the galleys.” + </p> + <p> + “And have you got the stuff to make the mantles?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes. There was plenty of the coarse black cloth which they wear in summer—in + winter, of course, they are clad in sheepskins; and I have sufficient + white cotton cloth to make the crosses.” + </p> + <p> + “We have only one thing to wish for now, Ralph, and that is, that the + corsairs may not take it into their heads to sail tomorrow. Fosco will + bring me news at daybreak, and we will at once send another boat off to + watch the mouth of the bay when he leaves it. If they sail, we cannot + venture to attack them as long as they keep together, the odds are far too + heavy, and our only plan will be to follow them at a distance, when we can + just keep their upper sails in sight, and then to attack any detachment + that may separate from the main body.” + </p> + <p> + “I hope it will not come to that, Gervaise. It would be hard indeed, when + you have devised such a splendid plan, and we have got everything ready to + carry it out, if they were to give us the slip. Do the others know + anything about it yet?” + </p> + <p> + “No. I thought it better to keep silence till tomorrow. No doubt some of + the galley slaves understand enough of one or other of our languages to + gather what is on foot. Besides, their late captives might, in their + satisfaction at the thought of revenge, say enough to them to let them + know that an attack on their fleet was intended, and one of them might, in + some way, free himself from his irons and swim ashore. We know there is a + small fishing village across the island, and there would be no difficulty + in stealing a boat and making off with the news. I do not say that the + risk is great; still, it were better not to throw away even a chance. The + knights have all turned in in a very gloomy mood, for Caretto has returned + with news that there is no hope of assistance from Genoa for a fortnight, + and it seemed, therefore, that all our pains had been thrown away. And now + we may as well turn in until daylight.” + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0015" id="link2HCH0015"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER XV A SPLENDID EXPLOIT + </h2> + <p> + Gervaise was up again at dawn. He was amused at the wonder of the knights, + as they came up one by one, at the sight of the little fleet anchored + outside them. As soon as it was fairly daylight, he sent off to the three + prizes to request all the knights to come on board the galley. When all + were assembled there he said, “You are all aware, comrades, that Sir + Fabricius Caretto has brought news that the galleys at Genoa are all laid + up, and that it will be a fortnight before they can put to sea. Long + before that, the corsairs will assuredly be ravaging all the villages and + small towns along the coast of Italy, unless we can prevent their doing + so. It would be simple madness to try to attack them at sea; of that I + feel sure you are all conscious. It would be only throwing away our lives + and our galley.” + </p> + <p> + There was a murmur of assent among the knights. They were ready for any + encounter in which there was a chance, however faint, of success; but all + saw that for a single galley to attack one of the largest corsair fleets + that had ever set out, would be nothing short of insanity. Their leader's + words, however, seemed to show that he had some plan in his mind by which + he hoped to strike a blow at the enemy, and all listened eagerly for what + was coming. + </p> + <p> + “We have heard from our comrade Fosco that their ships lie moored in two + lines, side by side in a narrow inlet. He has returned this morning with + the news that they are still there. He thinks that three or four more have + arrived during the last two days, and it is probable they are waiting for + the three we captured to join them. Tonight it is my intention to attack + them, but not by rowing in and boarding them, for that would be hopeless. + Yesterday Sir Ralph Harcourt went, as you are aware, to fetch provisions. + But this was a part only of the object of his trip. He has, as you see, + brought back eleven craft with him; these, I may tell you, are laden with + combustibles—pitch, oil, straw, and faggots. They will be rowed and + towed to the inlet tonight, set on fire, and launched against the + pirates.” + </p> + <p> + An enthusiastic cheer broke from the knights. They saw at once that, lying + as the corsairs were, side by side, the destruction of many of them was + certain. + </p> + <p> + “He has also brought fishermen,” Gervaise went on, “two or three of whom + will go in each fire ship, having a boat towing behind, in which they will + escape as soon as the craft are alongside the galleys. The galley and the + three prizes will take their post at the mouth of the inlet. The fire of + our guns will add to the confusion among the pirates, and we shall + endeavour to fall upon any galleys that may extricate themselves from the + mass, and try to make their escape. Sir Ralph has brought back materials + for making ninety mantles of the Order, for the Christians on board the + three prizes, and thirty fishermen to bring the crew of our galley up to + its full strength. The light of the flames will suffice to show the + pirates that, as they will believe, four vessels, manned by knights of the + Order, are barring the entrance. Many will, we may calculate, jump + overboard and swim ashore rather than face us, and we shall be able, at + any rate, to capture three or four of their craft, for, as they come out, + one by one, we can all close round them; and with nearly fifty knights, + ninety released captives, burning for vengeance, and some fifty or sixty + fishermen, for those from the fire ships will, of course, join us—we + shall make short work of them, and may even hope to entirely destroy their + fleet.” + </p> + <p> + Again a joyous shout rose from the knights. This would indeed be an + exploit that all might be proud to share in, and, breaking the ranks in + which they had stood while Gervaise addressed them, they crowded round him + with exclamations of enthusiasm and devotion. + </p> + <p> + “Now,” he said, as soon as silence was a little restored, “the knights of + the langues on board the prizes will send at once to the coaster on the + left of the other two. Sir Ralph will go there now, and supply each with + materials for making the mantles for the Christians; he has brought + thread, and fish bone needles. You will see that the stuff is cut up into + suitable lengths, and handed over to your crews, and that each man makes + up his mantle. There can be but little sewing required for these + sleeveless gowns, nor need it be carefully done. The great thing is that + the white crosses shall be conspicuous. As soon as you have set them to + work, you will examine the state of the arms, see how many more are needed + to complete the list, and then send off to Sir Ralph, who will furnish as + many as are required: the fishermen have brought their own weapons. See + that the slaves are all well fed today, and, before evening, inspect well + their fetters, so that you may be free from all anxiety as to an attempt + by them to escape during the conflict. + </p> + <p> + “The rest of you will go on board these native craft, and see that the + combustibles are fairly distributed among them, the wood and straw soaked + with pitch and oil, as also the sails and ropes, and that the decks are + well coated; this is a most important duty. Get some torches made also, so + that there shall be two on board each craft; these are to be lighted the + last thing before we get to the point, and will be thrown down into the + straw and faggots in the hold, by the fishermen when they get close to the + corsairs. All this can be prepared before our morning meal, and when you + assemble here I hope to receive your reports that everything is in + readiness. One of the other coasters has some bullocks on board. Sir Ralph + will send one to each of the prizes, and one to us. They had better be + killed and cut up at once, in order that the crews may have two good meals + today of fresh meat. See that the galley slaves have their share.” + </p> + <p> + No time was lost in carrying out the orders. Ralph, as soon as the cloth, + arms, and meat were distributed, went round in a boat to see that the + combustibles were properly laid for firing, and everything done to insure + that the flames should spread rapidly. The Sards shared in the work, and + rations and wine were distributed to them; and when the knights sat down + to their meal on board the galley, they were able to report that + everything was in perfect readiness, and that the work of sewing the + mantles was making good progress. + </p> + <p> + The day passed slowly to the young knights, all of whom were burning with + excitement at the thought of the coming fray. The released Christians were + no less exultant at the prospect of taking vengeance for the sufferings + they had so long endured, and the scene on board all four ships was most + animated. + </p> + <p> + After talking it over with Ralph, Gervaise told off three more of the + knights to each of the prizes, so that there should be ten on board each. + This reduced the strength on board the galley to seventeen; but as they + would have the assistance of a strong band of Sards they considered this + to be ample, under the circumstances. It was arranged that the galley, + with one of the prizes, should close with the first corsair that came out, + and that the other two prizes should attack the second. After capturing + these, they were to assist each other as circumstances might dictate. + Gervaise strongly impressed upon the knights in command of each prize that + they were not, single handed, to attack a corsair unless one of their + consorts was near, and free to give assistance. + </p> + <p> + “We must run no risk of a reverse,” he said. “We are certain of destroying + many of their vessels and of breaking up their fleet, and it is far better + that a few should escape than that we should run the risk of losing ten of + our number, to say nothing of those we have rescued from captivity. In the + excitement of the fight this order must be strictly borne in mind. Our + victory must be marred by no misfortune brought on by headstrong rashness. + The corsairs are bound to be very strongly manned, and ten knights, even + aided by such assistance as they may get from the Christians, might find + themselves altogether over matched against a crowd of desperate men.” + </p> + <p> + As soon as it was dusk the anchors were drawn up, and the fleet got under + way. They proceeded but slowly, for the wind was light, and the fishing + boats moved heavily through the water. There was, however, no occasion for + speed, for Gervaise did not wish to commence the attack until past + midnight. The guns had all been loaded before starting, and a pile of + ammunition was placed near each. Presently the wind nearly died out, and + the galley and prizes then took the coasters and fishing craft in tow. It + was nearly one o'clock when they got within half a mile of the inlet. The + tow ropes were then thrown off, the fishermen got out sweeps, and the + galley led the way, the fire ships followed in a body, and the three + prizes brought up the rear. The oars had all been muffled, and slowly they + made their way, until Fosco, who was standing next to Gervaise on board + the galley, said that the point just ahead marked the entrance to the + inlet. They then stopped rowing until the fire ships were all close up. + </p> + <p> + These were, as had previously been arranged, in two lines. Five fishing + boats, each manned by four men and having its small boat in tow behind it, + formed the first line; the three coasters, each with six men at the oars, + and the three other fishing boats, formed the second. The torches were now + lighted. Ralph took his place in the centre boat of the first line; + Gervaise went on board one of the coasters, and the order was given to the + men to row. What wind there was was favourable, blowing from the + northwest, and therefore right into the inlet. Scarcely had the first + boats reached the entrance when a shout was heard. + </p> + <p> + “Row, men, your hardest now!” Ralph shouted; the Sards bent to their oars, + and the five boats advanced rapidly towards the corsairs. As they did so, + a babel of shouts and cries rose from the dark mass of ships, which + swelled into a tumult of alarm as on Ralph's order, “Throw your torches + into the straw!” a flash of flame leapt up from each boat. Five more + strokes, and they were alongside the two outside ships. As they crashed + heavily into them, the men leapt from their seats and sprang over into the + small boats, threw off the painters, and rowed astern, opening on either + hand to allow the second line of fire ships to pass. These, by Gervaise's + directions, divided, and three bore along on either side of the corsairs, + and then ran in among them, throwing grapnels to fasten the fire ships + alongside. Then, as the flames sprang up from the holds, the crews betook + themselves to their boats, and rowed out of the inlet. + </p> + <p> + By the time they reached the galley and prizes, the eleven fire ships were + a mass of flame, which was spreading to the corsairs. Lying packed + together as these were, the confusion was terrible. Numbers of men + endeavoured to push off the fire ships, but it was too late; others tried + to extricate their galleys from the mass, throwing off the hawsers, and + striving with hand and oar to push their vessels out of the line. As soon + as the boats were alongside the galley, the guns of the four vessels + opened fire with grape into the crowded ships, now lit up by the flames as + clearly as at noontide, while the battle cry of the Order sounded high + above the din. + </p> + <p> + “Nothing can save the ships near this end of the line,” Ralph said, “but + some of those behind may make their way out between the others and the + rocks. I can see that some of them there are lowering their yards and + sails to prevent their catching fire as they pass.” + </p> + <p> + The knights distributed among the guns worked them incessantly, directing + their fire chiefly against the outside ships, so as to hinder the crews in + their endeavours to arrest the progress of the flames; but they were soon + able to fire impartially into the mass. As the heat of the flames drove + the pirates back, scores of men leapt overboard, and made for the shore. + Presently, two or three ships were seen making their way along the narrow + line of water on either side of the flaming group in front. As the first + advanced, the galley and one of the prizes rowed a short distance forward + to meet it. Its deck was crowded with men, among whom a discharge of the + cannon from both ships created terrible slaughter. + </p> + <p> + A moment afterwards they closed with it, one on either side, and the + knights, the released captives, and the Sards, sprang down on to its deck. + The fight lasted but a minute. Appalled by the disaster that had befallen + them, by the terrible effect of the broadsides, poured in at a few yards' + distance, and by the sight of so many of the dreaded warriors of the + Cross, some of the corsairs threw down their arms and flung themselves on + the deck or into the hold, crying for quarter; those who resisted fell + either under the swords of the knights, the vengeful axes of the late + captives, or the pikes of the Sards; but the great bulk, leaping from the + bow or stern, swam ashore. + </p> + <p> + “Back to your ships!” Gervaise shouted, the moment resistance ceased. + “Leave her floating here; she will help to block the way.” + </p> + <p> + Six vessels alone managed to make their escape from the blazing mass of + ships, and all of these were captured almost as easily as the first had + been. As soon as it seemed that all the remainder were involved in the + flames, boats were lowered and sent on board the prizes to take + possession. Save for the wounded on the decks, they were entirely deserted + by their crews, as those who had run below, as soon as they found that + their captors had left the vessels, dropped into the water, and made their + way, either by swimming or with the assistance of oars, to the shore. + There remained only the slaves, chained to their benches. A few of these + had been killed by the broadsides; but the guns had been aimed at the + poops and forecastles, where the corsairs were clustered together, and + consequently the number of galley slaves who had fallen was comparatively + small. + </p> + <p> + In none of the galleys was the proportion of Christians anything like so + large as that in the three prizes first taken, the greater portion being + men of inland tribes who had been captured in warfare, or malefactors who, + instead of being executed, had been sold to the corsairs. Nevertheless, in + the six galleys some seventy Christians were found, and at once freed. It + was terrible to think that in the galleys that had been destroyed a large + number of Christians must have perished in the flames, and Gervaise + expressed bitter regret that he had not considered that his attack by fire + ships must necessarily involve the loss of so many Christian lives. + </p> + <p> + “It can't be helped,” Ralph said, as Gervaise poured out his feelings to + him. “To very many of them death must have been welcome, and if we had not + attacked them as we did, and they had sailed for Italy, hundreds, if not + thousands, of Christians would have been killed, and as many more carried + away into captivity; so, you see, the balance is all in favour of the + course we adopted.” + </p> + <p> + Gervaise admitted this, but nevertheless his regret at the fate of so many + unfortunate captives quite overpowered for the time his satisfaction at + the complete success that had been achieved. The victory had been almost a + bloodless one on the part of the assailants. A few of the knights had + received wounds. Two among the Christian crews had been killed, and four + Sards; while two score had received wounds more or less serious, as, + unlike the knights, they had no defensive armour. While waiting for + daylight to appear, all their wounds were dressed and bandaged by the + knights. + </p> + <p> + In the morning the captured galleys were towed out, and anchored a short + distance away, and then Gervaise rowed up to the head of the inlet, + followed by the other three ships. They found that eleven of the corsairs + had been burnt, and to their satisfaction, they discovered four uninjured + galleys lying there, deserted, save by the slaves. + </p> + <p> + Seeing the fate of their comrades who had first issued out, the commanders + had, instead of trying to escape, rowed quietly to the head of the inlet, + the movement being covered by the flame and smoke, and had there landed, + having laden themselves with stores for their support on shore. This was a + great satisfaction to the knights, for not only did it swell the list of + prizes, but it reduced by over thirty the number of Christian slaves who + had perished in the flames. Taking the galleys in tow, they rowed out of + the inlet, whose banks were strewn with half charred timbers, oars, and + relics of the fight. + </p> + <p> + As soon as they had anchored by the side of their first prizes, a council + was held on board the Santa Barbara. It was clearly impossible to take + thirteen prizes to Rhodes, for there would be but three or four knights to + each, and were they to fall in with but one Moorish pirate, they might + suffer great disaster, while, should they meet with a storm, they would + fare badly indeed, as they could not depend upon the rescued Christians + for the management of the sails and oars in heavy weather. At the same + time, all were most anxious that the prizes should be carried to Rhodes. + Never, save as the result of some great battle, had such a fleet of + captured galleys been brought in, and the knights were prepared to endure + all dangers rather than part with one of them. Finally, after much + discussion, it was determined that they should make for Genoa. From thence + the rescued captives would be able to find their way to their homes. The + great majority were Italians and Spaniards; the former could proceed by + land or sea to their respective homes, while the Spaniards would have no + long time to wait before a vessel of their own nationality entered the + port, even if one were not lying there when they arrived. Moreover, in any + case it would be necessary to despatch a vessel to Genoa, in order that it + might be known that the danger was averted, and that there was no longer + any necessity for getting the galleys ready for sea. + </p> + <p> + The chief ostensible reason, however, for going to Genoa was that there + would be no difficulty in engaging as many sailors as might be necessary + to take the prizes to Rhodes. Underlying all the arguments was another + reason which Ralph laughingly stated. + </p> + <p> + “It is all very well to bring forward one argument after another, but not + one of you has the courage to say what I am sure all of you have at the + bottom of your hearts. You know very well that you want to go to Genoa to + enjoy a triumph. The Rhodians are all very well, but there are very many + more fair faces at Genoa. Fie, Sir Knights! Such a spirit is little in + accordance with the vows of the Order. Are we not bound to humility? And + here you are all longing for the plaudits of the nobles and ladies of + Genoa!” + </p> + <p> + Some of the young knights laughed, others coloured hotly. + </p> + <p> + “They need not be ashamed of the feeling,” Caretto said. “Is it not the + ardent desire of all true knights to do gallant deeds, and do they not + value above all things the guerdon of applause from the fair eyes of + ladies. Your comrades have performed the gallant deeds, and well deserve + the reward. Now, Sir Gervaise, if not for this reason, at any rate for the + others that have been brought forward, I suppose we are all agreed that we + sail for Genoa. For our part we are heartily glad that such is your + decision. We, and the young knights of our langue, have many friends + there, and in their name I am sure I can promise you a reception as hearty + and sincere as that which we shall ourselves receive.” + </p> + <p> + It was settled that the rescued captives should be divided equally among + the thirteen prizes, and that three knights should go in each. The Moorish + captives were also divided equally among them, to aid with the sails, and + to row a few oars, in case of a dead calm setting in. The commands were + distributed according to seniority, the three rescued Italian knights + remaining on board the Santa Barbara with Gervaise. + </p> + <p> + The Sards were anxious to return to their villages, in order to carry the + news that several hundreds of Moorish pirates had landed. + </p> + <p> + “We shall have great trouble with them,” one of the young fishermen, who + spoke a little Italian, said to Gervaise. “There are always a great number + of swine, and herds of goats, up among the forests on the hills. We must + send up and drive in as many of these as possible, and of course we shall + send messengers to Tempe; but it will need a very large force to combat + these pirates, who will be able to come down and plunder and destroy, and + then retire to the hills, whence it will be hard to dislodge them.” + </p> + <p> + “I am sorry indeed that such trouble should have been caused to you,” + Gervaise replied; “but I am afraid that I can give you no assistance.” + </p> + <p> + “We shall hunt them down in time,” the Sard said confidently. + </p> + <p> + “There are many villages scattered about Tempe, and what with us + fishermen, and the woodmen and charcoal burners, we shall soon get a + strong body together. Besides, we know the mountains, and they do not.” + </p> + <p> + “I should say that you had best avoid a pitched battle with them, but keep + on harassing them by night and day, cutting off all who separate + themselves from the main body, until at last they are completely worn + out.” + </p> + <p> + “We shall deal with them, Sir Knight. We are all hunters, for there are + wild boars and stags in the forest, and wolves too, and wild sheep on the + higher mountains. Every man among us can use his bow skillfully, and wield + pike and hatchet. The hunt will not be unprofitable, either, for we can + get a good price for all we take alive, to work in the mines.” + </p> + <p> + An hour later one of the galleys started with the Sards for their villages + in the bay of Tempe. After landing them, she was to rejoin the rest of the + fleet at their former anchorage at Madalena. By nightfall all were + gathered there, and the next morning they set out for Genoa. The wind was + light; but in their anxiety to return home as soon as possible the + released captives all volunteered to take their former places on the + benches, and the vessels were kept going at a fair rate of speed. Two + days' rowing took them to Bastia, where their approach created unbounded + excitement until the banner of the Order was seen floating from the stern + of the Santa Barbara, while smaller flags, that had been hastily + manufactured, flew from the mastheads of the thirteen prizes. Even then + the inhabitants feared to put out, believing that the flags were but a + ruse, and numbers of them fled at once, with their families and valuables, + to the mountains. It was not until a boat was lowered, and Ralph, + accompanied by three or four other knights, rowed ashore, that the panic + was allayed. + </p> + <p> + As soon as it was understood that the galley of the knights had not only + captured the thirteen corsairs, but had destroyed eleven others, and had + thus annihilated a fleet that was intended to prey upon the commerce of + Italy, and ravage the western coast, the alarm was succeeded by the + wildest enthusiasm. By the time Ralph had obtained the fresh meat and + stores he came ashore to purchase, the greater part of the population were + gathered on the shore, and a flotilla of boats put out with him, filled + with picturesquely dressed men and women. Some carried flags, others green + boughs, while the ladies had bouquets and baskets of fruit. The galley was + the first attraction, and, mounting her sides, the ladies presented their + offerings of fruit, while the men cheered, and waved their hats; many + musicians came out in the boats, and these played on bagpipes and + three-reeded flutes a succession of airs peculiar to the island. + </p> + <p> + Gervaise received his visitors on the poop. These were at first altogether + incredulous when told that it was the lad before them who had commanded + the galley, had performed such a remarkable feat, and had freed them from + a terrible danger. The youth of the knights of the Order no less surprised + them, and had not Gervaise assured them that it was altogether contrary to + the rules of the Order for a knight to allow himself to be embraced, many + of the ladies would have taken this form of showing their enthusiasm and + gratitude. The next morning the fleet started for Genoa. The wind was much + stronger than it had been on the previous day, and it was therefore + unnecessary for the oars to be put out, except, indeed, on board the + galley. There, at nightfall, the Christians relieved the slaves for some + hours at their benches, and the next morning the circle of hills round + Genoa, with the city nestling at their feet on the water's edge, and + climbing for some distance up their slopes, was in view. Caretto at once + suggested that it would be well to signal to the fleet to lie to. + </p> + <p> + “If we do not do so,” he said, “they will assuredly think that it is the + corsair fleet advancing to attack and burn the vessels in port, and you + may be saluted as you approach by a shower of cannonballs. If you will + permit me, Sir Gervaise, I will go forward in one of the prizes and + explain matters, and will return here in a short time.” + </p> + <p> + “Thank you, Sir Fabricius. As such mischance as you mention might indeed + very well occur, we will lower sail and lie here until you return.” + </p> + <p> + While Caretto was away, the knights and crews breakfasted, and the former + put on their armour and gayest attire, in readiness for the landing. + Gervaise, although with much inward vexation, considered it necessary to + do the same. + </p> + <p> + “I do wish,” he said to Ralph, who was smiling at his rueful face, “that + you could for today take my place, and let me pass as lieutenant.” + </p> + <p> + “I should not mind at all, Gervaise. But you must put up with the + disagreeables as well as the advantages of being commander, and must + submit to be honoured and feted here, as well as getting no end of credit + at Rhodes. You will have the satisfaction of well deserving it, for I am + sure the plan of attacking them with fire ships would never have occurred + to any one else, and if it had not been for that, we should have had the + mortification of seeing them sail off without being able to move a finger + to interfere with them.” + </p> + <p> + “If one were fighting for fame and honour, all that would be true enough; + but members of an Order, whose sole object is to defend Christendom from + the Moslems, should strive only to do their duty, and care nothing for + such things as honour and glory.” + </p> + <p> + “Human nature is human nature, and I don't see any reason why one should + despise honour and glory when they come to one in the course of duty. I + fancy you will think so too, Gervaise, in course of time. I am quite sure + that among the fifty knights, there is not one who does not feel well + content that he has not only done his duty to the Order, but has gained a + share in the credit and honour that will certainly be given to all who + have taken a part in so crushing a defeat of the corsairs. As for myself, + I do not for a moment pretend that I am not sensible of the fact that, as + second in command of the galley, my chances of obtaining promotion in the + Order are very greatly improved.” + </p> + <p> + It was nearly two hours before Caretto returned. + </p> + <p> + “It was well indeed that I went in,” he said to Gervaise, “for I found the + city in an uproar. The alarm bells of the churches were calling all + citizens to arms, and troops were being hurried down to the forts and + batteries. Rumour had of course exaggerated the strength of the fleet, and + half the population believed that the safety of the city itself was + menaced by the approach of a mighty squadron. As soon as my news was + bruited abroad, and they learned that the fleet consisted solely of prizes + captured from the Moors by a galley of the Order, alarm quickly changed + into delight, the sharp, angry clang of the bells was succeeded by peals + of gladness, and the joy of the citizens at being relieved from the cloud + of anxiety that had hung over the city since my last visit, was unbounded. + I went at once to the council chamber, where I found many of the leading + citizens already assembled, having been summoned in hot haste as soon as + our approach was made out. At first they were almost incredulous when I + told them that every ship of the pirate fleet had been either destroyed or + captured, and that the fleet in the offing consisted entirely of your + galley and the thirteen corsairs she had captured. As soon as they really + grasped the fact, they sent off messengers to the churches to order the + joy bells to be rung, and to the dockyard to arrest all work upon the + galleys. Then I had to give them a short account of the surprise and + destruction of the corsair fleet, and finally they begged me to ask you to + delay your entry to the port for a couple of hours, in order that they + might have time to prepare a suitable reception for you.” + </p> + <p> + “I suppose there is no help for it,” Gervaise said. “Is there anything + that we ought to do?” + </p> + <p> + “I should decorate the galley with all the flags on board: should set + every one to work to make great flags with the cross of the Order to hoist + to the masthead of the prizes, instead of the little things that are now + flying; and under them we will hoist the flags of the corsairs, among + which are those of Tripoli, Tunis, and Algiers. I do not know that there + is aught else we can do.” + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0016" id="link2HCH0016"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER XVI FESTIVITIES + </h2> + <p> + At last the fleet, headed by the galley, to which all the knights had + returned, rowed towards the port. A gun flashed out from the fort at its + entrance, and at once those from all the other batteries responded; bells + pealed out again, and a confused roar of cheering broke from the crowds + occupying every spot from which a view of the harbour could be obtained. + The ships in the port were all decked with flags, and the front windows + and balconies of every house were hung with tapestries and bright + curtains. As soon as the galley entered the port, a state barge, flying + the flag of the Republic, advanced to meet her from the wharf. As she + approached, Ralph gave orders for the oars to be laid in, and the barge + was soon alongside. The knights were already ranged along the poop, and, + accompanied by Ralph and Caretto, Gervaise moved to the gangway to receive + the visitors. At their head was Battista Fragoso, the doge, in his robe of + state, and following him were a body of the highest nobles of Genoa, all + brilliant in gala costume. + </p> + <p> + “This, my lord duke,” Caretto said, “is Sir Gervaise Tresham, a knight + commander of our Order, and the commander of this, their galley. He has + before, as you may well believe from his appointment to so honourable a + post, highly distinguished himself, but what he has before accomplished is + far surpassed by the brilliant action that he has now achieved. He has won + a victory that not only reflects the highest honour upon the Order, but is + an inestimable service to Italy, and has freed her from a corsair fleet + that would have been a scourge to her, both at sea and to the towns and + villages along the coast. Not only has he, with the brave knights under + his orders, annihilated the corsair fleet, burning eleven of their + galleys, and capturing thirteen others, but he has restored to freedom no + less than two hundred Christian captives, among them the cavaliers Giacomo + da Vinci, Pietro Forzi, and myself.” + </p> + <p> + “In the name of the Republic, Sir Gervaise Tresham, and I may say in that + of all Italy, I thank you most heartily for the splendid service that you + have rendered us. It would have seemed to me well nigh incredible that a + single galley, even if commanded and manned by the most famous knights of + your great Order, should have accomplished so extraordinary a feat. Still + more strange is it that it should have been performed by so young a + knight, with a crew composed, as Sir Fabricius Caretto has told us, of + knights chosen from among the youngest of the Order.” + </p> + <p> + “You give far more credit to us, your Highness, than we deserve,” Gervaise + replied. “Three of the ships were indeed captured in fair fight, but we + caught the rest asleep and massed together as to be incapable of + successful resistance, and they fell easy victims to the fire ships we + launched against them. Any credit that is due to me is shared equally by + my subcommander here, Sir Ralph Harcourt, and indeed by every knight of my + company.” + </p> + <p> + “This, doubtless, may be so, Sir Gervaise,” the doge said, with a slight + smile, “but it is to the head that plans, rather than to the hand that + strikes, that such success as you have achieved is due; and the credit of + this night attack is, as the cavalier Caretto tells me, wholly yours, for + until you issued your final orders it seemed to him, and to the two good + knights his companions, that there was naught to do but to remain in port + and watch this corsair fleet sail away to carry out its work of + destruction.” + </p> + <p> + By this time they had reached the poop of the galley. Gervaise now called + forward the knights one by one, and presented them to the doge, who + expressed to them all the gratitude felt by himself and the whole of the + citizens of Genoa for the service they had rendered to the Republic. This + ceremony being over, the knights broke up their ranks and conversed for a + few minutes with those who had come on board with the doge. The latter + then took his place in the barge with his companions, inviting Gervaise + and Ralph to accompany him. As the barge left the side of the galley, + which followed closely behind her, the guns again thundered out their + welcome, and a roar of greeting rose from the inhabitants. On landing, the + party waited until the knights had joined them, and then proceeded up the + street to the ducal palace, amidst enthusiastic cheering from the crowd + that lined the road, occupied the windows and balconies, and even + scrambled on the housetops, the ladies waving their handkerchiefs and + scarves. + </p> + <p> + At the palace were assembled all the municipal authorities, and the + congratulations given on board were here repeated. After this there was a + great banquet, at which Gervaise was placed on the right hand of the doge, + who, at the conclusion of the feast, called upon the assembled guests to + drink to the health of the knights of St. John, who had saved the commerce + and seacoast of Italy from the greatest danger that had menaced them since + the days when the Northern rovers had desolated the shores of the + Mediterranean. The toast was drunk with enthusiasm, and Gervaise then + replied with a few words of thanks for the honour done to himself and his + comrades. + </p> + <p> + The party then left the banqueting hall for the great reception rooms, + where the wives and daughters of all the nobles and principal citizens of + Genoa were assembled. Most of the young knights, belonging as they did to + noble families, and accustomed from childhood to courtly ceremonies and + festivities, were quite at home here. Caretto, his two companions, and + their six Italian comrades, speedily introduced them, and each was soon + surrounded by a group of ladies, anxious to hear from his lips the details + of the exploits of the galley. + </p> + <p> + “But how is it that you are all so young, Sir Ralph?” one of the ladies, + to whom Harcourt had been introduced as the second in command, asked him, + when he had finished his account of the capture of the galleys. “We heard + from those who met you on landing, that all your comrades were young, but + we were filled with surprise when you entered the room, for many of them + are but lads.” + </p> + <p> + “You may say that all of us are but lads, Countess. I am the oldest of the + party, and am but little over twenty-two, but few of the others are over + nineteen; they are all professed knights of the Order, who, as you + doubtless know, come out to Rhodes when only sixteen. Some, of course, do + not join until later, but I think that all here entered at the earliest + age permitted, and almost all had served in two or three voyages in the + galleys before they were appointed to the Santa Barbara. The reason why so + young a crew was chosen was that our commander was also young. He had done + such exceptional service to the Order that he was appointed to the command + of a galley, and he has, as all will allow, well justified the choice. It + was because it was deemed inexpedient to place knights many years his + senior under his command, and partly, perhaps, to encourage the younger + knights, by giving them an exceptional opportunity of distinguishing + themselves, that the crew was chosen entirely from their ranks. I was + selected as second in command because Gervaise and I had been special + friends when we came out from England in the same ship, and had before + fought side by side against the Moslems.” + </p> + <p> + “I see that you wear gilded spurs, Sir Ralph,” another lady said; “you + must therefore be a dubbed knight?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes; I had the good fortune to be knighted by D'Aubusson himself, at the + same time that Sir Gervaise was also so honoured. It was for an affair + with the Turkish pirates. It was Gervaise who really won the honour, for I + had no share in the affair, save that of doing my best in the fight.” + </p> + <p> + “And who could do more?” the countess queried. + </p> + <p> + “Gervaise could do more, Countess, as was shown in that attack on the + corsairs by means of fire ships. He has a head to plan, and, in the case I + speak of, a happy thought of his not only saved the lives of ourselves and + Sir John Boswell, but, indirectly, was the means of preventing two of our + galleys being captured by the corsairs.” + </p> + <p> + “Which is Sir Gervaise?” one of the ladies asked. + </p> + <p> + Ralph smiled. + </p> + <p> + “Look round the hall, signoras, and see if any of you can pick him out + from the rest of us.” + </p> + <p> + The ladies looked round the hall. + </p> + <p> + “There are only about twenty here; the rest are in the other rooms. Do not + set us to work guessing, if he is not in sight, Sir Ralph.” + </p> + <p> + “Oh yes, he is in sight. Now do each of you fix on the one you think most + accords with your ideas of what a knight, brave in action and wise and + prudent in council, would be like.” + </p> + <p> + The six ladies each fixed on one of the young knights. + </p> + <p> + “You are all wrong,” said Ralph. + </p> + <p> + “How can we choose?” the countess said laughingly, “when none of them + resemble our ideal hero? Most of them are pleasant and courtly looking + youths, but as yet there is scarce a vestige of hair on their faces, and + one could not fancy any of them as the destroyer of the fleet of + corsairs.” + </p> + <p> + “Do you see the one speaking to the elderly lady in the recess?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes; she is the wife of Fragoso. You do not mean to say that that lad is + the commander of the galley? Why, he looks the youngest of you all.” + </p> + <p> + “He is between seventeen and eighteen, and there are several others who + are no older. Yes, that is Sir Gervaise, Knight Commander of the Order of + St. John.” + </p> + <p> + “But how can he possibly have served his time as a professed knight?” + </p> + <p> + “He was one of the grand master's pages, and his time in that service + counted just as it would have done had he entered as a professed knight; + and at fifteen, therefore, he stood in the same position as those three or + four years older than himself. He speaks Turkish as well as our own + tongue, and, as I told you, we received the accolade at the hands of the + grand master, a year and a half ago. He is now a knight commander, and + will assuredly one day occupy one of the highest posts in the Order.” + </p> + <p> + “You do not speak as if you were jealous, Sir Ralph; and yet methinks it + cannot be pleasant for you all to have one younger than yourselves placed + at your head.” + </p> + <p> + “I do not think there is one of us who so feels,” Ralph said earnestly. + “In the first place, he has performed excellent service; in the next + place, even those who did not know him before, have felt, since we + started, that he is a born leader. Then, too, we regard with pride one who + has brought credit upon the younger members of the Order. Moreover, we all + owe our posts in the galley to the fact that he was chosen for its + command. It is a difficult position for him to fill, but he has managed so + that, while all obey his orders as cheerfully and willingly as if he were + a veteran, when off duty we regard him as one of ourselves.” + </p> + <p> + “You are a staunch friend, Sir Ralph.” + </p> + <p> + “I am a staunch friend of Sir Gervaise, Countess, for the more I know of + him the more I care for him. He well deserves the promotion and honour + that have fallen to his share.” + </p> + <p> + “Will you bring him across here to us, Sir Ralph? I want to talk to this + hero of yours, and I am sure that my daughter is longing to be introduced + to him.” + </p> + <p> + Ralph waited until Gervaise was disengaged, and then brought him across, + and, after introducing him, moved away at once, leaving Gervaise to be + interrogated by the ladies. + </p> + <p> + “You must be accustomed to festivities, Sir Gervaise, for we have just + heard that you were one of the grand master's pages?” + </p> + <p> + “I am accustomed to them, signora; but that is not at all the same thing + as liking them.” + </p> + <p> + The reply was given so earnestly that all the ladies smiled. + </p> + <p> + “Your taste is quite exceptional. Do you mean to say that you would rather + be on board your galley than here?” + </p> + <p> + “It would not be polite,” Gervaise said, with a laugh, “if I were to say + that I would infinitely rather be on board; but indeed I have not, like + most of my comrades, been brought up in court or castle. Until the day I + joined the Order, we led the lives of exiles. My father belonged to the + defeated party in England, and, save for a few months when the cause to + which he was attached was triumphant, we lived quietly on the estates he + had recovered, our life being one of care and anxiety. So, you see, I had + no training in gaiety and pleasure. At Rhodes there are state receptions + and religious pageants, but a meeting such as this, is, of course, + impossible in a convent; and since I was eleven years old I think I have + only once spoken to a woman. So you can well understand, signora, that I + feel awkward in speech, and I pray you to make allowance for my ignorance + of the language of courtesy, such as would naturally be expected in a + knight, even though belonging to a religious Order.” + </p> + <p> + “There is naught to make allowance for,” the countess said gently. “Women + can appreciate simple truth, and are not, as men seem to think, always + yearning for compliments. Those who are most proficient in turning phrases + are not often among those foremost in battle, or wisest in council, and I + can tell you that we women value deeds far higher than words. Sir + Fabricius Caretto is a cousin of mine, and has this afternoon been + speaking so highly of you to me and my young daughter here, that I am glad + indeed to make your acquaintance. How long do you intend to stay in + Genoa?” + </p> + <p> + “No longer than it will take me to engage men to carry the prizes to + Rhodes. I am afraid that sounds rude,” he broke off, as he noticed a smile + on the faces of the ladies. + </p> + <p> + “Not rude,” said the countess; “though most knights would have put it + differently, and said that their duty compelled them to leave as soon as + the prizes could be manned. But it comes to the same thing. Of course, you + will remain the guest of the doge as long as you are here; otherwise, it + would have given us the greatest pleasure to have entertained you. My + cousin is, of course, staying with us, and you see we all feel a very deep + obligation to you. He has been so long a slave among the Moors, that we + had almost come to hope death had freed him from his fetters; so you may + imagine our pleasure when he arrived here so suddenly ten days ago. We + were expecting that he would remain with us for some time, but he says + that he must first go back to Rhodes, after which he will ask for leave, + and return here. We have a banquet tomorrow evening to celebrate his + return, and earnestly hoped that you would be present, but, since you say + that you do not care for such gaieties, we shall, if you prefer it, be + glad if you will come to join us at our family meal at twelve.” + </p> + <p> + “Thank you, countess, I should very greatly prefer it, and it will give me + real pleasure to come.” + </p> + <p> + “Your friend, Sir Ralph Harcourt, has been telling us how you have + destroyed the corsair fleet that has been so alarming us. He, too, is an + Englishman, though he speaks Italian well.” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, he speaks it a great deal better than I do,” Gervaise said. “He is a + dear friend of mine, and it is, indeed, chiefly owing to his support and + influence that I have been able to manage so pleasantly and well in the + command of a body of young knights, most of whom are my seniors.” + </p> + <p> + “He tells us that you speak Turkish?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes; I thought that it would be very useful, and spent nearly a year in + acquiring it, the bailiff of my langue being kind enough to relieve me of + all other duties. I was fortunate enough to find in one of the servants of + the auberge a well educated and widely informed Turk, who was a very + pleasant companion, as well as an excellent instructor, and I learnt much + from him besides his language. The knowledge of Turkish has already proved + to me most useful, and was indeed the means by which I obtained both my + commandery and my appointment as captain of the galley.” + </p> + <p> + “Perhaps you will tell us the story tomorrow; that is, if it is too long + to tell us now?” + </p> + <p> + “It is indeed much too long; but if it will interest you I shall be glad + to recount it tomorrow.” + </p> + <p> + The next day Gervaise went to the palace of the Countess Da Forli. She was + a widow with no children, except Claudia, the young daughter who had + accompanied her to the fete the evening before. Caretto, and four or five + relations of the family, were the only guests beside himself. It was a + quiet and sociable meal, and served with less ceremony than usual, as the + countess wished to place Gervaise as much as possible at his ease. During + the meal but little was said about the affair with the pirates, Caretto + telling them some of his experiences as a captive. + </p> + <p> + “It is well, Claudia,” he said, laughing, “that you did not see me at the + time I was rescued, for I was such a scarecrow that you would never have + been able to regard me with due and proper respect afterwards. I was so + thin that my bones almost came through my skin.” + </p> + <p> + “You are thin enough now, cousin,” the girl said. + </p> + <p> + “I have gained so much weight during the last ten days that I begin to + fear that I shall, ere long, get too fat to buckle on my armour. But, bad + as the thinness was, it was nothing to the dirt. Moreover, I was coming + near to losing my voice. There was nothing for us to talk about in our + misery, and often days passed without a word being exchanged between Da + Vinci, Forzi, and myself. Do you know I felt almost more thankful for the + bath and perfumes than I did for my liberty. I was able at once to enjoy + the comfort of the one, while it was some time before I could really + assure myself that my slavery was over, and that I was a free man again.” + </p> + <p> + “And now, Sir Gervaise,” the countess said, when the meal was over, “it is + your turn. Claudia is longing to hear your story, and to know how you came + to be in command of a galley.” + </p> + <p> + “And I am almost as anxious,” Caretto said. “I did not like to ask the + question on board the galley, and have been looking forward to learning it + when I got to Rhodes. I did, indeed, ask the two knights who accompanied + me on my mission here, but they would only tell me that every one knew you + had performed some very great service to the Order, and that it concerned + some intended rising among the slaves, the details being known to only a + few, who had been, they understood, told that it was not to be repeated.” + </p> + <p> + “It was a very simple matter,” Gervaise said, “and although the grand + master and council were pleased to take a very favourable view of it, it + was, in fact, a question of luck, just as was the surprise of the + corsairs. There is really no secret about it—at least, except in + Rhodes: there it was thought best not to speak of it, because the fact + that the attempt among the slaves was almost successful, might, if + generally known, encourage others to try to escape, and perhaps with + greater success. I told you last night, Countess, that I had only once + before in the last six or seven years spoken to a woman, and it was on + that occasion that the adventure, so far as I was concerned, had its + commencement.” + </p> + <p> + He then, beginning at his visit with Ralph Harcourt to the Greek merchant + and his family on the roof of the house, recounted the suspicions he had + entertained, the manner in which they were confirmed, and the method by + which he had discovered the plot for the rising. He was interrupted + several times when he attempted to abbreviate the story, or to omit some + of the details, and there were exclamations of surprise at his proposal to + personate a Turkish prisoner, and to share the lot of the slaves in their + prison, and on the benches of the galley. + </p> + <p> + “I had no idea, Sir Gervaise,” Caretto said, when he had concluded, “that + you too had been a galley slave, and I understand now the care you showed + to render the lot of the rowers as easy as possible. It was a splendid + scheme, and well carried out. Indeed, I no longer wonder that you were + appointed to the command of a galley, and received a rich commandery in + England at the hands of the grand master himself. What think you, + Countess; did I speak too highly in his favour?” + </p> + <p> + “Not one jot, cousin. Why, Sir Gervaise, it seems to me that you have been + born two centuries too late, and that you should have been a knight + errant, instead of being sworn to obey orders, and bound to celibacy. Do + you wear no lady's favour in your helm? I know that not a few of your + Order do so.” + </p> + <p> + “As I have said, Countess, I know no ladies who would bestow favours upon + me; in the second place, I am but eighteen, and it would be ridiculous for + me to think of such matters; lastly, it seems to me that, being vowed to + the Order, I can desire no other mistress.” + </p> + <p> + Claudia, who had listened with rapt attention to the story, whispered in + her mother's ear. The latter smiled. + </p> + <p> + “It seems to me, Sir Gervaise,” she went on, “that after what you have + done for Italy there are many fair maidens who would feel it an honour + that their colours should be borne by one who has shown himself so valiant + a knight. You see, a gage of this kind does not necessarily mean that + there is any deep feeling between the knight who bears it and the lady who + bestows it; it shows only that she, on her part, feels it an honour that + her gage should be worn by a distinguished knight, and, on his part, that + he considers it as somewhat more than a compliment, and wears it as a + proof of regard on the part of one whose good opinion at least he values. + It is true that among secular knights it may mean even more than this, but + it ought not to mean more among knights of an Order like yours, pledged to + devote their lives to a lofty and holy aim. My daughter Claudia whispers + to me that she would deem it an honour indeed if you would wear her token, + accepting it in the spirit in which I have spoken. She is fourteen now, + and, as you know, a maid of fourteen here is as old as one of sixteen or + seventeen in your country.” + </p> + <p> + Gervaise turned to the girl, who was standing by her mother's chair, + looking earnestly at him. He had noticed her the evening before; she had + asked no questions, but had listened so intently that he had felt almost + embarrassed. Claudia's was a very bright face, and yet marked by firmness + and strength. He turned his eyes again to the countess. + </p> + <p> + “I never thought of wearing a woman's favour,” he said; “but if your + daughter will bestow one upon me, I shall be proud to wear it, and trust + that I may carry it unstained. I shall feel honoured indeed that one so + fair, and, as I am sure by her face, so deserving of all the devotion that + a knight of our Order can give, has thought me worthy of being one of + those on whom she could bestow so high a favour, with the confidence that + it would be ever borne with credit and honour.” + </p> + <p> + “What shall I give him, mother?” Claudia asked the countess, without a + shadow of the embarrassment with which Gervaise had spoken. + </p> + <p> + “Not a kerchief, Claudia. In the rough work of the knights, it could not + be kept without spot or stain. Moreover, if I judge Sir Gervaise rightly, + methinks he would prefer some token that he could wear without exciting + attention and remark from his comrades. Go, fetch him any of your jewels + you may think fit.” + </p> + <p> + “Then I will give him this,” the girl said; and unfastening a thin gold + chain she wore round her neck, she pulled up a heart shaped ornament, in + pink coral set in gold and pearls. + </p> + <p> + Her mother uttered a low exclamation of dissent. + </p> + <p> + “I know, mother; it was your last gift, and I prize it far beyond anything + I have; therefore, it is all the more fit to be my token.” Then she turned + to Gervaise, and went on, without the slightest tremor in her voice, or + accession of colour in her cheeks. “Sir Gervaise Tresham, I bestow upon + you this my favour, and shall deem it an honour indeed to know that it is + borne by one so brave and worthy. You said that you would be glad to be + one of those who bore my favours. You will be more than that, for I vow to + you that while you live no other knight shall wear a favour of mine.” + </p> + <p> + “Claudia!” her mother said disapprovingly. + </p> + <p> + “I know what I am saying, mother. I have often wondered why maidens should + so carelessly bestow their favours upon every knight who begged for them, + and have said to myself that when my time came I would grant it but once, + and only then to one whom I deemed worthy of it in all ways—one in + whose loyalty and honour I could trust implicitly, and who would regard it + as something sacred, deeming it an honour to wear it, as being the pledge + of my trust and esteem. Kneel, Sir Gervaise, while I fasten this round + your neck.” + </p> + <p> + Gervaise took out the small brooch, that fastened the collar of his silken + doublet, and then knelt on one knee. The girl fastened the clasp round his + neck, and as he rose he hid the heart beneath the doublet, and fastened + the collar. + </p> + <p> + “Lady Claudia,” he said earnestly, “I accept your favour in the spirit in + which you bestow it. So long as I live I shall prize and value it beyond + any honour I may gain, and as I feel it next to my heart, it will ever + recall to me that you gave it me as a pledge of your esteem and trust, and + I will strive to the utmost so to bear myself that I may be worthy of the + gift.” + </p> + <p> + None of the others spoke while the little ceremony was being performed. + Caretto glanced at the countess with an amused smile, but the latter + looked grave, and somewhat vexed. However, she made an effort to dispel + the cloud on her face, and, when Gervaise ceased speaking, said, “This has + been a somewhat more serious business than I intended, Sir Gervaise. But + do not think that I regret in any way the course it has taken; 'tis well + for a maiden on the threshold of womanhood that she should place before + herself a lofty ideal, and that she should entertain a warm feeling of + friendship for one worthy of it. So also it is good for a young knight to + know that he has the trust and confidence of a pure and innocent maiden; + such a knowledge will aid him to be in all ways true to the vows he has + taken, and to remember always that he is bound to be not only a valiant + knight of his Order, but a sincere soldier of the Cross.” + </p> + <p> + Then she went on more lightly. “Have you heard, Sir Gervaise, that there + is a question of making you a noble of Genoa?” + </p> + <p> + “No, indeed,” Gervaise replied, in great surprise; “such an idea never + entered into my thoughts.” + </p> + <p> + “Nevertheless, I know that it was spoken of last night, and although it + has not yet been finally settled, and will not be until the council meet + this afternoon, I should not tell you if I did not think that it was as + good as agreed upon; and I am pleased to be the first to whisper to you + that it is intended to bestow upon you an honour that is jealously guarded + and seldom granted, even to crowned heads, unless as a token of gratitude + for some signal service done to the Republic.” + </p> + <p> + “I should feel most honoured and most grateful, Countess, for so + extraordinary a favour, did I feel that I had done any extraordinary + action to merit it. There can be no doubt that the destruction of the + corsairs has saved Genoa and all the maritime towns from immense loss by + damage to their trade, and by the raids that would have been made at + various points on the coast. But I cannot see that the mere fact that we + have destroyed their fleet merits any marked honour. They were caught in a + trap, and half of them burned, and this might have been done equally as + well by the Sardinian fishermen, unarmed, and without our aid. As to the + fighting, it was of small account. The first three craft we captured + offered a much stouter resistance, and we lost two of our number; but in + the other affair no knight was killed, or even seriously wounded, and + believe me, Countess, I feel absolutely ashamed at the fuss that is made + over it. It seems to me that I am a sort of impostor, obtaining credit + under false pretences.” + </p> + <p> + “No man is a fair judge of his own actions, Sir Gervaise,” Caretto said. + “A man may believe himself a Solon, or a Roland; others may consider him + as a fool, or an empty braggart; and it must be taken that the general + opinion of the public is the judgment from which there is no appeal. It is + not the mob of Genoa only who regard the services that you have rendered + as extraordinary, but it is the opinion of the councillors and authorities + of the Republic, and of those who, like myself, have borne our share in + warfare, that not only is the service great, but that it is due to the + singular ability with which you, in command of only a single galley, have + wholly destroyed or captured the fleet that threatened our commerce. As + our councillors, therefore, all competent judges, are unanimous in their + opinion that you have deserved the highest honours that Genoa can bestow + upon you, it is useless for you to set up your own opinion to the + contrary. Take the good things that fall to you, Sir Gervaise, and be + thankful. It is seldom that men obtain more honours than they deserve, + while it very often happens that they deserve far more than they obtain. + Fortune has doubtless some share in every man's career; but when it is not + once, but several times, that a knight gains special credit for deeds he + has performed, we may be sure that fortune has less to do with the matter + than his personal merits. Three times have you earned special credit; upon + the first occasion, the grand master—no mean judge of conduct and + character—deemed you worthy of secular knighthood, an honour which + has not, in my memory, been bestowed at Rhodes upon any young knight; on + the second, you were promoted to the command of a galley, though never + before has such a command been given to any, save knights of long + experience; and now, for the third time, the councillors of one of the + greatest of Italian cities are about to do you honour. It is good to be + modest, Sir Gervaise, and it is better to underestimate than to overrate + one's own merits, but it is not well to carry the feeling to an extreme. I + am quite sure that in your case your disclaimer is wholly sincere and + unaffected; but take my advice, accept the honours the world may pay you + as not undeserved, determining only in your mind that if you deem them + excessive, you will at least do all in your power to show that they are + not ill bestowed. You will not, I trust, take my counsel amiss.” + </p> + <p> + “On the contrary, Sir Fabricius,” Gervaise said warmly. “I am really but a + boy yet, though by good fortune pushed strangely forward, and I am glad + indeed to receive council from a knight of vastly greater experience than + myself and, in future, however much I may be conscious in my own mind that + anything I have done is greatly overrated, I will at least abstain from + protest. And now, Countess, I must pray you to excuse me. I know that Sir + Ralph Harcourt is, before this, down at the dockyard waiting my coming to + engage sailors.” + </p> + <p> + “You will come tomorrow at the same time, I hope, Sir Gervaise. As + Claudia's sworn knight we have now a claim upon you, and for the short + time that you remain here you must regard this as your home, although you + must necessarily remain the guest of the doge.” + </p> + <p> + “He is a fine young fellow, indeed,” Caretto said, after Gervaise had + left. “There is no affectation about his modesty, and he really considers + that this success he has gained is solely a stroke of good fortune. Of + course, I have been asking many questions about him of the young knights + of his own langue, Harcourt among them. They tell me that he is always in + earnest in everything he undertakes. He is without a rival among the + younger knights of the convent in his skill in arms, and for strength and + activity in all exercises; he seems to care nothing for the ordinary + amusements in which they join at Rhodes, and for nine months was scarcely + ever seen by those in the auberge, save when they gathered for meals, so + continuously did he work to acquire a perfect command of Turkish. How + thoroughly he succeeded is evident from the fact that he was able to live + among the galley slaves without exciting any suspicions in their minds + that he was other than he pretended to be, a Syrian captive. That he is + brave goes without saying, though perhaps no braver than the majority of + his companions. The extraordinary thing about him is that although, as he + himself says, little more than a boy, he has the coolness to plan, and the + head to carry out, schemes that would do credit to the most experienced + captain. He is already a credit to the Order, and, should he live, will + assuredly rise to the highest offices in it, and may even die its grand + master. In the stormy times that are coming on, there will be ample + opportunities for him still further to distinguish himself, and to fulfil + the singular promise of his youth. That he possesses great tact, as well + as other qualities, is shown by the enthusiasm with which his companions + regard him. In no case, among those to whom I have spoken, have I + discerned the smallest jealousy of him. The tact that is needed to stand + thus among fifty young knights, almost all his seniors in age, will + assuredly enable him later on to command the confidence and affection of + older men.” + </p> + <p> + When the other guests had left, and Caretto only remained, the countess + turned to Claudia. “You went too far, Claudia. I was willing enough, when + you asked me, that you should bestow a favour upon him. Most young knights + wear such a favour, which may be a sign of devotion, but which far more + frequently is a piece of gallantry. In the case of a knight hospitaller it + can only be the latter; it is in his case merely a sign that he has so + distinguished himself that some maiden feels a pride that her gift should + be carried into battle by him, and, on his part, that he too is proud of + the gift so bestowed by one whose goodwill he prizes. In that way I was + willing that you should grant him your favour. But the manner in which you + gave it was far more serious than the occasion warranted, and your promise + to grant no similar favour to another as long as he lived, surprised, and, + I may almost say, shocked me. You are, according to our custom here, + considered almost a woman, and had not Sir Gervaise belonged to a + religious Order, and were he of a presuming disposition, he might well + have gathered a meaning from your words far beyond what you intended, and + have even entertained a presumptuous hope that you were not indifferent to + his merits. In the present case, of course, no harm is done; still, + methinks that it would be far better had the words been unspoken. Your + cousin here will, I am sure, agree with me.” + </p> + <p> + Caretto did not speak, but stood playing with his moustache, waiting for + Claudia's reply. The girl had stood with downcast eyes while her mother + was speaking. + </p> + <p> + “I only expressed what I felt, mother,” she said, after a pause, “and I do + not think that Sir Gervaise Tresham is likely to misunderstand me. It + seems to me that never among those whom I have met have I seen one so + worthy. No praises can be higher than those with which my cousin has + spoken of him. He has rescued him, whom we dearly love, from slavery; he + has saved Genoa from great disaster, and many towns and villages from + plunder and ruin. I do indeed feel proud that such a knight should wear my + gage, and, were there no other reason, I should be unwilling that, so long + as he carried it, another should possess a similar one from me. I am sure + that Sir Gervaise will have felt that this was the meaning of my words; I + wished him to see that it was not a favour lightly given by a girl who + might, a few weeks hence, bestow a similar one upon another, but was a + gage seriously given of the honour in which I held him.” + </p> + <p> + “Very well said, Claudia,” Caretto broke in, before the countess could + reply. “I warrant me the young knight will not misunderstand your gift, + and that he will prize it highly and carry it nobly. He is not one of + those who will boast of a favour and display it all times, and, except + perhaps to his friend Sir Ralph Harcourt, I will wager he never tells a + soul who was its donor.” + </p> + <p> + When Claudia shortly afterwards left the room, he said to the countess, + “Excuse me for breaking in, Agatha, but I felt that it was much better to + agree with her, and not to make overmuch of the matter; she is just of an + age to make some one a hero, and she could hardly have chosen a better + subject for her worship. In the first place, he is a knight of St. John; + in the second, he is going away in a few days, perhaps tomorrow, and may + never cross her path again. The thought of him will prevent her fancy from + straying for a time, and keep her heart whole until you decide on a suitor + for her hand.” + </p> + <p> + “Nevertheless, I would rather that it had not been so. Claudia is not + given to change, and this may last long enough to cause trouble when I + bring forward the suitor you speak of.” + </p> + <p> + “Well, in any case it might be worse,” Caretto said philosophically. And + then, with a smile in answer to her look of inquiry, “Knights of the Order + have, ere now, obtained release from their vows.” + </p> + <p> + “Fabricius!” the countess exclaimed, in a shocked voice. + </p> + <p> + “Yes, I know, Agatha, that the child is one of the richest heiresses in + Italy, but for that very reason it needs not that her husband should have + wide possessions. In all other respects you could wish for no better. He + will assuredly be a famous knight; he is the sort of man to make her + perfectly happy; and, lastly, you know I cannot forget that I owe my + liberation from slavery to him. At any rate, Agatha, as I said before, he + may never cross her path again, and you may, a year or two hence, find her + perfectly amenable to your wishes.” + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0017" id="link2HCH0017"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER XVII CAPTURED + </h2> + <p> + Upon the following day the doge requested Gervaise to accompany him to a + meeting of the council. Upon entering the grand hall he found not only the + members of the council assembled in their robes of office, but a large + gathering of the nobles and principal citizens of Genoa, together with the + knights of the galley whom, under Ralph Harcourt's orders, Gervaise found, + to his surprise, drawn up in order across the Hall. Here, in the name of + the Republic, Battista Fragoso announced to him that, by the unanimous + decision of the council, he had been elected a noble of Genoa; an honour, + he added, on only one or two previous occasions in the history of the + Republic bestowed upon any but of princely rank, but which he had nobly + earned by the great service he had rendered to the State. His name was + then inscribed in the book containing the names and titles of the nobles + of Genoa. Next, Battista Fragoso presented him with a superb suit of + Milanese armour, as his own personal gift, and then with a casket of very + valuable jewels, as the gift of the city of Genoa. Each presentation was + accompanied by the plaudits of the assembly, and by the no less warm + acclamations of the knights. Ralph was then called forward, and presented + with a suit of armour but little inferior to that given to Gervaise, and + each knight received a heavy gold chain of the finest workmanship of + Genoa. + </p> + <p> + Two days later the preparations for departure were complete, and a + sufficient number of men were engaged to man the prizes. This charge, + also, Genoa took upon itself, and put on board much stronger crews than + Gervaise deemed necessary for the navigation of the ships. The weather was + fine and the wind favourable, and a quick passage was made to Rhodes. When + the harbour was in sight, the ships were ordered to proceed in single + file, the galley leading the way with a huge banner of the Order floating + from her stern, and smaller flags on staffs at each side. It was not until + they passed by the two forts guarding the entrance that the flags + fluttering at the mastheads of the prizes afforded to those on shore an + intimation of the event that had taken place, and even then none supposed + that this fleet of prizes had been taken by the one galley that headed + them. + </p> + <p> + As the Santa Barbara slowly rowed up the harbour, the State barge of the + grand master put off to meet it, and D'Aubusson, with a party of knights, + soon stepped on board. + </p> + <p> + “Welcome back, Sir Gervaise! although I little expected to see you return + so soon. What is the meaning of this procession that follows you? By their + rig and appearance they are Moors, but how they come to be thus sailing in + your wake is a mystery to us all.” + </p> + <p> + “They are Moors, your Excellency; they form part of an expedition fitted + out by the corsairs of Algiers, Tripoli, Tunis, and other piratical + strongholds, for the purpose of destroying the commerce and ravaging the + coasts of Western Italy. Fortunately, we fell in with a ship that had been + plundered by three of them on their way north, and learned from the dying + captain, who was the only one of her crew left with life on board, the + direction they were taking, and something of the nature of the expedition. + We pursued the three galleys, came up with them, had the good fortune to + capture them, and then had the delight of finding among their rowers the + noble knights, Fabricius Caretto, Giacomo Da Vinci, and Pietro Forzi.” + </p> + <p> + The grand master, and the knights with him, uttered an exclamation of joy, + and, as the three knights named stepped forward, embraced them with the + liveliest pleasure. + </p> + <p> + “My dear Caretto,” the grand master exclaimed, “it is almost a + resurrection, for we have all long mourned you as dead; and your return to + us at the present time is indeed fortunate; for upon whose judgment and + aid could I better rely than those of my old comrade in arms?” Then, + turning to Gervaise, he went on: “It was a daring and brilliant exploit + indeed, Sir Gervaise, and in due time honour shall be paid to you and your + brave companions, to whom and to you I now tender the thanks of the Order. + But tell me the rest briefly, for I would fain hear from these noble + knights and old friends the story of what has befallen them.” + </p> + <p> + “My tale is a very brief one, your Highness. The Cavalier Caretto sailed + at once in a swift craft from the south of Sardinia, to carry warnings to + the cities on the coast of Italy of the danger that threatened them, and + in order that some war galleys might be despatched by Genoa to meet the + corsair fleet. During his absence we discovered the little inlet in which + the pirates lay hidden, waiting doubtless the arrival of the three ships + we had captured, to commence operations. On the return of the knight with + the news that it would be at least a fortnight before Genoa could fit out + any galleys, and fearing that the pirates might at any moment put to sea, + we procured some small Sardinian craft, and fitted them as fire ships; + with the captives we had rescued, and some Sard fishermen, we manned the + three prizes, distributing the knights between them, and at night launched + the fire ships against the corsairs, whose ships were crowded together. + Eleven of them were burnt; six we captured as they endeavoured to make + their way out, and took possession of four others whose crews had run them + ashore and deserted them. None escaped.” + </p> + <p> + Exclamations of astonishment and almost of incredulity broke from the + knights. + </p> + <p> + “And is it possible, Sir Gervaise, that these thirteen vessels that follow + you are all prizes captured by your galley alone?” + </p> + <p> + “It is, as I have the honour to tell your Highness. But their capture, + except in the case of the first three, was due almost solely to good + fortune and to the position in which we found them, almost incapable of + defence.” + </p> + <p> + “What think you, knights and comrades?” the grand master said to his + companions. “There were some of you who deemed it rash to entrust a galley + to so young a commander and so youthful a crew. What say you now? Never in + the annals of the Order has such a sight been witnessed as that of + thirteen prizes being brought in by a single galley, to say naught of + eleven others destroyed. Caretto, you and your comrades must have had some + share in this marvellous victory.” + </p> + <p> + “By no means,” the Italian replied; “beyond having the honour of aiding to + carry out the orders of Sir Gervaise Tresham, the commander of the galley. + The plan was wholly of his own devising, its execution solely due to his + arrangement of the details, and that without the slightest suggestion on + the part of myself or my comrades. I will presently narrate to you the + whole story; it will come better from my lips than from those of Sir + Gervaise, whose disposition is to wholly underestimate the merit of the + action he has performed. But I must also bear testimony, not only to the + bravery displayed by Sir Gervaise, Sir Ralph Harcourt, his lieutenant, and + every one of the knights his crew, but to the admirable discipline, order, + and good fellowship on board the galley, which would have done credit to + the most experienced commander and to the most veteran knights of the + Order.” + </p> + <p> + The grand master paused a moment, and then said in a loud voice, “Sir + Gervaise Tresham, Sir Ralph Harcourt, and knights of the seven langues of + the Order—As yet I can hardly appreciate the full extent of the + service that you have rendered. I thanked you but now for the capture of + three corsairs; but what can I say when I learn that you have destroyed or + taken a whole fleet? I invite you all to a banquet that I shall hold + tonight, where the Cavalier Caretto will relate to us all the details of + this marvellous exploit.” + </p> + <p> + Within a few minutes after the return of the grand master and his party + ashore, the flags of the Order were run up to the flagstaffs of every fort + and bastion: the bells of the churches chimed out a triumphant peal, and a + salute was fired from the guns of the three water forts, while along the + wall facing the port, the townspeople waved numberless gay flags as a + welcome to the galley. Most of the knights went ashore at once, but + Gervaise, under the excuse that he wished to see that everything was in + order before landing, remained on board until it was time to go to the + banquet, being sure that by that time the knights would have fully told + the story at their respective auberges, and that there would be no more + questions to answer. The banquet differed but little from that at Genoa, + and Gervaise was heartily glad when it was over. + </p> + <p> + The next day the grand master sent for him. + </p> + <p> + “If I judge rightly, Sir Gervaise, the thing that will best please you at + present, is an order to put to sea again at once, to conclude the usual + period of service of the galley.” + </p> + <p> + “It is indeed,” Gervaise replied earnestly. “But I should be glad, sir, if + you will allow that the time should begin to count afresh from our present + start. We have really had but a short period of service, for we wasted a + week at Genoa, and ten days on our journey back here, so that we have had + really no more than a month's active service.” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, if you count only by time,” D'Aubusson said, with a smile. + “Reckoning by results, you have done a good five years' cruise. However, + so small a request can certainly be granted. The places of the two knights + who were killed, and of four others whose wounds are reported to me as + being too severe for them to be fit for service for some time, shall be + filled up at once from the langues to which each belonged. You will cruise + among the Western islands, whence complaints have reached us of a corsair + who has been plundering and burning. Sometimes he is heard of as far north + as Negropont, at others he is off the south of the Morea; then, again, we + hear of him among the Cyclades. We have been unwilling to despatch another + galley, for there is ample employment for every one here. After the blow + you have struck on the Moorish corsairs, they are likely to be quiet for a + little. You had best, therefore, try for a time if you cannot come across + this pirate. You must let me know how much you paid for the vessels you + used as fire ships, and to the Sards; this is an expense chargeable to the + general service. I may tell you that to me it is due that no recognition + of your exploits, such as that which Genoa bestowed upon you, will be + made. At the council this morning it was urged that some signal mark of + honour should be granted; but I interposed, saying that you had already + received exceptional promotion, and that it would not be for your good, or + that of the Order, for so young a knight to be raised to an official + position of a character usually held by seniors, and that I was perfectly + sure you would prefer remaining in command of your galley to any promotion + whatever that would retain you on the Island.” + </p> + <p> + “Indeed I should, your Highness. I wish to gain experience and to do + service to the Order, and so far from pleasing me, promotion would trouble + and distress me, and, could it have been done, I would most gladly have + sent home the prizes, instead of going to Genoa, and would myself have + continued the cruise.” + </p> + <p> + “So the Cavalier Caretto told me,” the grand master replied. “Very well, + then. In three days you shall set out again. The admiral tells me that + never before has a galley returned with the slaves in such good health and + condition, and that unquestionably your plan of erecting an awning to + shelter them from the midday heat and the night dews has had a most + beneficial effect on their health; he has recommended its general + adoption.” + </p> + <p> + Three days later the Santa Barbara again left port, and was soon upon her + station. For some weeks she cruised backwards and forwards along the coast + and among the islands. They often heard of the pirate ship, but all their + efforts to find her were unavailing. + </p> + <p> + One evening there were signs of a change of weather, and by morning it was + blowing a furious gale from the north; in spite of the efforts of the + rowers, the galley narrowly escaped being driven ashore; but she at last + gained the shelter of an island, and anchored under its lee, the slaves + being utterly worn out by continuous exertion. As soon as the gale abated + they again put to sea, and, after proceeding for some miles, saw a ship + cast up on shore. Some people could be made out on board of her, and a + white flag was raised. + </p> + <p> + “She must have been driven ashore during the gale,” Gervaise said. “We + will row in to within a quarter of a mile of her and see what we can do + for them.” + </p> + <p> + As soon as the anchor was dropped a boat was lowered. + </p> + <p> + “I will go myself, Ralph, for I shall be glad to set my foot on shore + again. There must be people on the island; I wonder none of them have come + to the aid of those poor fellows. I suppose the villages are on the other + side of the island, and they have not yet heard of the wreck.” + </p> + <p> + Gervaise asked three of the knights to accompany him, and the boat, rowed + by galley slaves, was soon on its way. All were glad at the change + afforded to the monotony of their life on board, and at the prospect of a + scamper on shore. + </p> + <p> + There were but five or six men to be seen on the deck of the wreck, and + these had, as the boat approached, come down to the rocks as if to meet + those who came to their aid; but as the knights leapt out, they threw + themselves suddenly upon them with knives and scimitars that had hitherto + been concealed beneath their garments, while at the same moment a crowd of + men appeared on the deck of the ship, and, leaping down, ran forward with + drawn swords. Two of the knights fell dead before they had time to draw + their weapons. The third shook off his two assailants, and for a minute + kept them both at bay; but others, rushing up, cut him down. + </p> + <p> + Gervaise had received a slight wound before he realised what was + happening. He snatched his dagger from its sheath, and struck down one + assailant; but ere he could raise it to strike again, another leapt on to + his back, and clung there until the rest rushed up, when he shouted, “Take + him alive! take him alive!” and, throwing down their weapons, half a dozen + of the pirates flung themselves upon Gervaise, and strove to pull him to + the ground, until at last, in spite of his desperate resistance, they + succeeded in doing so. His armour was hastily stripped off, his hands and + feet bound, and then at the orders of the pirate who had leapt on his + back, and who was evidently the captain, half a dozen men lifted him on to + their shoulders. As they did so four guns from the galley flashed out, and + the balls flew overhead. The pirates, who had already begun to quarrel + over the armour and arms of the fallen knights, at once took to their + heels, followed by the galley slaves from the boat. + </p> + <p> + “Make haste,” the captain said to the men carrying Gervaise. + </p> + <p> + “They are lowering their boats; we must be under way before they come up.” + </p> + <p> + In a minute or two Gervaise was set down on his feet, the cords round his + legs were cut, and he was made to hurry along with his captors. In a short + time an inlet was reached, and here Gervaise saw, to his mortification, + the pirate craft for which the Santa Barbara had in vain been searching. + As soon as the party were all on board, the ropes by which she was moored + to two trees were thrown off; the great sails hoisted, and she sailed + boldly out. Although the gale had entirely abated, there was still a brisk + wind blowing, and it was evident to the captain of the corsair that under + such circumstances he could outsail the galley that had long been + searching for him; when, therefore, the Santa Barbara came in sight, just + as he and his crew had finished stripping the wreck of its contents, the + idea had occurred to him to attempt to entice some of the knights to land. + </p> + <p> + As soon as the vessel was under way he abused his followers hotly for not + having obeyed his orders to capture the knights without bloodshed; but + they pleaded that it was as much as they had been able to do to capture + Gervaise in that way, and that they could never have overcome the four + together, before the boats would have had time to come from the ship. + </p> + <p> + Gervaise had been told to sit down with his back to a mast and in this + position he could, when the vessel heeled over to the breeze, obtain a + view of the sea. It was with a feeling of bitter mortification and rage + that he saw the galley lying but half a mile away, as the corsair issued + from the inlet. A moment later he heard a gun fired, and saw the signal + hoisted to recall the boats. + </p> + <p> + “If the wind had been favourable,” the captain said to his mate, “we would + have borne down upon her, and could have reached and captured her before + the boats got back, for you may be sure that they have landed almost all + their men. However, we can't get there against the wind, and we will now + say goodbye to them.” + </p> + <p> + Gervaise knew well that at the pace they were running through the water + the galley would have no chance whatever of overtaking her, and that, ere + the knights came on board again, she would be already two or three miles + away. A point of land soon concealed the galley from view, and when he + caught sight of her, as she rounded the point, she was but a speck in the + distance. + </p> + <p> + They passed several islands in the course of the day, changing their + direction to a right angle to that which they had at first pursued, as + soon as they were hidden from the sight of the galley by an intervening + island. As night came on they anchored in a little bay on the coast of the + Morea. The sails being furled, the sailors made a division of the booty + they had captured on the island, and of the portable property found on + board the wreck. A gourd full of water was placed to Gervaise's lips by + one of the men of a kinder disposition than the rest. He drank it + thankfully, for he was parched with thirst excited by the pain caused by + the tightness with which he had been bound. + </p> + <p> + He slept where he sat. All night four men remained on guard, although from + what he heard they had no fear whatever of being overtaken. In the morning + his arms were unbound, and they stripped off his tunic and shirt. They had + evidently respect for his strength, for before loosing his arms they + tightly fastened his ankles together. The removal of his shirt exposed + Claudia's gift to view. + </p> + <p> + “Take that from him and give it to me,” the captain said. As the two men + approached, Gervaise seized one in each hand, dashed them against each + other, and hurled them on the deck. But the exertion upset his + equilibrium, and after making a vain effort to recover it, he fell heavily + across them. The captain stooped over him, and, before he could recover + himself, snatched the chain from his neck. + </p> + <p> + “You are a stout fellow,” he said, laughing, “and will make a fine slave. + What have you got here that you are ready to risk your life for?” He + looked at the little chain and its pendant with an air of disappointment. + “'Tis worth but little,” he said, showing it to his mate. “I would not + give five ducats for it in the market. It must be a charm, or a knight + would never carry it about with him and prize it so highly. It may be to + things like this the Christians owe their luck.” + </p> + <p> + “It has not brought him luck this time,” the mate observed with a laugh. + </p> + <p> + “Even a charm cannot always bring good luck, but at any rate I will try + it;” and he put it round his neck just as Gervaise had worn it. The latter + was now unbound, and permitted to move about the deck. The strength he had + shown in the struggle on shore, and the manner in which he had hurled, + bound as he was, two of their comrades to the deck, had won for him the + respect of his captors, and he was therefore allowed privileges not + granted to the seamen of the vessel that had had the ill fortune to be + cast on shore so close to the spot where the corsair was hiding. These had + been seized, driven to the ship, and having been stripped of the greater + portion of their clothes, shut down in the hold. + </p> + <p> + Although angry that but one out of the four who landed had been captured, + the captain was in a good humour at having tricked his redoubtable foes, + and was disposed to treat Gervaise with more consideration than was + generally given to captives. The latter had not spoken a word of Turkish + from the time he was captured, and had shaken his head when first + addressed in that language. No suspicion was therefore entertained that he + had any knowledge of it, and the Turks conversed freely before him. + </p> + <p> + “Where think you we had better sell him?” the mate asked the captain, when + Gervaise was leaning against the bulwark watching the land, a short + quarter of a mile away. “He ought to fetch a good ransom.” + </p> + <p> + “Ay, but who would get it? You know how it was with one that Ibrahim took + two years ago. First there were months of delay, then, when the ransom was + settled, the pasha took four-fifths of it for himself, and Ibrahim got far + less than he would have done had he sold him as a slave. The pashas here, + and the sultans of the Moors, are all alike; if they once meddle in an + affair they take all the profit, and think they do well by giving you a + tithe of it. There are plenty of wealthy Moors who are ready to pay well + for a Christian slave, especially when he is a good looking young fellow + such as this. He will fetch as much as all those eight sailors below. They + are only worth their labour, while this youngster will command a fancy + price. I know a dozen rich Moors in Tripoli or Tunis who would be glad to + have him; and we agreed that we would run down to the African coast for + awhile, for that galley has been altogether too busy of late for our + comfort, and will be all the more active after this little affair; + besides, people in these islands have got so scared that one can't get + within ten miles of any of them now without seeing their signal smokes + rising on the hills, and finding, when they land, the villages deserted + and stripped of everything worth carrying away.” + </p> + <p> + This news was a disappointment to Gervaise. He had calculated that he + would be sold at one of the Levant ports, and had thought that with his + knowledge of Turkish he should have no great difficulty in escaping from + any master into whose hands he might fall, and taking his chance of either + seizing a fishing boat, or of making his way in a trading ship to some + district where the population was a mixed one, and where trade was winked + at between the merchants there, and those at some of the Greek towns. To + escape from Tunis or Tripoli would be far more difficult; there, too, he + would be beyond the reach of the good offices of Suleiman Ali, who would, + he was sure, have done all in his power to bring about his release. Of one + thing he was determined: he would not return to Rhodes without making + every possible effort to recover Claudia's gage, as he considered it + absolutely incumbent on him as a knight to guard, as something sacred, a + gift so bestowed. The fancy of the corsair to retain the jewel as a charm + he regarded as a piece of the greatest good fortune. Had it been thrown + among the common spoil, he would never have known to which of the crew it + had fallen at the division, still less have traced what became of it + afterwards; whereas now, for some time, at any rate, it was likely to + remain in the captain's possession. + </p> + <p> + Had it not been for that, he would have attempted to escape at the first + opportunity, and such an opportunity could not fail to present itself ere + long, for he had but to manage to possess himself of Moslem garments to be + able to move about unquestioned in any Turkish town. When it became dark + he was shut up in the hold, which was, he found, crowded with captives, + as, in addition to the crew of the wreck, between forty and fifty Greeks, + for the most part boys and young girls, had been carried off from the + villages plundered. It was pitch dark below, although the scuttle had been + left open in order to allow a certain amount of air to reach the captives; + Gervaise, therefore, felt his way about cautiously, and lay down as soon + as he found a clear space. Save an occasional moan or curse, and the + panting of those suffering from the heat and closeness of the crowded + hold, all was still. The majority of the captives had been some time in + their floating prison, and their first poignant grief had settled down + into a dull and despairing acceptance of their fate; the sailors, newly + captured, had for hours raved and cursed, but, worn out by their struggle + with the elements, and their rage and grief, they had now fallen asleep. + </p> + <p> + It was long before Gervaise dozed off. He was furious with himself for + having fallen into the trap; if he had, as he said to himself, lain off + the beach in the boat, and questioned the supposed shipwrecked sailors, + their inability to reply to him would have at once put him on his guard; + as it was, he had walked into the snare as carelessly and confidently as a + child might have done. Even more than his own captivity, he regretted the + death of his three comrades, which he attributed to his own want of care. + The next morning he was again allowed on deck. The vessel was under way, + and her head was pointing south. To his surprise some of the crew gave him + a friendly greeting; he was unable to understand a manner so at variance + with their hatred to the Christians, until one of them said to him in a + mixture of Greek and Italian, “We have heard from our countrymen who were + in the boat with you, that they received much kindness at your hands, and + that of all the Christians they had served under, you were the kindest + master. Therefore, it is but right now Allah has decreed that you in turn + should be a slave to the true believers, that you should receive the same + mercy you gave to Moslems when they were in your power.” + </p> + <p> + The captain came up as the man was speaking. He talked for a time to the + sailor, who then turned again to Gervaise. “The captain says that he is + told you were the commander of that galley; he has questioned the eight + men separately, and they all tell the same story: and yet he cannot + understand how so young a man should command a galley manned by warriors + famous for their deeds of arms, even among us who are their foes.” + </p> + <p> + “This galley was an exception,” Gervaise replied; “the knights on board + were all young, as they could be better spared than those more + experienced, at a time when your sultan is known to be preparing for an + attack on Rhodes.” + </p> + <p> + The captain was silent for a minute when this was interpreted to him; he + had at the time noticed and wondered at the youth of the four knights, and + the explanation seemed to him a reasonable one. + </p> + <p> + “I wish I had known it,” he said after a pause; “for had I done so, I + would have fought and captured her yesterday; I have half a mind to go + back and seek her now.” + </p> + <p> + He called up one of the ex slaves who was a native of Tripoli, and who had + now taken his place as a member of the crew, and asked him a number of + questions. Gervaise felt uncomfortable while the man was answering. + Fortunately, his rowers had agreed to say nothing whatever of the + destruction of the corsair fleet, of which no word had as yet reached the + pirates, deeming that, in their anger at the news, the pirates might turn + upon them for the part that they had, however involuntarily, borne in it. + </p> + <p> + As soon as he perceived that the captain entertained the idea of returning + to engage the galley, the man felt that if he were to avoid a return into + captivity he must deter him from taking such a step. He therefore, in + answer to his questions as to the strength of the crew of the galley and + the fighting powers of the knights, reported the capture of the three + vessels. The captain listened almost incredulously to his statement, and, + calling up another two of the men, questioned them also as to the + occurrence. Having heard them, he turned away and paced the deck, in + evident anger; however, he gave no instructions for a change of course, + and, to the great satisfaction of the eight rescued slaves, the vessel + continued her course southward. + </p> + <p> + As they neared the African coast, Gervaise kept an eager lookout, in hopes + that Visconti's galley might appear in sight. The captain's temper had not + recovered from the effect of the news of the capture of three Moorish + vessels by the galley commanded by Gervaise, and the latter, seeing the + mood he was in, kept forward so as to avoid coming in contact with him. He + had early taken the opportunity of saying to one of the released galley + slaves, “I pray you, if you have any feeling of kindness towards me for + the efforts I made to alleviate your condition, say no word of my + knowledge of Turkish, and ask the others also to remain silent on this + point.” + </p> + <p> + The man had nodded, and the request was observed by them all. + </p> + <p> + The captain's irritation showed itself in his treatment of the other + captives. These were brought up every day from the hold, and kept on deck + until dark, as the price they would fetch in the slave market in Tripoli + would depend greatly upon their health and appearance; but when the + captain came near them he several times struck them brutally, if they + happened to be in his way. Gervaise had the greatest difficulty in + restraining his indignation, and, indeed, only did so because he felt that + his interference would but make things worse for them. When at last the + ship cast anchor off Tripoli, the captain ordered the boats to be lowered. + As he walked towards the gangway, he happened to push against one of the + captives, a Greek girl of some ten years of age. With an angry exclamation + he struck her to the deck. Gervaise sprang forward. + </p> + <p> + “You brute!” he exclaimed in English. “I have a good mind to throw you + overboard, and will do so the next time you strike one of these children + without cause.” + </p> + <p> + Infuriated by Gervaise's interference and threatening attitude, the + corsair drew his long knife; but before he could strike, Gervaise caught + his wrist; the knife fell from his hand, and Gervaise kicked it through + the open gangway into the sea. The captain shouted to his men to seize the + Christian, but the young knight's blood was up now. The first man who came + at him he seized by the sash round his waist, and threw overboard; the two + next he stretched on the deck with blows from his clenched fist. Some of + the others now drew their weapons, but the captain shouted to them to + sheath them. + </p> + <p> + “Fools!” he yelled. “Is it not enough that your cowardice has already cost + us the lives of three knights, whose capture would have brought us a big + sum? Throw him down and bind him. What! are fifty of you afraid of one + unarmed man? No wonder these Christians capture our ships, if this is the + mettle of our crews!” + </p> + <p> + Goaded by his words, the men made a general rush upon Gervaise, and, in + spite of his desperate efforts, threw him on to the deck and bound him; + then the captain, seizing a heavy stick in his left hand, his right being + still powerless, showered blows upon him until Gervaise almost lost + consciousness. “Throw some water over the dog,” the corsair said, as he + threw down the stick, panting with his exertions; and then, without + waiting to see if his order was obeyed, he took his place in the boat, and + was rowed ashore. + </p> + <p> + As soon as he had left, three or four of the ex galley slaves carried + Gervaise into the shade of the sail. The sailors, several of whom bore + signs of the late struggle, looked on sullenly, but offered no opposition + when the men took off the ropes and raised him into a sitting posture + against the mast. He had not entirely lost consciousness, and was now fast + recovering himself. + </p> + <p> + “Is there anything we can do for you?” one of the men asked in Italian. + </p> + <p> + “No I shall soon be all right again, although I am bruised all over, and + shall be stiff for a day or two. You had best leave me now, or you will + incur the enmity of these fellows.” + </p> + <p> + Gervaise was indeed bruised from his neck to his heels. Even in his + passion the pirate had avoided striking him on the head, as a disfiguring + mark on the face would diminish his value. Sitting there, he congratulated + himself that he had been beaten with a stick and not with a whip; a stick + is a weapon, and he did not feel the same sense of dishonour that he would + have experienced had he been beaten with a whip. That such might be his + lot in slavery he recognised. The backs of Caretto and his two companions + were seamed with the marks inflicted by the gang master's whip, and he + could scarce hope to escape the same treatment; but at present he hardly + felt a slave. There was another reflection that to some extent mitigated + the pain of his bruises; the pirate captain held his treasured gage, and + it was his fixed determination to recover it. The man had at first in a + rough way treated him fairly, and had allowed him more liberty than the + other captives, and he would have felt reluctant to take extreme measure + against him to recover the gage. Now he was not only free from any sense + of obligation, but had a heavy score to settle with him. + </p> + <p> + After a time he got up and walked stiffly and painfully up and down the + deck, knowing that this was the best plan to prevent the limbs from + stiffening. The corsair did not return until night set in; he was + accompanied by an Arab, whose dress and appearance showed that he was a + person of importance. The other slaves had all been sent below, but + Gervaise still remained on deck, as the mate had not cared to risk another + conflict by giving him orders in the absence of the captain. As the pirate + stepped on deck he ordered some torches to be brought. + </p> + <p> + “This is the Christian I spoke of,” he said to the Arab, pointing to + Gervaise, who was leaning carelessly against the bulwark. + </p> + <p> + “He is, as you see, capable of hard work of any kind; his strength is + prodigious, for it took ten of my best men to bind him this morning.” + </p> + <p> + “Why did you wish to bind him?” the Arab asked coldly; “you told me that + although so strong he was of a quiet disposition, and would make a good + household slave.” + </p> + <p> + “I struck a slave girl who stood in my way,” the captain said, “and he + came at me so suddenly that I had to call upon the men to bind him. He + threw one of them overboard, and with his naked hands knocked down two + others; and, as I have told you, it took all the efforts of eight or ten + more before they could overcome him.” + </p> + <p> + The Arab took a torch from one of the sailors, walked across to Gervaise, + who was naked from the waist upwards, his upper garments having been torn + into shreds in the struggle, and examined him closely. + </p> + <p> + “And then you beat him,” he said, turning to the captain. + </p> + <p> + “Certainly I beat him. Do you think that a slave is to mutiny on board my + ship, and escape unpunished?” + </p> + <p> + The Arab, without replying, again inspected Gervaise. + </p> + <p> + “You ask a large sum for him,” he said. + </p> + <p> + “I should ask twice as much,” the captain replied, “if it were not for the + regulation that one slave from each cargo brought in belongs to the + sultan, and his officers would as a matter of course choose this fellow, + for the others are merely such as are sold in the market every day. This + man is one of the accursed Order of Rhodes, and would fetch a ransom many + times greater than the sum I ask for him, only I have not the time to wait + for months until the affair could be arranged.” + </p> + <p> + “And, moreover, Hassan,” the Arab said grimly, “it has doubtless not + escaped you that as the Sultan of Turkey is fitting out an expedition to + destroy the community of Rhodes, the chance of their ransoming their + comrade is a very slight one.” + </p> + <p> + “Threatened men live long,” the captain said. “The sultan has been talking + of attacking them for years, and something has always happened to prevent + his carrying out his intention. It may be the same again.” + </p> + <p> + “I will take him,” the Arab said shortly. “Here is a purse with the sum + you named; count it, and see that it is right.” As he stood apart while + the pirate counted out the money, the eight released slaves came up in a + body, and one of them, bowing low before the merchant, said, + </p> + <p> + “My lord, we have long been slaves of the Christian knights at Rhodes, and + have worked in their galleys. We were rescued the other day when this + knight was taken prisoner. Our life has been a hard one. We have borne + toil, and hardship, and blows, the heat of the sun by day, and the damp by + night, but we would humbly represent to you that since we were placed in + the galley commanded by this knight our lot has been made bearable by his + humanity and kindness. He erected an awning to shade us from the sun's + rays, and to shelter us from the night dews. He provided good food for us. + He saw that we were not worked beyond our strength, and he forbade us + being struck, unless for good cause. Therefore, my lord, now that + misfortune has fallen upon him, we venture to represent to you the + kindness with which he has treated us, in the hope that it may please you + to show him such mercy as he showed to us.” + </p> + <p> + “You have done well,” the Arab said, “and your words shall not be + forgotten. When you land tomorrow, inquire for the house of Isaac Ben + Ibyn. You are doubtless penniless, and I may be able to obtain employment + for those of you who may stop at Tripoli, and to assist those who desire + to take passage to their homes elsewhere. We are commanded to be grateful + to those who befriend us, and as you have shown yourselves to be so, it is + right that I, an humble servant of the Great One, should in His name + reward you.” + </p> + <p> + Motioning to Gervaise to follow him, the Arab stepped into his boat. + Gervaise turned to the men, and said in Italian, “Thanks, my friends, you + have well discharged any debt that you may think you owe me. Will you tell + that villain”—and he pointed to the captain threateningly—“I + warn him that some day I will kill him like a dog!” Then, turning, he + stepped into the bow of the boat, and the two men who rowed it at once + pushed off. + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0018" id="link2HCH0018"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER XVIII A KIND MASTER + </h2> + <p> + When the boat reached the shore the Arab handed a long bernouse to + Gervaise, signed to him to pull the hood well over his head, and then led + the way through the streets until he stopped at a large house, standing in + a quiet quarter of the town. He struck on the door with his hand, and it + was at once opened by a black slave. + </p> + <p> + “Call Muley,” the Arab said. + </p> + <p> + The slave hurried away, and returned in a minute with a man somewhat past + middle age, and dressed in a style that indicated that he was a trusted + servant. + </p> + <p> + “Muley,” his master said, “I have bought this Christian who has been + brought in by Hassan the corsair. He is one of the knights who are the + terrors of our coasts, but is, from what I hear, of a kind and humane + disposition. I am told that he was a commander of one of their galleys, + and though I should not have believed it had I only Hassan's word, I have + heard from others that it was so. My wife has long desired to have a + Christian slave, and as Allah has blessed my efforts it was but right that + I should gratify her, though in truth I do not know what work I shall set + him to do at present. Let him first have a bath, and see that he is clad + decently, then let him have a good meal. I doubt if he has had one since + he was captured. He has been sorely beaten by the corsair, and from no + fault of his own, but only because he opposed the man's brutality to a + child slave. If any of his wounds need ointment, see that he has it. When + all is ready, bring him to the door of my apartments, in order that I may + show to my wife that I have gratified her whim.” + </p> + <p> + Then he motioned to Gervaise to follow Muley, who was the head of his + household. Gervaise resisted the impulse to thank his new master, and + followed in silence. + </p> + <p> + He was first taken to a bathroom, furnished with an abundance of hot and + cold water. Muley uttered an exclamation as, on Gervaise throwing off his + bernouse, he saw that his flesh was a mass of bruises. After filling the + bath with hot water, he motioned to Gervaise to get in, and lie there + until he returned. It was some time before he came back, bringing a pot of + ointment and some bandages. It was only on the body that the wounds needed + dressing, for here the blows had fallen on the naked skin. When he had + dressed them, Muley went out and returned with some Turkish garments, + consisting of a pair of baggy trousers of yellow cotton, a white shirt of + the same material, and a sleeveless jacket of blue cloth embroidered with + yellow trimming; a pair of yellow slippers completed the costume. Muley + now took him into another room, where he set before him a dish of rice + with a meat gravy, a large piece of bread, and a wooden spoon. + </p> + <p> + Gervaise ate the food with a deep feeling of thankfulness for the fate + that had thrown him into such good hands. Then, after taking a long + draught of water, he rose to his feet and followed Muley into the entrance + hall. The latter stopped at a door on the opposite side, knocked at it, + and then motioned to Gervaise to take off his slippers. The door was + opened by the Arab himself. + </p> + <p> + “Enter,” he said courteously, and led Gervaise into an apartment where a + lady and two girls were sitting on a divan. They were slightly veiled; + but, as Gervaise afterwards learnt, Ben Ibyn was not a Moor, but a Berber, + a people who do not keep their women in close confinement as do the Moors, + but allow them to go abroad freely without being entirely muffled up. + </p> + <p> + “Khadja,” the merchant said, “this is the Christian slave I purchased + today. You have for a long time desired one, but not until now have I + found one who would, I thought, satisfy your expectations. What think you + of him?” + </p> + <p> + “He is a noble looking youth truly, Isaac, with his fair, wavy hair, his + grey eyes, and white skin; truly, all my neighbours will envy me such a + possession. I have often seen Christian slaves before, but they have + always been broken down and dejected looking creatures; this one bears + himself like a warrior rather than a slave.” + </p> + <p> + “He is a warrior; he is one of those terrible knights of Rhodes whose very + name is a terror to the Turks, and whose galleys are feared even by our + boldest corsairs. He must be of approved valour, for he was commander of + one of these galleys.” + </p> + <p> + The girls looked with amazement at Gervaise. They had often heard tales of + the capture of ships that had sailed from Tripoli, by the galleys of the + Christian knights, and had pictured those fierce warriors as of almost + supernatural strength and valour. That this youth, whose upper lip was but + shaded with a slight moustache, should be one of them, struck them as + being almost incredible. + </p> + <p> + “He does not look ferocious, father,” one of them said. “He looks pleasant + and good tempered, as if he could injure no one.” + </p> + <p> + “And yet this morning, daughter, he braved, unarmed, the anger of Hassan + the corsair, on the deck of his own ship; and when the pirate called upon + his men to seize him he threw one overboard, struck two more on to the + deck, and it needed eight men to overpower him.” + </p> + <p> + “I hope he won't get angry with us!” the younger girl exclaimed. Gervaise + could not suppress a laugh, and then, turning to the merchant, said in + Turkish, “I must ask your pardon for having concealed from you my + knowledge of your tongue. I kept the secret from all on board the corsair, + and meant to have done the same here, deeming that if none knew that I + spoke the language it would greatly aid me should I ever see an + opportunity of making my escape; but, Ben Ibyn, you have behaved so kindly + to me that I feel it would not be honourable to keep it a secret from you, + and to allow you and the ladies to talk freely before me, thinking that I + was altogether ignorant of what you were saying.” + </p> + <p> + “You have acted well and honourably,” Ben Ibyn said, putting a hand on his + shoulder kindly. “We have heard much of the character of the Order, and + that though valiant in battle, your knights are courteous and chivalrous, + deeming a deceitful action to be unworthy of them, and binding themselves + by their vows to succour the distressed and to be pitiful to the weak. We + have heard that our wounded are tended by them in your hospitals with as + much care as men of their own race and religion, and that in many things + the knights were to be admired even by those who were their foes. I see + now that these reports were true, and that although, as you say, it might + be of advantage to you that none should know you speak Arabic, yet it is + from a spirit of honourable courtesy you have now told us that you do so. + </p> + <p> + “I did not tell you, wife,” he went on, turning to her, “that the reason + why he bearded Hassan today was because the corsair brutally struck a + little female captive; thus, you see, he, at the risk of his life, and + when himself a captive, carried out his vows to protect the defenceless. + And now, wife, there is one thing you must know. For some time, at any + rate, you must abandon the idea of exciting the envy of your friends by + exhibiting your Christian captive to them. As you are aware, the sultan + has the choice of any one slave he may select from each batch brought in, + and assuredly he would choose this one, did it come to his ears, or to the + ears of one of his officers, that a Christian knight had been landed. For + this reason Hassan sold him to me for a less sum than he would otherwise + have demanded, and we must for some time keep his presence here a secret. + My idea is that he shall remain indoors until we move next week into our + country house, where he will be comparatively free from observation.” + </p> + <p> + “Certainly, Isaac. I would not on any account that he should be handed + over to the sultan, for he would either be put into the galleys or have to + labour in the streets.” + </p> + <p> + “I will tell Muley to order the other slaves to say nothing outside of the + fresh arrival, so for the present there is no fear of its being talked + about in the town. Hassan will, for his own sake, keep silent on the + matter. I have not yet asked your name,” he went on, turning to Gervaise. + </p> + <p> + “My name is Gervaise Tresham; but it will be easier for you to call me by + my first name only.” + </p> + <p> + “Then, Gervaise, it were well that you retired to rest at once, for I am + sure that you sorely need it.” He touched a bell on the table, and told + Muley, when he appeared, to conduct Gervaise to the place where he was to + sleep, which was, he had already ordered, apart from the quarters of the + other slaves. + </p> + <p> + “The young fellow is a mass of bruises,” Ben Ibyn said to his wife, when + the door closed behind Gervaise. “Hassan beat him so savagely, after they + had overpowered and bound him, that he well nigh killed him.” + </p> + <p> + An exclamation of indignation burst from the wife and daughters. + </p> + <p> + “Muley has seen to his wounds,” he went on, “and he will doubtless be + cured in a few days. And now, wife, that your wish is gratified, and I + have purchased a Christian slave for you, may I ask what you are going to + do with him?” + </p> + <p> + “I am sure I do not know,” she said in a tone of perplexity. “I had + thought of having him to hand round coffee when my friends call, and + perhaps to work in the garden, but I did not think that he would be + anything like this.” + </p> + <p> + “That is no reason why he should not do so,” Ben Ibyn said. “These + Christians, I hear, treat their women as if they were superior beings, and + feel it no dishonour to wait upon them; I think you cannot do better than + carry out your plan. It is certain there is no sort of work that he would + prefer to it; therefore, let it be understood that he is to be your own + personal attendant, and that when you have no occasion for his services, + he will work in the garden. Only do not for the present let any of your + friends see him; they would spread the news like wildfire, and in a week + every soul in the town would know that you had a good looking Christian + slave, and the sultan's officer would be sending for me to ask how I + obtained him. We must put a turban on him. Any one who caught a glimpse of + that hair of his, however far distant, would know that he was a Frank.” + </p> + <p> + “We might stain his face and hands with walnut juice,” Khadja said, “he + would pass as a Nubian. Some of them are tall and strong.” + </p> + <p> + “A very good thought, wife; it would be an excellent disguise. So shall it + be.” He touched the bell again. “Tell Muley I would speak with him. + Muley,” he went on, when the steward appeared, “have you said aught to any + of the servants touching the Christian?” + </p> + <p> + “No, my lord; you gave me no instructions about it, and I thought it + better to wait until the morning, when I could ask you.” + </p> + <p> + “You did well. We have determined to stain his skin, and at present he + will pass as a Nubian. This will avoid all questions and talk.” + </p> + <p> + “But, my lord, they will wonder that he cannot speak their tongue.” + </p> + <p> + “He must pass among them as a mute; but indeed he speaks Arabic as well as + we do, Muley.” + </p> + <p> + The man uttered an exclamation of surprise. + </p> + <p> + “He had intended to conceal his knowledge,” Ben Ibyn went on, “which would + have been politic; but when he found that my intentions were kind, he told + us that he knew our tongue, and now revealed his knowledge, as he thought + it would be dishonourable to listen to our talk, leaving us under the + impression that he could not understand us.” + </p> + <p> + “Truly these Christians are strange men,” Muley said. “This youth, who has + not yet grown the hair on his face, is nevertheless commander of a war + galley. He is ready to risk his life on behalf of a slave, and can strike + down men with his unarmed hand; he is as gentle in his manner as a woman; + and now it seems he can talk Arabic, and although it was in his power to + keep this secret he tells it rather than overhear words that are not meant + for his ear. Truly they are strange people, the Franks. I will prepare + some stain in the morning, my lord, and complete his disguise before any + of the others see him.” + </p> + <p> + The next morning Muley told Gervaise that his master thought that it would + be safer and more convenient for him to pass as a dumb Nubian slave. + Gervaise thought the plan an excellent one; and he was soon transformed, + Muley shaving that part of the hair that would have shown below the + turban, and then staining him a deep brownish black, from the waist + upwards, together with his feet and his legs up to his knee, and darkening + his eyebrows, eyelashes, and moustache. + </p> + <p> + “Save that your lips lack the thickness, and your nose is straighter than + those of Nubians, no one would doubt but that you were one of that race; + and this is of little consequence, as many of them are of mixed blood, + and, though retaining their dark colour, have features that in their + outline resemble those of the Arabs. Now I will take you to Ben Ibyn, so + that he may judge whether any further change is required before the + servants and slaves see you.” + </p> + <p> + “That is excellent,” the merchant said, when he had carefully inspected + Gervaise, “I should pass you myself without recognizing you. Now you can + take him into the servants' quarters, Muley, and tell them that he is a + new slave whom I have purchased, and that henceforth it will be his duty + to wait upon my wife, to whom I have presented him as her special + attendant, and that he will accompany her and my daughters when they go + abroad to make their purchases or visit their friends. Give some reason, + if you can think of one, why you have bestowed him in a chamber separate + from the rest.” + </p> + <p> + Gervaise at once took up his new duties, and an hour later, carrying a + basket, followed them into the town. It was strange to him thus to be + walking among the fanatical Moors, who, had they known the damage that he + had inflicted upon their galleys, would have torn him in pieces. None gave + him, however, more than a passing look. Nubian slaves were no uncommon + sight in the town, and in wealthy Moorish families were commonly employed + in places of trust, and especially as attendants in the harems. The ladies + were now as closely veiled as the Moorish women, it being only in the + house that they followed the Berber customs. Gervaise had learnt from + Muley that Ben Ibyn was one of the richest merchants in Tripoli, trading + direct with Egypt, Syria, and Constantinople, besides carrying on a large + trade with the Berber tribes in the interior. He returned to the house + with his basket full of provisions, and having handed these over to the + cook, he went to the private apartments, as Khadja had requested him to + do. Here she and her daughters asked him innumerable questions as to his + country and its customs, and then about Rhodes and the Order to which he + belonged. Their surprise was great when they heard that the knights were + bound to celibacy. + </p> + <p> + “But why should they not marry if they like? Why should they not have + wives, children, and homes like other people?” Khadja asked. + </p> + <p> + “It is that they may devote their whole lives to their work. Their home is + the convent at Rhodes, or at one of the commanderies scattered over + Europe, where they take charge of the estates of the Order.” + </p> + <p> + “But why should they not marry then, Gervaise? At Rhodes there might be + danger for women and children, but when they return to Europe to take + charge of the estates, surely they would do their duty no worse for having + wives?” + </p> + <p> + Gervaise smiled. + </p> + <p> + “I did not make the rules of the Order, lady, but I have thought myself + that although, so long as they are doing military work at the convent, it + is well that they should not marry, yet there is no good reason why, when + established in commanderies at home, they should not, like other knights + and nobles, marry if it so pleases them.” + </p> + <p> + In the evening the merchant returned from his stores, which were situated + down by the port. Soon after he came in he sent for Gervaise. “There is a + question I had intended to ask you last night,” he said, “but it escaped + me. More than two months since there sailed from this port and others many + vessels—not the ships of the State, but corsairs. In all, more than + twenty ships started, with the intention of making a great raid upon the + coast of Italy. No word has since been received of them, and their friends + here are becoming very uneasy, the more so as we hear that neither at + Tunis nor Algiers has any news been received. Have you heard at Rhodes of + a Moorish fleet having been ravaging the coast of Italy?” + </p> + <p> + “Have you any friends on board the ships that sailed from here, or any + interest in the venture, Ben Ibyn?” + </p> + <p> + The merchant shook his head. “We Berbers,” he said, “are not like the + Moors, and have but little to do with the sea, save by the way of trade. + For myself, I regret that these corsair ships are constantly putting out. + Were it not for them and their doings we might trade with the ports of + France, of Spain, and Italy, and be on good terms with all. There is no + reason why, because our faiths are different, we should be constantly + fighting. It is true that the Turks threaten Europe, and are even now + preparing to capture Rhodes; but this is no question of religion. The + Turks are warlike and ambitious; they have conquered Syria, and war with + Egypt and Persia; but the Moorish states are small, they have no thought + of conquest, and might live peaceably with Europe were it not for the + hatred excited against them by the corsairs.” + </p> + <p> + “In that case I can tell you the truth. Thirteen of those ships were taken + into Rhodes as prizes; the other eleven were burnt. Not one of the fleet + escaped.” + </p> + <p> + Exclamations of surprise broke from Ben Ibyn, his wife, and daughters. + </p> + <p> + “I am astonished, indeed,” the merchant said. “It was reported here that + the Genoese galleys were all laid up, and it was thought that they would + be able to sweep the seas without opposition, and to bring home vast spoil + and many captives, both from the ships they took and from many of the + villages and small towns of the coast. How came such a misfortune to + happen to them? It will create consternation here when it is known, for + although it was not a state enterprise, the sultan himself and almost all + the rich Moors embarked money in the fitting out of the ships, and were to + have shares in the spoil taken. How happened it that so strong a fleet was + all taken or destroyed, without even one vessel being able to get away to + carry home the news of the disaster?” + </p> + <p> + “Fortune was against them,” Gervaise said. “Three ships on their way up + were captured by a galley of our Order, and her commander having obtained + news of the whereabouts of the spot where the corsairs were to rendezvous, + found them all lying together in a small inlet, and launched against them + a number of fishing boats fitted out as fire ships. The corsairs, packed + closely together, were unable to avoid them, and, as I told you, eleven of + their ships were burnt, four were run ashore to avoid the flames, while + six, trying to make their way out, were captured by the galley, aided by + the three prizes that were taken and which the knights had caused to be + manned by Sards.” + </p> + <p> + “The ways of Allah the All Seeing are wonderful,” the merchant said. “It + was indeed a marvellous feat for one galley thus to destroy a great + fleet.” + </p> + <p> + “It was the result of good fortune rather than skill and valour,” Gervaise + said. + </p> + <p> + “Nay, nay; let praise be given where it is due. It was a marvellous feat; + and although there is good or bad fortune in every event, such a deed + could not have been performed, and would not even have been thought of, + save by a great commander. Who was the knight who thus with one galley + alone destroyed a strongly manned fleet, from which great things had been + looked for?” + </p> + <p> + Gervaise hesitated. “It was a young knight,” he said, “of but little + standing in the Order, and whose name is entirely unknown outside its + ranks.” + </p> + <p> + “By this time it must be well known,” Ben Ibyn said; “and it will soon be + known throughout Christendom, and will be dreaded by every Moor. What was + it?” + </p> + <p> + Gervaise again hesitated. + </p> + <p> + “I would not have told you the story at all, Ben Ibyn, had I supposed you + would have cared to inquire into the matter. Of course, I will tell you + the name if you insist upon it, but I would much rather you did not ask.” + </p> + <p> + “But why?” the merchant asked, in surprise. “If I hear it not from you, I + shall assuredly hear it ere long from others, for it will be brought by + traders who are in communication with Italy. I cannot understand why you + should thus hesitate about telling me the name of this commander. When + known it will doubtless be cursed by thousands of Moorish wives and + mothers; but we Berbers are another race. None of our friends or kindred + were on board the fleet; and we traders have rather reason to rejoice, + for, in the first place, so severe a lesson will keep the corsairs in + their ports for a long time; and in the second, had the fleet succeeded + according to general expectation, so great a store of European goods would + have been brought home that the market would have been glutted, and the + goods in our storehouses would have lost all their value. What reason, + then, can you possibly have in refusing to tell me the name of the + commander who has won for himself such credit and glory?” + </p> + <p> + Gervaise saw that Ben Ibyn was seriously annoyed at what he deemed his + unaccountable obstinacy. + </p> + <p> + “I will tell you, Ben Ibyn, rather than excite your displeasure, though I + would much have preferred not to do so, for you speak so much more highly + of the affair than it merits. I had myself the honour of being in command + of that galley.” + </p> + <p> + The ladies broke into exclamations of surprise, while the merchant + regarded him with grave displeasure. + </p> + <p> + “I had thought you truthful,” he said; “but this passes all belief. Dost + tell me that a beardless youth could with one galley overcome a great + fleet, commanded by the most noted captains on our coast?” + </p> + <p> + “I thought that you would not believe me,” Gervaise said quietly; “and, + therefore, would have much preferred to keep silence, knowing that I had + no means of supporting my claim. That was not the only reason; the other + was, that already a great deal too much has been said about an affair in + which, as I have told you, I owed everything to good fortune, and am + heartily sick of receiving what I consider altogether undue praise. Ah!” + he exclaimed suddenly, “the thought has just occurred to me of a way by + which you can obtain confirmation of my story; and, as I value your good + opinion and would not be regarded as a boaster and a liar, I entreat you + to take it. I heard you tell the eight men who were rowers in my boat when + I was captured, to call upon you today, that you might do something for + them.” + </p> + <p> + “They came this morning to my store,” the merchant said. “They told me + their wishes. I promised them that I would make inquiry about ships + sailing East; and they are to come to me again tomorrow.” + </p> + <p> + “Then, sir, I beseech you to suffer me to go down with you to your stores + and meet them there. The galley of which I was in command at the time I + was captured is the same as that in which a few weeks before I fought the + corsairs, and these eight men were with me at that time. I begged them for + my sake to maintain an absolute silence as to that affair, and I have no + doubt that they have done so, for in the fury the news would excite, they + might fall victims to the first outburst, though, of course, wholly + innocent of any share in the misfortune. Did you question them without my + being present, they might still keep silent, fearing to injure me. But if, + before you begin to do so, I tell them that they can speak the truth with + reference to me, they will, I am sure, confirm my story, incredible as it + may now appear to you.” + </p> + <p> + “That is a fair offer,” the merchant said gravely, “and I accept it, for + it may be that I have been too hasty, and I trust it may prove so. I would + rather find myself to be in fault than that the esteem with which you have + inspired me should prove to be misplaced. We will speak no further on the + subject now. I have not yet asked you how it is that you come to speak our + language so well.” + </p> + <p> + Gervaise related how he had studied with Suleiman Ali, and had escorted + him to Syria and received his ransom. + </p> + <p> + “I had hoped,” he said, “that the corsair would have taken me to Syria, + for there I could have communicated with Suleiman, who would, I am sure, + have given me such shelter and aid as he was able, in the event of my + making my escape from slavery and finding myself unable to leave by sea.” + </p> + <p> + The next day Gervaise went with Ben Ibyn to his stores. The eight men + arrived shortly afterwards, and the merchant, in the presence of Gervaise, + questioned them as to whether they knew anything of a misfortune that was + said to have befallen some ships that had sailed for the coast of Italy. + The men, surprised at the question, glanced at Gervaise, who said, “Tell + Ben Ibyn the truth; it will do neither you nor me any harm, and will be + mentioned by him to no one else.” + </p> + <p> + Accordingly the story was told. Ben Ibyn listened gravely. + </p> + <p> + “It was the will of Allah,” he said, when it was concluded. “I have + wronged you, Gervaise, but your tale seemed too marvellous to be true. + </p> + <p> + “Do not speak of this to others;” he went on to the eight men. “Now as to + yourselves. For the four of you who desire to return to Syria I have taken + passage in a trader that sails tomorrow and will touch at Joppa and Acre. + Here is money to provide yourselves with garments and to carry you to your + homes. For you,” he said to two who were natives of the town, “I can + myself find employment here, and if your conduct is good, you will have no + reason to regret taking service with me. The two of you who desire to go + to Smyrna I will give passage there in a ship which will sail next week; + in the meantime, here is money for your present wants.” + </p> + <p> + Two days later the merchant's family moved to his house two miles outside + the town, and here Gervaise remained for six months. His life was not an + unpleasant one; he was treated with great kindness by the merchant and his + wife, his duties were but slight, and he had no more labour to perform in + the garden than he cared to do. Nevertheless, he felt that he would rather + have fallen into the hands of a less kind master, for it seemed to him + that it would be an act almost of treachery to escape from those who + treated him as a friend; moreover, at the country house he was not in a + position to frame any plans for escape, had he decided upon attempting it, + nor could he have found out when Hassan made one of his occasional visits + to the port. + </p> + <p> + One evening the merchant returned from the town accompanied by one of the + sultan's officers and four soldiers. Ben Ibyn was evidently much depressed + and disturbed; he told Muley as he entered, to fetch Gervaise. When the + latter, in obedience to the order, came in from the garden, the officer + said in Italian, “It having come to the ears of the sultan my master that + the merchant Ben Ibyn has ventured, contrary to the law, to purchase a + Christian slave brought secretly into the town, he has declared the slave + to be forfeited and I am commanded to take him at once to the slaves' + quarter.” + </p> + <p> + “I am at the sultan's orders,” Gervaise said, bowing his head. “My master + has been a kind one, and I am grateful to him for his treatment of me.” + </p> + <p> + Gervaise, although taken aback by this sudden change in his fortunes, was + not so cast down as he might otherwise have been; he would now be free to + carry out any plan for escape that he might devise, and by his being + addressed in Italian it was evident to him that his knowledge of Turkish + was unsuspected. When among the other slaves he had always maintained his + character of a mute; and it was only when alone in his master's family + that he had spoken at all. He had no doubt that his betrayal was due to + one of the gardeners, who had several times shown him signs of ill will, + being doubtless jealous of the immunity he enjoyed from hard labour, and + who must, he thought, have crept up and overheard some conversation; but + in that case it was singular that the fact of his knowledge of Turkish had + not been mentioned. Gervaise afterwards learned that Ben Ibyn had been + fined a heavy sum for his breach of the regulations. + </p> + <p> + He was now placed between the soldiers, and marched down to the town, + without being allowed to exchange a word with the merchant. On his arrival + there he was taken to the slaves' quarter; here his clothes were stripped + from him, and he was given in their place a ragged shirt and trousers, and + then turned into a room where some fifty slaves were lying. Of these about + half were Europeans, the rest malefactors who had been condemned to + labour. + </p> + <p> + The appearance of all was miserable in the extreme; they were clothed in + rags, and the faces of the Europeans had a dull, hopeless look that told + alike of their misery and of their despair of any escape from it. They + looked up listlessly as he entered, and then an Italian said, “Cospetto, + comrade; but I know not whether your place is with us, or with the Moslems + across there. As far as colour goes I should put you down as a Nubian; but + your hair is of a hue that consorts but badly with that of your flesh.” + </p> + <p> + “I am an Englishman,” Gervaise replied; “but I have been passing under a + disguise which has unfortunately been detected, so you see here I am.” + </p> + <p> + The mystery explained, his questioner had no further interest in the + matter, and Gervaise, picking out a vacant place on the stone floor, sat + down and looked round him. The room, although large, was roughly built, + and had doubtless been erected with a view to its present purpose. There + were only a few windows; and these were small, strongly barred, and twelve + feet above the floor. + </p> + <p> + “Not easy to get out of them,” Gervaise said to himself “at least, not + easy without aid; and with these Moslems here it is clear that nothing can + be done.” + </p> + <p> + They were roused at daybreak next morning, and were taken out to their + work under the guard of six armed Moors, two overseers, provided with long + whips, accompanied them. The work consisted of cleaning the streets and + working on the roads, and at times of carrying stones for the use of the + masons employed in building an addition to the palace of the sultan. This + was the work to which the gang was set that morning, and it was not long + before the vigour with which Gervaise worked, and the strength he + displayed in moving the heavy stones, attracted the attention of the + overseers and of the head of the masons. + </p> + <p> + “That is a rare good fellow you have got there, that black with the + curious hair,” the latter said. “What is the man? I never saw one like + him.” + </p> + <p> + “He is a Christian,” one of the overseers said. “He was smuggled into the + town and sold to Ben Ibyn the Berber, who, to conceal the matter, dyed him + black; but it got to the ears of the sultan, and he had him taken from the + Berber, and brought here; I have no doubt the merchant has been squeezed + rarely.” + </p> + <p> + “Well, that is a good fellow to work,” the other said. “He has just moved + a stone, single handed, that it would have taken half a dozen of the + others to lift. I wish you would put him regularly on this job; any one + will do to sweep the streets; but a fellow like that will be of real use + here, especially when the wall rises a bit higher.” + </p> + <p> + “It makes no difference to me,” the overseer said. “I will give orders + when I go down that he shall be always sent up with whichever gang comes + here.” + </p> + <p> + The head mason, who was the chief official of the work, soon saw that + Gervaise not only possessed strength, but knowledge of the manner in which + the work should be done. + </p> + <p> + Accustomed as he had been to direct the slaves at work on the + fortifications at Rhodes, he had learned the best methods of moving + massive stones, and setting them in the places that they were to occupy. + At the end of the day the head mason told one of the slaves who spoke + Italian to inquire of Gervaise whether he had ever been employed on such + work before. Gervaise replied that he had been engaged in the construction + of large buildings. + </p> + <p> + “I thought so,” the officer said to the overseer; “the way he uses his + lever shows that he knows what he is doing. Most of the slaves are worth + nothing; but I can see that this fellow will prove a treasure to us.” + </p> + <p> + Gervaise returned to the prison well satisfied with his day's work. The + labour, hard though it was, was an absolute pleasure to him. There was, + moreover, nothing degrading in it, and while the overseers had plied their + whips freely on the backs of many of his companions, he had not only + escaped, but had, he felt, succeeded in pleasing his masters. The next + morning when the gangs were drawn up in the yard before starting for work, + he was surprised at being ordered to leave the one to which he belonged + and to fall in with another, and was greatly pleased when he found that + this took its way to the spot at which they were at work on the previous + day. + </p> + <p> + At the end of the week, when the work of the day was finished, the head + mason came down to the prison and spoke to the governor; a few minutes + afterwards Gervaise was called out. The governor was standing in the + courtyard with an interpreter. + </p> + <p> + “This officer tells me that you are skilled in masonry,” the governor + said, “and has desired that you shall be appointed overseer of the gang + whose duty it is to move the stones, saying he is sure that with half the + slaves now employed you would get as much work done as at present. Have + you anything to say?” + </p> + <p> + “I thank you, my lord, and this officer,” Gervaise replied. “I will do my + best; but I would submit to you that it would be better if I could have + the same slaves always with me, instead of their being changed every day; + I could then instruct them in their work. I would also submit that it were + well to pick men with some strength for this labour, for many are so weak + that they are well nigh useless in the moving of heavy weights; and + lastly, I would humbly submit to you that if men are to do good work they + must be fed. This work is as heavy as that in the galleys, and the men + there employed receive extra rations to strengthen them; and I could + assuredly obtain far better results if the gang employed upon this labour + were to receive a somewhat larger supply of food.” + </p> + <p> + “The fellow speaks boldly,” the governor said to the head mason, when the + reply was translated. + </p> + <p> + “There is reason in what he says, my lord. Many of the slaves, though fit + for the light labour of cleaning the streets, are of very little use to + us, and even the whip of the drivers cannot get more than a momentary + effort from them. If you can save twenty-five men's labour for other work, + it will pay to give more food to the other twenty-five. I should let this + man pick out his gang. He has worked in turn with all of them, and must + know what each can do; besides, it is necessary that he should have men + who can understand his orders.” + </p> + <p> + Gervaise accordingly was allowed to pick out his gang; and he chose those + whom he had observed to be the strongest and most handy at the work. + </p> + <p> + “You will be responsible,” the governor said to him, “for the masons being + supplied with stone, and if you fail you will be punished and put to other + labour.” + </p> + <p> + So far from there being any falling off in the work, the head mason found + that, even though the walls began to rise and the labour of transporting + the stones into their positions became greater, the masons were never kept + standing. The men, finding their position improved, both in the matter of + food and in the immunity they enjoyed from blows, worked cheerfully and + well. Gervaise did not content himself with giving orders, but worked at + the heaviest jobs, and, little by little, introduced many of the + appliances used by the skilled masons of Rhodes in transporting and + lifting heavy stones. Gradually his own position improved: he was treated + as an overseer, and was permitted to sleep under an arcade that ran along + one side of the yard, instead of being confined in the close and stifling + cell. His dye had long since worn off. + </p> + <p> + One day as he was going up with his gang under charge of the usual guards + to the building, he saw Hassan, who grinned maliciously. + </p> + <p> + “Ah, ah, Christian dog!” he said; “you threatened me, and I have not + forgotten it. The last time I was here I made it known to an officer of + the sultan that Ben Ibyn had a Christian slave who had been smuggled in; + and here you are. I hope you like the change. Look, I have still got your + amulet, and it has brought me better luck than it did you. I have been + fortunate ever since, and no money could buy it from me.” + </p> + <p> + He had been walking close to Gervaise as he spoke, and one of the guards + pushed him roughly aside. + </p> + <p> + Time passed on. One day on his return from work a well dressed Moor met + him as the gang broke up in the courtyard. + </p> + <p> + “I have permission to speak to you,” he said to Gervaise, and drew him + aside. “Know, O Christian, that I have received a letter from Suleiman + Ali, of Syria. He tells me that he has heard from Ben Ibyn, the Berber, + that you are a slave, and has asked me to inquire of the sultan the price + that he will take for your ransom, expressing his willingness to pay + whatever may be demanded, and charging me to defray the sum and to make + arrangements by which you may return to Europe. This I am willing to do, + knowing Suleiman Ali by report as a wealthy man and an honourable one. I + saw the sultan yesterday. He told me that I should have an answer this + morning as to the ransom that he would take. When I went to him again + today, he said that he had learnt from the governor of the prison and from + the head mason that you were almost beyond price, that you had been raised + to the position of superintendent of the slaves employed in the building + of his palace, and that you were a man of such skill that he would not + part with you at any price until the work was finished. After that he + would sell you; but he named a price threefold that at which the very best + white slave in Tripoli would be valued. However, from the way in which + Suleiman Ali wrote, I doubt not that he would pay it, great as it is, for + he speaks of you in terms of affection, and I would pay the money could + you be released at once. As it is, however, I shall write to him, and + there will be ample time for an answer to be received from him before the + building is finished.” + </p> + <p> + “Truly I am deeply thankful to my good friend, Suleiman Ali; but for + reasons of my own I am not desirous of being ransomed at present, + especially at such a cost, which I should feel bound in honour to repay to + him; therefore, I pray you to write to him, saying that while I thank him + from my heart for his kindness, I am not able to avail myself of it. In + the first place, I am well treated here, and my position is not an + unpleasant one; secondly, the sum required for ransom is altogether + preposterous; thirdly, I am not without hopes that I may some day find + other means of freeing myself without so great a sacrifice; and lastly, + that I have a reason which I cannot mention, why, at present, I would not + quit Tripoli, even were I free tomorrow. You can tell him that this is the + reason which, most of all, weighs with me. Do not, however, I pray you, + let the sultan know that I have refused to be ransomed, for he might think + I was meditating an escape, and would order extra precautions to be taken + to prevent my doing so. Will you also see Ben Ibyn, and thank him from me + for having written to Suleiman Ali on my behalf?” + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0019" id="link2HCH0019"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER XIX ESCAPE + </h2> + <p> + Gradually a greater amount of liberty was given to Gervaise. Escape from + Tripoli was deemed impossible, especially as he was supposed to be + entirely ignorant of Arabic. He was, indeed, scarcely regarded now as a + slave by the head mason, and instead of being clad in rags was dressed + like other overseers. He was no longer obliged to walk with the gang to + and from the palace, and was at last granted permission to go into the + town for an hour or two after his work was over, instead of returning + direct to the prison. The first time this permission was given to him he + placed himself on the road by which Ben Ibyn would leave the town, + choosing a quiet spot where the meeting would not be observed. Gervaise + had for some time taken to staining his face, hands, and legs with walnut + juice, beginning with a weak solution, and very gradually increasing the + strength until he had reached a shade approximating to that of the lighter + coloured portion of the population. The head mason had on one occasion + noticed it, and said, “The sun is darkening your skin, Gervaise, until you + might verily pass as a Moor.” + </p> + <p> + Gervaise detected an expression of doubt in the tone the officer had + spoken to the interpreter, and replied at once, “It is not altogether the + sun. Since I have obtained permission to come to my work alone, I have + taken to slightly darkening my skin, in order to go to and fro unmolested, + and free from the insults that the boys and beggars hurl at Christians.” + </p> + <p> + The master mason nodded approvingly when the answer was translated to him. + </p> + <p> + “It is a wise step,” he said; “for truly the hatred of Christians is very + strong among the lower classes, especially since it became known that the + galleys that sailed from here nearly two years ago were, with all the + fleet from which so much was expected, utterly destroyed. It is well, + then, that you should pass unnoticed, for were there a tumult in the + street you might lose your life, and I should lose the best labour + overseer I have ever had.” + </p> + <p> + Thus, then, as Gervaise walked through the streets on the first occasion + of obtaining his liberty, he attracted no attention whatever. When he saw + Ben Ibyn approaching he stepped out to meet him. The merchant looked in + his face, but for a moment failed to recognise him, then he exclaimed + suddenly, “It is Gervaise! Ah, my son, I am indeed rejoiced to see you. We + have spoken of you so often at home, and sorely did my wife and daughters + grieve when you were torn from us. I did not dare to send any message to + you, for the sultan pretended great anger against me, and used the + opportunity to squeeze me hardly; but I have frequently made inquiries + about you, and was glad indeed to find that even in prison you received + promotion; had it been otherwise—had I found that you were in misery—I + would have endeavoured, whatever the risk, to aid you to escape.” + </p> + <p> + “I have indeed nothing to complain of, and was sorry to learn that you had + suffered on my account. Have you ever learned how it came about that I was + denounced?” + </p> + <p> + “No, indeed; I would have given much to know, and assuredly the dog, + whoever he was, should have been made to suffer.” + </p> + <p> + “It was Hassan. The villain met me when I was with the gang, and boasted + that it was he who had sent me there. He had told the news to some + official, who had, of course, repeated it to the sultan; doubtless he + concealed his own share in the matter, otherwise he too would, next time + he returned here, have had to pay for his part in it.” + </p> + <p> + “I will make him pay more heavily than the sultan would,” Ben Ibyn said + sternly; “I will speak to my friends among the merchants, and henceforth + no Berber will buy aught from him; and we have hitherto been his best + customers. But let us not waste our time in speaking of this wretch. How + comes it that you are walking freely in the streets of Tripoli? I can see + that your face is stained, although you are no longer a Nubian.” + </p> + <p> + Gervaise told him how it was that he was free to walk in the city after + his work was done. + </p> + <p> + “I shall now,” he went on, “be able to carry out any plan of escape that + may occur to me; but before I leave, as I shall certainly do ere long, I + mean to settle my score with Hassan, and I pray you to send one of the men + who were with me in the galley, and whom you took into your employment, + directly you hear that his ship is in harbour. Do not give him either a + note or a message: bid him simply place himself in the road between the + prison gate and the palace, and look fixedly at me as I pass. I shall know + it is a signal that Hassan is in the port.” + </p> + <p> + “Can I aid you in your flight? I will willingly do so.” + </p> + <p> + “All that I shall need is the garb of a peasant,” Gervaise said. “I might + buy one unnoticed; but, in the first place, I have no money, and in the + second, when it is known that I have escaped, the trader might recall the + fact that one of the slave overseers had purchased a suit of him.” + </p> + <p> + “The dress of an Arab would be the best,” the merchant said. “That I will + procure and hold in readiness for you. On the day when I send you word + that Hassan is here, I will see that the gate of my garden is unbarred at + night, and will place the garments down just behind it. You mean, I + suppose, to travel by land?” + </p> + <p> + “I shall do so for some distance. Were I to steal a boat from the port, it + would be missed in the morning, and I be overtaken. I shall therefore go + along the coast for some distance and get a boat at one of the villages, + choosing my time when there is a brisk wind, and when I may be able to get + well beyond any risk of being overtaken. Now, Ben Ibyn, I will leave you; + it were better that we should not meet again, lest some suspicion might + fall upon you of having aided in my escape. I cannot thank you too much + for all your past kindness, and shall ever bear a grateful remembrance of + yourself and your family.” + </p> + <p> + “Perhaps it were better so,” Ben Ibyn said; “for if the Moors can find any + excuse for plundering us, they do so. Have you heard the news that the + Sultan of Turkey's expedition for the capture of Rhodes is all but + complete, and will assuredly sail before many weeks have passed?” + </p> + <p> + “I have not heard it,” Gervaise replied; “and trust that I may be in time + to bear my share in the defence. However, the blow has been so often + threatened that it may be some time before it falls.” + </p> + <p> + “May Allah bless you, my son, and take you safely back to your friends! Be + assured that you shall have notice as soon as I know that Hassan has + returned, and you shall have the bundle with all that is needful, behind + my gate.” + </p> + <p> + Another two months passed. Gervaise looked in vain for Ben Ibyn's + messenger as he went to and from the palace, and chafed terribly at the + delay, when, for aught he knew, the Turkish fleet might already have + brought Mahomet's army to Rhodes. At last, as he came back from work, he + saw with intense satisfaction one of the men, whose face he recognised, + leaning carelessly against the wall. The man gave no sign of recognition, + but looked at him earnestly for a minute, and then sauntered off up the + street. Gervaise went up into the town as usual, walked about until it + became quite dark, and then went to the gate that led into the merchant's + garden. He found that it was unfastened, and, opening it, he went in and + closed it behind him. As he did so he started, for a voice close by said, + </p> + <p> + “Master, it is I, the messenger whom you saw two hours since. Ben Ibyn + bade me say that he thought you might require some service, and, knowing + that I could be trusted, bade me wait for you here. He thought that you + might possibly need a messenger to Hassan.” + </p> + <p> + “The very thing,” Gervaise exclaimed. “I have been puzzling myself in vain + as to how I could get speech with him in some quiet place; but with your + assistance that will be easy; but first let me put on this disguise.” + </p> + <p> + This was easily effected, even in the dark. A loose flowing robe of white + cotton, girt in at the waist, a long bernouse with hood to cover the head, + a sash with a dagger, and a scimitar, completed the disguise. + </p> + <p> + “Here is a pouch,” the man said, “with money for your journey, and a long + sword, which he says you can hang at your back beneath your bernouse.” + </p> + <p> + Gervaise gave an exclamation of pleasure. By its length and weight he was + sure that the weapon must have been the property of a Christian knight. + </p> + <p> + “Shall I carry the message this evening?” the man asked. “It is early + still, and it were best that you should not linger in the city, where + there is sure to be a strict search for you in the morning.” + </p> + <p> + “But perhaps he may recognise your face?” + </p> + <p> + “It is blackened, my lord, and I am dressed as you were when with Ben + Ibyn.” + </p> + <p> + “Let us settle our plans, then, before we sally out from here; we could + not find a safer place for talking. What message, think you, would be the + most likely to tempt Hassan to come ashore? You do not know what spoil he + has brought?” + </p> + <p> + “No; besides, if a merchant wanted to buy he would go on board to inspect + Hassan's wares. We must have something to sell. It must be something + tempting, and something that must be disposed of secretly. I might tell + him that my employer—and I would mention some merchant whose name + would carry weight with him—has received from the interior a large + consignment of slaves, among whom are three or four girls, who would fetch + high prices in Egypt, and as he believes they have been captured from a + tribe within the limits of the sultan's territory, he is anxious to get + rid of them, and will either dispose of them all cheaply in a lot, or will + hand them over to him to take to Egypt to sell, giving him a large + commission for carrying them there and disposing of them.” + </p> + <p> + “I do not like tempting even an enemy by stories that are untrue,” + Gervaise said doubtfully. + </p> + <p> + “I have no scruples that way,” the man said, with a laugh; “and it is I + who shall tell the story, and not you.” + </p> + <p> + Gervaise shook his head. + </p> + <p> + “Could you not say that you came from one who owes him a heavy debt and + desires to pay him?” + </p> + <p> + “I do not think that would bring him ashore. Hassan doubtless trades for + ready money, and must be well aware that no one here can be greatly in his + debt. No, my lord; leave the matter in my hands. I will think of some + story before I go on board that will fetch him ashore. But first we must + settle where I am to bring him; there are some deserted spots near the + wall on the east side of the town.” + </p> + <p> + “I know where you mean,” Gervaise agreed; “let us go in that direction at + once, for the sooner you are off the better.” + </p> + <p> + In half an hour a spot was fixed on, near some huts that had fallen into + ruin. Here Gervaise seated himself on a sand heap, while the man hurried + away. The moon had just risen, it being but three days since it was at its + full. The night was quiet; sounds of music, laughter, and occasional + shouts came faintly from the town. Seated where he was, Gervaise could see + the port and the ships lying there. Half an hour later he saw a boat row + off to one of them, which he had already singled out, from its size and + general appearance, as being that of Hassan; ten minutes later he saw it + returning. At that distance separate figures could not be made out, but it + seemed to him that it loomed larger than before, and he thought that + certainly one, if not more, persons, were returning with his messenger. + Presently he heard men approaching; then Hassan's voice came distinctly to + his ears. + </p> + <p> + “How much farther are you going to take me? Remember, I warned you that + unless I found that my journey repaid me, it would be bad for you.” + </p> + <p> + “It is but a few yards farther, my lord. There is my master the sheik of + the Beni Kalis awaiting you.” + </p> + <p> + Gervaise rose to his feet as Hassan and two of his crew came up. + </p> + <p> + “Now,” the former said roughly, “where have you bestowed these captives + you want to sell me?” + </p> + <p> + “Will you please to follow me into this courtyard?” Gervaise said. He had, + while waiting, reconnoitred the neighbourhood, and found an enclosure with + the walls still perfect, and had determined to bring Hassan there, in + order to prevent him from taking to flight. Hassan entered it + unsuspectingly, followed by his two men. Gervaise fell back a little, so + as to place himself between them and the entrance. Then he threw back the + hood of his bernouse. + </p> + <p> + “Do you recognise me, Hassan?” he said sternly. “I am the captive whom you + beat almost to death. I told you that some day I would kill you; but even + now I am willing to forgive you and to allow you to depart in peace, if + you will restore the amulet you took from me.” + </p> + <p> + The corsair gave a howl of rage. + </p> + <p> + “Christian dog!” he exclaimed. “You thought to lead me into a trap, but + you have fallen into one yourself. You reckoned that I should come alone; + but I suspected there was something hidden behind the story of that black, + and so brought two of my crew with me. Upon him, men! Cut him down!” So + saying, he drew his scimitar, and sprang furiously upon Gervaise. The + latter stepped back into the centre of the gateway, so as to prevent the + men, who had also drawn their swords, passing to attack him from behind. + He had undone the clasp of his bernouse, and allowed it to fall to the + ground as he addressed Hassan, and his long sword flashed in the moonlight + as the corsair sprang forward. + </p> + <p> + Hassan was a good swordsman, and his ferocious bravery had rendered him + one of the most dreaded of the Moorish rovers. Inferior in strength to + Gervaise, he was as active as a cat, and he leapt back with the spring of + a panther, avoiding the sweeping blow with which Gervaise had hoped to + finish the conflict at once; the latter found himself therefore engaged in + a desperate fight with his three assailants. So furiously did they attack + him that, foot by foot, he was forced to give ground. As he stepped + through the gateway one of the pirates sprang past him, but as he did so, + a figure leapt out from beyond the wall, and plunged a dagger into his + back, while at the same moment, by cutting down another pirate, Gervaise + rid himself of one of his assailants in front; but as he did so, he + himself received a severe wound on the left shoulder from Hassan, who, + before he could again raise his weapon, sprang upon him, and tried to hurl + him to the ground. + </p> + <p> + Gervaise's superior weight saved him from falling, though he staggered + back some paces; then his heel caught against a stone, and he fell, + dragging Hassan to the ground with him. Tightly clasped in each other's + arms, they rolled over and over. Gervaise succeeded at last in getting the + upper hand, but as he did so Hassan twisted his right arm free, snatched + the dagger from Gervaise's girdle, and struck furiously at him. Gervaise, + who had half risen to his knees, was unable to avoid the blow, but threw + himself forward, his weight partly pinning the corsair's shoulders to the + ground, and the blow passed behind him, inflicting but a slight wound in + the back; then, with his right hand, which was now free, he grasped Hassan + by the throat with a grip of iron. The pirate struggled convulsively for a + moment, then his left hand released his grasp of his opponent's wrist. A + minute later Gervaise rose to his feet: the pirate was dead. + </p> + <p> + Gervaise stooped and raised the fallen man's head from the ground, felt + for the chain, pulled up Claudia's gage, and placed it round his own neck; + then he turned to his guide. + </p> + <p> + “I have to thank you for my life,” he said, holding out his hand to him. + “It would have gone hard with me if that fellow had attacked me from + behind. I had not bargained for three of them.” + </p> + <p> + “I could not help it, my lord. It was not until Hassan had stepped down + into the boat that I knew he was going to take any one with him; then he + suddenly told two of his men to take their places by him, saying to me, as + he did so, 'I know not whether this message is a snare; but mind, if I see + any signs of treachery, your life at any rate will pay the forfeit.' I + knew not what to do, and indeed could do nothing; but, knowing my lord's + valour, I thought that, even against these odds, you might conquer with + such poor aid as I could give you.” + </p> + <p> + “It was not poor aid at all,” Gervaise said heartily. “Greatly am I + indebted to you, and sorry indeed am I, that I am unable to reward you now + for the great service that you have rendered me.” + </p> + <p> + “Do not trouble about that, my lord. I am greatly mistaken if I do not + find in the sashes of these three villains sufficient to repay me amply + for my share in this evening's work. And now, my lord, I pray you to + linger not a moment. The gates of the town shut at ten o'clock, and it + cannot be long from that hour now. But first, I pray you, let me bind up + your shoulder; your garment is soaked with blood.” + </p> + <p> + “Fortunately my bernouse will hide that; but it were certainly best to + staunch the blood before I start, for it would be hard for me to get at + the wound myself.” + </p> + <p> + The man took one of the sashes of the corsairs, tore it into strips, and + bandaged the wound; then with another he made a sling for the arm. As he + took off the sashes a leather bag dropped from each, and there was a chink + of metal. He placed them in his girdle, saying, “I shall have time to + count them when I get back.” + </p> + <p> + Gervaise sheathed his sword, and put on the bernouse, pulling the hood + well over his head; then, with a few more words of thanks, started for the + gate, leaving the man to search Hassan's girdle. + </p> + <p> + The gate was a quarter of a mile distant. Gervaise passed through with the + usual Arabic salutation to the sentry, and with difficulty repressed a + shout of exultation as he left Tripoli behind him. + </p> + <p> + Following the coast road he walked till daylight; then he left it and lay + down among the sand hills for five or six hours. He calculated that no + pursuit would be begun until midday. His absence was not likely to be + noticed until the gangs began work in the morning, when an alarm would be + given. The sentries at the gates on the previous evening would be + questioned, and when it was found that no one answering to his description + had passed out before these were closed, there would be a rigid search + throughout the city and port. The vessels would all be examined, and the + boatmen questioned as to whether any craft was missing. Not until the + search proved absolutely fruitless would it be seriously suspected that he + had, either by passing through the gates in disguise, or by scaling the + walls, made for the interior. None knew that he could speak Arabic, and it + would be so hopeless an undertaking for any one unacquainted with the + language to traverse the country without being detected, that the Moors + would be slow to believe that he had embarked upon such adventure. + However, when all search for him in the town and in the vessels in the + port proved fruitless, doubtless mounted men would be despatched in all + directions; some would take the coast roads, while others would ride into + the interior to warn the head men of the villages to be on the lookout for + an escaped slave. + </p> + <p> + After a sleep of five hours, Gervaise pursued his journey. He had walked + for eight hours, and calculated that he must be fully thirty miles from + Tripoli, and that not until evening would searchers overtake him. After + walking four miles he came to a large village. There he purchased a bag of + dates, sat down on a stone bench by the roadside to eat them, and entered + into conversation with two or three Moors who sauntered up. To these he + represented that he belonged to a party of his tribe who had encamped for + the day at a short distance from the village in order to rest their horses + before riding into Tripoli, whither they were proceeding to exchange skins + of animals taken in the chase, and some young horses, for cotton clothes, + knives, and other articles of barter with the tribes beyond them. + </p> + <p> + After quenching his thirst at a well in front of the mosque, he retraced + his steps until beyond the village, then struck out into the country, made + a detour, came down into the road again, and continued his journey + eastward. He walked until nightfall, and then again lay down. + </p> + <p> + He was now fully fifty miles from Tripoli, and hoped that he was beyond + the point to which horsemen from that town would think of pursuing their + search. It was likely that they would not have gone beyond the village at + which he had halted on the previous day; for when they learned from the + inhabitants that no stranger, save an Arab, had entered it, they would + content themselves with warning the head man to be on the watch for any + stranger unable to speak their tongue, and would not consider it necessary + to push their steps farther. + </p> + <p> + For four days Gervaise continued his journey. At each village through + which he passed he added to his stock of dates, until he had as many as he + could carry under his bernouse without attracting observation. He also + purchased a large water bottle, which he slung round his neck. + </p> + <p> + All this time the sea lay to his left like a sheet of glass, and he knew + that until a change of weather occurred, it was useless for him to attempt + to escape by boat. On the fifth day there were signs of a change. He saw a + dark line far out at sea; it came across the water rapidly, and presently + a gentle breeze began to blow from the northwest; it gradually increased + in strength, and when, in the afternoon, he stopped at a village, the + waves were breaking upon the shore. + </p> + <p> + After repeating his usual story, he sauntered down to the water's edge. + There were several boats hauled up, and a hundred yards out two or three + larger craft were lying at anchor. He entered into conversation with some + of the fishermen, and his questions as to the boats led them to believe + him altogether ignorant of the sea. The craft were, they told him, used + sometimes for fishing, but they often made voyages to towns along the + coast with dates and other produce. Each boat carried a single short mast, + to the top of which was attached a long tapering spar, on which the sail + was furled. + </p> + <p> + Gervaise knew that these small feluccas were generally fast sailors and + fair sea boats, and resolved to seize one of them, trusting that when once + the sail was shaken out he would be able to manage it single handed. + Accustomed to boats, he picked out that which he thought would be the + fastest, and then walked away for half a mile, and lay down to sleep until + the village was silent for the night. He had with him some oaten cakes he + had bought there, a string of fish he had purchased from the boatmen, and + with these and the dates he thought he could manage for four or five days + at least. As to water, he could only hope that he should find a supply on + board the boat. When he judged it to be about ten o'clock he went down to + the shore again, took off his clothes and made them into a bundle; then, + wading out into the water to within fifty yards of the felucca, swam off + to it, towing the bundle behind him. + </p> + <p> + He had no difficulty in climbing on board, and after dressing himself in + the clothes he had worn at Tripoli, and had kept on underneath the Arab + attire, he pulled the head rope until the craft was nearly over the + anchor. He then loosened the line that brailed up the sail, got the stone + that served as an anchor on board, hauled the sheet aft, and took his + place at the tiller. The wind had dropped a good deal with the sun, but + there was still sufficient air to send the light craft fast through the + water. He steered out for a time, and then, when he thought himself a good + mile from the shore, headed east. By the appearance of the water as it + glanced past, he thought that he must be making from five to six miles an + hour, and when the sun rose at five o'clock, believed that he was nearly + forty miles on his way. He now fastened the tiller with a rope and + proceeded to overhaul the craft. + </p> + <p> + It was decked over forward only, and he crept into the cabin, which was + little more than three feet high. The first thing his eye lit on was a + bulky object hanging against the side, and covered with a thick black + blanket of Arab manufacture. Lifting this, he saw, as he expected, that + the object beneath it was a large waterskin well filled; the blanket had + evidently been placed over it to keep it cool when the sun streamed down + on the deck above it. There was also a large bag of dates, and another of + flat cakes, and he guessed that these had all been put on board the + evening before, in readiness for a start in the morning. This relieved him + of his chief anxiety, for he had been unable to think of any plan for + replenishing his supply, or to concoct a likely tale that, were he obliged + to go on shore, would account for his being alone in a craft of that size. + </p> + <p> + The wind increased again after sunrise, and being unable to reef the sail + single handed he managed partially to brail it up. All day the craft flew + along with the wind on the quarter, making six or seven miles an hour; and + he felt that by morning he would be well beyond pursuit. On the run he + passed several craft engaged in fishing, but these gave him no uneasiness. + He had in the morning, with some old sails he found, constructed three + rough imitations of human figures, one with the Arab dress and another + with the bernouse, and had placed them against the bulwarks, so that at a + short distance it would appear that there were three men on board. Feeling + confident that the deception would not be noticed, he kept his course + without swerving, and passed some of the fishing boats within hailing + distance, waving his hand and shouting the usual Arab salutation to their + crews. + </p> + <p> + During the day he contented himself with eating some dates and an oatmeal + cake or two; but at sunset he added to this two or three fish that he had + split open and hung up to dry in the sun and wind. There was charcoal on + board, and a flat stone served as a hearth in the bottom of the boat, but + he had no means of lighting a fire, for this the fishermen would have + brought off when they came on board in the morning. After he had finished + his meal and taken his place again at the tiller he altered his course. + Hitherto he had been steering to the south of east, following the line of + coast, but he now saw before him the projecting promontory of Cape + Mezurata, which marks the western entrance of the great Gulf of Sydra; and + he now directed his course two points north of east, so as to strike the + opposite promontory, known as Grenna, more than a hundred miles away. The + wind fell much lighter, and he shook out the sail to its full extent. All + night he kept at his post, but finding the wind perfectly steady he lashed + the tiller so as to keep the boat's head in the direction in which he was + steering, and dozed for some hours, waking up occasionally to assure + himself that she was keeping her course. + </p> + <p> + At sunrise he indulged in a wash in sea water, and felt freshened and + revived. He now kept a sharp lookout for distant sails, for he was out of + the ordinary course a coaster would take, and would have attracted the + attention of any corsair coming out from the land; the sea, however, + remained clear of ships. All day the felucca made rapid progress, for + although the wind freshened, Gervaise did not lessen sail as before, being + now accustomed to the boat and confident of her powers. As soon as the + wind died away again after sunset, he lay down for a good sleep, feeling + this was an absolute necessity, and knowing that before morning he should + be obliged to keep a sharp lookout for land. He slept longer than he had + intended, for the day was breaking when he opened his eyes. He sprang to + his feet, and saw the land stretching ahead of him at a distance, as he + thought, of some fifteen miles, and at once put the helm down and bore + more to the north. + </p> + <p> + He judged, from what he had heard on the coast, that he must be nearly off + Cape Tejones, behind which lies the town of Bengasi, and was confirmed in + the belief on finding half an hour later that the coast, which had run + nearly north and south, trended sharply away to the northeast. All day + long he kept about the same distance from the land, and at night, instead + of keeping on his course, brailed up the sail entirely, and allowed the + vessel to drift, as he knew that before morning he should lose the coast + if he continued as he was going. He slept without moving until daylight, + and then saw, to his satisfaction, by means of landmarks he had noticed + the evening before, that the boat had drifted but a few miles during the + night. As the day went on, he saw that the coastline was now east and + west, and felt that he must be off the most northerly point of the + promontory; he accordingly laid his course to the northeast, which would + take him close to Cape Saloman, the most easterly point of Crete, and from + two hundred and fifty to three hundred miles distant. + </p> + <p> + For twenty-four hours he sailed quietly on, the wind dropping lighter and + lighter; then it suddenly died out altogether; for some hours there was + not a breath to stir the surface of the water, and the heat was stifling. + Gervaise slept for some time; when he awoke the same stillness reigned, + but there was a change in the appearance of the sky; its brightness was + dulled by a faint mist, while, although the sea was of a glassy + smoothness, there was an imperceptible swell that caused the felucca to + sway uneasily. Gervaise had sufficient experience of the Levant to know + that these signs were ominous of a change, and he at once set to work to + prepare for it. Although he saw that it would be difficult for him unaided + to hoist the long spar back into its place, he decided to lower it. This + was not difficult, as its weight brought it down on to the deck as soon as + he slackened the halliards; he unhooked it from the block, and then lashed + the sail securely to it. When he had done this he looked round. A bank of + dark clouds lay across the horizon to the northwest, and in a short time + he could see that this was rising rapidly. + </p> + <p> + Before taking down the spar and sail, he had deliberated as to whether it + would be better to run before the coming gale or to lie to, and had + decided on the latter alternative, as, were it to continue to blow long, + he might be driven on to the Egyptian coast. Moreover, the felucca's bow + was much higher out of water than the stern, and he thought that she would + ride over the waves with greater safety than she would did they sweep down + upon her stern. + </p> + <p> + He had heard that the Greeks, when caught in a sudden gale in small boats, + often lashed the oars together, threw them overboard with a rope attached, + and rode to them safely through a sea that would otherwise have + overwhelmed them. After much consideration as to what had best be done, he + took the anchor rope, which was some sixty yards in length, fastened one + end to each end of the spar, and then lashed the middle of the rope to the + bow of the felucca; then, using an oar as a lever, he with great labour + managed to launch the spar over the bow, with the sail still attached to + it. + </p> + <p> + When he had completed this, he looked round at the state of the weather. + The clouds had risen so fast that their edge was nearly overhead, spanning + the sky like a great arch. Ahead of him it seemed almost as black as + night. He had not been out in many of the gales that at times sweep the + eastern waters of the Mediterranean with terrible violence, but had seen + enough of them to know that it was no ordinary one that he was about to + encounter. He looked over the bow; the spar at present was lying in + contact with the stem. With an oar he pushed it across so as to be at + right angles with the craft, and then, there being nothing else to do, sat + down and waited for the storm to burst. In a short time he heard a dull + moaning sound, a puff of wind struck the boat, but in a few seconds died + out; it was sufficient to give the light craft stern way, and she drifted + backwards, the rope tightening, until the spar lay across her bows, and + some twenty yards away. + </p> + <p> + The dull moaning had grown louder; and now ahead of him he saw a white + line. It approached with extraordinary rapidity. Knowing the fury with + which it would burst upon him, he leapt down, and stood at the entrance to + the cabin, with his head just above the deck. With a deafening roar the + wind struck the boat, which staggered as if she had on her full course + struck on a rock, while a shower of spray flew over her. Half blinded and + deafened, Gervaise crawled into the cabin, closed the door, and lay down + there; whatever happened, there was nothing he could do. He was soon + conscious that the spar and sail were doing their work, for the boat still + lay head to wind. The noise overhead and around was deafening; above the + howl of the wind could be heard the creaking of the timbers, and the boat + seemed to shiver as each fresh gust struck her. + </p> + <p> + In half an hour he looked out again. There was, as yet, but little sea; + the force of the wind seemed to flatten the water, and the instant a wave + lifted its head it was cut off as if by a knife, and carried away in + spray. The boat herself was moving rapidly through the water, dragging the + spar behind her, and Gervaise almost trembled at the thought of the speed + at which she would have flown along had it not been for the restraint of + the floating anchor. Gradually the sea got up, but the light craft rode + easily over it, and Gervaise, after commending his safety to God, lay + down, and was soon fast asleep. In spite of the motion of the vessel, he + slept soundly for many hours. When he awoke he opened the cabin door and + looked out. A tremendous sea was running, but he thought the wind, + although so strong that he could scarce lift his head above the shelter of + the bulwark, was less violent than it had been when it first broke upon + him. He saw to his satisfaction that the felucca breasted the waves + lightly, and that although enveloped in spray she took no green water over + the bows. + </p> + <p> + The spar and sail acted not only as a floating anchor, but as a + breakwater, and the white crested waves, which came on as if they would + break upon the boat, seemed robbed of half their violence by the + obstruction to their course, and passed under the felucca without + breaking. For forty-eight hours the gale continued; at the end of that + time it ceased almost as suddenly as it had begun. The sun shone brightly + out, the clouds cleared entirely away. It was some hours before the sea + went down sufficiently for Gervaise to attempt to get the spar on deck + again. It was a heavy task, taxing his strength to the utmost, but after a + deal of labour it was got on board, and then raised to its position at the + masthead; the sail was shaken out, and the felucca again put on her + course. + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0020" id="link2HCH0020"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER XX BELEAGUERED + </h2> + <p> + One morning towards the end of May, 1480, Sir John Boswell was standing + with some other knights on St. Stephen's Hill, near the city, having + hurried up as soon as a column of smoke from a bonfire lighted by the + lookout there, gave the news that the Turkish fleet was at last in sight. + A similar warning had been given a month previously, but the fleet had + sailed past the island, being bound for Phineka, which was the rendezvous + where Mahomet's great armament was to assemble. There could be but little + doubt that the long expected storm was this time about to burst. The fleet + now seen approaching numbered a hundred and sixty large ships, besides a + great number of small craft, conveying a force variously estimated at from + seventy to a hundred thousand men. + </p> + <p> + “'Tis a mighty fleet,” Sir John said; “and the worst of it is that we know + there are more to follow; still, I doubt not we shall send them back + defeated. Our defences are all complete; our recent peace with Egypt has + enabled us to fill up our magazines with provisions of all kinds; the + inhabitants of the Island have had ample warning to move into the town, + carrying with them everything of value; so the Turks will obtain but + little plunder, and will be able to gather no means of subsistence on the + island, as every animal has been driven within the walls, and even the + unripe corn has been reaped and brought in. However long the siege lasts, + we need be in no fear of being reduced to sore straits for food. Look over + there. There is a small craft under sail, and it comes not from the + direction of Phineka. See! one of the Turkish galleys has separated from + the rest and is making off in that direction. It may be that the little + craft contains one or two of our comrades who are late in coming to join + us.” + </p> + <p> + “It may well be so, Sir John, for they have been straggling in by twos and + threes for the last month.” + </p> + <p> + “I will get the grand master's leave to put out in one of the galleys,” + Sir John said, “for, by the way they are bearing, the Turks will cut the + little craft off before she can gain the port.” + </p> + <p> + He hurried to D'Aubusson, who was standing a short distance apart from the + others, gazing at the Turkish fleet. A minute later he was running down + the hill to the town, accompanied by three or four other knights; they + made direct for the outer port, where two galleys were lying in readiness, + leapt on board one of them, which already contained its quota of knights, + and at once rowed out of the port. Just as they did so the Turkish galley + fired a gun. + </p> + <p> + “I fear we shall be too late,” Sir John said; “the Turk is gaining fast on + the other craft, whatever she may be. There goes another gun. Row your + hardest!” he shouted down to the slaves. + </p> + <p> + The Turkish ship did not fire again; the wind was light, and they were + going two feet through the water to every one sailed by the other craft. + The galley from Rhodes was still half a mile away when the Turk was close + to the boat that was trying to escape. Sir John and the knights chafed as + they saw they would be too late. + </p> + <p> + “I can't make out why the boat did not use her oars,” the former said. “Of + course, she could not have kept away from the galley, but if she had rowed + it would have made some difference, and we might have been nearly up.” + </p> + <p> + “I can only see one man on board of her, Sir John,” one of the younger + knights said; and two or three others murmured that they were of the same + opinion. + </p> + <p> + “The others must be lying down; she cannot have less than from fifteen to + twenty men. The Turk is close alongside. They still hold on. There! She + has gone about and escaped the attempt to run her down. Now she is heading + for us again! Brave fellows! brave fellows!” Sir John exclaimed, while a + cheer broke from those around him; “but they have done for themselves. + They must have seen us coming out, and if they had surrendered might have + hoped to have been retaken. Their chance of getting quarter was truly not + great, for expecting—as the Turks do—to carry off both us and + all the inhabitants of the Island, a dozen fishermen would have seemed to + them scarcely worth keeping. However, by holding on they have thrown away + any chance they may have had. The Turks are alongside; they are leaping + down into the little craft. Ah! Two more galleys have just left their + fleet, and are heading here.” + </p> + <p> + “See, Sir John,” one of the knights exclaimed, “there is a single man + standing in the bow of that craft: he is facing the Moors alone. See how + they crowd there; you can see the weapons flashing in the sun. They have + to press past the mast to get at him, and as yet he seems to hold them all + at bay.” + </p> + <p> + “He has chosen his post well, D'Urville. The number of his assailants + prevents the archers on the Turkish craft using their bows. Fire those bow + guns!” he shouted to the knights forward: “Take steady aim at the galley. + It will distract their attention.” + </p> + <p> + “Nobly done indeed!” one of the other knights shouted. “I have seen him + strike down four of the Turks.” + </p> + <p> + “Row, men, row! 'Tis useless!” Sir John muttered, as he clenched the hilt + of his sword. “Useless! A Roland could not long maintain so unequal a + fight.” + </p> + <p> + A groan broke from those around him as suddenly the dark mass of the + assailants made a forward move, and the single figure was lost to sight. + It was but for an instant; a moment later the crowd separated, and a man + was seen to spring overboard. + </p> + <p> + “They will riddle him with their spears when he comes up; we shall have + nothing to do but to avenge him. To your stations, comrades! It is our + turn now, and we have no time to lose, for the other two Turks will be up + in twenty minutes, and I had orders not to fight if it could be avoided: + but we must take this fellow.” + </p> + <p> + Five minutes later the galley ran alongside the Turk, to which those who + had captured the boat had already hastily returned. The ships discharged + their guns into each other, and then, as the galley ran alongside, the + knights tried to leap on board of her. They were opposed by a dense mass + of Turks, for in addition to her usual crew the Moslem was crowded with + troops. For three or four minutes the knights tried, but in vain, to get a + footing on board; then Sir John shouted to them to forbear, and gave + orders to the rowers at once to push off. A cloud of arrows swept across + the poop as they did so; but for the most part these fell harmless from + the armour of the knights. For a time the cannon on both sides continued + to fire, but as the Christians increased their distance it gradually + ceased. + </p> + <p> + They had gone but a hundred yards from the Turk when a head appeared over + the stern railing of the poop, and a figure swung itself on to the deck. + The man was attired in Turkish garments, but his head was bare, and the + exclamation, “A Christian!” broke from the knights. + </p> + <p> + The man strode up to Sir John Boswell. + </p> + <p> + “You used to say you would make matters even with me some day, Sir John, + and you have more than kept your word.” + </p> + <p> + Sir John fell back a pace in astonishment, and then with a shout, “By St. + George, it is Tresham!” threw his arms round Gervaise's neck, while the + knights thronged round with exclamations of satisfaction. + </p> + <p> + “And it was you whom we saw keep the Turks at bay for three good minutes + single handed,” Sir John said, holding Gervaise at arm's length to gaze + into his face. “Truly it seemed well nigh impossible that any one who was + like to be on that craft could have performed so doughty a deed. And how + did you escape?” + </p> + <p> + “It was simple enough,” Gervaise replied. “As soon as I dived I turned and + swam along under the boat and came up by the stern, and then held on by + the rudder, sheltered from their sight. I saw that the galley would be up + in five minutes, and had no fear of their wasting time to look for me. + Directly you came alongside her I dived again, and rose under your stern. + I did not think that you would be able to take her, for all their craft + are crowded with troops; so I contented myself with holding on until you + were out of reach of their arrows, and then I climbed up.” + </p> + <p> + “I am delighted to see you again, Gervaise. I was feeling very sore at the + moment, and I know the others felt the same, at being obliged to sheer off + without making a capture; but the grand master's orders were strict. We + noted your craft pursued by the Turks, and I asked leave to take out a + galley to cut her off. He said, 'Take one, Sir John, but do not adventure + an attack against the Turk unless she is likely to fall an easy prize to + you. Her capture would be of little benefit to us, and would be dearly + purchased at the cost of a knight's life. Therefore, as soon as we engaged + her, and I found that she was full of troops and could not be captured + without heavy loss, and that two of her consorts might arrive before we + accomplished it, it was plainly my duty to abandon the attempt, although, + you may guess, it went sorely against the grain to give the order, + especially as I knew that a host would be looking on from St. Stephen's + Hill. However, your rescue more than makes up for our failure; and + thankful indeed am I that I made the suggestion that we should put out to + save that little craft, though I thought it contained but a few fishermen + or some coasting sailors, who had, in ignorance that the Turks were at + hand, tried to enter Rhodes. One of those looking on with me did, indeed, + suggest that she might have on board a knight or two coming to join us, + but I did not give the matter a second thought.” + </p> + <p> + “And how go things, Sir John? And how are old friends?” + </p> + <p> + “Ralph Harcourt and, I think, all your comrades in the Santa Barbara, + except the three who fell by your side when you were captured, are well, + and at present on the Island, as, for the last two years, none have been + allowed to depart. As to other matters, they go not so well as one could + wish. The commanderies have not responded to our call for aid as they + should have done. For this, however, they are not altogether to blame, for + we have been so often threatened with attack, and have so frequently + applied for aid in money or men, that they must have begun to doubt + whether the danger was really imminent. In other respects we are well + prepared. We have obtained large stores of provisions from Egypt, and + shall have no ground for uneasiness on that score. The defences have been + greatly strengthened, and no one fears that we shall not be able to beat + off an attack. We have destroyed the principal buildings outside the + walls, though it would have been better could we have gone much further in + this direction. And now let us have your adventures and escape.” + </p> + <p> + “'Tis a long story, Sir John, and I must pray you to let me defer it for a + time. In the first place, I have two or three wounds that I shall be glad + to have bandaged.” + </p> + <p> + “Why did you not say so at once?” Sir John exclaimed. “In those dark + clothes, soaked with water as they are, I did not see the bloodstains; but + I ought to have looked for them, for surely no one could have gone through + that fight—altogether unprotected with armour too—without + being wounded. Come below, and we will attend to them.” + </p> + <p> + “Also order me some wine and food, Sir John; I have touched nothing save + water for twenty-four hours, and before that fasted somewhat strictly.” + </p> + <p> + By the time Gervaise's wounds, which were not severe, had been bandaged, + and he had eaten a hasty meal, the galley was alongside the mole, between + the two harbours. + </p> + <p> + He was provided with some clothes, and went with Sir John straight to the + English auberge, where the knight insisted that he should at once lie + down. + </p> + <p> + “I will report your return to D'Aubusson, and will tell him it is by my + orders that you are resting. Your wounds are not very deep, but you must + have lost a good deal of blood, and were you to exert yourself now, and be + pestered with questions, it would probably bring on an attack of fever. + There is nothing to do at present, for it must be some days before they + can land and bring up their guns.” + </p> + <p> + Gervaise obeyed the orders not unwillingly, for he felt that he was really + weak, and was greatly worn out by want of sleep. Sir John Kendall, at + Boswell's request, issued orders that he was on no account whatever to be + disturbed, and that no one was to enter his room unless he sounded the + bell placed by the bedside. Gervaise indeed, falling off to sleep a few + minutes after he had lain down, did not awake until the following morning. + Having no idea that he had slept more than two or three hours, he sounded + the bell in order to inquire whether Ralph had returned to the auberge. He + was surprised to find his friend had just risen, and that he himself had + been asleep some eighteen hours! + </p> + <p> + A few minutes later Ralph hurried into the room. + </p> + <p> + “Thank God that you are back again, Gervaise!” he said, as he grasped the + hand of his friend. “I did not return until late in the evening, having + been at work with a large body of slaves at the fortifications; and you + may guess what joy I felt at the news. You are changed a good deal.” + </p> + <p> + “I don't suppose you will think so at the end of a day or two, Ralph. I + lost a good deal of blood yesterday, and have been on short rations; but I + shall very soon pick up again.” + </p> + <p> + “They will bring you some broth and wine directly, Gervaise. Early as it + is, the grand master has already sent down to inquire as to your health.” + </p> + <p> + “I will reply in person as soon as I have had a meal and dressed.” + </p> + <p> + “And I suppose we must all wait to hear what you have been doing until you + return, Gervaise?” + </p> + <p> + “I suppose so, Ralph. Of course it is a long story; but I must tell you at + once that there is nothing very exciting in it, and that it differed + little from that of others who have been prisoners among the Moors, save + that I was strangely fortunate, and suffered no hardships whatever. And + now I want to ask you about clothes. Have my things been sold, or are they + still in the store?” + </p> + <p> + “No; the question was raised but a short time since. It was mooted, by the + way, by that old enemy of yours, Robert Rivers, who returned here some + three months ago with a batch of knights from the English commanderies. + Sir John Boswell answered him roundly, I can tell you, and said that they + should be kept, were it for another fifty years, for that he would wager + his life that you would sooner or later make your escape.” + </p> + <p> + “I am sorry that fellow has returned, Ralph. Has he got a commandery yet?” + </p> + <p> + “No; I believe that Sir John Kendall sent home so bad a report of him, + that even the great influence of his family has not sufficed to obtain his + appointment, and that he has been merely the assistant at one of the + smaller manors. Sir John Boswell told me in confidence that he understood + that Rivers did not at first volunteer to come out in response to the + appeal of the grand master, but that the grand prior informed him that + unless he took this opportunity of retrieving his character, he might give + up all hope of ever obtaining advancement. Ah, here is your breakfast.” + </p> + <p> + An hour later Gervaise presented himself at the palace, clothed in the + suit of armour that had been given to him by Genoa. Although he was + engaged with several members of the council at the time, the grand master + ordered him to be at once admitted as soon as he heard that he was in + attendance. + </p> + <p> + “Welcome back, Sir Gervaise Tresham,” he said warmly, as he entered. “We + all rejoice greatly at your return, and I consider it a happy omen for the + success of our defence that so brave and distinguished a knight should at + the last moment have arrived to take a share in it.” + </p> + <p> + The others present all shook Gervaise cordially by the hand, and + congratulated him on his return. + </p> + <p> + “You must dine with me this evening,” D'Aubusson went on, “and tell us the + story of your captivity and escape. At present, as you may suppose, we + have too many matters on hand to spare time for aught that is not pressing + and important. You will need a few days' rest before you are fit for + active service, and by that time we will settle as to what post will best + suit you.” + </p> + <p> + Twice that day had Gervaise to recount his adventures, the first time to + Sir John Kendall and the knights of his auberge, the second to the grand + master. Most of the leading members of the Order were assembled at the + palace, and, among others, he was introduced to the Viscount de Monteuil, + the elder brother of D'Aubusson, one of the most famous leaders of the + day. He had brought with him a considerable body of retainers, and, + although not a member of the Order, had offered his services in defence of + the town. The council had gratefully accepted the offer, and had + unanimously named him Commander of the Forces. Many other knights and + soldiers had come from different parts of Europe, animated alike by the + desire to aid in the defence of Christendom against the advance of the + Moslems, and to gain credit and honour by taking part in a siege that was + sure to be a desperate one. + </p> + <p> + “My brother has already spoken of you to me, Sir Gervaise,” the viscount + said, when the young knight was presented to him; “although indeed there + was no occasion for him to do so, since the name of the knight who two + years ago saved the commerce of Italy from ruin, and with a single galley + destroyed or captured a great fleet of over twenty Barbary pirates, and + thus for a time put a stop to the depredations of the infidels, is known + throughout Europe. By the way, I am the bearer of a message to you. I took + ship at Genoa on my way hither, and stayed two or three days there while + she was being got ready for sea. Knowing that I was bound hither, a + certain very beautiful young lady of noble family, to whom I had the + honour of being introduced, prayed me that if you should by any chance + have escaped from captivity—and she said that she was convinced that + you would, when you heard that Rhodes was threatened, assuredly endeavour + to escape and to come hither to take a share in the defence—I was to + tell you that she trusted you still bore her gage, and that she, on her + part, had held fast to the promise she made you.” + </p> + <p> + “I still have her gage, Viscount; for though I was for a long time + deprived of it, I succeeded in regaining it when I made my escape,” + Gervaise said quietly; and De Monteuil at once turned the conversation to + another topic. + </p> + <p> + Gervaise found that no attempt was to be made to take the offensive + against the Turks, and that they were to be permitted to advance against + the city without interference. Many of the more fiery spirits among the + knights chafed at this prohibition. The records of the past showed that + armies as large as that of Mahomet had suffered defeat at the hands of + bodies of knights no stronger than that gathered for the defence of + Rhodes. D'Aubusson, however, knew that between the undisciplined hordes + that gathered in countless numbers to oppose the crusaders, and the troops + of Mahomet, well trained in warfare, who had borne his standard + victoriously in numerous battles, there was but little comparison. They + were commanded, too, by Paleologus, a general of great capacity. Under + such circumstances, although victory might be possible, the chances of + defeat would be far greater, and while victory could be only won at a + great sacrifice of life, defeat would mean annihilation to the garrison, + and the loss of the city upon whose fortifications such an enormous amount + of money and labour had been expended. + </p> + <p> + On the other hand, he felt perfectly confident that the city could be + successfully defended, and that at a cost of life far less than would be + attained by a victory in the open field, while the blow that would be + inflicted upon the prestige and power of the enemy, by being ignominiously + compelled to retire to their ships, after the failure of all their + attacks, would be as great as if their army had been defeated in the + field. Therefore the grand master, with the full assent of his leaders, + turned a deaf ear to the entreaties of the younger knights, that they + might be allowed to make a sortie. He calmly waited behind the formidable + defences he had for the past ten years been occupied in perfecting, in + anticipation of the assault of the Moslem host. + </p> + <p> + Accordingly, after disembarking at their leisure, the Turkish army moved + forward, and took their post upon St. Stephen's Hill. From this eminence + they commanded a full view of the town, the hills sloping gently down to + the foot of the walls. In later times the first care of a general + commanding the defence would have been to construct formidable works upon + this commanding position. But the cannon of that period were so cumbrous + and slowly worked, and so inaccurate in their aim, that the advantage of + occupying a position that would prevent an enemy from firing down into a + town was considered to be more than counterbalanced by the weakening of + the garrison by the abstraction of the force required to man the detached + work, and by the risk of their being surrounded and cut off without the + garrison of the town being able to aid them. + </p> + <p> + That the defence of St. Stephen's Hill was considered unnecessary for the + safety of Rhodes is shown by the fact that no attempt had been made to + fortify it when, forty years later, the Moslems again besieged the city. + </p> + <p> + There was no shadow of apprehension felt by the garrison of Rhodes as the + great array of their foes was seen moving on to the hill, and preparing to + pitch its camp. On the summit was the great tent of the pasha; round this + were the marquees of the other commanders, while the encampments of the + troops stretched far away along the upper slopes of the hill. + </p> + <p> + Previous to the despatch of the expedition, the sultan had made + preparations for aiding his arms by treachery. The agent he had sent to + propose a temporary truce had, during his stay on the Island, made himself + thoroughly acquainted with the outline of the works. A very accurate plan + of them had also been obtained from an inhabitant of Rhodes, who had + abandoned Christianity and taken service with the Turks. + </p> + <p> + In addition to this he had arranged with a renegade German, known as + Maitre Georges, a man of very great ability as an artilleryman and + engineer, to desert to the city, and there do all in his power to assist + the besiegers, both by affording them information and by giving bad advice + to the besieged. On the day after Paleologus, who was himself a renegade + Greek, had established his camp, he sent in a herald to summon the city to + surrender, at the same time making lavish promises that the lives and + property of the native population should be respected, and that they + should be allowed to continue to reside there, to enjoy the full exercise + of their religion and of all other rights they possessed. The pasha had no + real hope that the knights would obey the summons, but he thought that he + might excite a spirit of disaffection among the townspeople that would, + when the crisis came, greatly hamper the efforts of the defenders. + </p> + <p> + The Rhodians, however, were well satisfied with the rule of the Order. The + knights, although belonging to the Catholic Church, had allowed the + natives of the Island, who were of the Greek faith, perfect freedom in the + exercise of their religion, and their rule, generally, had been fair and + just. The wealth and prosperity of the Island had increased enormously + since their establishment there, and the population had no inclination + whatever to change their rule for that of the Turks. The summons to + surrender being refused, the enemy made a reconnaissance towards the + walls. + </p> + <p> + D'Aubusson had no longer any reason for checking the ardour of the + knights, and a strong body of horsemen, under the command of De Monteuil, + sallied out and drove the Turks back to their camp. + </p> + <p> + Maitre Georges, who was acting as the military adviser of the pasha, saw + at once that the weakest point of the defence was Fort St. Nicholas, at + the extremity of the mole along the neck of land dividing the outer from + the inner port. At a short distance away, on the opposite side of the + port, stood the church of St. Anthony, and in the gardens of the church a + battery was at once erected. The garden was but three hundred yards from + St. Nicholas, and the danger that would arise from the construction of the + battery was at once perceived, and an incessant fire opened upon it from + the guns on the wall round the grand master's palace. Numbers of the + workmen were killed, but the erection of the battery was pushed on night + and day, and ere long three of the immense cannon that had been brought + from Constantinople,—where sixteen of them had been cast under the + direction of Maitre Georges—were placed in position. These cannon + were eighteen feet in length, and carried stone balls of some twenty-six + inches in diameter. + </p> + <p> + Before these were ready to open fire, Gervaise had entirely regained his + health and strength. The grand master, being unwilling to appoint him to a + separate command over the heads of knights many years his senior, had + attached him to his person in the capacity of what would now be called an + aide-de-camp. + </p> + <p> + “I know, Gervaise, that I can rely upon your coolness and discretion. I + cannot be everywhere myself, and I want you to act as my eyes in places + where I cannot be. I know that the knights, so far as bravery and devotion + are concerned, will each and every one do his best, and will die at their + posts before yielding a foot; but while fighting like paladins they will + think of naught else, and, however hardly pressed, will omit to send to me + for reinforcements. Nay, even did they think of it, they probably would + not send, deeming that to do so would be derogatory, and might be taken as + an act of cowardice. Now, it is this service that I shall specially look + for from you. When a post is attacked, I shall, when my presence is + required elsewhere, send you to represent me. I do not, of course, wish + you to interfere in any way in the conduct of the defence, in which you + will take such share as you can; but you are specially to observe how + matters go, and if you see that the knights are pressed and in sore need + of assistance to enable them to hold the post, you will at once bring the + news to me, and I will hurry there with reinforcements.” + </p> + <p> + No post could have been more in accordance with the desire of Gervaise, + for the portion of the wall defended by the English langue was far removed + from the point selected by the Turks for their first attack, the sea front + being defended half by the langue of Italy, and half by that of Castile. + Fort St. Nicholas was under the command of the Cavalier Caretto, and as + soon as the Turkish battery was completed, Gervaise went down there with + an order from the grand master that he was for the present to consider + himself as forming part of the garrison. This was pleasant for both + Caretto and himself, for the Italian knight had conceived a strong + friendship for the young Englishman, and had rejoiced greatly at his + return from captivity, but had been so much occupied with his duty of + placing the castle in all respects in a state of defence, that he had had + no opportunity for a private conversation with him since his return to + Rhodes. + </p> + <p> + Gervaise, on his part, was no less pleased. Caretto had shown so much tact + after his release from the Moors, and had so willingly aided him in any + capacity allotted to him, without in the slightest degree interposing his + council unasked, that Gervaise had come to like him greatly, even before + their arrival at Genoa. Circumstances there had brought them closely + together, and their friendship had been cemented during their voyage to + Rhodes. Caretto had gone back to Italy, where he had a commandery, a few + days after Gervaise had sailed on his last voyage, and had only returned + to Rhodes three months before Gervaise escaped from captivity. + </p> + <p> + “This is turning the tables,” Caretto said, with a laugh, when Gervaise + presented the grand master's order. “I was under your command last time, + and now it seems that you are to be under mine. I suppose you applied to + come here, in order to have a fresh opportunity of distinguishing + yourself. I heard that you had been placed on D'Aubusson's own staff.” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, and am on it still; and it is by his orders and not by my own + solicitation that I am here. I will tell you what my duties are. The grand + master knows the commanders of posts have their hands so full that they + will have no time for sending complete reports to him, and he considers, + moreover, that they might, in some cases, however pressed, hesitate to ask + for aid until too late for reinforcements to be brought up. My duty will + be to let the grand master know how matters are going, and to send to him + at once if it seems to me that help is needed. I should, of course, always + send for reinforcements, at the request of a commander; but it is only in + the event of his being too busy in the heat of the fray to think of aught + but resisting an attack, that I should exercise my own judgment in the + matter.” + </p> + <p> + Caretto nodded. + </p> + <p> + “It is a good thought of D'Aubusson's. When one is in the thick of a fight + in a breach, with the Moslems swarming round, it does not occur to one to + draw out of the fray to send off messages. For myself, I shall be glad + indeed to have that matter off my mind, though it is not every one I + should care to trust with such a responsibility. Some might send off for + aid when it was not needed, others might delay so long that help might + come too late; but with one so cool headed as yourself I should not fear + any contingency. And now, as I am not busy at present, let us have a + comfortable talk as to what has happened since we met last. I was at the + banquet at the grand master's on the night when you related your + adventures. You had certainly much to tell, but it seems to me for some + reason or other you cut short certain details, and I could not see why, as + there seemed no prospect of escape open to you, you did not accept the + offer of Suleiman Ali to ransom you.” + </p> + <p> + “I saw no chance of escape at the moment, but I did not doubt that I could + get away from the town whenever I chose, although it was not clear how I + should proceed afterwards. It was for this opportunity I was waiting, and + I felt sure that, with my knowledge of the language, it would come sooner + or later. In the next place, my captors had fixed an exorbitant sum for my + ransom, and I did not wish to impose upon the generosity of Suleiman. + There was another reason—a private one.” + </p> + <p> + “You don't mean to say that you had fallen in love with a Moorish damsel, + Sir Gervaise?” Caretto laughed. + </p> + <p> + “For shame, Cavalier! As if a Christian knight would care for a Moslem + maiden, even were she as fair as the houris of their creed!” + </p> + <p> + “Christian knights have done so before now,” Caretto laughed, greatly + amused at the young knight's indignation, “and doubtless will do so again. + Well, I suppose I must not ask what the private matter was, though it must + have been something grave indeed to lead you, a slave, to reject the offer + of freedom. I know that when I was rowing in their galleys, no matter of + private business that I can conceive would have stood in my way for a + single moment, had a chance of freedom presented itself.” + </p> + <p> + “It was a matter of honour,” Gervaise said gravely, “and one of which I + should speak to no one else; but as you were present at the time, there + can, I think, be no harm in doing so. At the time that I was captured, I + was stripped of everything that I had upon me, and, of course, with the + rest, of the gage which the Lady Claudia had given me, and which hung + round my neck where she had placed it. It was taken possession of by the + captain of the pirates, who, seeing that it bore no Christian emblem, + looked upon it as a sort of amulet. I understood what he was saying, but, + as I was desirous that my knowledge of Turkish should not be suspected, I + said nothing. I was very glad that he so regarded it, for had he taken it + to be an ordinary trinket, he might have parted with it, and I should + never have been able to obtain a clue as to the person to whom he sold it. + As it was, he put it round his neck, with the remark that it might bring + him better luck than had befallen me. He told me jeeringly months + afterwards that it had done so, and that he would never part with it. + Given me as it was, I felt that my honour was concerned in its recovery, + and that, should I ever meet Lady Claudia again, I should feel disgraced + indeed, if, when she asked whether I still bore her gage, I had to confess + that it was lost.” + </p> + <p> + “But lost from no fault of your own,” Caretto put in. + </p> + <p> + “The losing was not indeed from any fault of my own, and had the pirate + thrown it into the sea I should have held myself free from disgrace; but + as it was still in existence, and I knew its possessor, I was bound in + honour to recover it. At the time Suleiman Ali's messenger arrived the + corsair was away, and there was no saying when his ship would return; + therefore, I decided at once not to accept the offer of freedom. Had it + not been for that, I own that I should have done so, for I knew that I + could repay Suleiman from the revenues of my commandery, which would have + accumulated in my absence; but if I had had to wait ten years longer to + regain the gage, I felt that I was in honour bound to do so. It was, in + fact, some six months before the corsair put into that port again. The + moment he did so I carried out the plans I had long before determined + upon. I obtained a disguise from Ben Ibyn, and by a ruse succeeded in + inducing the pirate to meet me outside the town, believing that I was an + Arab chief who wished to dispose of some valuable slave girls he had + brought in. I had with me one of my old galley slaves, who had been taken + into Ben Ibyn's employment; and when the pirate came up with two of his + crew, and furiously attacked me as soon as I threw off my disguise, it + would have gone hard with me had he not stood by me, and killed one of + them who was about to attack me in the rear. I slew the other and Hassan, + and the gage is in its place again.” + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0021" id="link2HCH0021"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER XXI THE FORT OF ST. NICHOLAS + </h2> + <p> + “Well, you have proved indeed,” Caretto said, when Gervaise finished his + story, “that you are worthy of the bestowal of a gage by a fair damsel. I + do not think that many knights, however true they might be to the donor, + would have suffered months of slavery in order to regain a token, lost by + no fault or carelessness of their own; and no lady could have blamed or + held them in any way dishonoured by the loss.” + </p> + <p> + “I had a message by the Viscount De Monteuil from Lady Claudia the other + day, saying that she trusted I had kept her gage. I can assure you that + the six months of slavery were cheaply purchased by the pleasure I felt + that I still possessed it; and I was glad, too, to learn that I had not + been forgotten by her.” + </p> + <p> + “Of that you may well assure yourself, Tresham; my commandery is not far + from Genoa, and I was frequently with her, but never without her drawing + me aside and asking me if I had heard any news of you, and talking over + with me the chances there might be of your escape. I can tell you that + there are not a few young nobles of Genoa who would give much to be + allowed as you are to carry her gage, or wear her colours. You should see + her now; you would scarce know her again, so altered and improved is she; + there is no fairer face in all Italy.” + </p> + <p> + “I hope some day to meet her again,” Gervaise replied; “although I own to + knowing it were better that I should not do so. Until she gave me her gage + I had scarcely noticed her. I have, as you know, no experience of women, + and had so much on my mind at the time, what with the fuss they were + making about us, and the question of getting the prizes here, that in + truth I paid but slight attention to the fair faces of the dames of Genoa. + But the gracious and earnest way in which, though scarce more than a + child, she gave me her gage, and vowed that no other knight should possess + one so long as I lived, struck me so greatly that I own I gave the matter + much more thought than was right or becoming in one of our Order. The + incident was much more gratifying to me than all the honour paid me by the + Republic, and during the long months of my captivity it has recurred to me + so frequently that I have in vain endeavoured to chase it from my + thoughts, as sinful thus to allow myself constantly to think of any woman. + Do not mistake me, Sir Fabricius. I am speaking to you as to a confessor, + and just as I have kept her amulet hidden from all, so is the thought of + her a secret I would not part with for my life. I do not for a moment + deceive myself with the thought that, beyond the fact that her gift has + made her feel an interest in me and my fate, she has any sentiment in the + matter: probably, indeed, she looks back upon the gift as a foolish act of + girlish enthusiasm that led her into making a promise that she now cannot + but find unpleasantly binding; for it is but natural that among the young + nobles of her own rank and country there must be some whom she would see + with pleasure wearing her colours.” + </p> + <p> + Caretto looked at him with some amusement. + </p> + <p> + “Were you not bound by your vows as a knight of the Order, how would you + feel in the matter?” + </p> + <p> + “I should feel worse,” Gervaise said, without hesitation. “I have + oftentimes thought that over, and I see that it is good for me I am so + bound. It does not decrease my chances, for, as I know, there are no + chances; but it renders it more easy for me to know that it is so.” + </p> + <p> + “But why should you say that you have no chances, Tresham?” + </p> + <p> + “Because it is easy to see that it is so. I am, save for my commandery and + prospects in the Order, a penniless young knight, without home or estate, + without even a place in my country, and that country not hers. I know that + it is not only sinful, but mad, for me to think so frequently of her, but + at least I am not mad enough to think that I can either win the heart or + aspire to the hand of one who is, you say, so beautiful, and who is, + moreover, as I know, the heiress to wide estates.” + </p> + <p> + “'There was a squire of low degree, Loved the king's daughter of + Hungarie,'” Caretto sang, with a laugh. “You are not of low degree, but of + noble family, Gervaise. You are not a squire, but a knight, and already a + very distinguished one; nor is the young lady, though she be a rich + heiress, a king's daughter.” + </p> + <p> + “At any rate, the squire was not vowed to celibacy. No, no, Sir Fabricius, + it is a dream, and a pleasant one; but I know perfectly well that it is + but a dream, and one that will do me no harm so long as I ever bear in + mind that it is so. Many a knight of the Order before me has borne a + lady's gage, and carried it valiantly in many a fight, and has been no + less true to his vows for doing so.” + </p> + <p> + “Upon the contrary, he has been all the better a knight, Gervaise; it is + always good for a knight, whether he belongs to the Order or not, to prize + one woman above all others, and to try to make himself worthy of his + ideal. As to the vow of celibacy, you know that ere now knights have been + absolved from their vows, and methinks that, after the service you have + rendered to Italy by ridding the sea of those corsairs, his Holiness would + make no difficulty in granting any request that you might make him in that + or any other direction. I don't know whether you are aware that, after you + sailed from here, letters came from Rome as well as from Pisa, Florence, + and Naples, expressive of the gratitude felt for the services that you had + rendered, and of their admiration for the splendid exploit that you had + performed.” + </p> + <p> + “No; the grand master has had his hands so full of other matters that + doubtless an affair so old escaped his memory. Indeed, he may have + forgotten that I sailed before the letters arrived.” + </p> + <p> + “Do not forget to jog his memory on the subject, for I can tell you that + the letters did not come alone, but were each accompanied by presents + worthy of the service you rendered. But as to the vows?” + </p> + <p> + “As to the vows, I feel as I said just now, that I would not free myself + of them if I could, for, being bound by them, I can the more easily and + pleasantly enjoy my dream. Besides, what should I do if I left the Order + without home, country, or means, and with naught to do but to sell my + sword to some warlike monarch? Besides, Caretto, I love the Order, and + deem it the highest privilege to fight against the Moslems, and to uphold + the banner of the Cross.” + </p> + <p> + “As to that, you could, like De Monteuil and many other knights here, + always come out to aid the Order in time of need. As to the vows, I am not + foolish enough to suppose that you would ask to be relieved from them, + until you had assured yourself that Claudia was also desirous that you + should be free.” + </p> + <p> + “It is absurd,” Gervaise said, almost impatiently. “Do not let us talk any + more about it, Caretto, or it will end by turning my head and making me + presumptuous enough to imagine that the Lady Claudia, who only saw me for + three or four days, and that while she was still but a girl, has been + thinking of me seriously since.” + </p> + <p> + “I do not know Claudia's thoughts,” Caretto remarked drily, “but I do know + that last year she refused to listen to at least a score of excellent + offers for her hand, including one from a son of the doge himself, and + that without any reasonable cause assigned by her, to the great wonderment + of all, seeing that she does not appear to have any leaning whatever + towards a life in a nunnery. At any rate, if at some future time you + should pluck up heart of grace to tell her you love her, and she refuses + you, you will at least have the consolation of knowing that you are not + the only one, by a long way, whose suit has been rejected. And now as to + our affairs here. Methinks that tomorrow that battery will open fire upon + us. It seems completed.” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, I think they are nearly ready,” Gervaise said, turning his mind + resolutely from the subject they had been discussing. “From the palace + wall I saw, before I came down here, large numbers of men rolling huge + stones down towards the church. Our guns were firing steadily; but could + they load them ten times as fast as they do, they would hardly be able to + stop the work, so numerous are those engaged upon it.” + </p> + <p> + “Yes we shall soon learn something of the quality of their artillery. The + tower is strong enough to resist ordinary guns, but it will soon crumble + under the blows of such enormous missiles. Never have I seen or heard in + Europe of cannon of such size; but indeed, in this matter the Turks are + far ahead of us, and have, ever since cannon were first cast, made them of + much larger size than we in Europe have done. However, there is one + comfort; they may destroy this fort, but they have still to cross the + water, and this under the fire of the guns on the palace walls; when they + once land, their great battery must cease firing, and we shall be able to + meet them on equal terms in the breach. Fight as hard as they may, I think + we can hold our own, especially as reinforcements can come down to us more + quickly than they can be brought across the water.” + </p> + <p> + The next morning, at daybreak, the deep boom of a gun announced to the + city that the great battering cannon had begun their work. In the fort the + sleeping knights sprang to their feet at the concussion that seemed to + shake it to its centre. They would have rushed to the walls, but Caretto + at once issued orders that no one should show himself on the battlements + unless under special orders. + </p> + <p> + “There is nothing whatever to be done until the Turks have breached the + wall, and are ready to advance to attack us. Every sword will be needed + when that hour comes, and each man owes it to the Order to run no useless + risk, until the hour when he is required to do his share of the fighting.” + </p> + <p> + The time required to reload the great cannon was considerable, but at + regular intervals they hurled their heavy missiles against the wall, the + distance being so short that every ball struck it. After some twenty shots + had been fired, Caretto, accompanied by Gervaise, went out by a small gate + on the eastern side of the tower, and made their way round by the foot of + the wall to see what effect the shots had produced on the solid masonry. + </p> + <p> + Caretto shook his head. + </p> + <p> + “It is as I feared,” he said. “No stones ever quarried by man could long + resist such tremendous blows. In some places, you see, the stones are + starred and cracked, in others the shock seems to have pulverised the spot + where it struck; but, worse, still, the whole face of the wall is shaken. + There are cracks between the stones, and some of these are partly bulged + out and partly driven in. It may take some time before a breach is + effected, but sooner or later the wall will surely be demolished.” + </p> + <p> + “I will go up and make my report to the grand master.” + </p> + <p> + “Do so, Gervaise. I almost wonder that he has not himself come down to see + how the wall is resisting.” + </p> + <p> + Gervaise, on reaching the palace, heard that D'Aubusson was at present + engaged in examining no less a person than Maitre Georges, the right hand + of Paleologus, who had soon after daybreak presented himself before the + wall on the other side of the town, declaring that he had left the Turkish + service, and craving to be admitted. News had been sent at once to + D'Aubusson, who despatched two of the senior knights, with orders to admit + him and receive him with all honour. This had been done, and the grand + master, with some of his council, were now closeted with the newcomer. + Several of the knights were gathered in the courtyard, discussing the + event. There was no question that if the renegade came in good faith, his + defection would be a serious blow to the assailants, and that his well + known skill and experience would greatly benefit the defenders. + </p> + <p> + “For my part,” Sir John Boswell, who formed one of the detachment which + the English langue, as well as all the others, contributed to form the + garrison of the palace said, “I would have hung the fellow up by the neck + over the gateway, and he should never have set foot within the walls. + Think you that a man who has denied his faith and taken service with his + enemies is to be trusted, whatever oaths he may take?” + </p> + <p> + “You must remember, Boswell,” another said, “that hitherto Georges has not + fought against Christians, but has served Mahomet in his wars with other + infidels. I am not saying a word in defence of his having become a + renegade; yet even a renegade may have some sort of heart, and now that he + has been called upon to fight against Christians he may well have repented + of his faults, and determined to sacrifice his position and prospects + rather than aid in the attack on the city.” + </p> + <p> + “We shall see. As for me, I regard a renegade as the most contemptible of + wretches, and have no belief that they have either a heart or conscience.” + </p> + <p> + When Maitre Georges came out from the palace, laughing and talking with + the two knights who had entered with him, it was evident that he was well + pleased with his reception by the grand master, who had assigned to him a + suite of apartments in the guest house. In reality, however, D'Aubusson + had no doubt that his object was a treacherous one, and that, like + Demetrius, who had come under the pretence of bringing about a truce, his + object was to find out the weak points and to supply the Turks with + information. Georges had, in his conversation with him, laid great stress + on the strength of the Turkish army, the excellent quality of the troops, + and the enormous battering train that had been prepared. But every word he + spoke but added to the grand master's suspicions; for if the man + considered that the capture of the city was morally certain, it would be + simply throwing away his life to enter it as a deserter. + </p> + <p> + The grand master was, however, too politic to betray any doubt of Georges' + sincerity. Were he treated as a traitor, Paleologus might find another + agent to do the work. It was, therefore, better to feign a belief in his + story, to obtain all the information possible from him, and at the same + time to prevent his gaining any knowledge of affairs that would be of the + slightest use to the Turks. Instructions were therefore given to the two + knights that, while Georges was to be treated with all courtesy, he was to + be strictly watched, though in such a manner that he should be in + ignorance of it, and that, whenever he turned his steps in the direction + of those parts of the defences where fresh works had been recently added + and preparations made of which it was desirable the Turks should be kept + in ignorance, he was to be met, as if by accident, by one of the knights + told off for the purpose, and his steps diverted in another direction. + </p> + <p> + Georges soon made himself popular among many of the knights, who had no + suspicions of his real character. He was a man of exceptional figure, + tall, strong, splendidly proportioned, with a handsome face and gallant + bearing. He was extremely well informed on all subjects, had travelled + widely, had seen many adventures, was full of anecdote, and among the + younger knights, therefore, he was soon regarded as a charming companion. + His very popularity among them aided D'Aubusson's plans, as Georges was + generally the centre of a group of listeners, and so had but few + opportunities of getting away quietly to obtain the information he sought. + Gervaise delivered his report to the grand master. + </p> + <p> + “I am free now,” D'Aubusson said, “and will accompany you to St. Nicholas. + I have been detained by the coming of this man Georges. He is a clever + knave, and, I doubt not, has come as a spy. However, I have taken measures + that he shall learn nothing that can harm us. No lives have been lost at + the tower, I hope?” + </p> + <p> + “No, sir; Caretto has forbidden any to show themselves on the walls.” + </p> + <p> + “He has done well. This is no time for rash exposure, and where there is + naught to be gained, it is a grave fault to run risks.” + </p> + <p> + On arriving at the end of the mole, D'Aubusson, accompanied by Caretto, + made an investigation of the effect of the Turks' fire. + </p> + <p> + “'Tis worse than I expected,” he said. “When we laid out our + fortifications the thought that such guns as these would be used against + them never entered our minds. Against ordinary artillery the walls would + stand a long battering; but it is clear that we shall have to depend more + upon our swords than upon our walls for our defence. Fortunately, although + the Turks have indeed chosen the spot where our walls are most open to the + assaults of their battery, they have to cross the water to attack the + breach when it is made, and will have to fight under heavy disadvantage.” + </p> + <p> + “Tresham was last night saying to me, that it seemed to him it would not + be a difficult matter for one who spoke Turkish well, to issue at night on + the other side of the town, and to make his way round to the battery, + disguised of course as a Turkish soldier, and then, mixing with the + artillery men, to drive a spike into one of the touch holes. He said that + he would gladly volunteer for the task.” + </p> + <p> + D'Aubusson shook his head decidedly. “It would be too dangerous; and even + were a spike driven in, the Turks would have no great difficulty in + extracting it, for the tubes are so big that a man might crawl in and + drive the spike up from the inside. Moreover, could one or more of the + guns be disabled permanently, others would be brought down and set in + their place, so that nothing would be gained but a very short delay, which + would be of no advantage to us, and certainly would in no way justify the + risking of the life of so distinguished a young knight.” + </p> + <p> + The bombardment of St. Nicholas continued for some days. A breach was fast + forming in the wall, and a slope composed of the fallen rubbish extended + from the front of the breach to the water's edge. The grand master was + frequently on the spot, and as this was at present the sole object of + attack, the garrison was strengthened by as many knights as could be + sheltered within its walls. At night the shattered masonry that had fallen + inside was carried out, and with it a new work thrown up across the mole, + to strengthen the defence on that side, should the enemy land between the + town and the fort. Small batteries were planted wherever they could sweep + the approaches to the breach, and planks studded with nails were sunk in + the shallow water of the harbour, to impede the progress of those who + might attempt to swim or wade across. For the time, therefore, the + functions of Gervaise were in abeyance, and he laboured with the rest of + the garrison at the defences. + </p> + <p> + At daybreak on the 9th of June, a great number of vessels and boats, + crowded with soldiers, bore down on St. Nicholas. As they approached, + every gun on the fortifications that could be brought to bear upon them + opened fire; but in a dense mass they advanced. Some made their way to the + rocks and landed the soldiers there; others got alongside the mole; but + the majority grounded in the shallow water of the harbour, and the troops, + leaping out, waded to the foot of the breach. On its crest D'Aubusson + himself had taken up his station. Beside him stood Caretto, and around + them the most distinguished knights of the Order. With wild shouts the + Turks rushed up the breach, and swarmed thickly up the ruined masonry + until, at its summit, they encountered the steel clad line of the + defenders. For hours the terrible struggle continued. As fast as the head + of the Turkish column broke and melted away against the obstacle they + tried in vain to penetrate, fresh reinforcements took the place of those + who had fallen, and in point of valour and devotion the Moslem showed + himself a worthy antagonist of the Christian. It was not only at the + breach that the conflict raged. At other points the Turks, well provided + with ladders, fixed them against the walls, and desperately strove to + obtain a footing there. From the breach clouds of dust rose from under the + feet of the combatants, mingling with the smoke of the cannon on the + ramparts, the fort, and Turkish ships, and at times entirely hid from the + sight of the anxious spectators on the walls of the town and fortress, and + of the still more numerous throng of Turks on St. Stephen's Hill, the + terrible struggle that continued without a moment's intermission. + </p> + <p> + The combatants now fought in comparative silence. The knights, exhausted + and worn out by their long efforts beneath the blazing sun, still showed + an unbroken front; but it was only occasionally that the battle cry of the + Order rose in the air, as a fresh body of assailants climbed up the corpse + strewn breach. The yell of the Moslems rose less frequently; they + sacrificed their lives as freely and devotedly as those who led the first + onset had done; but as the hours wore on, the assurance of victory died + out, and a doubt as to whether it was possible to break through the line + of their terrible foes gained ground. D'Aubusson himself, although, in + spite of the remonstrances of the knights, always in the thickest of the + fray, was yet ever watchful, and quickly perceived where the defenders + were hotly pressed, and where support was most needed. Gervaise fought by + his side, so that, when necessary, he could carry his orders to a little + body of knights, drawn up in reserve, and despatch them to any point where + aid was needed. The cannon still continued their fire on both sides. A + fragment of one of the stone balls from a basilisk struck off D'Aubusson's + helmet. He selected another from among the fallen knights, and resumed his + place in the line. Still the contest showed no signs of terminating. The + Turkish galleys ever brought up reinforcements, while the defenders grew + fewer, and more exhausted. During a momentary pause, while a fresh body of + Turks were landing, Gervaise said to the grand master, + </p> + <p> + “If you will give me leave, sir, I will go out at the watergate, swim up + the inner harbour, and in a very short time turn a few of the craft lying + there into fire ships, and tow them out with a couple of galleys. At any + rate, we can fire all these craft that have grounded, and create a panic + among the others.” + </p> + <p> + “Well thought of, Gervaise! I will write an order on one of my tablets. Do + you take my place for a minute.” Withdrawing behind the line, the grand + master sat down on a fragment of stone, and, drawing a tablet from a pouch + in his girdle, he wrote on it, “In all things carry out the instructions + of Sir Gervaise Tresham: he is acting by my orders and authority, and has + full power in all respects.” + </p> + <p> + He handed the slip of parchment to Gervaise, who hurried to the water gate + in the inner harbour, threw off his helmet and armour, issued out at the + gate, and plunged into the sea. He swam out some distance, in order to + avoid the missiles of the Turks, who were trying to scale the wall from + the mole, and then directed his course to St. Michael's, which guarded the + inner entrance to the fort. He had fastened the parchment in his hair, and + as some of the garrison of the tower, noticing his approach, came down to + assist him, he handed it to them and was at once taken to the commander of + St. Michael, answering as he went the anxious questions as to how matters + stood at the breach. + </p> + <p> + “Aid is sorely needed. The Turks have gained no foot of ground as yet, but + many of the knights are killed and most of the others utterly exhausted + with heat and labour. Unless aid reaches them speedily, the tower, with + all its defenders, will be lost.” + </p> + <p> + The instant the commander knew what was required, he bade six of the + knights embark with Gervaise in a boat moored behind the tower, and row up + the harbour to the spot where the shipping was all massed together, + protected by the high ground of the fortress from the Turkish fire. + Gervaise waved his hand, as he neared the end of the harbour, to the + officer on the walls, and while the six knights who were with him ran off + to tell the master of the galleys to prepare two of them to leave the port + instantly, Gervaise explained to the officer in charge of the wall at that + point the plan that he was charged to carry out, and asked for twenty + knights to assist him. + </p> + <p> + “It will leave us very weak along here,” the officer said. “Then let me + have ten, and send for another ten from other parts of the wall. Here is + the grand master's order, giving me full power and authority, and it is + all important that no single moment shall be wasted.” + </p> + <p> + “You shall have twenty of mine,” the officer said, “and I will draw ten + from the langue next to us to fill their places.” + </p> + <p> + In a few minutes the quay was a scene of bustle and activity. Gervaise + picked out ten of the smallest vessels; the knights went among the other + ships, seized all goods and stores that would be useful as combustibles, + and compelled the crews to carry them on board the craft chosen as fire + ships. Then barrels were broken open, old sails and faggots saturated with + oil and pitch, and in little more than a quarter of an hour after his + arrival, Gervaise had the satisfaction of seeing that the ten boats were + all filled with combustibles, and ready to be set on fire. He now called + for volunteers from the sailors, and a number of them at once came + forward, including many of the captains. He placed one of these in command + of each fire ship, and gave him four of the sailors. + </p> + <p> + “The galleys will tow you out,” he said, “and take you close to the + enemy's ships. We shall range you five abreast, and when I give the word, + the one at the end of the line will steer for the nearest Turk, and, with + oars and poles, get alongside. The captain will then light the train of + powder in the hold, throw the torch among the straw, and see that, if + possible, the men fasten her to the Turk; but if this cannot be done, it + is not essential, for in the confusion the enemy will not be able to get + out of the way of the fire ship as it drives down against her. At the last + moment you will take to your boats and row back here. We will protect you + from the assaults of any of the Turkish ships.” + </p> + <p> + Having made sure that all the captains understood the orders, Gervaise + took command of one of the galleys, the senior knight going on board the + other. The ten fire ships were now poled out until five were ranged + abreast behind each craft; Gervaise requested the commander of the other + galley to lie off the point of St. Nicholas until he had got rid of his + five fire ships, then to advance and launch his craft against the Turks. + The smoke of the guns lay so heavy on the water, and the combatants were + so intent upon the struggle at the breach, that Gervaise steered his + galley into the midst of the Turkish vessels laden with troops ready to + disembark, without attracting any notice; then, standing upon the + taffrail, he signalled to the two outside boats to throw off their ropes + and make for the Turkish ship nearest to them. This they did, and it was + not until a sheet of flame rose alongside, that the enemy awoke to the + sense of danger. + </p> + <p> + The other three fire ships were almost immediately cast off. Two of them + were equally successful, but the Turks managed to thrust off the third. + She drifted, however, through the shipping, and presently brought up + alongside one of the vessels fast aground. With but ten knights, Gervaise + could not attack one of the larger vessels, crowded with troops; but there + were many fishing boats that had been pressed into the service, and + against one of these Gervaise ordered the men to steer the galley. A shout + to the rowers made them redouble their efforts. A yell of dismay arose + from the Turkish troops as they saw the galley bearing down upon them, and + frantic efforts were made to row out of her way. These were in vain, for + her sharp prow struck them amidships, cutting the boat almost in two, and + she sank like a stone, the galley, without a pause, making for another + boat. + </p> + <p> + Looking back, Gervaise saw that his consort was already in the midst of + the Turks, among whom the wildest confusion prevailed, each ship trying to + extricate herself from the mass, upon which the batteries of the fortress + now concentrated their efforts. Two fresh columns of flame had already + shot up, and satisfied that all was going well, Gervaise continued his + attack upon the smaller craft, six of whom were overtaken and sunk. Three + or four of the larger vessels endeavoured to lay themselves alongside the + galley, but her speed was so superior to theirs that she easily evaded the + attempts, and, sweeping round, rejoined the other galley which had just + issued from among the Turks, who were already in full retreat. The + defenders of St. Nicholas, reanimated by the sight of the discomfiture of + the Turkish fleet, with a loud shout rushed down from the spot which they + had held for so many hours, drove their assailants before them, and flung + themselves upon the crowd assembled at the foot of the breach. + </p> + <p> + These had already suffered terribly from the fire of the batteries. Again + and again they had striven to storm the mound of rubbish, and had each + time been repulsed, with the loss of their bravest leaders. Seeing + themselves abandoned by the ships, a panic seized them, and as the knights + rushed down upon them they relinquished all thoughts of resistance, and + dashed into the shallow water. Many were drowned in the attempt to swim + across the deep channel in the middle, some succeeded, while others made + their escape in the boats in which they had been brought ashore from the + ships. + </p> + <p> + The struggle was over. The two galleys made for the breach, and the + knights leapt out as soon as the boats grounded, and, wading ashore, + joined the group that had so long and gallantly sustained the unequal + fight. Fatigue, exhaustion, and wounds, were forgotten in the triumph of + the moment, and they crowded round the grand master and Caretto, to whose + joint exertions the success of the defence was so largely due. + </p> + <p> + “Do not thank me, comrades,” D'Aubusson said. “No man has today fought + better than the rest. Every knight has shown himself worthy of the fame of + our Order. The meed of praise for our success is first due to Sir Gervaise + Tresham. At the moment when I began to doubt whether we could much longer + withstand the swarms of fresh foes who continued to pour against us, while + we were overcome by heat and labour, Sir Gervaise, who had throughout been + fighting at my side, offered to swim into the port, to fit out a dozen of + the merchant craft there as fire ships, and to tow them round into the + midst of the Turkish vessels behind the two galleys that were lying ready + for service. I remembered how he had before destroyed the corsair fleet at + Sardinia with fire ships, and the proposal seemed to me as an inspiration + sent from Heaven, at this moment of our great peril. I wrote him an order, + giving him full authority to act in my name, and in a time that seemed to + me incredibly short I saw him round the point with the fire ships in tow. + You saw, as well as I did, how completely the plan was carried out. Ten or + twelve of the Turkish ships are a mass of flames, and besides these I + noted that the galley ran down and destroyed several smaller craft filled + with soldiers. The panic in the ships spread to the troops on shore, and + rendered the last part of our task an easy one. I say it from my heart + that I consider it is to Sir Gervaise Tresham that we owe our success, and + that, had it not been for his happy thought, the sun would have gone down + on our dead bodies lying on the summit of the breach, and on the Turkish + flag waving over the fort of St. Nicholas.” + </p> + <p> + Until now none of the defenders of the breach had known how what seemed to + them an almost miraculous change in the fortune of the fight had come + about, and they thronged round Gervaise, shaking his hand, and many of + them warmly embracing him, according to the custom of the time. + </p> + <p> + “It was but natural that the idea should occur to me,” he said, “having + before successfully encountered them with fire ships; and as all on shore, + and especially these knights, aided me with all their power, it took but a + brief time to get the boats in readiness for burning. Much credit, too, is + due to the merchant captains and sailors who volunteered to take charge of + the fire ships and to manoeuver them alongside the Turks.” + </p> + <p> + The grand master and the knights who had borne the brunt of the battle now + retired along the mole to the town, bearing with them their most seriously + wounded comrades, and assisting those whose wounds were less severe. The + twenty knights who had manned the two galleys remained in the fort. + Caretto continued in command, as, although he had suffered several wounds, + he refused to relinquish his post. Gervaise, who had,—thanks partly + to his skill with his weapons, but still more to the temper of the + splendid suit of armour presented to him by Genoa,—escaped without a + scratch, volunteered to remain with him until next morning, his principal + motive for making the request being his desire to escape from further + congratulations and praise for the success of his plan. After Caretto's + wounds had been dressed by the knights, and he and Gervaise had partaken + of some food and wine, which they greatly needed, Caretto was persuaded to + lie down for a time, the knights promising to bring him word at once if + they perceived any movement whatever on the part of the enemy. Gervaise + remained with him, feeling, now the excitement was over, that he sorely + needed rest after his exertions in the full heat of the summer sun. + </p> + <p> + “It has been a great day, Gervaise,” Caretto said, “and I only hope that + when again I go into battle with the infidel, I shall have you at hand to + come forward at the critical moment with some master stroke to secure + victory. Claudia will be pleased indeed when she hears how the knight who + bears her gage has again distinguished himself. She will look on the gay + and idle young fops of Genoa with greater disdain than ever. Now you need + not say anything in protest, the more so as I feel grievously weak, and + disposed for sleep.” + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0022" id="link2HCH0022"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER XXII THE STRUGGLE AT THE BREACH + </h2> + <p> + Two hours later Caretto and Gervaise were roused by the arrival of a + hundred knights in place of the previous garrison; these bore the news + that the pasha had sent in a flag of truce to ask for an armistice until + sundown, to enable him to carry off for burial the bodies of those who had + fallen in the attack. The request had been willingly granted; but + D'Aubusson had at the same time thought it well to send down a strong + reinforcement to the garrison to prevent any attempt at treachery on the + part of the Turks. + </p> + <p> + “I have seldom heard pleasanter news,” Caretto said; “for just as I fell + asleep I was wondering how we were to rid ourselves of the corpses of the + infidels. By tomorrow the place would have become unbearable; and though, + living, the Turks could not turn us out of the tower, they would when dead + speedily have rid the place of us.” + </p> + <p> + In half an hour a number of Moslem vessels were seen approaching. Caretto + did not wish the Turks to imagine that he doubted their good faith, and + while directing the main body of knights to remain in concealment near the + breach, he placed two on sentry duty on the crest of the ruins, and, with + four other knights and Gervaise, went down in complete armour to salute + the officer in command of the burying party, as he landed from the boats. + The ships anchored a short distance out, and a number of boats rowed from + them to the shore. As the Turkish officer landed, Caretto saluted him, and + said in Arabic, + </p> + <p> + “I give you courteous greeting, Sir. When the cannon cease to sound and + swords are sheathed, there is no longer animosity between brave men; and + no braver than those whose bodies lie stretched there, breathed the air of + heaven. If, sir, I and the knights with me do not uncover our heads, it is + from no want of respect for the dead, but solely because we dare not stand + bareheaded under the fierce rays of the sun.” + </p> + <p> + The Turk answered with equal courtesy, complimenting the knights on their + defence. + </p> + <p> + “Had I not seen it with my own eyes,” he said, “I should have deemed it + altogether impossible that so small a number of men could thus for hours + have withstood the attacks of some of the best of the sultan's troops. + Tales have come down to us from our fathers of the marvellous prowess of + the knights of your Order, and how at Smyrna, at Acre, and elsewhere, they + performed such feats of valour that their name is still used by Turkish + mothers as a bugbear to frighten their children. But the stories have + always seemed to me incredible; now I perceive they were true, and that + the present members of the Order in no way fall short of the valour of + their predecessors.” + </p> + <p> + The knights remained with the Turkish commander and some of his officers + while the work of collecting and carrying away the dead was performed, the + conversation on their side being supported by Caretto and Gervaise. No + less than seven hundred bodies were carried down to the boats, besides a + great many wounded by the artillery fire. None were, however, found + breathing among the great pile of dead at the upper part of the breach, + for the axes and double handed swords of the knights had, in most of the + cases, cleft through turban and skull. + </p> + <p> + “This represents but part of our loss,” the Turkish commander said sadly, + as the last party came down with their burdens to the boats. “At least as + many more must have perished in the sea, either in their endeavours to + escape when all was lost, in the destruction of their vessels by fire, by + the shot from your batteries, or by being run down by your galleys. Ah, + Sir Knight, if it had not been for the appearance of your fire ships, + methinks the matter might have ended differently.” + </p> + <p> + “In that I altogether agree with you,” Caretto said. “We were indeed, well + nigh spent, and must have soon succumbed had it not been that the fire + ships arrived to our rescue. You have a fair right to claim that the + victory would have remained in your hands, had not those craft gone out + and snatched it from you.” + </p> + <p> + Then, with salutes on both sides, the Turks took their places in the + boats, and the knights returned to the fort. As soon as darkness came on, + a large body of slaves were marched down from the town, and, under the + direction of the knights, laboured all night at the mound, removing great + quantities of the fallen stones and rubbish in a line halfway up it, and + piling them above so as to form a scarp across the mound that would need + ladders to ascend. Another party worked at the top of the mound, and there + built up a wall eight feet high. The work was completed by daylight, and + the knights felt that they were now in a position to resist another + attack, should Paleologus again send his troops to the assault. + </p> + <p> + The night had passed quietly. There was a sound of stir and movement in + the Turkish battery, but nothing that would excite the suspicion of a + large body of troops being in motion. When it became light it was seen + that the Turkish ships had sailed away to their previous anchorage on the + other side of the Island, and although at considerable intervals the great + cannon hurled their missiles against the fort, it was evident that, for + the time at least, the attack was not to be pressed at that point. A fresh + body of slaves, however, came down from the town to relieve those who had + been all night at work, and the repair of the defences was continued, and + with greater neatness and method than had been possible in the darkness. + </p> + <p> + At eight o'clock the bells of St. John's Church gave notice that a solemn + service of thanksgiving for the repulse of the enemy was about to be held. + Notice had been sent down early to the tower; and all the knights who + could be spared, without too greatly weakening the garrison, went up to + attend it; the service was conducted with all the pomp and ceremony + possible, and after it was over a great procession was formed to proceed + to the shrine, where a picture of the Virgin held in special reverence by + the Order was placed. + </p> + <p> + As it wound through the streets in splendid array, the grand master and + officials in all their robes of state, the knights in full armour and the + mantles of the Order, while the inhabitants in gala costume lined the + streets, windows, and housetops, the ladies waving scarves and scattering + flowers down on the knights, the roar of great cannon on the south side of + the city showed that the Turks had commenced the attack in another + quarter. Without pausing, the procession continued its way, and it was not + until the service in the chapel had been concluded that any steps were + taken to ascertain the direction of the attack. As soon as it was over, + the knights hastened to the walls. During the night the Turks had + transported their great basilisks, with other large pieces of artillery, + from the camp to the rising ground on the south side of the city, and had + opened fire against the wall covering the Jews' quarter, and at the same + time against the tower of St. Mary on the one hand and the Italian tower + on the other. + </p> + <p> + From other commanding spots huge mortars were hurling great fragments of + rock and other missiles broadcast into the town. The portion of the wall + selected for the attack showed that the Turks had been well informed by + their spies of the weak points of the defence. The wall behind which the + Jews' quarter lay, was, to all appearance, of thick and solid masonry; but + this was really of great age, having formed part of the original defences + of the town, before the Order had established itself there. The masonry, + therefore, was ill fitted to resist the huge balls hurled against it by + the basilisks. The langue of Provence was in charge of this part of the + wall, and, leaving them for the present to bear the brunt of the storm, + the grand master sent the knights who could be spared, to assist the + inhabitants to erect shelters against the storm of missiles falling in the + town. + </p> + <p> + Sheds with sharply sloping roofs, constructed of solid timber, were built + against the inner side of the walls, and beneath these numbers of the + inhabitants found refuge. The work was performed with great celerity by + the inhabitants, aided by the gangs of slaves, and in two or three days + the townspeople were all in shelter, either in these sheds, in the vaults + of the churches, or in other strongly constructed buildings. + </p> + <p> + Among the missiles hurled into the town were balls filled with Greek fire, + but the houses being entirely built of stone, no conflagrations of + importance were caused by them, as a band of knights was organised + specially to watch for these bombs, and whenever one of them was seen to + fall, they hurried from their lookout to the spot, with a gang of slaves + carrying baskets of earth and buckets of water, and quenched the flames + before they had made any great headway. + </p> + <p> + The roar of the bombardment was almost continuous, and was heard at + islands distant from Rhodes, telling the inhabitants how the battle + between the Christians and the Moslems was raging. + </p> + <p> + It was not long before the wall in the front of the Jews' quarter began to + crumble, and it was soon evident that it must, ere many days, succumb to + the storm of missiles hurled against it. D'Aubusson lost no time in making + preparations to avert the danger. He ordered all the houses in rear of the + wall to be levelled; a deep semicircular ditch was then dug, and behind + this a new wall, constructed of the stones and bricks from the houses + destroyed, was built, and backed with an earthen rampart of great + thickness and solidity. + </p> + <p> + The work was carried on with extraordinary rapidity. The grand master + himself set the example, and, throwing aside his robes and armour, + laboured with pick and shovel like the commonest labourer. This excited + the people to the highest pitch of enthusiasm, and all classes threw + themselves into the task. Knights and slaves, men, women, and children, + and even the inmates of the convents and nunneries, aided in the work, and + when at last the outer wall fell, and the Turks thought that success was + at hand, the pasha saw with astonishment and dismay that entry to the city + was still barred by a work as formidable as that which he had destroyed at + an enormous expenditure of ammunition. There was now a short breathing + time for the besieged; but the depression which the failure of their + efforts excited among the Turks, was shortly dispelled by the arrival of a + ship, with a despatch from Constantinople, in which the pasha was informed + that the sultan himself was about to proceed to Rhodes with a + reinforcement of a hundred thousand men, and a fresh park of artillery. + </p> + <p> + Paleologus had some doubts as to whether the report was true or was merely + intended to stimulate him to new efforts for the speedy capture of the + place. Knowing well that the grand master was the heart and soul of the + defence, and that the failure of the assault was mainly due to his energy + and ability, he determined to resort to the weapon so frequently in use in + Eastern warfare—that of assassination. To this end he employed two + men, one a Dalmatian, the other an Albanian; these presented themselves + before the walls as deserters, and as there was no reason for suspecting + their tale, they were admitted within the gates, and welcomed as having + escaped from enforced service. They soon spread the tale of the speedy + coming of the sultan with vast reinforcements, and as the pasha had on the + previous day caused salutes to be fired, and other demonstrations to be + made, the news was readily credited, and caused the greatest dismay among + the defenders. + </p> + <p> + Some of the knights of the Italian and Spanish langues believed the + prospect of a successful defence against so enormous a force was + absolutely hopeless, and determined to put pressure upon D'Aubusson to + treat for surrender before it became too late. They opened negotiations + with an Italian named Filelfo, one of D'Aubusson's secretaries, who + undertook to lay their opinion before the grand master. D'Aubusson at once + summoned the knights concerned in the matter before him. They found him + with several members of the council. + </p> + <p> + “Sir Knights,” he said, “I have heard from my secretary your opinions in + the matter of a surrender, and since you are in such terror of the Moslem + sultan, you have my full permission to leave the town; and, more than + that, I will myself secure your safe departure, which might be imperilled + if your comrades or even the inhabitants of the town came to learn that + you had advocated surrender; but,” he went on, changing his tone from that + of sarcasm to sternness, “if you remain with us, see that the word + surrender never again passes your lips, and be assured that, should you + continue your intrigues, in that direction, you shall meet with the fate + you so justly deserve.” + </p> + <p> + Overwhelmed by the grand master's accusation and sternness, the Italian + and Spanish knights threw themselves on their knees and implored him to + grant them an early opportunity of retrieving their fault by battle with + the infidel. Feeling that the lesson had been sufficiently severe, and + that henceforth there would be no renewal of intrigues for a surrender, + D'Aubusson forgave them, and promised them a place in the van when next + the Moslems attacked. The incident was not without its advantage, for the + two pretended deserters, believing that Filelfo, who had also fallen under + the displeasure of the grand master, would be ready to join in the + conspiracy against his life, approached him. Filelfo, who was greatly + attached to D'Aubusson, saw by their manner that they wished to engage him + in some intrigue, and, feigning great resentment and anger at his + disgrace, led them on until they divulged the entire plot for D'Aubusson's + assassination, and made brilliant offers to him if he would afford them + facilities for carrying it out, producing, in proof of their power to do + so, a letter of the pasha, authorising them to make such promises in his + name. + </p> + <p> + Filelfo at once divulged the whole plot to D'Aubusson. The two men were + immediately arrested, tried by the council, and sentenced to death. They + were not, however, formally executed, for the populace, obtaining news of + their treachery, broke in upon their guards, and tore them to pieces. + Foiled in his attempt on the life of the grand master, the pasha prepared + for a renewal of the attack, and it was not long before the knights on the + lookout at the church of St. John perceived that the fort of St. Nicholas + was again to be the scene of the attack. It was ere long discovered that a + large number of men were busy some distance along the shore in building a + long structure, that could only be intended for a floating bridge. Among + the sailors who had aided in the attack with the fire ships were several + men belonging to an English trader in the port. All who had done so had + been handsomely rewarded for their conduct, and five of the Englishmen had + afterwards gone to the English auberge and had asked to be enrolled for + service against the Turks, as they were weary of remaining on board in + idleness when there was work to be done. Their offer had been accepted, + and they had, in common with all the sailors in the port, laboured at the + construction of the inner wall. When that was completed, Sir John Boswell, + under whose special charge they had been placed, said to Gervaise, “I + think that I cannot do better than send these men down to St. Nicholas. It + is probable that now the Turks see that they can do nothing at the new + breach, they may try again there. Sailors are accustomed to night watches, + and there are many of our knights who are not used to such work, and can + be better trusted to defend a breach than to keep a vigilant watch at + night. Will you take these men down to Caretto, and tell him that he can + sleep soundly if he has a couple of them on watch? One of them, Roger + Jervis, who is the mate of their ship, can speak some Italian, and as he + is in command of them, Caretto will find no trouble in making them + understand him.” + </p> + <p> + St. Nicholas had now been put into a fair state of defence, as a party had + been kept steadily at work there. Gervaise had not been to the tower since + the morning after the assault, and saw with satisfaction how much had been + done to render it secure. He found that Caretto was fast recovering from + his wounds. + </p> + <p> + “As it seems probable, Sir Fabricius,” he said, after the first greetings + to the knight, “that the Turks will favour you with another visit, I have + brought you five watchdogs. They are countrymen of mine, and were among + those who navigated the fire ships the other day. Sir John Boswell has + sent them down; they are, of course, accustomed to keep watch at night. + One of them is mate of their vessel, and will be in command of them; he + speaks a little Italian, and so will understand any orders you may give + him. I have been speaking to him as we came down; he will divide his men + into two watches, and will himself be on guard all night. Will you assign + them some quiet place where they can sleep in the daytime? They can erect + a shelter with a piece of sail cloth and a few bits of board, and they + will, of course, be furnished with food.” + </p> + <p> + “I shall be very glad to have them, for I am always restless at night, + lest those on watch should close their eyes. You see, they have quite made + up their minds that this fort will not be attacked again, and so are less + inclined to be vigilant than they would be, did they think that an attack + was impending.” + </p> + <p> + Now that there was reason to believe that St. Nicholas might again be + attacked, Gervaise was frequently there with orders or inquiries from the + grand master. A number of vessels in the harbour were fitted up as fire + ships, so as to be in readiness when the attack came. He was about to + start early one morning when he saw Roger Jervis coming up with a heavy + anchor on his shoulder. + </p> + <p> + “Why, what are you bringing that up here for?” he asked. “Have you been + diving; for I see your clothes are dripping with water?” + </p> + <p> + “Ay, ay, sir, I have been in the water, and that Italian commander told me + to come straight up here to tell the grand master all about the story; and + right glad am I to have met you, for I should have made but a poor fist of + it alone; I don't know more of their lingo than just to talk a few words + of it.” + </p> + <p> + “Then you had better tell me the story before I take you in.” + </p> + <p> + “Well, it was like this, Sir Knight: I had Hudson and Jeffreys posted upon + the wall, and I thought I would take a turn down on the rocks, for it was + a dark night, and you can see much farther when you are by the edge of the + water than you can when you are at the masthead. I sat there for an hour, + and was thinking that it was about time to go up and turn out the other + watch, when I saw something dark upon the water. It wasn't a ship, that + was certain, and if it was a boat there wasn't any one in it; but it was + too dark to make quite sure what it was. I watched it for a time, though I + did not think much of the thing, taking it for a boat that had got adrift, + or maybe a barrel from one of the Turkish ships. Presently I made out that + it was a good bit nearer than when I first saw it. + </p> + <p> + “That puzzled me. There is no tide to speak of in these seas, and there + was no wind moving about. I could make out now that it was a boat, though + a very small one, but certainly there was no one rowing it. It looked a + very strange craft, and as I saw by the way it was bearing that it would + come ashore about five or six fathoms from where I was sitting, I slid + quietly off the rock, put my sword down by me handy for action, and + waited. Presently the boat came up alongside the rock, and a fellow stood + up from behind the stern. I was glad to see him, for I had begun to think + that there was witchcraft in the thing moving along by itself, but I can + tell you I was savage with myself for not having guessed there was a man + swimming behind and pushing it on. + </p> + <p> + “He stooped over the boat, and took something heavy out; then he felt + about among the rocks under the water, and then laid the thing down there, + and seemed to me to be settling it firm. I had half a mind to jump up and + let fly at him, but then I thought it would be better to let him finish + what he was doing, and go off with the idea that no one had seen him. So I + kept hid until he started again. He waded a short way before he had to + swim, and I could see that as he went he was paying out a rope over the + stern. It was clear enough now what he had been up to: he had been fixing + an anchor. What he did it for, or what use it could be to him, I could not + say, but it was certain that he would not take all that trouble, with the + chance of being knocked on the head, for nothing; so I waited for a bit + till he had got out of sight, and over to the other side of the port. + </p> + <p> + “Then I got up and felt about, and, chancing to get my foot under the + rope, went right over into the water. After that you may guess I was not + long in finding the anchor. I unknotted the rope from it and carried it + ashore; then it struck me that the Turks might take it into their heads to + give a pull on it in the morning, and if they did; they would find out + that their game, whatever it was, had been found out; so I got hold of a + stone of about twenty pound weight, and fastened the rope's end round it. + That was enough to prevent the rope getting slack and make them think that + it was still fast to the anchor; but, of course, if they pulled hard on it + it would come home directly. I went and reported the matter the first + thing this morning to the governor. He seemed to think that it was + important, and told me to bring the anchor up to the grand master, who + would get one of the English knights to find out all about it; for he + could not make out much of what I said.” + </p> + <p> + “It is very important,” Gervaise said, “and you behaved very wisely in the + matter, and have rendered a great service by your discovery. I will take + you in at once to the grand master.” + </p> + <p> + Still bearing the anchor, the sailor followed Gervaise into an apartment + where D'Aubusson was taking council with some of the senior knights. + </p> + <p> + “Pardon my interrupting your Highness,” Gervaise said; “but the matter is + so important that I knew you would listen to it, however occupied you + were.” And he then repeated the narrative of the sailor's discovery. + </p> + <p> + “This is indeed of the highest importance,” D'Aubusson said, “and the + knowledge that it gives us may enable us to defeat an attempt, that might + otherwise have proved our ruin. You see, knights, it solves the question + that we were just discussing. We agreed that this long floating bridge + that they have been constructing, was intended to enable them to cross the + outer port and again attack St. Nicholas; and yet it seemed to us that + even by night our batteries would be able to keep up such a fire on the + boats, towing the head of the bridge across, as to render it well nigh + impossible for them to get it over. Now you see what their plan is. With + the aid of this rope, the end of which they think is firmly fixed on our + side, they mean to haul the bridge across, and that so silently that they + hope to be upon us almost before we have time to don our armour. We shall + now be fully prepared, and need have no fear of the result.” + </p> + <p> + There could now be little doubt that the attack would be made without loss + of time, especially as the Turks believed that they could get their bridge + across unseen. The fire ships—which were altogether more formidable + than those Gervaise had improvised—were ordered to be made ready for + action. This being arranged, the admiral left the council at once, that no + time should be lost in getting them in readiness. D'Aubusson then turned + to the English sailor. + </p> + <p> + “You have rendered us a great service indeed by your vigilance, and showed + great prudence by allowing the Turk to believe that he had accomplished + his mission unsuspected. Had he thought he had been observed, some other + plan would have been adopted. For so great a service it is meet that a + great reward should be given.” + </p> + <p> + He then took a bag from the hands of one of his secretaries, whom he had + sent to fetch it, while they were discussing the matter of the fire ships. + </p> + <p> + “Here are two hundred golden crowns,” he added, handing the bag to the + seaman. “With these you can either settle on shore, or can build a stout + ship and pursue your calling. Should you do so, call her the St. Nicholas, + in remembrance of the gratitude of the Order of St. John for your having + saved that fort from the Turks.” + </p> + <p> + Astonished and delighted at the reward, which represented a very large sum + in those days, the sailor stammered his thanks, and added, “I hope tonight + that if I again have charge of a fire ship, I may be able to do more to + prove to your Highness how grateful I am for the gift.” + </p> + <p> + Throughout the day preparations for the defence of St. Nicholas went on + unceasingly. Gangs of men, as usual, worked in the breach; but, as it was + deemed advisable that there should be no outward show of activity that + would lead the Turks to suspect that their design had been discovered, + neither reinforcements of men nor munitions were sent along the mole; + everything being taken out by boats, which, rowing closely along under the + wall, were hidden from the view of the Turks. Barrels of Greek fire and + pitch, cauldrons for heating the latter, a store of firewood, great balls + of cotton steeped in oil and turpentine, sheaves of darts, spikes on short + staves, that were, after darkness fell, to be thrust in among the fallen + masonry to form a chevaux-de-frise—these, and all other matters that + the ingenuity of the defenders could suggest, were landed at the water + gate of the fort, while the garrison was strengthened by the addition of a + large number of knights. Stores of ammunition were collected in readiness + at all the batteries that commanded the mouth of the outer port, and by + sunset D'Aubusson felt that everything that was possible had been done to + meet the impending storm. + </p> + <p> + At midnight the Turkish preparations were complete. The attack by the + bridge was to be assisted by a large number of boats and other craft, and + many armed galleys were also brought up to destroy or tow away the + defenders' fire ships. Paleologus himself was down by the shore directing + the preparations. Some of his best troops were placed upon the floating + bridge, and, when all was ready, the order was given to pull upon the + rope. No sooner, however, did the strain come upon it than there was a + jerk, the rope slackened, and it was at once evident that the anchor had + been discovered and the well laid plan disconcerted. Paleologus was + furious, but, believing that the attack he had arranged would still be + irresistible, he ordered a number of boats to take the bridge in tow, + while a still larger force was to make a direct attack upon the breach. + The movement was to be conducted as silently as possible until it was + discovered, and then a dash forward was to be made. + </p> + <p> + It was two o'clock before the fresh arrangements were completed and the + boats put out. They had gone but a short distance when the anxious + watchers in St. Nicholas learnt by the dull, confused sound that came + across the water, that the attack was, in spite of the failure of the plan + to take the bridge silently across, to be persevered in. A cannon was at + once fired to give notice to the other batteries to be in readiness, and + as soon as the dark mass of boats was made out the guns of the fort opened + a destructive fire upon them, and a moment later were seconded by those + from the fortress; these, however, were at present being fired almost at + random, as the Turkish boats could not be made out at that distance. Now + that all need for concealment was at an end, the Turkish war cry rose + shrilly in the air, and the boatmen bent to their oars. The great cannon + at St. Anthony's Church hurled their tremendous missiles at the tower, + seconded by the fire of a number of other pieces that had in the darkness + been brought down almost to the water's edge. + </p> + <p> + As before, the boats swept up to the foot of the breach, the Turks leaped + out, and, undismayed by the storm of shot, climbed up to the assault. The + short ladders that they had brought with them enabled them to surmount the + escarpments so laboriously made, and with loud shouts of “Allah!” they + flung themselves upon the defenders on the crest of the breach. Here they + were met by a line even more difficult to break through than before. The + knights were ranged three deep; those in the front were armed with swords + and battleaxes, while those in the other two lines thrust their spears out + between the swordsmen, covering them with a hedge of steel points. Others + in the rear brought up buckets of blazing pitch and Greek fire, and, + advancing through gaps left for the purpose, hurled the buckets down into + the struggling mass on the slope. There the fire not only carried death + among the assailants, but the lurid flames enabled the batteries to direct + their shot with terrible effect upon the breach, the crowded boats at its + foot, and the bridge which was, with immense labour, presently got into + position. + </p> + <p> + It was not long before fresh light was thrown upon the scene, as the fire + ships, issuing out from the inner harbour, burst into columns of flame, + and, towed by boats, came into action. They were convoyed by the two + galleys, each with a full complement of knights, and these soon became + engaged in a fierce fight with the Turkish vessels that bore down to + arrest the course of the fire ships. The scene was indeed a terrible one, + the roar of cannon, the shouts of the combatants, the screams of the poor + wretches upon whom the terrible Greek fire fell, the clash of arms and the + shouts and cries of the Turks as they pressed across the bridge, united in + a din that thrilled with horror the spectators, both in the city and on + St. Stephen's Hill. + </p> + <p> + Several of the Turkish galleys, in their efforts to arrest the approach of + the fire ships towards the bridge, became themselves involved in the + flames; but they were so far successful that when daylight broke the + bridge was still intact and the combat at the breach continued to rage + with determination and fury on both sides. The Turks there were led by a + brave young prince named Ibrahim, a near relative of the sultan, with whom + he was a great favourite, and he was ever in the front line of the + assailants, his splendid bravery animating the soldiers to continue their + efforts. As the daylight broadened out, however, the light enabled the + Christian gunners to aim with far greater accuracy than had before been + possible, and, concentrating their fire upon the bridge, across which + reinforcements continued to press to the support of the assailants, they + succeeded in sinking so many of the boats that it was no longer passable. + </p> + <p> + Next they turned their fire upon the Turkish galleys, four of which they + sank. Shortly afterwards, a ball struck the gallant young leader of the + Turks, who, although previously several times wounded, had continued to + fight in the front line. He fell dead, and his followers, disheartened by + his fall and by the destruction of the bridge, at once abandoned their + efforts, and rushed down to the foot of the breach. The terrible scene + enacted at the repulse of the previous attack was now repeated. The + concentrated fire of the guns of the defenders carried destruction into + the crowded mass. Some gained the boats that still remained uninjured, and + rowed for the opposite shore; the greater number rushed into the water and + strove to recross it either by swimming or by the aid of the debris of the + shattered boats. Their total loss was greater even than that suffered by + them in the first attack, between two and three thousand being either + killed or drowned, among them a number of their best officers. The amount + of spoil, in the form of rich jewels and costly gold ornaments, found on + the bodies of the dead piled on the breach, was very great. + </p> + <p> + For three days after this terrible repulse the Turks were inactive, the + pasha remaining shut up in his tent, refusing to see any one, or to issue + orders. At the end of that time he roused himself from his stupor of grief + and disappointment, and, abandoning the idea of any further attack upon + the point that had cost him so dearly, he ordered the troops to move round + and renew the attack upon the wall in front of the Jews' quarter, and + commence the construction of a battery on the edge of the great ditch + facing the retrenchment behind the breach before effected. The knights of + Italy and Spain determined to seize the opportunity of retrieving the + disgrace that had fallen upon them. At night they descended into the deep + cutting, carrying across their ladders, and, silently mounting the + opposite side, rushed with loud shouts into the unfinished battery. The + Turks there, taken utterly by surprise, made but a slight resistance; a + few were immediately cut down, and the rest fled panic stricken. + </p> + <p> + The knights at once set the woodwork of the battery on fire, hurled the + guns down into the ditch, and then returned triumphantly into the town, + the dashing feat completely reinstating them in the good opinion of the + grand master and their comrades. + </p> + <p> + The incident showed the pasha that he must neglect no precautions, and, + accordingly, he commenced his works at a distance from the walls, and + pushed his approaches regularly forward until he again established a + battery on the site of that from which his troops had been so + unceremoniously ejected. While forming the approaches, the workmen had + been constantly harassed by the fire from the guns on the walls, suffering + considerable loss of life; but their numerical superiority was so vast + that the loss in no way affected the plans of the pasha. + </p> + <p> + As soon as the battery was completed, gangs of men, accustomed to mining + operations, set to work in its rear to drive sloping passages downwards, + opening into the face of the great cutting, and through these vast + quantities of earth and stones were poured, so as to afford a passage + across it, the depth being largely diminished by the great pile of rubbish + that had already fallen from the breached wall. This novel mode of attack + was altogether unexpected. The knights had regarded the fosse that had + been cut at such an enormous expenditure of labour as forming an + altogether impassable obstruction, and were dismayed at seeing the + progress made in filling it up. D'Aubusson himself, full of resources as + he was, saw that the defence was seriously threatened, unless some plan of + meeting this unexpected danger could be devised. + </p> + <p> + He consulted Maitre Georges; but the latter could make no suggestion; his + only advice being the erection of a battery at a spot where it was almost + self evident that it could be of no utility whatever. Other circumstances + combined to render the suspicions D'Aubusson had entertained of the good + faith of the renegade almost a certainty. Georges was seized, tried, and + put to torture, and under this owned that he had been sent into the town + for the purpose of betraying it; and he was, the same day, hung in the + great square. His guilt must always be considered as uncertain. There was + no proof against him, save his own confession; and a confession extorted + by torture is of no value whatever. There are certainly many good grounds + for suspicion, but it is possible that Georges really repented his + apostacy, and acted in good faith in deserting the standard of Paleologus. + He was undoubtedly a man of altogether exceptional ability and + acquirements, and even the knights who have written accounts of the siege + do justice to the fascination of his manner and the charm of his + conversation. + </p> + <p> + D'Aubusson now set to work in another direction to counteract the efforts + of the Turks. He erected an immense wooden catapult, which threw huge + pieces of rock into the midst of the Turkish works, crushing down the + wooden screens erected to hide their approaches, breaking in the covered + ways, and causing great loss of life among the besiegers. At the same time + galleries were driven below the breach, opening into the ditch, where + their exits were concealed by masses of rubbish. Through these strong + working parties issued out at night, and carried away up the passages the + rocks and other materials that the Turks had, during the day, brought, + with immense labour, from a distance to the shoot. The materials so + carried away were piled up behind the retrenchment, greatly adding to its + thickness and strength. + </p> + <p> + For some days the Turks observed, to their astonishment, that the road + they were constructing across the ditch was diminishing instead of + increasing in bulk, and at length it became so evident that the garrison + were in some way removing the materials, that the pasha determined to + deliver the assault before the heap was so far diminished as to become + impassable. His former defeats had, however, taught him that success could + not be always calculated upon, however good its prospect might appear; and + although he had no real hope that the defenders would yield, he sent a + formal summons for them to do so. This was refused with disdain, and + preparations were at once made for the assault. + </p> + <p> + The pasha promised to his soldiers the sack of the town and all the booty + captured, and so assured were they of success that sacks were made to + carry off the plunder. Stakes, on which the knights, when taken prisoners, + were to be impaled, were prepared and sharpened, and each soldier carried + a coil of rope with which to secure his captive. + </p> + <p> + Before ordering the assault, the way was prepared for it by a terrible + fire from every siege gun of the Turks. This was kept up for twenty-four + hours, and so tremendous was the effect that the knights were unable to + remain on the ramparts. The Turkish troops moved into position for attack, + their movements being covered by the roar of the guns, and soon after + sunrise on the 22nd of July the signal was given, and at a number of + different points the Turks rushed to the assault. All these attacks, save + that on the breach, were merely feints, to distract the attention of the + garrison, and to add to the confusion caused by this sudden and unexpected + onslaught. The pasha's plans were well designed and carried out; the + knights, unable to keep their places on the ramparts under the storm of + missiles, had retired to shelter behind the walls. There was no thought of + an instant assault, as they considered that this would not be delivered + until the new wall behind the breach had been demolished. + </p> + <p> + Consequently, the rush of the Turks found the defenders altogether + unprepared. Swarming across the mass of debris in the ditch, they ascended + the breach without opposition, and their scaling ladders were placed + against the new wall before the knights could hurry up to its defence. + Even before the alarm was given in the town, the Turkish standard was + waving on the parapet, and the Moslems were crowding on to the wall in + vast numbers. The suddenness of the attack, the complete surprise, the + sound of battle at various points around the walls, caused for a time + confusion and dismay among the knights charged with the defence of the + wall facing the breach. Roused by the uproar, the inhabitants of the town + rushed up to their roofs to ascertain what was happening, and their cries + of wild terror and alarm at seeing the Turkish banner on the walls added + to the confusion. D'Aubusson sprang up from the couch, on which he had + thrown himself in full armour, at the first sound of the alarm, and, + sending off messages to all the auberges to summon every man to the + defence, ran down into the town, followed by a small party of knights. + </p> + <p> + Rushing through the streets, now filled with half dressed people wild with + terror, he reached the foot of the wall, whose summit was crowded with the + enemy, and saw in an instant that all was lost unless they could be driven + thence without delay. The effect of his presence was instantaneous. The + knights, hitherto confused and dismayed, rallied at once, and prepared for + the desperate undertaking. The bank on the inside was almost + perpendicular, and those charged with its defence had used two or three + ladders for ascending to the rampart. These were at once seized and + planted against the wall. + </p> + <p> + The position of the contending parties was now reversed; the Christians + were the assailants, the Turks the defenders. D'Aubusson himself was the + first to ascend. Covering his head with his shield, he mounted the + rampart; but ere he could gain a footing on the top he was severely + wounded and hurled backwards. Again he made the attempt, but was again + wounded and thrown down. Once more he mounted, and this time made good his + footing. A moment later, Gervaise, who had accompanied him from the + palace, stood beside him. Animated with the same spirit as his leader, he + threw himself recklessly against the Turks, using a short, heavy mace, + which in a melee was far more useful than the long sword. Scimitars + clashed upon his helmet and armour; but at every blow he struck a Turk + fell, and for each foot he gained a knight sprang on to the wall and + joined him. Each moment their number increased, and the war cry of the + Order rose louder and fiercer above the din. The very number of the Turks + told against them. Crowded together as they were they could not use their + weapons effectually, and, pressing fiercely upon them, the knights drove + them back along the wall on either hand, hurling them down into the street + or over the rampart. On so narrow a field of battle the advantage was all + on the side of the knights, whose superior height and strength, and the + protection afforded by their armour, rendered them almost invincible, + nerved as they were with fury at the surprise that had overtaken them, and + the knowledge that the fate of the city depended upon their efforts. After + a quarter of an hour's desperate conflict the Turks were driven down the + partial breach effected in the wall by the last bombardment, and the + Christians were again the masters of their ramparts. Paleologus, however, + hurried up reinforcements, headed by a band of janissaries, whose valour + had decided many an obstinate conflict. Before ordering them to advance, + he gave instructions to a company of men of approved valour to devote all + their efforts to attacking D'Aubusson himself, whose mantle and rich + armour rendered him a conspicuous object among the defenders of the + breach. Advancing to the attack, the janissaries burst through the mass of + Turks still continuing the conflict, and rushed up the breach. Then the + chosen band, separating from the rest, flung themselves upon the grand + master, the suddenness and fury of their attack isolating him and Gervaise + from the knights around. + </p> + <p> + Surrounded as he was by foes, already suffering from two severe wounds and + shaken by his falls from the ladder, the grand master yet made a valiant + defence in front, while Gervaise, hurling his mace into the face of one of + his assailants, and drawing his two handed sword, covered him from the + attack from behind. D'Aubusson received two more severe wounds, but still + fought on. Gervaise, while in the act of cutting down an assailant, heard + a shout of triumph from behind, and, looking round, he saw the grand + master sinking to the ground from another wound. With a cry of grief and + fury Gervaise sprang to him, receiving as he did so several blows on his + armour and shield intended for the fallen knight, and, standing across + him, showered his blows with such strength and swiftness that the + janissaries shrank back before the sweep of the flashing steel. More than + one who tried to spring into close quarters fell cleft to the chin, and, + ere his assailants could combine for a general rush, a body of knights, + who had just beaten off their assailants, fell upon the ranks of the + janissaries with a force and fury there was no withstanding, and the + chosen troops of the sultan for the first time broke and fled. + </p> + <p> + Excited almost to madness by the sight of their beloved master stretched + bleeding on the ground, the knights dashed down the breach in eager + pursuit. This action was decisive of the fate of the struggle. The panic + among the janissaries at once spread, and the main body of troops, who had + hitherto valiantly striven to regain the advantage snatched from them, now + lost heart and fled in confusion. But their escape was barred by the great + body of reinforcements pressing forward across the heap of rubbish that + formed the breach over the deep ditch. Maddened by fear, the fugitives + strove to cut a way through their friends. The whole of the defenders of + the breach now fell upon the rear of the struggling mass, hewing them down + almost without resistance, while the cannon from the walls and towers kept + up an unceasing fire until the last survivors of what had become a + massacre, succeeded in gaining their works beyond the ditch, and fled to + their camp. From every gateway and postern the knights now poured out, + and, gathering together, advanced to the attack of St. Stephen's Hill. + They met with but a faint resistance. The greater portion of the + disorganised troops had made no pause at their camp, but had continued + their headlong flight to the harbour, where their ships were moored, + Paleologus himself, heartbroken and despairing at his failure, sharing + their flight. The camp, with all its rich booty and the great banner of + the pasha, fell into the hands of the victors, who, satisfied with their + success, and exhausted by their efforts, made no attempt to follow the + flying foe, or to hinder their embarkation; for even now the Turks, + enormously outnumbering them as they did, might be driven by despair to a + resistance so desperate as once again to turn the tide of victory. + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0023" id="link2HCH0023"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER XXIII THE REWARD OF VALOUR + </h2> + <p> + Gervaise knew nothing at the time of the final result of the battle, for + as soon as the knights had burst through the circle of his opponents, he + sank insensible on the body of the grand master. When he came to himself, + he was lying on a bed in the hospital of the Order. As soon as he moved, + Ralph Harcourt, who was, with other knights, occupied in tending the + wounded, came to his bedside. “Thank God that you are conscious again, + Gervaise! They told me that it was but faintness and loss of blood, and + that none of your wounds were likely to prove mortal, and for the last + twelve hours they have declared that you were asleep: but you looked so + white that I could not but fear you would never wake again.” + </p> + <p> + “How is the grand master?” Gervaise asked eagerly. Ralph shook his head. + </p> + <p> + “He is wounded sorely, Gervaise, and the leech declares that one at least + of his wounds is mortal; still, I cannot bring myself to believe that so + great a hero will be taken away in the moment of victory, after having + done such marvels for the cause not only of the Order, but of all + Christendom.” + </p> + <p> + “Then you beat them back again from the breach?” Gervaise said. + </p> + <p> + “That was not all. They were in such confusion that we sallied out, + captured their camp, with the pasha's banner and an enormous quantity of + spoil, and pursued them to their harbour. Then we halted, fearing that + they might in their desperation turn upon us, and, terribly weakened as we + were by our losses, have again snatched the victory from our grasp. So we + let them go on board their ships without interference, and this morning + there is not a Turkish sail in sight. The inhabitants are well nigh mad + with joy. But elated as we are at our success, our gladness is sorely + damped by the state of the grand master, and the loss of so many of our + comrades, though, indeed, our langue has suffered less than any of the + others, for the brunt of the attacks on St. Nicholas and the breach did + not fall upon us, still we lost heavily when at last we hurried up to win + back the wall from them.” + </p> + <p> + “Who have fallen?” Gervaise asked. + </p> + <p> + “Among the principal knights are Thomas Ben, Henry Haler, Thomas Ploniton, + John Vaquelin, Adam Tedbond, Henry Batasbi, and Henry Anlui. Marmaduke + Lumley is dangerously wounded. Of the younger knights, some fifteen have + been killed, and among them your old enemy Rivers. He died a coward's + death, the only one, thank God, of all our langue. When the fray was + thickest Sir John Boswell marked him crouching behind the parapet. He + seized him by the gorget, and hauled him out, but his knees shook so that + he could scarcely walk, and would have slunk back when released. Sir John + raised his mace to slay him as a disgrace to the Order and our langue, + when a ball from one of the Turkish cannon cut him well nigh in half, so + that he fell by the hands of the Turks, and not by the sword of one of the + Order he had disgraced. Fortunately none, save half a dozen knights of our + langue, saw the affair, and you may be sure we shall say nothing about it; + and instead of Rivers' name going down to infamy, it will appear in the + list of those who died in the defence of Rhodes.” + </p> + <p> + “May God assoil his soul!” Gervaise said earnestly. “'Tis strange that one + of gentle blood should have proved a coward. Had he remained at home, and + turned courtier, instead of entering the Order, he might have died + honoured, without any one ever coming to doubt his courage.” + </p> + <p> + “He would have turned out bad whatever he was,” Ralph said contemptuously; + “for my part, I never saw a single good quality in him.” + </p> + <p> + Long before Gervaise was out of hospital, the glad tidings that D'Aubusson + would recover, in spite of the prognostications of the leech, spread joy + through the city, and at about the same time that Gervaise left the + hospital the grand master was able to sit up. Two or three days afterwards + he sent for Gervaise. + </p> + <p> + “I owe my life to you, Sir Gervaise,” he said, stretching out his thin, + white hand to him as he entered. “You stood by me nobly till I fell, for, + though unable to stand, I was not unconscious, and saw how you stood above + me and kept the swarming Moslems at bay. No knight throughout the siege + has rendered such great service as you have done. Since I have been lying + unable to move, I have thought of many things; among them, that I had + forgotten to give you the letters and presents that came for you after you + sailed away. They are in that cabinet; please bring them to me. There,” he + said, as Gervaise brought a bulky parcel which the grand master opened, + “this letter is from the Holy Father himself. That, as you may see from + the arms on the seal, is from Florence. The others are from Pisa, Leghorn, + and Naples. Rarely, Sir Gervaise, has any potentate or knight earned the + thanks of so many great cities. These caskets accompanied them. Sit down + and read your letters. They must be copied in our records.” + </p> + <p> + Gervaise first opened the one from the Pope. It was written by his own + hand, and expressed his thanks as a temporal sovereign for the great + benefit to the commerce of his subjects by the destruction of the corsair + fleet, and as the head of the Christian Church for the blow struck at the + Moslems. The other three letters were alike in character, expressing the + gratitude of the cities for their deliverance from the danger, and of + their admiration for the action by which a fleet was destroyed with a + single galley. Along with the letter from Pisa was a casket containing a + heavy gold chain set with gems. Florence sent a casket containing a + document bestowing upon him the freedom of the city, and an order upon the + treasury for five thousand ducats that had been voted to him by the grand + council of the Republic; while Ferdinand, King of Naples, bestowed on him + the grand cross of the Order of St. Michael. + </p> + <p> + “The armour I had hung up in the armoury, where it has been carefully kept + clean. I guessed what it was by the weight of the case when it came, and + thought it best to open it, as it might have got spoilt by rust. It is a + timely gift, Sir Gervaise, for the siege has played havoc with the suit + Genoa gave you; it is sorely battered, dinted, and broken, and, although + you can doubtless get it repaired, if I were you I would keep it in its + present state as a memorial—and there could be no prouder one—of + the part you bore in the siege. I have seen Caretto this morning. He sails + for Genoa tomorrow, where he will, I hope, soon recover his strength, for + the wounds he received at St. Nicholas have healed but slowly. He said”—and + a momentary smile crossed the grand master's face—“that he thought a + change might benefit you also, for he was sure that the air here had + scarce recovered from the taint of blood. Therefore, here is a paper + granting you three months' leave. His commandery is a pleasant one, and + well situated on the slopes of the hills; and the fresh air will, + doubtless, speedily set you up. I should like nothing better than a stay + there myself, but there is much to do to repair the damages caused by the + siege, and to place the city in a state of defence should the Turks again + lay siege to it; and methinks Mahomet will not sit down quietly under the + heavy reverse his troops have met with.” + </p> + <p> + “But I should be glad to stay here to assist in the work, your Highness.” + </p> + <p> + “There are plenty of knights to see to that,” D'Aubusson replied, “and it + will be long before you are fit for such work. No, I give my orders for + you to proceed with Caretto to Genoa—unless, indeed, you would + prefer to go to some other locality to recruit your strength.” + </p> + <p> + “I would much rather go with Sir Fabricius, your Highness, than to any + place where I have no acquaintances. I have a great esteem and respect for + him.” + </p> + <p> + “He is worthy of it; there is no nobler knight in the Order, and, had I + fallen, none who could more confidently have been selected to fill my + place. He has an equally high opinion of you, and spoke long and earnestly + concerning you.” + </p> + <p> + A fortnight later the ship carrying the two knights arrived at Genoa. + </p> + <p> + “I will go ashore at once, Gervaise,” Caretto said. “I know not whether my + cousin is in the city or on her estate; if the former, I will stay with + her for a day or two before going off to my commandery, and of course you + will also be her guest. I hope she will be here, for methinks we shall + both need to refit our wardrobes before we are fit to appear in society.” + </p> + <p> + “Certainly I shall,” Gervaise agreed; “for, indeed, I find that my gala + costume suffered a good deal during my long absence; and, moreover, + although I have not increased in height, I have broadened out a good deal + since I was here two years ago.” + </p> + <p> + “Yes; you were a youth then, Gervaise, and now you are a man, and one of + no ordinary strength and size. The sun of Tripoli, and your labours during + the siege, have added some years to your appearance. You are, I think, + little over twenty, but you look two or three years older. The change is + even greater in your manner than in your appearance; you were then new to + command, doubtful as to your own powers, and diffident with those older + than yourself. Now for two years you have thought and acted for yourself, + and have shown yourself capable of making a mark even among men like the + knights of St. John, both in valour and in fitness to command. You saved + St. Nicholas, you saved the life of the grand master; and in the order of + the day he issued on the morning we left, granting you three months' leave + for the recovery of your wounds, he took the opportunity of recording, in + the name of the council and himself, their admiration for the services + rendered by you during the siege, and his own gratitude for saving his + life when he lay helpless and surrounded by the Moslems—a testimony + of which any knight of Christendom might well feel proud.” + </p> + <p> + It was three hours before Caretto returned to the ship. + </p> + <p> + “My cousin is at home, and will be delighted to see you. I am sorry that I + have kept you waiting so long, but at present Genoa, and, indeed, all + Europe, is agog at the news of the defeat of the Turks, and Italy + especially sees clearly enough that, had Rhodes fallen, she would have + been the next object of attack by Mahomet; therefore the ladies would not + hear of my leaving them until I had told them something at least of the + events of the siege, and also how it came about that you were there to + share in the defence. I see that you are ready to land; therefore, let us + be going at once. Most of the people will be taking their siesta at + present, and we shall get through the streets without being mobbed; for I + can assure you that the mantle of the Order is just at present in such + high favour that I had a hard task to wend my way through the streets to + my cousin's house.” + </p> + <p> + On arriving at the palace of the Countess of Forli, Gervaise was surprised + at the change that had taken place in the Lady Claudia. From what Caretto + had said, he was prepared to find that she had grown out of her girlhood, + and had altered much. She had, however, changed even more than he had + expected, and had become, he thought, the fairest woman that he had ever + seen. The countess greeted him with great cordiality; but Claudia came + forward with a timidity that contrasted strangely with the outspoken + frankness he remembered in the girl. For a time they all chatted together + of the events of the siege, and of his captivity. + </p> + <p> + “The news that you had been captured threw quite a gloom over us, Sir + Gervaise,” the countess said. “We at first consoled ourselves with the + thought that you would speedily be ransomed; but when months passed by, + and we heard that all the efforts of the grand master had failed to + discover where you had been taken, I should have lost all hope had it not + been that my cousin had returned after an even longer captivity among the + Moors. I am glad to hear that you did not suffer so many hardships as he + did.” + </p> + <p> + “I am in no way to be pitied, Countess,” Gervaise said lightly. “I had a + kind master for some months, and was treated as a friend rather than as a + slave; afterwards, I had the good fortune to be made the head of the + labourers at the buildings in the sultan's palace, and although I + certainly worked with them, the labour was not greater than one could + perform without distress, and I had naught to complain of as to my + condition.” + </p> + <p> + After talking for upwards of an hour, the countess told Caretto that she + had several matters on which she needed his counsel, and retired with him + to the next room of the suite opening from the apartment in which they had + been sitting. For a minute or two the others sat silent, and then Claudia + said, + </p> + <p> + “You have changed much since I saw you last, Sir Gervaise. Then it seemed + to me scarcely possible that you could have performed the feat of + destroying the corsair fleet; now it is not so difficult to understand.” + </p> + <p> + “I have widened out a bit, Lady Claudia. My moustache is really a + moustache, and not a pretence at one; otherwise I don't feel that I have + changed. The alteration in yourself is infinitely greater.” + </p> + <p> + “I, too, have filled out,” she said, with a smile. “I was a thin girl then—all + corners and angles. No, I don' t want any compliments, of which, to tell + you the truth, I am heartily sick. And so,” she went on in a softer tone, + “you have actually brought my gage home! Oh, Sir Gervaise,”—and her + eyes filled with tears—“my cousin has told me! How could you have + been so foolish as to remain voluntarily in captivity, that you might + recover the gage a child had given you?” + </p> + <p> + “Not a child, Lady Claudia. A girl not yet a woman, I admit; yet it was + not given in the spirit of a young girl, but in that of an earnest woman. + I had taken a vow never to part with it, as you had pledged yourself to + bestow no similar favour upon any other knight. I was confident that you + would keep your vow; and although in any case, as a true knight, I was + bound to preserve your gift, still more so was I bound by the thought of + the manner in which you had presented it to me.” + </p> + <p> + “But I could not have blamed you—I should never have dreamt of + blaming you,” she said earnestly, “for losing it as you did.” + </p> + <p> + “I felt sure, Lady Claudia, that had it been absolutely beyond my power to + regain it you would not have blamed me; but it was not beyond my power, + and that being so had I been obliged to wait for ten years, instead of + two, I would not have come back to you without it. Moreover, you must + remember that I prized it beyond all things. I had often scoffed at + knights of an order like ours wearing ladies' favours. I had always + thought it absurd that we, pledged as we are, should thus declare + ourselves admirers of one woman more than another. But this seemed to me a + gage of another kind; it was too sacred to be shown or spoken of, and I + only mentioned it to Caretto as he cross questioned me as to why I refused + the offer of ransom; and should not have done so then, had he not been + present when it was bestowed. I regarded it not as a lightly given favour, + the result of a passing fancy by one who gave favours freely, but as a + pledge of friendship and as a guerdon for what I had done, and therefore, + more to be honoured than the gifts of a Republic freed from a passing + danger. Had you then been what you are now, I might have been foolish + enough to think of it in another light, regardless of the fact that you + are a rich heiress of one of the noblest families in Italy, and I a knight + with no possessions save my sword.” + </p> + <p> + “Say not so, Sir Gervaise,” she said impetuously. “Are you not a knight on + whom Genoa and Florence have bestowed their citizenship, whom the Holy + Father himself has thanked, who has been honoured by Pisa, and whom + Ferdinand of Naples has created a Knight of the Grand Cross of St. + Michael, whom the grand master has singled out for praise among all the + valiant knights of the Order of St. John, who, as my cousin tells me, + saved him and the fort he commanded from capture, and who stood alone over + the fallen grand master, surrounded by a crowd of foes. How can you speak + of yourself as a simple knight?” + </p> + <p> + Then she stopped, and sat silent for a minute, while a flush of colour + mounted to her cheeks. + </p> + <p> + “Give me my gage again, Sir Gervaise,” she said gently. In silence + Gervaise removed it from his neck, wondering greatly what could be her + intention. She turned it over and over in her hand. + </p> + <p> + “Sir Knight,” she said, “this was of no great value in my eyes when I + bestowed it upon you; it was a gage, and not a gift. Now it is to me of + value beyond the richest gem on earth; it is a proof of the faith and + loyalty of the knight I most esteem and honour, and so in giving it to you + again, I part with it with a pang, for I have far greater reason to prize + it than you can have. I gave it you before as a girl, proud that a knight + who had gained such honour and applause should wear her favour, and + without the thought that the trinket was a heart. I give it to you now as + a woman, far prouder than before that you should wear her gage, and not + blind to the meaning of the emblem.” + </p> + <p> + Gervaise took her hand as she fastened it round his neck, and kissed it; + then, still holding it, he said, “Do you know what you are doing, Claudia? + You are raising hopes that I have never been presumptuous enough to + cherish.” + </p> + <p> + “I cannot help that,” she said softly. “There is assuredly no presumption + in the hope.” + </p> + <p> + He paused a moment. + </p> + <p> + “You would not esteem me,” he said, holding both her hands now, “were I + false to my vows. I will return to Rhodes tomorrow, and ask the grand + master to forward to the Pope and endorse my petition, that I may be + released from my vows to the Order. I cannot think that he or the Holy + Father will refuse my request. Then, when I am free, I can tell you how I + love and honour you, and how, as I have in the past devoted my life to the + Order, so I will in the future devote it to your happiness.” + </p> + <p> + The girl bowed her head. + </p> + <p> + “'Tis right it should be so,” she said. “I have waited, feeling in my + heart that the vow I had given would bind me for life, and I should be + content to wait years longer if needs be. But I am bound by no vows, and + can acknowledge that you have long been the lord of my life, and that so + long as you wore the heart I had given you, so long would I listen to the + wooing of no other.” + </p> + <p> + “I fear that the Countess, your mother—” Gervaise began, but she + interrupted him. + </p> + <p> + “You need not fear,” she said. “My mother has long known, and knowing also + that I am not given to change, has ceased to importune me to listen to + other offers. Her sole objection was that you might never return from + captivity. Now that you have come back with added honours, she will not + only offer no objection, but will, I am sure, receive you gladly, + especially as she knows that my cousin Sir Fabricius, for whom she has the + greatest affection, holds you in such high esteem.” + </p> + <p> + Six months later Gervaise again landed at Genoa, after having stayed at + Rome for a few days on his way back. D'Aubusson had expressed no surprise + at his return to Rhodes, or at the request he made. + </p> + <p> + “Caretto prepared me for this,” he said, smiling, “when he asked me if you + might accompany him to Genoa. The Order will be a loser, for you would + assuredly have risen to the grand priorage of your langue some day. But we + have no right to complain; you have done your duty and more, and I doubt + not that should Mahomet again lay siege to Rhodes, we may count on your + hastening here to aid us?” + </p> + <p> + “That assuredly you may, sir. Should danger threaten, my sword will be as + much at the service of the Order as if I were still a member of it.” + </p> + <p> + “I by no means disapprove,” D'Aubusson went on, “of knights leaving us + when they have performed their active service, for in civil life they + sometimes have it in their power to render better service to the Order + than if passing their lives in the quiet duties of a provincial + commandery. It will be so in your case: the lady is a great heiress, and, + as the possessor of wide lands, your influence in Northern Italy may be + very valuable to us, and in case of need you will, like my brother De + Monteuil, be able to bring a gathering of men-at-arms to our aid. Have no + fear that the Pope will refuse to you a release from your vows. My + recommendation alone would be sufficient; but as, moreover, he is himself + under an obligation to you, he will do so without hesitation. Since you + have been away, your friend Harcourt has been appointed a commander of a + galley, and Sir John Boswell, being incapacitated by the grievous wounds + he received during the siege, has accepted a rich commandery in England, + and sailed but two days since to take up his charge. By the way, did you + reply to those letters expressing your thanks and explaining your long + silence?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, your Highness, I wrote the same evening you gave them to me.” + </p> + <p> + “That is right. The money voted you by Florence will be useful to you now, + and there is still a sum sent by your commandery owing to you by the + treasury. I will give you an order for it. However rich an heiress a + knight may win, 'tis pleasant for him to have money of his own; not that + you will need it greatly, for, among the presents you have received, the + jewels are valuable enough for a wedding gift to a princess.” + </p> + <p> + Gervaise was well received at Rome, and the Pope, after reading the grand + master's letter, and learning from him his reason for wishing to leave the + Order, without hesitation granted him absolution from his vows. A few + months later there was a grand wedding at the cathedral of Genoa, the doge + and all the nobles of the Republic being present. + </p> + <p> + Ralph Harcourt and nine other young knights had accompanied Gervaise from + Rhodes by the permission, and indeed at the suggestion, of the grand + master, who was anxious to show that Gervaise had his full approval and + countenance in leaving the Order. Caretto, who had been appointed grand + prior of Italy, had brought the knights from all the commanderies in the + northern republics to do honour to the occasion, and the whole, in their + rich armour and the mantles of the Order, made a distinguishing feature in + the scene. + </p> + <p> + The defeat of the Turks created such enthusiasm throughout Europe that + when the grand prior of England laid before the king letters he had + received from the grand master and Sir John Kendall, speaking in the + highest terms of the various great services Gervaise had rendered to the + Order, Edward granted his request that the act of attainder against Sir + Thomas Tresham and his descendants should be reversed and the estates + restored to Gervaise. The latter made, with his wife, occasional journeys + to England, staying a few months on his estates in Kent; and as soon as + his second son became old enough, he sent him to England to be educated, + and settled the estate upon him. He himself had but few pleasant memories + of England; he had spent indeed but a very short time there before he + entered the house of the Order in Clerkenwell, and that time had been + marked by constant anxiety, and concluded with the loss of his father. The + great estates that were now his in Italy demanded his full attention, and, + as one of the most powerful nobles of Genoa, he had come to take a + prominent part in the affairs of the Republic. + </p> + <p> + He was not called upon to fulfil his promise to aid in the defence of + Rhodes, for the death of Mahomet just at the time when he was preparing a + vast expedition against it, freed the Island for a long time from fear of + an invasion. From time to time they received visits from Ralph Harcourt, + who, after five years longer service at Rhodes, received a commandery in + England. He held it a few years only, and then returned to the Island, + where he obtained a high official appointment. + </p> + <p> + In 1489 Sir John Boswell became bailiff of the English langue, and Sir + Fabricius Caretto was in 1513 elected grand master of the Order, and held + the office eight years, dying in 1521. + </p> + <p> + When, in 1522, forty-two years after the first siege, Rhodes was again + beleaguered, Gervaise, who had, on the death of the countess, become Count + of Forli, raised a large body of men-at-arms, and sent them, under the + command of his eldest son, to take part in the defence. His third son had, + at the age of sixteen, entered the Order, and rose to high rank in it. + </p> + <p> + The defence, though even more obstinate and desperate than the first, was + attended with less success, for after inflicting enormous losses upon the + great army, commanded by the Sultan Solyman himself, the town was forced + to yield; for although the Grand Master L'Isle Adam, and most of his + knights, would have preferred to bury themselves beneath the ruins rather + than yield, they were deterred from doing so, by the knowledge that it + would have entailed the massacre of the whole of the inhabitants, who had + throughout the siege fought valiantly in the defence of the town. Solyman + had suffered such enormous losses that he was glad to grant favourable + conditions, and the knights sailed away from the city they had held so + long and with such honour, and afterwards established themselves in Malta, + where they erected another stronghold, which in the end proved an even + more valuable bulwark to Christendom than Rhodes had been. There were none + who assisted more generously and largely, by gifts of money, in the + establishment of the Order at Malta than Gervaise. His wife, while she + lived, was as eager to aid in the cause as he was himself, holding that it + was to the Order she owed her husband. And of all their wide possessions + there were none so valued by them both, as the little coral heart set in + pearls that she, as a girl, had given him, and he had so faithfully + brought back to her. + </p> + <p> + THE END <br /> <br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <br /> <br /> + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + + + + + +End of Project Gutenberg's A Knight of the White Cross, by G.A. Henty + +*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK A KNIGHT OF THE WHITE CROSS *** + +***** This file should be named 4932-h.htm or 4932-h.zip ***** +This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: + http://www.gutenberg.org/4/9/3/4932/ + +Produced by Martin Robb, and David Widger + + +Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions +will be renamed. + +Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no +one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation +(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without +permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, +set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to +copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to +protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project +Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you +charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you +do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the +rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose +such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and +research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do +practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is +subject to the trademark license, especially commercial +redistribution. + + + +*** START: FULL LICENSE *** + +THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE +PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK + +To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free +distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work +(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase “Project +Gutenberg”), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project +Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at +http://gutenberg.org/license). + + +Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works + +1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to +and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property +(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all +the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy +all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession. +If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the +terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or +entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8. + +1.B. “Project Gutenberg” is a registered trademark. It may only be +used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who +agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few +things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works +even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See +paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement +and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. See paragraph 1.E below. + +1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation (“the Foundation” + or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the +collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an +individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are +located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from +copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative +works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg +are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project +Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by +freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of +this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with +the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by +keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project +Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others. + +1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern +what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in +a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check +the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement +before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or +creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project +Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning +the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United +States. + +1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: + +1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate +access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently +whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the +phrase “Project Gutenberg” appears, or with which the phrase “Project +Gutenberg” is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed, +copied or distributed: + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + +1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived +from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is +posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied +and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees +or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work +with the phrase “Project Gutenberg” associated with or appearing on the +work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 +through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the +Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or +1.E.9. + +1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted +with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution +must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional +terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked +to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the +permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work. + +1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this +work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. + +1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this +electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without +prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with +active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project +Gutenberg-tm License. + +1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, +compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any +word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or +distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than +“Plain Vanilla ASCII” or other format used in the official version +posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org), +you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a +copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon +request, of the work in its original “Plain Vanilla ASCII” or other +form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. + +1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, +performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works +unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. + +1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing +access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided +that + +- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from + the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method + you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is + owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he + has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the + Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments + must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you + prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax + returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and + sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the + address specified in Section 4, “Information about donations to + the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation.” + +- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies + you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he + does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm + License. You must require such a user to return or + destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium + and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of + Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any + money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the + electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days + of receipt of the work. + +- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free + distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set +forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from +both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael +Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the +Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. + +1.F. + +1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable +effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread +public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm +collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain +“Defects,” such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual +property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a +computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by +your equipment. + +1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the “Right +of Replacement or Refund” described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project +Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all +liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal +fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT +LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE +PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE +TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE +LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR +INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGE. + +1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a +defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can +receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a +written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you +received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with +your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with +the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a +refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity +providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to +receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy +is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further +opportunities to fix the problem. + +1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth +in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. + +1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied +warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. +If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the +law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be +interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by +the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any +provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions. + +1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the +trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone +providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance +with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production, +promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works, +harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees, +that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do +or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm +work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any +Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause. + + +Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm + +Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of +electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers +including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists +because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from +people in all walks of life. + +Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the +assistance they need, are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's +goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will +remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure +and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations. +To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 +and the Foundation web page at http://www.pglaf.org. + + +Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive +Foundation + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit +501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the +state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal +Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification +number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at +http://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent +permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. + +The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S. +Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered +throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at +809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email +business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact +information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official +page at http://pglaf.org + +For additional contact information: + Dr. Gregory B. Newby + Chief Executive and Director + gbnewby@pglaf.org + + +Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation + +Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide +spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of +increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be +freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest +array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations +($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt +status with the IRS. + +The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating +charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United +States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a +considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up +with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations +where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To +SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any +particular state visit http://pglaf.org + +While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we +have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition +against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who +approach us with offers to donate. + +International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make +any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from +outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. + +Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation +methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other +ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. +To donate, please visit: http://pglaf.org/donate + + +Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. + +Professor Michael S. Hart is the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm +concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared +with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project +Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support. + + +Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S. +unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily +keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. + + +Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility: + + http://www.gutenberg.org + +This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, +including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to +subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. + + +</pre> + </body> +</html> |